Merging upstream version 6.7.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
author: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> 2024-04-15 19:41:07 +0000
committer: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> 2024-04-15 19:41:07 +0000
commit: 3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5 (patch)
tree: 3ee7a3ec64525911fa865bb984c86d997d855527 /man3
parent: Adding debian version 6.05.01-1. (diff)
download: manpages-3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5.tar.xz
manpages-3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5.zip
598 files changed, 6547 insertions, 6072 deletions
diff --git a/man3/CPU_SET.3 b/man3/CPU_SET.3
index aa5d71d..6c13a62 100644
--- a/man3/CPU_SET.3
+++ b/man3/CPU_SET.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH CPU_SET 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH CPU_SET 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 CPU_SET, CPU_CLR, CPU_ISSET, CPU_ZERO, CPU_COUNT,
 CPU_AND, CPU_OR, CPU_XOR, CPU_EQUAL,
@@ -19,43 +19,43 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <sched.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_ZERO(cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_SET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
 .BI "void CPU_CLR(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
 .BI "int  CPU_ISSET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int  CPU_COUNT(cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_AND(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
 .BI "void CPU_OR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
 .BI "void CPU_XOR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int  CPU_EQUAL(cpu_set_t *" set1 ", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "cpu_set_t *CPU_ALLOC(int " num_cpus );
 .BI "void CPU_FREE(cpu_set_t *" set );
 .BI "size_t CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(int " num_cpus );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_ZERO_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_SET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
 .BI "void CPU_CLR_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
 .BI "int  CPU_ISSET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int  CPU_COUNT_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CPU_AND_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
 .BI "void CPU_OR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
 .BI "void CPU_XOR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
 .BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int  CPU_EQUAL_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set1 \
 ", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
 .fi
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ data structure represents a set of CPUs.
 CPU sets are used by
 .BR sched_setaffinity (2)
 and similar interfaces.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I cpu_set_t
 data type is implemented as a bit mask.
 However, the data structure should be treated as opaque:
 all manipulation of CPU sets should be done via the macros
 described in this page.
-.PP
+.P
 The following macros are provided to operate on the CPU set
 .IR set :
 .TP
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ is a member of
 .BR CPU_COUNT ()
 Return the number of CPUs in
 .IR set .
-.PP
+.P
 Where a
 .I cpu
 argument is specified, it should not produce side effects,
 since the above macros may evaluate the argument more than once.
-.PP
+.P
 The first CPU on the system corresponds to a
 .I cpu
 value of 0, the next CPU corresponds to a
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The constant
 (currently 1024) specifies a value one greater than the maximum CPU
 number that can be stored in
 .IR cpu_set_t .
-.PP
+.P
 The following macros perform logical operations on CPU sets:
 .TP
 .BR CPU_AND ()
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ size CPU sets (e.g., to allocate sets larger than that
 defined by the standard
 .I cpu_set_t
 data type), glibc nowadays provides a set of macros to support this.
-.PP
+.P
 The following macros are used to allocate and deallocate CPU sets:
 .TP
 .BR CPU_ALLOC ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ macros described below.
 .BR CPU_FREE ()
 Free a CPU set previously allocated by
 .BR CPU_ALLOC ().
-.PP
+.P
 The macros whose names end with "_S" are the analogs of
 the similarly named macros without the suffix.
 These macros perform the same tasks as their analogs,
@@ -202,27 +202,27 @@ return nonzero if
 is in
 .IR set ;
 otherwise, it returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_COUNT ()
 and
 .BR CPU_COUNT_S ()
 return the number of CPUs in
 .IR set .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_EQUAL ()
 and
 .BR CPU_EQUAL_S ()
 return nonzero if the two CPU sets are equal; otherwise they return 0.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_ALLOC ()
 returns a pointer on success, or NULL on failure.
 (Errors are as for
 .BR malloc (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
 returns the number of bytes required to store a
 CPU set of the specified cardinality.
-.PP
+.P
 The other functions do not return a value.
 .SH STANDARDS
 Linux.
@@ -234,10 +234,10 @@ The
 and
 .BR CPU_ISSET ()
 macros were added in glibc 2.3.3.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_COUNT ()
 first appeared in glibc 2.6.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CPU_AND (),
 .BR CPU_OR (),
 .BR CPU_XOR (),
@@ -258,14 +258,14 @@ first appeared in glibc 2.7.
 .SH NOTES
 To duplicate a CPU set, use
 .BR memcpy (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Since CPU sets are bit masks allocated in units of long words,
 the actual number of CPUs in a dynamically
 allocated CPU set will be rounded up to the next multiple of
 .IR "sizeof(unsigned long)" .
 An application should consider the contents of these extra bits
 to be undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 Notwithstanding the similarity in the names,
 note that the constant
 .B CPU_SETSIZE
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ while the
 argument of the
 .BR CPU_*_S ()
 macros is a size in bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 The data types for arguments and return values shown
 in the SYNOPSIS are hints what about is expected in each case.
 However, since these interfaces are implemented as macros,
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ These bugs are fixed in glibc 2.9.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following program demonstrates the use of some of the macros
 used for dynamically allocated CPU sets.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (CPU_SET.c)
 .EX
 #define _GNU_SOURCE
diff --git a/man3/INFINITY.3 b/man3/INFINITY.3
index aa7ea0c..0f8eab0 100644
--- a/man3/INFINITY.3
+++ b/man3/INFINITY.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH INFINITY 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH INFINITY 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 INFINITY, NAN, HUGE_VAL, HUGE_VALF, HUGE_VALL \- floating-point constants
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE" "      /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B INFINITY
-.PP
+.P
 .B NAN
-.PP
+.P
 .B HUGE_VAL
 .B HUGE_VALF
 .B HUGE_VALL
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ The macro
 expands to a
 .I float
 constant representing positive infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 The macro
 .B NAN
 expands to a
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The opposite is a
 .I signaling
 NaN.
 See IEC 60559:1989.
-.PP
+.P
 The macros
 .BR HUGE_VAL ,
 .BR HUGE_VALF ,
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ that represent a large positive value, possibly positive infinity.
 C11.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99.
-.PP
+.P
 On a glibc system, the macro
 .B HUGE_VAL
 is always available.
diff --git a/man3/MAX.3 b/man3/MAX.3
index fddf220..de46614 100644
--- a/man3/MAX.3
+++ b/man3/MAX.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH MAX 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH MAX 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 MAX, MIN \- maximum or minimum of two values
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/param.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI MAX( a ", " b );
 .BI MIN( a ", " b );
 .fi
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ you might prefer to use
 or
 .BR fmin (3),
 which can handle NaN.
-.PP
+.P
 The arguments may be evaluated more than once, or not at all.
-.PP
+.P
 Some UNIX systems might provide these macros in a different header,
 or not at all.
 .SH BUGS
diff --git a/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3 b/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
index c74d563..9aa2089 100644
--- a/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
+++ b/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified, aeb, 990824
 .\"
-.TH MB_CUR_MAX 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH MB_CUR_MAX 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 MB_CUR_MAX \- maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
 .SH LIBRARY
diff --git a/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3 b/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
index b58bdd5..3c56b44 100644
--- a/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
+++ b/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified, aeb, 990824
 .\"
-.TH MB_LEN_MAX 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH MB_LEN_MAX 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 MB_LEN_MAX \- maximum multibyte length of a character across all locales
 .SH LIBRARY
diff --git a/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3 b/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ab755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
diff --git a/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3 b/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9559a52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2024 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.SH NAME
+TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC,
+TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL
+\-
+convert between time structures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.B #include <sys/time.h>
+.P
+.BI "void TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC(const struct timeval *" tv ", struct timespec *" ts );
+.BI "void TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(struct timeval *" tv ", const struct timespec *" ts );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros convert from a
+.BR timeval (3type)
+to a
+.BR timespec (3type)
+structure,
+and vice versa,
+respectively.
+.P
+This is especially useful for writing interfaces that receive a type,
+but are implemented with calls to functions that receive the other one.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU,
+BSD.
diff --git a/man3/_Generic.3 b/man3/_Generic.3
index ef1e2a6..b9bb026 100644
--- a/man3/_Generic.3
+++ b/man3/_Generic.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH _Generic 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH _Generic 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 _Generic \- type-generic selection
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ that is compatible with the type of the controlling
 or
 .B default:
 if no type is compatible.
-.PP
+.P
 .I expression
 is not evaluated.
-.PP
+.P
 This is especially useful for writing type-generic macros,
 that will behave differently depending on the type of the argument.
 .SH STANDARDS
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ seamlessly upgrading to the widest available type.
 #define my_imaxabs  _Generic(INTMAX_C(0),  \e
     long:           labs,                  \e
     long long:      llabs                  \e
- /* long long long: lllabs */              \e
+/*  long long long: lllabs */              \e
 )
 \&
 int
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3 b/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
index 7ec1e5a..2933787 100644
--- a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
+++ b/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH __ppc_get_timebase 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH __ppc_get_timebase 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 __ppc_get_timebase, __ppc_get_timebase_freq \- get the current value
 of the Time Base Register on Power architecture and its frequency.
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase(void);
 .B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase_freq(void);
 .fi
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ reads the current value of the Time Base Register and returns its
 value, while
 .BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
 returns the frequency in which the Time Base Register is updated.
-.PP
+.P
 The Time Base Register is a 64-bit register provided by Power Architecture
 processors.
 It stores a monotonically incremented value that is updated at a
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ frequency.
 .BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
 returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the current value of the
 Time Base Register.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
 returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the frequency at
 which the Time Base Register is updated.
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
index b3effad..6c2e692 100644
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
+++ b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH __ppc_set_ppr_med 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH __ppc_set_ppr_med 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 Programmer's Manual"
 .SH NAME
 __ppc_set_ppr_med, __ppc_set_ppr_very_low, __ppc_set_ppr_low,
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void __ppc_set_ppr_med(void);
 .B void __ppc_set_ppr_very_low(void);
 .B void __ppc_set_ppr_low(void);
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Standard C library
 These functions provide access to the
 .I Program Priority Register
 (PPR) on the Power architecture.
-.PP
+.P
 The PPR is a 64-bit register that controls the program's priority.
 By adjusting the PPR value the programmer may improve system
 throughput by causing system resources to be used more
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ sets the Program Priority Register value to
 .BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low ()
 sets the Program Priority Register value to
 .IR "medium low" .
-.PP
+.P
 The privileged state
 .I medium high
 may also be set during certain time intervals by problem-state (unprivileged)
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ programs, with the following function:
 .BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
 sets the Program Priority to
 .IR "medium high" .
-.PP
+.P
 If the program priority is medium high when the time interval expires or if an
 attempt is made to set the priority to medium high when it is not allowed, the
 priority is set to medium.
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ T{
 .BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -110,5 +109,5 @@ Availability of these functions can be tested using
 .BR "#ifdef _ARCH_PWR8" .
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR __ppc_yield (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\ 3.1 (Program Priority Registers)
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_yield.3 b/man3/__ppc_yield.3
index 465dd29..c98a74f 100644
--- a/man3/__ppc_yield.3
+++ b/man3/__ppc_yield.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH __ppc_yield 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH __ppc_yield 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 __ppc_yield, __ppc_mdoio, __ppc_mdoom \-
 Hint the processor to release shared resources
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void __ppc_yield(void);
 .B void __ppc_mdoio(void);
 .B void __ppc_mdoom(void);
@@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ provide hints about the usage of resources that are shared with other
 processors on the Power architecture.
 They can be used, for example, if a program waiting on a lock intends
 to divert the shared resources to be used by other processors.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR __ppc_yield ()
 provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
 resources dedicated to the executing processor are released for use by
 other processors.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR __ppc_mdoio ()
 provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
 resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
 outstanding storage accesses to caching-inhibited storage have been
 completed.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR __ppc_mdoom ()
 provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
 resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
@@ -57,12 +57,11 @@ T{
 .BR __ppc_mdoom ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.18.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR __ppc_set_ppr_med (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\~3.2 ("or" architecture)
diff --git a/man3/__setfpucw.3 b/man3/__setfpucw.3
index 161bbf9..2296268 100644
--- a/man3/__setfpucw.3
+++ b/man3/__setfpucw.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH __setfpucw 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH __setfpucw 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 __setfpucw \- set FPU control word on i386 architecture (obsolete)
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <i386/fpu_control.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void __setfpucw(unsigned short " control_word );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ and FPU exception handling, like
 .BR fesetexceptflag (3),
 and
 .BR fetestexcept (3).
-.PP
+.P
 If direct access to the FPU control word is still needed, the
 .B _FPU_GETCW
 and
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ macros from
 can be used.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .B __setfpucw(0x1372)
-.PP
+.P
 Set FPU control word on the i386 architecture to
 .RS
 .PD 0
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ exceptions on overflow, zero divide and NaN
 .RE
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR feclearexcept (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .I <fpu_control.h>
diff --git a/man3/a64l.3 b/man3/a64l.3
index eec0f70..228c259 100644
--- a/man3/a64l.3
+++ b/man3/a64l.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Corrected, aeb, 2002-05-30
 .\"
-.TH a64l 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH a64l 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 a64l, l64a \- convert between long and base-64
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,16 +15,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long a64l(const char *" str64 );
 .BI "char *l64a(long " value );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR a64l (),
 .BR l64a ():
 .nf
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ uses only the low order 32 bits of
 and
 .BR a64l ()
 sign-extends its 32-bit result.
-.PP
+.P
 The 64 digits in the base-64 system are:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 .nf
 \&\[aq].\[aq]	represents a 0
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ A-Z	represent 12-37
 a-z	represent 38-63
 .fi
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 So 123 = 59*64\[ha]0 + 1*64\[ha]1 = "v/".
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
 For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR a64l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ The value returned by
 .BR l64a ()
 may be a pointer to a static buffer, possibly overwritten
 by later calls.
-.PP
+.P
 The behavior of
 .BR l64a ()
 is undefined when
@@ -100,10 +99,10 @@ is negative.
 If
 .I value
 is zero, it returns an empty string.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are broken before glibc 2.2.5
 (puts most significant digit first).
-.PP
+.P
 This is not the encoding used by
 .BR uuencode (1).
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/abort.3 b/man3/abort.3
index 952fd13..75f47bd 100644
--- a/man3/abort.3
+++ b/man3/abort.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified Fri Aug  4 10:51:53 2000 - patch from Joseph S. Myers
 .\" 2007-12-15, mtk, Mostly rewritten
 .\"
-.TH abort 3 2023-07-28 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH abort 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 abort \- cause abnormal process termination
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[noreturn]] void abort(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ This results in the abnormal termination of the process unless the
 signal is caught and the signal handler does not return
 (see
 .BR longjmp (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B SIGABRT
 signal is ignored, or caught by a handler that returns, the
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function will still terminate the process.
 It does this by restoring the default disposition for
 .B SIGABRT
 and then raising the signal for a second time.
-.PP
+.P
 As with other cases of abnormal termination the functions registered with
 .BR atexit (3)
 and
@@ -71,12 +71,11 @@ T{
 .BR abort ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 SVr4, POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.PP
+.P
 Up until glibc 2.26,
 if the
 .BR abort ()
diff --git a/man3/abs.3 b/man3/abs.3
index 1d70ba5..6492c6b 100644
--- a/man3/abs.3
+++ b/man3/abs.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:45:37 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Sat Dec 16 15:02:59 2000, Joseph S. Myers
 .\"
-.TH abs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH abs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 abs, labs, llabs, imaxabs \- compute the absolute value of an integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,21 +21,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int abs(int " j );
 .BI "long labs(long " j );
 .BI "long long llabs(long long " j );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <inttypes.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t " j );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR llabs ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR imaxabs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
 .\" POSIX.1 (1996 edition) requires only the
 .\" .BR abs ()
 .\" function.
-.PP
+.P
 C89 only
 includes the
 .BR abs ()
@@ -94,20 +93,20 @@ were added in C99.
 .SH NOTES
 Trying to take the absolute value of the most negative integer
 is not defined.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR llabs ()
 function is included since glibc 2.0.
 The
 .BR imaxabs ()
 function is included since glibc 2.1.1.
-.PP
+.P
 For
 .BR llabs ()
 to be declared, it may be necessary to define
 \fB_ISOC99_SOURCE\fP or \fB_ISOC9X_SOURCE\fP (depending on the
 version of glibc) before including any standard headers.
-.PP
+.P
 By default,
 GCC handles
 .BR abs (),
diff --git a/man3/acos.3 b/man3/acos.3
index a81b4ef..b67d1cd 100644
--- a/man3/acos.3
+++ b/man3/acos.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH acos 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH acos 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 acos, acosf, acosl \- arc cosine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double acos(double " x );
 .BI "float acosf(float " x );
 .BI "long double acosl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR acosf (),
 .BR acosl ():
 .nf
@@ -50,22 +50,22 @@ the value whose cosine is
 On success, these functions return the arc cosine of
 .I x
 in radians; the return value is in the range [0,\ pi].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +1,
 +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
 a domain error occurs,
 and a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
@@ -102,12 +102,11 @@ T{
 .BR acosl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/acosh.3 b/man3/acosh.3
index b846807..0c8963d 100644
--- a/man3/acosh.3
+++ b/man3/acosh.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH acosh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH acosh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 acosh, acoshf, acoshl \- inverse hyperbolic cosine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double acosh(double " x );
 .BI "float acoshf(float " x );
 .BI "long double acoshl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR acosh ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR acoshf (),
 .BR acoshl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,19 +57,19 @@ that is the value whose hyperbolic cosine is
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +1, +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is less than 1,
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than 1
@@ -106,12 +106,11 @@ T{
 .BR acoshl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/addseverity.3 b/man3/addseverity.3
index 447725c..9f430e6 100644
--- a/man3/addseverity.3
+++ b/man3/addseverity.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"  adapted glibc info page
 .\"
 .\"  polished a little, aeb
-.TH addseverity 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH addseverity 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 addseverity \- introduce new severity classes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <fmtmsg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int addseverity(int " severity ", const char *" s );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR addseverity ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR addseverity ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/adjtime.3 b/man3/adjtime.3
index 1d9da6e..a6fcce5 100644
--- a/man3/adjtime.3
+++ b/man3/adjtime.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH adjtime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH adjtime 3 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 adjtime \- correct the time to synchronize the system clock
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int adjtime(const struct timeval *" delta ", struct timeval *" olddelta );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR adjtime ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The amount of time by which the clock is to be adjusted is specified
 in the structure pointed to by
 .IR delta .
 This structure has the following form:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct timeval {
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ struct timeval {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If the adjustment in
 .I delta
 is positive, then the system clock is speeded up by some
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ has been completed.
 If the adjustment in
 .I delta
 is negative, then the clock is slowed down in a similar fashion.
-.PP
+.P
 If a clock adjustment from an earlier
 .BR adjtime ()
 call is already in progress
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ call, and
 .I delta
 is not NULL for the later call, then the earlier adjustment is stopped,
 but any already completed part of that adjustment is not undone.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I olddelta
 is not NULL, then the buffer that it points to is used to return
@@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ T{
 .BR adjtime ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -117,11 +116,11 @@ makes to the clock is carried out in such a manner that the clock
 is always monotonically increasing.
 Using
 .BR adjtime ()
-to adjust the time prevents the problems that can be caused for certain
+to adjust the time prevents the problems that could be caused for certain
 applications (e.g.,
 .BR make (1))
 by abrupt positive or negative jumps in the system time.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR adjtime ()
 is intended to be used to make small adjustments to the system time.
 Most systems impose a limit on the adjustment that can be specified in
diff --git a/man3/aio_cancel.3 b/man3/aio_cancel.3
index e8ef7d5..1125669 100644
--- a/man3/aio_cancel.3
+++ b/man3/aio_cancel.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_cancel 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_cancel 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_cancel \- cancel an outstanding asynchronous I/O request
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_cancel(int " fd ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ is canceled.
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 Normal asynchronous notification occurs for canceled requests (see
 .BR aio (7)
 and
-.BR sigevent (7)).
+.BR sigevent (3type)).
 The request return status
 .RB ( aio_return (3))
 is set to \-1, and the request error status
@@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ is set to \-1, and the request error status
 is set to
 .BR ECANCELED .
 The control block of requests that cannot be canceled is not changed.
-.PP
+.P
 If the request could not be canceled,
 then it will terminate in the usual way after performing the I/O operation.
 (In this case,
 .BR aio_error (3)
 will return the status
 .BR EINPROGRESSS .)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I aiocbp
 is not NULL, and
 .I fd
 differs from the file descriptor with which the asynchronous operation
 was initiated, unspecified results occur.
-.PP
+.P
 Which operations are cancelable is implementation-defined.
 .\" FreeBSD: not those on raw disk devices.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -106,7 +106,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_cancel ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/aio_error.3 b/man3/aio_error.3
index 77d33e0..9f8bf8c 100644
--- a/man3/aio_error.3
+++ b/man3/aio_error.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_error 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_error 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_error \- get error status of asynchronous I/O operation
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_error(const struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_error ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/aio_fsync.3 b/man3/aio_fsync.3
index 1dea3d8..4246c56 100644
--- a/man3/aio_fsync.3
+++ b/man3/aio_fsync.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_fsync 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_fsync 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_fsync \- asynchronous file synchronization
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_fsync(int " op ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ associated with
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 More precisely, if
 .I op
 is
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ is
 .BR O_DSYNC ,
 this call is the asynchronous analog of
 .BR fdatasync (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Note that this is a request only; it does not wait for I/O completion.
-.PP
+.P
 Apart from
 .IR aio_fildes ,
 the only field in the structure pointed to by
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that is used by this call is the
 field (a
 .I sigevent
 structure, described in
-.BR sigevent (7)),
+.BR sigevent (3type)),
 which indicates the desired type of asynchronous notification at completion.
 All other fields are ignored.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_fsync ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -110,4 +109,4 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 .BR aio_write (3),
 .BR lio_listio (3),
 .BR aio (7),
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/aio_init.3 b/man3/aio_init.3
index 4b97839..2e43d03 100644
--- a/man3/aio_init.3
+++ b/man3/aio_init.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH aio_init 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_init \- asynchronous I/O initialization
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void aio_init(const struct aioinit *" init );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ function allows the caller to provide tuning hints to the
 glibc POSIX AIO implementation.
 Use of this function is optional, but to be effective,
 it must be called before employing any other functions in the POSIX AIO API.
-.PP
+.P
 The tuning information is provided in the buffer pointed to by the argument
 .IR init .
 This buffer is a structure of the following form:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct aioinit {
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ struct aioinit {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The following fields are used in the
 .I aioinit
 structure:
diff --git a/man3/aio_read.3 b/man3/aio_read.3
index 909d444..49de8f8 100644
--- a/man3/aio_read.3
+++ b/man3/aio_read.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_read 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_read 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_read \- asynchronous read
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_read(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
 This function is the asynchronous analog of
 .BR read (2).
 The arguments of the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 read(fd, buf, count)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 correspond (in order) to the fields
 .IR aio_fildes ,
 .IR aio_buf ,
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ of the structure pointed to by
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 The data is read starting at the absolute position
 .IR aiocbp\->aio_offset ,
 regardless of the file offset.
 After the call,
 the value of the file offset is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
 request has been enqueued; the read may or may not have completed
 when the call returns.
@@ -59,20 +59,20 @@ The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained by
 Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
 .I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
 appropriately; see
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
 is defined, and this file supports it,
 then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
 to that of the calling process minus
 .IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
-.PP
+.P
 The field
 .I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
 is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 No data is read from a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, 0 is returned.
@@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_read ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ The buffer area being read into
 .\" or the control block of the operation
 must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
 The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.PP
+.P
 Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
 .I aiocb
 structure produce undefined results.
diff --git a/man3/aio_return.3 b/man3/aio_return.3
index c0d14a6..1993d04 100644
--- a/man3/aio_return.3
+++ b/man3/aio_return.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_return 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_return 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_return \- get return status of asynchronous I/O operation
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t aio_return(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ with control block pointed to by
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 This function should be called only once for any given request, after
 .BR aio_error (3)
 returns something other than
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ or
 .BR fdatasync (2),
 call.
 On error, \-1 is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 If the asynchronous I/O operation has not yet completed,
 the return value and effect of
 .BR aio_return ()
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_return ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/aio_suspend.3 b/man3/aio_suspend.3
index b532568..c8f606e 100644
--- a/man3/aio_suspend.3
+++ b/man3/aio_suspend.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_suspend 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_suspend 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_suspend \- wait for asynchronous I/O operation or timeout
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ Real-time library
 .RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-.PP
+.P
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_suspend(const struct aiocb *const " aiocb_list "[], int " nitems ,
 .BI "                const struct timespec *restrict " timeout );
 .fi
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ is not NULL and the specified time interval has passed.
 .I timespec
 structure, see
 .BR nanosleep (2).)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I nitems
 argument specifies the number of items in
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ or
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B CLOCK_MONOTONIC
 is supported, this clock is used to measure
@@ -96,13 +96,12 @@ T{
 .BR aio_suspend ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX doesn't specify the parameters to be
 .IR restrict ;
 that is specific to glibc.
@@ -110,13 +109,13 @@ that is specific to glibc.
 One can achieve polling by using a non-NULL
 .I timeout
 that specifies a zero time interval.
-.PP
+.P
 If one or more of the asynchronous I/O operations specified in
 .I aiocb_list
 has already completed at the time of the call to
 .BR aio_suspend (),
 then the call returns immediately.
-.PP
+.P
 To determine which I/O operations have completed
 after a successful return from
 .BR aio_suspend (),
diff --git a/man3/aio_write.3 b/man3/aio_write.3
index 20b0349..eaba457 100644
--- a/man3/aio_write.3
+++ b/man3/aio_write.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH aio_write 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH aio_write 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 aio_write \- asynchronous write
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int aio_write(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
 This function is the asynchronous analog of
 .BR write (2).
 The arguments of the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 write(fd, buf, count)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 correspond (in order) to the fields
 .IR aio_fildes ,
 .IR aio_buf ,
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ of the structure pointed to by
 for a description of the
 .I aiocb
 structure.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B O_APPEND
 is not set, the data is written starting at the
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ is set, data is written at the end of the file in the same order as
 .BR aio_write ()
 calls are made.
 After the call, the value of the file offset is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
 request has been enqueued; the write may or may not have completed
 when the call returns.
@@ -66,20 +66,20 @@ The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained
 Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
 .I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
 appropriately; see
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
 is defined, and this file supports it,
 then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
 to that of the calling process minus
 .IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
-.PP
+.P
 The field
 .I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
 is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 No data is written to a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, 0 is returned.
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ T{
 .BR aio_write ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -147,7 +146,7 @@ The buffer area being written out
 .\" or the control block of the operation
 must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
 The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.PP
+.P
 Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
 .I aiocb
 structure produce undefined results.
diff --git a/man3/alloca.3 b/man3/alloca.3
index 6bf1791..7fa61bc 100644
--- a/man3/alloca.3
+++ b/man3/alloca.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\"     Various rewrites and additions (notes on longjmp() and SIGSEGV).
 .\"     Weaken warning against use of alloca() (as per Debian bug 461100).
 .\"
-.TH alloca 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH alloca 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 alloca \- allocate memory that is automatically freed
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <alloca.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *alloca(size_t " size );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR alloca ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ it can also simplify memory deallocation in applications that use
 or
 .BR siglongjmp (3).
 Otherwise, its use is discouraged.
-.PP
+.P
 Because the space allocated by
 .BR alloca ()
 is allocated within the stack frame,
@@ -82,19 +81,19 @@ is jumped over by a call to
 .BR longjmp (3)
 or
 .BR siglongjmp (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The space allocated by
 .BR alloca ()
 is
 .I not
 automatically deallocated if the pointer that refers to it
 simply goes out of scope.
-.PP
+.P
 Do not attempt to
 .BR free (3)
 space allocated by
 .BR alloca ()!
-.PP
+.P
 By necessity,
 .BR alloca ()
 is a compiler built-in, also known as
@@ -107,12 +106,12 @@ into the built-in, but this is forbidden if standards conformance is requested
 in which case
 .I <alloca.h>
 is required, lest a symbol dependency be emitted.
-.PP
+.P
 The fact that
 .BR alloca ()
 is a built-in means it is impossible to take its address
 or to change its behavior by linking with a different library.
-.PP
+.P
 Variable length arrays (VLAs) are part of the C99 standard,
 optional since C11, and can be used for a similar purpose.
 However, they do not port to standard C++, and, being variables,
@@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ would overflow the space available, and, hence, neither is indicating an error.
 (However, the program is likely to receive a
 .B SIGSEGV
 signal if it attempts to access unavailable space.)
-.PP
+.P
 On many systems
 .BR alloca ()
 cannot be used inside the list of arguments of a function call, because
diff --git a/man3/arc4random.3 b/man3/arc4random.3
index b7e1f4d..b205ca9 100644
--- a/man3/arc4random.3
+++ b/man3/arc4random.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH arc4random 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH arc4random 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 arc4random, arc4random_uniform, arc4random_buf
 \- cryptographically-secure pseudorandom number generator
@@ -13,29 +13,29 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B uint32_t arc4random(void);
 .BI "uint32_t arc4random_uniform(uint32_t " upper_bound );
 .BI "void arc4random_buf(void " buf [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions give cryptographically-secure pseudorandom numbers.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR arc4random ()
 returns a uniformly-distributed value.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR arc4random_uniform ()
 returns a uniformly-distributed value less than
 .I upper_bound
 (see BUGS).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR arc4random_buf ()
 fills the memory pointed to by
 .IR buf ,
 with
 .I n
 bytes of pseudorandom data.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rand (3)
 and
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ functions.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .BR arc4random ()
 returns a pseudorandom number.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR arc4random_uniform ()
 returns a pseudorandom number less than
 .I upper_bound
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ T{
 .BR arc4random_buf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/argz_add.3 b/man3/argz_add.3
index 3654e7b..c61705a 100644
--- a/man3/argz_add.3
+++ b/man3/argz_add.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
 .\"
 .\" Corrections and additions, aeb
-.TH argz_add 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH argz_add 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 argz_add, argz_add_sep, argz_append, argz_count, argz_create,
 argz_create_sep, argz_delete, argz_extract, argz_insert,
@@ -17,52 +17,52 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <argz.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_add(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " str );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_add_sep(char **restrict " argz \
 ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " str ", int " delim );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_append(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " buf ", size_t " buf_len );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t argz_count(const char *" argz ", size_t " argz_len );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_create(char *const " argv "[], char **restrict " argz ,
 .BI "                size_t *restrict " argz_len );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_create_sep(const char *restrict " str ", int " sep ,
 .BI "                char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void argz_delete(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                char *restrict " entry );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void argz_extract(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
 .BI "                char **restrict " argv );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_insert(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                char *restrict " before ", const char *restrict " entry );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *argz_next(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " entry );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t argz_replace(char **restrict " argz \
 ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " with ,
 .BI "                unsigned int *restrict " replace_count );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void argz_stringify(char *" argz ", size_t " len ", int " sep );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions are glibc-specific.
-.PP
+.P
 An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length.
 The intended interpretation of the character buffer is an array
 of strings, where the strings are separated by null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
 If the length is nonzero, the last byte of the buffer must be a null byte.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are for handling argz vectors.
 The pair (NULL,0) is an argz vector, and, conversely,
 argz vectors of length 0 must have null pointer.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Allocation of nonempty argz vectors is done using
 so that
 .BR free (3)
 can be used to dispose of them again.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_add ()
 adds the string
 .I str
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ and updates
 .I *argz
 and
 .IR *argz_len .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_add_sep ()
 is similar, but splits the string
 .I str
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ into substrings separated by the delimiter
 .IR delim .
 For example, one might use this on a UNIX search path with
 delimiter \[aq]:\[aq].
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_append ()
 appends the argz vector
 .RI ( buf ,\  buf_len )
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ and
 .I *argz_len
 will be increased by
 .IR buf_len .)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_count ()
 counts the number of strings, that is,
 the number of null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), in
 .RI ( argz ,\  argz_len ).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_create ()
 converts a UNIX-style argument vector
 .IR argv ,
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ terminated by
 .IR "(char\ *)\ 0" ,
 into an argz vector
 .RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len ).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_create_sep ()
 converts the null-terminated string
 .I str
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ into an argz vector
 .RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
 by breaking it up at every occurrence of the separator
 .IR sep .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_delete ()
 removes the substring pointed to by
 .I entry
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ and updates
 .I *argz
 and
 .IR *argz_len .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_extract ()
 is the opposite of
 .BR argz_create ().
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ The array
 must have room for
 .IR argz_count ( argz ", " argz_len ") + 1"
 pointers.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_insert ()
 is the opposite of
 .BR argz_delete ().
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ If
 is NULL, then
 .I entry
 will inserted at the end.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_next ()
 is a function to step through the argz vector.
 If
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ is NULL, the first entry is returned.
 Otherwise, the entry
 following is returned.
 It returns NULL if there is no following entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_replace ()
 replaces each occurrence of
 .I str
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ If
 is non-NULL,
 .I *replace_count
 will be incremented by the number of replacements.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR argz_stringify ()
 is the opposite of
 .BR argz_create_sep ().
@@ -228,7 +228,6 @@ T{
 .BR argz_stringify ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH BUGS
diff --git a/man3/asin.3 b/man3/asin.3
index 74ac283..3545d5c 100644
--- a/man3/asin.3
+++ b/man3/asin.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH asin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH asin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 asin, asinf, asinl \- arc sine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double asin(double " x );
 .BI "float asinf(float " x );
 .BI "long double asinl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR asinf (),
 .BR asinl ():
 .nf
@@ -49,16 +49,16 @@ that is the value whose sine is
 On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc sine of
 .I x
 in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0),
 +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
@@ -98,12 +98,11 @@ T{
 .BR asinl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/asinh.3 b/man3/asinh.3
index 3197390..dd0ada0 100644
--- a/man3/asinh.3
+++ b/man3/asinh.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH asinh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH asinh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 asinh, asinhf, asinhl \- inverse hyperbolic sine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double asinh(double " x );
 .BI "float asinhf(float " x );
 .BI "long double asinhl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR asinh ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR asinhf (),
 .BR asinhl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ that is the value whose hyperbolic sine is
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic sine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
@@ -91,12 +91,11 @@ T{
 .BR asinhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/asprintf.3 b/man3/asprintf.3
index adc3e5b..40b687b 100644
--- a/man3/asprintf.3
+++ b/man3/asprintf.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Text fragments inspired by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>.
 .\"
-.TH asprintf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH asprintf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 asprintf, vasprintf \- print to allocated string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int asprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ", ...);"
 .BI "int vasprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ,
 .BI "              va_list " ap );
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR vasprintf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The FreeBSD implementation sets
 .I strp
diff --git a/man3/assert.3 b/man3/assert.3
index b1e8a9d..6f5a242 100644
--- a/man3/assert.3
+++ b/man3/assert.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:42:42 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
 .\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:44:11 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
 .\" Modified Thu Jun  2 23:44:11 2016 by Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos <nmav@redhat.com>
-.TH assert 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH assert 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 assert \- abort the program if assertion is false
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <assert.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void assert(scalar " expression );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This macro can help programmers find bugs in their programs,
 or handle exceptional cases
 via a crash that will produce limited debugging output.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I expression
 is false (i.e., compares equal to zero),
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ The error message includes the name of the file and function containing the
 .BR assert ()
 call, the source code line number of the call, and the text of the argument;
 something like:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 prog: some_file.c:16: some_func: Assertion \`val == 0\[aq] failed.
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If the macro
 .B NDEBUG
 is defined at the moment
@@ -70,12 +70,11 @@ T{
 .BR assert ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C89, C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 In C89,
 .I expression
 is required to be of type
diff --git a/man3/assert_perror.3 b/man3/assert_perror.3
index 77d70f1..cde8024 100644
--- a/man3/assert_perror.3
+++ b/man3/assert_perror.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
 .\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
 .\"
-.TH assert_perror 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH assert_perror 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 assert_perror \- test errnum and abort
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <assert.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void assert_perror(int " errnum );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR assert_perror ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH BUGS
diff --git a/man3/atan.3 b/man3/atan.3
index 5c89c62..8e86698 100644
--- a/man3/atan.3
+++ b/man3/atan.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH atan 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atan 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atan, atanf, atanl \- arc tangent function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double atan(double " x );
 .BI "float atanf(float " x );
 .BI "long double atanl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR atanf (),
 .BR atanl ():
 .nf
@@ -49,16 +49,16 @@ that is the value whose tangent is
 On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
 .I x
 in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0),
 +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity), +pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
@@ -83,12 +83,11 @@ T{
 .BR atanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/atan2.3 b/man3/atan2.3
index 0532b47..9ac661b 100644
--- a/man3/atan2.3
+++ b/man3/atan2.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH atan2 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atan2 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atan2, atan2f, atan2l \- arc tangent function of two variables
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double atan2(double " y ", double " x );
 .BI "float atan2f(float " y ", float " x );
 .BI "long double atan2l(long double " y ", long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR atan2f (),
 .BR atan2l ():
 .nf
@@ -49,31 +49,31 @@ the quadrant of the result.
 On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
 .I y/x
 in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi,\ pi].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is +0 (\-0) and
 .I x
 is less than 0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is +0 (\-0) and
 .I x
 is greater than 0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is less than 0 and
 .I x
 is +0 or \-0, \-pi/2 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is greater than 0 and
 .I x
 is +0 or \-0, pi/2 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" POSIX.1 says:
 .\" If
 .\" .I x
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ If either
 or
 .I y
 is NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" POSIX.1 says:
 .\" If the result underflows, a range error may occur and
 .\" .I y/x
@@ -95,38 +95,38 @@ If
 is +0 (\-0) and
 .I x
 is \-0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is +0 (\-0) and
 .I x
 is +0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
 .I x
 is negative infinity, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
 .I x
 is positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is positive infinity (negative infinity), and
 .I x
 is finite,
 pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
 .I x
 is negative infinity, +3*pi/4 (\-3*pi/4) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
@@ -155,12 +155,11 @@ T{
 .BR atan2l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/atanh.3 b/man3/atanh.3
index f3a9b2e..0220493 100644
--- a/man3/atanh.3
+++ b/man3/atanh.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH atanh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atanh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atanh, atanhf, atanhl \- inverse hyperbolic tangent function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double atanh(double " x );
 .BI "float atanhf(float " x );
 .BI "long double atanhl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR atanh ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR atanhf (),
 .BR atanhl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ that is the value whose hyperbolic tangent is
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +1 or \-1,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
-.PP
+.P
 If the absolute value of
 .I x
 is greater than 1,
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-1 or greater than +1
@@ -125,12 +125,11 @@ T{
 .BR atanhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/atexit.3 b/man3/atexit.3
index 4a57ac5..4a9842b 100644
--- a/man3/atexit.3
+++ b/man3/atexit.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2003-10-25, Walter Harms
 .\"
-.TH atexit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atexit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atexit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int atexit(void (*" function )(void));
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -35,17 +35,17 @@ or via return from the program's
 .IR main ().
 Functions so registered are called in
 the reverse order of their registration; no arguments are passed.
-.PP
+.P
 The same function may be registered multiple times:
 it is called once for each registration.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 requires that an implementation allow at least
 .\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
 .B ATEXIT_MAX
 (32) such functions to be registered.
 The actual limit supported by an implementation can be obtained using
 .BR sysconf (3).
-.PP
+.P
 When a child process is created via
 .BR fork (2),
 it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR atexit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX.1 says that the result of calling
 .\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
@@ -102,14 +101,14 @@ Functions registered using
 .BR on_exit (3))
 are not called if a process terminates abnormally because
 of the delivery of a signal.
-.PP
+.P
 If one of the registered functions calls
 .BR _exit (2),
 then any remaining functions are not invoked,
 and the other process termination steps performed by
 .BR exit (3)
 are not performed.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR atexit ()
 and
@@ -118,7 +117,7 @@ functions register functions on the same list:
 at normal process termination,
 the registered functions are invoked in reverse order
 of their registration by these two functions.
-.PP
+.P
 According to POSIX.1, the result is undefined if
 .BR longjmp (3)
 is used to terminate execution of one of the functions registered using
diff --git a/man3/atof.3 b/man3/atof.3
index bb1398a..acb75ae 100644
--- a/man3/atof.3
+++ b/man3/atof.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:39:24 1993, David Metcalfe
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:39:22 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH atof 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atof 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atof \- convert a string to a double
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double atof(const char *" nptr );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ function converts the initial portion of the string
 pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
 .IR double .
 The behavior is the same as
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 strtod(nptr, NULL);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 except that
 .BR atof ()
 does not detect errors.
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR atof ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/atoi.3 b/man3/atoi.3
index d1d32f5..ebe67f3 100644
--- a/man3/atoi.3
+++ b/man3/atoi.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:38:42 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Sun Dec 17 18:35:06 2000, Joseph S. Myers
 .\"
-.TH atoi 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH atoi 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 atoi, atol, atoll \- convert a string to an integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int atoi(const char *" nptr );
 .BI "long atol(const char *" nptr );
 .BI "long long atoll(const char *" nptr );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR atoll ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE
@@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ function converts the initial portion of the string
 pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
 .IR int .
 The behavior is the same as
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 strtol(nptr, NULL, 10);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 except that
 .BR atoi ()
 does not detect errors.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR atol ()
 and
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ T{
 .BR atoll ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX.1 leaves the return value of
 .BR atoi ()
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ On glibc, musl libc, and uClibc, 0 is returned on error.
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 C89 and
 POSIX.1-1996 include the functions
 .BR atoi ()
diff --git a/man3/backtrace.3 b/man3/backtrace.3
index ae970ff..399b180 100644
--- a/man3/backtrace.3
+++ b/man3/backtrace.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" References:
 .\"   glibc manual and source
-.TH backtrace 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH backtrace 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 backtrace, backtrace_symbols, backtrace_symbols_fd \- support
 for application self-debugging
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <execinfo.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int backtrace(void *" buffer [. size "], int " size );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char **backtrace_symbols(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size );
 .BI "void backtrace_symbols_fd(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size ", \
 int " fd );
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ to obtain the complete backtrace, make sure that
 and
 .I size
 are large enough.
-.PP
+.P
 Given the set of addresses returned by
 .BR backtrace ()
 in
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ by
 and must be freed by the caller.
 (The strings pointed to by the array of pointers
 need not and should not be freed.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
 takes the same
 .I buffer
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ then the full backtrace was stored; if it is equal to
 .IR size ,
 then it may have been truncated, in which case the addresses of the
 oldest stack frames are not returned.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR backtrace_symbols ()
 returns a pointer to the array
@@ -146,7 +146,6 @@ T{
 .BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ If you need certain calls to these two functions to not allocate memory
 (in signal handlers, for example), you need to make sure
 .I libgcc
 is loaded beforehand.
-.PP
+.P
 The symbol names may be unavailable without the use of special linker
 options.
 For systems using the GNU linker, it is necessary to use the
@@ -195,7 +194,7 @@ and
 .BR backtrace_symbols ().
 The following shell session shows what we might see when running the
 program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " cc \-rdynamic prog.c \-o prog"
diff --git a/man3/basename.3 b/man3/basename.3
index 266c49a..a3dc075 100644
--- a/man3/basename.3
+++ b/man3/basename.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Created, 14 Dec 2000 by Michael Kerrisk
 .\"
-.TH basename 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH basename 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 basename, dirname \- parse pathname components
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <libgen.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *dirname(char *" path );
 .BI "char *basename(char *" path );
 .fi
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Standard C library
 Warning: there are two different functions
 .BR basename ();
 see below.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR dirname ()
 and
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ returns the string up to, but not including, the final \[aq]/\[aq], and
 .BR basename ()
 returns the component following the final \[aq]/\[aq].
 Trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters are not counted as part of the pathname.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I path
 does not contain a slash,
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ is a null pointer or points to an empty string, then both
 and
 .BR basename ()
 return the string ".".
-.PP
+.P
 Concatenating the string returned by
 .BR dirname (),
 a "/", and the string returned by
 .BR basename ()
 yields a complete pathname.
-.PP
+.P
 Both
 .BR dirname ()
 and
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ may modify the contents of
 .IR path ,
 so it may be desirable to pass a copy when calling one of
 these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions may return pointers to statically allocated memory
 which may be overwritten by subsequent calls.
 Alternatively, they may return a pointer to some part of
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ so that the string referred to by
 .I path
 should not be modified or freed until the pointer returned by
 the function is no longer required.
-.PP
+.P
 The following list of examples (taken from SUSv2)
 shows the strings returned by
 .BR dirname ()
@@ -125,27 +125,26 @@ T{
 .BR dirname ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 There are two different versions of
 .BR basename ()
 - the POSIX version described above, and the GNU version, which one gets
 after
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BR "    #define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B "    #include <string.h>"
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU version never modifies its argument, and returns the
 empty string when
 .I path
 has a trailing slash, and in particular also when it is "/".
 There is no GNU version of
 .BR dirname ().
-.PP
+.P
 With glibc, one gets the POSIX version of
 .BR basename ()
 when
@@ -161,7 +160,7 @@ the POSIX versions of these functions modify the
 .I path
 argument, and segfault when called with a static string
 such as "/usr/".
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.2.1, the glibc version of
 .BR dirname ()
 did not correctly handle pathnames with trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters,
diff --git a/man3/bcmp.3 b/man3/bcmp.3
index d3cc49d..ef96d9c 100644
--- a/man3/bcmp.3
+++ b/man3/bcmp.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH bcmp 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bcmp 3 2023-11-02 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bcmp \- compare byte sequences
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ size_t " n );
 .BR bcmp ()
 is identical to
 .BR memcmp (3);
-use it instead.
+use the latter instead.
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/bcopy.3 b/man3/bcopy.3
index b8892e9..7f76812 100644
--- a/man3/bcopy.3
+++ b/man3/bcopy.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sun Feb 26 14:52:00 1995 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
 .\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:48:10 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
 .\" "
-.TH bcopy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bcopy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bcopy \- copy byte sequence
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -50,12 +50,11 @@ T{
 .BR bcopy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001: use
 .BR memcpy (3)
 or
diff --git a/man3/bindresvport.3 b/man3/bindresvport.3
index d14e580..89cd5d0 100644
--- a/man3/bindresvport.3
+++ b/man3/bindresvport.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" 2007-05-31, mtk: Rewrite and substantial additional text.
 .\" 2008-12-03, mtk: Rewrote some pieces and fixed some errors
 .\"
-.TH bindresvport 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bindresvport 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bindresvport \- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <netinet/in.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int bindresvport(int " sockfd ", struct sockaddr_in *" sin );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ file descriptor
 to a privileged anonymous IP port,
 that is, a port number arbitrarily selected from the range 512 to 1023.
 .\" glibc actually starts searching with a port # in the range 600 to 1023
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .BR bind (2)
 performed by
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ is successful, and
 is not NULL, then
 .I sin\->sin_port
 returns the port number actually allocated.
-.PP
+.P
 .I sin
 can be NULL, in which case
 .I sin\->sin_family
@@ -96,8 +96,7 @@ glibc\ >=\ 2.17: MT-Safe;
 glibc\ <\ 2.17: MT-Unsafe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR bindresvport ()
 function uses a static variable that was not protected by a lock
diff --git a/man3/bsd_signal.3 b/man3/bsd_signal.3
index 3294c5c..19c2147 100644
--- a/man3/bsd_signal.3
+++ b/man3/bsd_signal.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH bsd_signal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bsd_signal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bsd_signal \- signal handling with BSD semantics
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "sighandler_t bsd_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR bsd_signal ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.26:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The
 .BR bsd_signal ()
 function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
 .BR signal (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The difference between the two is that
 .BR bsd_signal ()
 is guaranteed to provide reliable signal semantics, that is:
@@ -73,14 +73,13 @@ T{
 .BR bsd_signal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Use of
 .BR bsd_signal ()
 should be avoided; use
 .BR sigaction (2)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 On modern Linux systems,
 .BR bsd_signal ()
 and
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ But on older systems,
 provided unreliable signal semantics; see
 .BR signal (2)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 The use of
 .I sighandler_t
 is a GNU extension;
diff --git a/man3/bsearch.3 b/man3/bsearch.3
index f73b939..38a4ac3 100644
--- a/man3/bsearch.3
+++ b/man3/bsearch.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:41:16 1993, David Metcalfe
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:35:16 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH bsearch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bsearch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bsearch \- binary search of a sorted array
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *bsearch(const void " key [. size "], \
 const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
 .BI "              size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size ,
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ that matches the object pointed to by
 The size of each member
 of the array is specified by
 .IR size .
-.PP
+.P
 The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
 to the comparison function referenced by
 .IR compar .
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ T{
 .BR bsearch ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ The example below first sorts an array of structures using
 .BR qsort (3),
 then retrieves desired elements using
 .BR bsearch ().
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (bsearch.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/man3/bstring.3 b/man3/bstring.3
index 87b133a..68e8ae7 100644
--- a/man3/bstring.3
+++ b/man3/bstring.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-04-12, David Metcalfe
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2002-01-20, Walter Harms
-.TH bstring 3 2023-01-07 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bstring 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bcmp, bcopy, bzero, memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memfrob, memmem,
 memmove, memset \- byte string operations
@@ -19,29 +19,29 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memccpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], int " c ", \
 size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memcpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
 .BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/man3/bswap.3 b/man3/bswap.3
index 1810e9f..53d8c51 100644
--- a/man3/bswap.3
+++ b/man3/bswap.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH bswap 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bswap 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bswap_16, bswap_32, bswap_64 \- reverse order of bytes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <byteswap.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint16_t bswap_16(uint16_t " x );
 .BI "uint32_t bswap_32(uint32_t " x );
 .BI "uint64_t bswap_64(uint64_t " x );
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU.
 The program below swaps the bytes of the 8-byte integer supplied as
 its command-line argument.
 The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 0x0123456789abcdef\fP
diff --git a/man3/btowc.3 b/man3/btowc.3
index 67e0d25..a980864 100644
--- a/man3/btowc.3
+++ b/man3/btowc.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH btowc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH btowc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 btowc \- convert single byte to wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t btowc(int " c );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR btowc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 This function should never be used.
 It does not work for encodings which have
 state, and unnecessarily treats single bytes differently from multibyte
diff --git a/man3/btree.3 b/man3/btree.3
index dfa8f4e..e93e25b 100644
--- a/man3/btree.3
+++ b/man3/btree.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)btree.3	8.4 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
 .\"
-.TH btree 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH btree 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .\".UC 7
 .SH NAME
 btree \- btree database access method
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
 Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
 .I libdb
 library instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The routine
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is the library interface to database files.
@@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ One of the supported file formats is btree files.
 The general description of the database access methods is in
 .BR dbopen (3),
 this manual page describes only the btree-specific information.
-.PP
+.P
 The btree data structure is a sorted, balanced tree structure storing
 associated key/data pairs.
-.PP
+.P
 The btree access-method-specific data structure provided to
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is defined in the
 .I <db.h>
 include file as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } BTREEINFO;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The elements of this structure are as follows:
 .TP
 .I flags
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ big endian order would be the number 4,321.
 If
 .I lorder
 is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
-.PP
+.P
 If the file already exists (and the
 .B O_TRUNC
 flag is not specified), the
@@ -189,15 +189,15 @@ and
 .I psize
 are ignored
 in favor of the values used when the tree was created.
-.PP
+.P
 Forward sequential scans of a tree are from the least key to the greatest.
-.PP
+.P
 Space freed up by deleting key/data pairs from the tree is never reclaimed,
 although it is normally made available for reuse.
 This means that the btree storage structure is grow-only.
 The only solutions are to avoid excessive deletions, or to create a fresh
 tree periodically from a scan of an existing one.
-.PP
+.P
 Searches, insertions, and deletions in a btree will all complete in
 O lg base N where base is the average fill factor.
 Often, inserting ordered data into btrees results in a low fill factor.
@@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
 .BR hash (3),
 .BR mpool (3),
 .BR recno (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "The Ubiquitous B-tree" ,
 Douglas Comer, ACM Comput. Surv. 11, 2 (June 1979), 121-138.
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "Prefix B-trees" ,
 Bayer and Unterauer, ACM Transactions on Database Systems, Vol. 2, 1
 (March 1977), 11-26.
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "The Art of Computer Programming Vol. 3: Sorting and Searching" ,
 D.E. Knuth, 1968, pp 471-480.
diff --git a/man3/byteorder.3 b/man3/byteorder.3
index 7040f63..e8a1439 100644
--- a/man3/byteorder.3
+++ b/man3/byteorder.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:29:05 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Thu Jul 26 14:06:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH BYTEORDER 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH BYTEORDER 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 htonl, htons, ntohl, ntohs \- convert values between host and network
 byte order
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint32_t htonl(uint32_t " hostlong );
 .BI "uint16_t htons(uint16_t " hostshort );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint32_t ntohl(uint32_t " netlong );
 .BI "uint16_t ntohs(uint16_t " netshort );
 .fi
@@ -33,25 +33,25 @@ The
 function converts the unsigned integer
 .I hostlong
 from host byte order to network byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR htons ()
 function converts the unsigned short integer
 .I hostshort
 from host byte order to network byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ntohl ()
 function converts the unsigned integer
 .I netlong
 from network byte order to host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ntohs ()
 function converts the unsigned short integer
 .I netshort
 from network byte order to host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 On the i386 the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first,
 whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most
 Significant Byte first.
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR ntohs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/bzero.3 b/man3/bzero.3
index 35abb18..59b30ab 100644
--- a/man3/bzero.3
+++ b/man3/bzero.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH bzero 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH bzero 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 bzero, explicit_bzero \- zero a byte string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void explicit_bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ function erases the data in the
 bytes of the memory starting at the location pointed to by
 .IR s ,
 by writing zeros (bytes containing \[aq]\e0\[aq]) to that area.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR explicit_bzero ()
 function performs the same task as
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR explicit_bzero ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ by an incorrect or compromised program.
 Calls to
 .BR explicit_bzero ()
 are never optimized away by the compiler.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR explicit_bzero ()
 function does not solve all problems associated with erasing sensitive data:
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ by a bug than data in a register, and thus the
 call creates a brief time window where the sensitive data is more
 vulnerable than it would otherwise have been
 if no attempt had been made to erase the data.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that declaring the sensitive variable with the
 .B volatile
 qualifier does
@@ -143,7 +142,7 @@ Indeed, it will make them worse, since, for example,
 it may force a variable that would otherwise have been optimized
 into a register to instead be maintained in (more vulnerable)
 RAM for its entire lifetime.
-.PP
+.P
 Notwithstanding the above details, for security-conscious applications, using
 .BR explicit_bzero ()
 is generally preferable to not using it.
diff --git a/man3/cabs.3 b/man3/cabs.3
index f0c7569..d331ce7 100644
--- a/man3/cabs.3
+++ b/man3/cabs.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cabs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cabs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cabs, cabsf, cabsl \- absolute value of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double cabs(double complex " z );
 .BI "float cabsf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double cabsl(long double complex " z );
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ T{
 .BR cabsl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cacos.3 b/man3/cacos.3
index aebff0f..3c66ff8 100644
--- a/man3/cacos.3
+++ b/man3/cacos.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cacos 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cacos 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cacos, cacosf, cacosl \- complex arc cosine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cacos(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex cacosf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex cacosl(long double complex " z );
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ If \fIy\ =\ cacos(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ ccos(y)\fP.
 The real part of
 .I y
 is chosen in the interval [0,pi].
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     cacos(z) = \-i * clog(z + i * csqrt(1 \- z * z))
 .fi
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ T{
 .BR cacosl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cacosh.3 b/man3/cacosh.3
index 55d1d47..941b375 100644
--- a/man3/cacosh.3
+++ b/man3/cacosh.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cacosh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cacosh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cacosh, cacoshf, cacoshl \- complex arc hyperbolic cosine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cacosh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex cacoshf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex cacoshl(long double complex " z );
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
 The real part of
 .I y
 is chosen nonnegative.
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     cacosh(z) = 2 * clog(csqrt((z + 1) / 2) + csqrt((z \- 1) / 2))
 .fi
@@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ T{
 .BR cacoshl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3 b/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
index 5d9e466..6304835 100644
--- a/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
+++ b/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH canonicalize_file_name 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH canonicalize_file_name 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 canonicalize_file_name \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *canonicalize_file_name(const char *" path ");"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ pathname components.
 Consecutive slash
 .RI ( / )
 characters are replaced by a single slash.
-.PP
+.P
 The returned string is dynamically allocated by
 .BR canonicalize_file_name ()
 and the caller should deallocate it with
 .BR free (3)
 when it is no longer required.
-.PP
+.P
 The call
 .I canonicalize_file_name(path)
 is equivalent to the call:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 realpath(path, NULL);
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR canonicalize_file_name ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/carg.3 b/man3/carg.3
index a7e3daa..bf5003f 100644
--- a/man3/carg.3
+++ b/man3/carg.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH carg 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH carg 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 carg, cargf, cargl \- calculate the complex argument
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double carg(double complex " z ");"
 .BI "float cargf(float complex " z ");"
 .BI "long double cargl(long double complex " z ");"
@@ -21,29 +21,29 @@ Math library
 These functions calculate the complex argument (also called phase angle) of
 .IR z ,
 with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
-.PP
+.P
 A complex number can be described by two real coordinates.
 One may use rectangular coordinates and gets
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 z = x + I * y
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I x\~=\~creal(z)
 and
 .IR y\~=\~cimag(z) .
-.PP
+.P
 Or one may use polar coordinates and gets
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 z = r * cexp(I * a)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I r\~=\~cabs(z)
 is the "radius", the "modulus", the absolute value of
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ and
 .I a\~=\~carg(z)
 is the "phase angle", the argument of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 tan(carg(z)) = cimag(z) / creal(z)
@@ -78,7 +78,6 @@ T{
 .BR cargl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/casin.3 b/man3/casin.3
index 5cce6a4..edc0935 100644
--- a/man3/casin.3
+++ b/man3/casin.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH casin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH casin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 casin, casinf, casinl \- complex arc sine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex casin(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex casinf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex casinl(long double complex " z );
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ If \fIy\ =\ casin(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ csin(y)\fP.
 The real part of
 .I y
 is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     casin(z) = \-i clog(iz + csqrt(1 \- z * z))
 .fi
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ T{
 .BR casinl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/casinh.3 b/man3/casinh.3
index 64cc89e..39afc1e 100644
--- a/man3/casinh.3
+++ b/man3/casinh.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH casinh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH casinh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 casinh, casinhf, casinhl \- complex arc sine hyperbolic
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex casinh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex casinhf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex casinhl(long double complex " z );
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ If \fIy\~=\~casinh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~csinh(y)\fP.
 The imaginary part of
 .I y
 is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 casinh(z) = clog(z + csqrt(z * z + 1))
@@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ T{
 .BR casinhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/catan.3 b/man3/catan.3
index ea79b40..4bba036 100644
--- a/man3/catan.3
+++ b/man3/catan.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH catan 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH catan 3 2023-11-01 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 catan, catanf, catanl \- complex arc tangents
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex catan(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex catanf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex catanl(long double complex " z );
@@ -22,10 +22,12 @@ Math library
 These functions calculate the complex arc tangent of
 .IR z .
 If \fIy\~=\~catan(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctan(y)\fP.
-The real part of y is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.PP
+The real part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2, pi/2].
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 catan(z) = (clog(1 + i * z) \- clog(1 \- i * z)) / (2 * i)
@@ -47,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR catanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/catanh.3 b/man3/catanh.3
index 0cd8c2b..48abbaa 100644
--- a/man3/catanh.3
+++ b/man3/catanh.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH catanh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH catanh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 catanh, catanhf, catanhl \- complex arc tangents hyperbolic
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex catanh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex catanhf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex catanhl(long double complex " z );
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ If \fIy\~=\~catanh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctanh(y)\fP.
 The imaginary part of
 .I y
 is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 catanh(z) = 0.5 * (clog(1 + z) \- clog(1 \- z))
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR catanhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/catgets.3 b/man3/catgets.3
index 2083bb3..2132dcc 100644
--- a/man3/catgets.3
+++ b/man3/catgets.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Updated, aeb, 980809
-.TH catgets 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH catgets 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 catgets \- get message from a message catalog
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <nl_types.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *catgets(nl_catd " catalog ", int " set_number \
 ", int " message_number ,
 .BI "              const char *" message );
@@ -63,16 +63,15 @@ T{
 .BR catgets ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR catgets ()
 function is available only in libc.so.4.4.4c and above.
-.PP
+.P
 The Jan 1987 X/Open Portability Guide specifies a more subtle
 error return:
 .I message
diff --git a/man3/catopen.3 b/man3/catopen.3
index b65b1f3..03edefe 100644
--- a/man3/catopen.3
+++ b/man3/catopen.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Modified Thu Dec 13 22:51:19 2001 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
 .\" Modified 2001-12-14 aeb
 .\"
-.TH catopen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH catopen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 catopen, catclose \- open/close a message catalog
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <nl_types.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "nl_catd catopen(const char *" name ", int " flag );
 .BI "int catclose(nl_catd " catalog );
 .fi
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ If a file descriptor is used to implement catalog descriptors,
 then the
 .B FD_CLOEXEC
 flag will be set.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I name
 specifies the name of the message catalog to be opened.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Changing the
 .B LC_MESSAGES
 part of the locale may invalidate
 open catalog descriptors.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flag
 argument to
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ then it will use the current locale setting for
 Otherwise, it will use the
 .B LANG
 environment variable.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR catclose ()
 closes the message catalog identified by
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The possible error values include all
 possible values for the
 .BR open (2)
 call.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR catclose ()
 returns 0 on success, or \-1 on failure.
@@ -147,7 +147,6 @@ T{
 .BR catclose ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The above is the POSIX.1 description.
 The glibc value for
diff --git a/man3/cbrt.3 b/man3/cbrt.3
index 106e951..373cd8f 100644
--- a/man3/cbrt.3
+++ b/man3/cbrt.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
 .\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH cbrt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cbrt 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cbrt, cbrtf, cbrtl \- cube root function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double cbrt(double " x );
 .BI "float cbrtf(float " x );
 .BI "long double cbrtl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cbrt ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cbrtf (),
 .BR cbrtl ():
 .nf
@@ -47,12 +47,15 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the (real) cube root of
 .IR x .
-This function cannot fail; every representable real value has a
-representable real cube root.
+This function cannot fail;
+every representable real value
+has a real cube root,
+and rounding it to a representable value
+never causes overflow nor underflow.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the cube root of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0, \-0, positive infinity, negative infinity, or NaN,
@@ -76,7 +79,6 @@ T{
 .BR cbrtl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ccos.3 b/man3/ccos.3
index 2e6ceab..2d992e7 100644
--- a/man3/ccos.3
+++ b/man3/ccos.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH ccos 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ccos 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ccos, ccosf, ccosl \- complex cosine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex ccos(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex ccosf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex ccosl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex cosine of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex cosine function is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 ccos(z) = (exp(i * z) + exp(\-i * z)) / 2
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR ccosl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ccosh.3 b/man3/ccosh.3
index ee0c384..b61c5f3 100644
--- a/man3/ccosh.3
+++ b/man3/ccosh.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH ccosh 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ccosh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ccosh, ccoshf, ccoshl \- complex hyperbolic cosine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex ccosh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex ccoshf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex ccoshl(long double complex " z );
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic cosine of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex hyperbolic cosine function is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 ccosh(z) = (exp(z)+exp(\-z))/2
diff --git a/man3/ceil.3 b/man3/ceil.3
index d72711f..60a86c0 100644
--- a/man3/ceil.3
+++ b/man3/ceil.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH ceil 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ceil 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ceil, ceilf, ceill \- ceiling function: smallest integral value not
 less than argument
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double ceil(double " x );
 .BI "float ceilf(float " x );
 .BI "long double ceill(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ceilf (),
 .BR ceill ():
 .nf
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the smallest integral value that is not less than
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For example,
 .I ceil(0.5)
 is 1.0, and
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ is 0.0.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the ceiling of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
@@ -70,12 +70,11 @@ T{
 .BR ceill ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
 and the number of mantissa bits
 including the implicit bit
 is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.PP
+.P
 The integral value returned by these functions may be too large
 to store in an integer type
 .RI ( int ,
diff --git a/man3/cexp.3 b/man3/cexp.3
index 30ba13f..5954913 100644
--- a/man3/cexp.3
+++ b/man3/cexp.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cexp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cexp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cexp, cexpf, cexpl \- complex exponential function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cexp(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex cexpf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex cexpl(long double complex " z );
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Math library
 These functions calculate e (2.71828..., the base of natural logarithms)
 raised to the power of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 cexp(I * z) = ccos(z) + I * csin(z)
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR cexpl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cexp2.3 b/man3/cexp2.3
index e19f1f6..b8d2504 100644
--- a/man3/cexp2.3
+++ b/man3/cexp2.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cexp2 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cexp2 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cexp2, cexp2f, cexp2l \- base-2 exponent of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cexp2(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex cexp2f(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex cexp2l(long double complex " z );
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The function returns 2 raised to the power of
 .IR z .
 .SH STANDARDS
 These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
-.PP
+.P
 As at glibc 2.31, these functions are not provided in glibc.
 .\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/cfree.3 b/man3/cfree.3
index ef97717..97d30b6 100644
--- a/man3/cfree.3
+++ b/man3/cfree.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cfree 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cfree 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cfree \- free allocated memory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,29 +11,29 @@ Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
-.PP
+.P
 .B "#include <stdlib.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 /* In SunOS 4 */
 .BI "int cfree(void *" ptr );
-.PP
+.P
 /* In glibc or FreeBSD libcompat */
 .BI "void cfree(void *" ptr );
-.PP
+.P
 /* In SCO OpenServer */
 .BI "void cfree(char " ptr [. size " * ." num "], unsigned int " num ", \
 unsigned int " size );
-.PP
+.P
 /* In Solaris watchmalloc.so.1 */
 .BI "void cfree(void " ptr [. elsize " * ." nelem "], size_t " nelem ", \
 size_t " elsize );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfree ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ In glibc, the function
 is a synonym for
 .BR free (3),
 "added for compatibility with SunOS".
-.PP
+.P
 Other systems have other functions with this name.
 The declaration is sometimes in
 .I <stdlib.h>
@@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ Some SCO and Solaris versions have malloc libraries with a 3-argument
 .BR cfree (),
 apparently as an analog to
 .BR calloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 If you need it while porting something, add
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define cfree(p, n, s) free((p))
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 to your file.
-.PP
+.P
 A frequently asked question is "Can I use
 .BR free (3)
 to free memory allocated with
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ or do I need
 .BR cfree ()?"
 Answer: use
 .BR free (3).
-.PP
+.P
 An SCO manual writes: "The cfree routine is provided for compliance
 to the iBCSe2 standard and simply calls free.
 The num and size
@@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ T{
 .BR cfree ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe /* In glibc */
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The 3-argument version of
 .BR cfree ()
diff --git a/man3/cimag.3 b/man3/cimag.3
index 4a9293e..d369cf8 100644
--- a/man3/cimag.3
+++ b/man3/cimag.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cimag 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cimag 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cimag, cimagf, cimagl \- get imaginary part of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double cimag(double complex " z );
 .BI "float cimagf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double cimagl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the imaginary part of the complex number
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR cimagl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 GCC also supports __imag__.
 That is a GNU extension.
diff --git a/man3/circleq.3 b/man3/circleq.3
index c03ab16..47b8213 100644
--- a/man3/circleq.3
+++ b/man3/circleq.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH CIRCLEQ 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH CIRCLEQ 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 CIRCLEQ_EMPTY,
 CIRCLEQ_ENTRY,
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.PP
+.P
 .B CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
 .BI "CIRCLEQ_HEAD CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD " head );
 .BI "void CIRCLEQ_INIT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_FIRST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
 .BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LAST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
 .BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
@@ -58,18 +58,18 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These macros define and operate on doubly linked circular queues.
-.PP
+.P
 In the macro definitions,
 .I TYPE
 is the name of a user-defined structure,
@@ -99,43 +99,43 @@ or at the end of the queue.
 A
 .I CIRCLEQ_HEAD
 structure is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I struct HEADNAME
 is the structure to be defined, and
 .I struct TYPE
 is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
 A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 struct HEADNAME *headp;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The names
 .I head
 and
 .I headp
 are user selectable.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ()
 declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 evaluates to an initializer for the queue
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_INIT ()
 initializes the queue referenced by
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
 evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
 .SS Insertion
@@ -143,18 +143,18 @@ evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the head of the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the end of the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 before the element
 .IR listelm .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
@@ -163,32 +163,32 @@ after the element
 .SS Traversal
 .BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST ()
 returns the first item on the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_LAST ()
 returns the last item on the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_PREV ()
 returns the previous item on the queue, or
 .I &head
 if this item is the first one.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
 returns the next item on the queue, or
 .I &head
 if this item is the last one.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV ()
 returns the previous item on the queue.
 If
 .I elm
 is the first element on the queue, the last element is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT ()
 returns the next item on the queue.
 If
 .I elm
 is the last element on the queue, the first element is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH ()
 traverses the queue referenced by
 .I head
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ in the forward direction, assigning each element in turn to
 is set to
 .I &head
 if the loop completes normally, or if there were no elements.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
 traverses the queue referenced by
 .I head
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ from the queue.
 .BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
 returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
 and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST (),
 .BR CIRCLEQ_LAST (),
 .BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV (),
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ and
 return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
 .I TYPE
 structure, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_PREV (),
 and
 .BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ counterparts,
 except that if the argument is the first or last element, respectively,
 they return
 .IR &head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
 .IR head .
diff --git a/man3/clearenv.3 b/man3/clearenv.3
index 1c91402..3ffd761 100644
--- a/man3/clearenv.3
+++ b/man3/clearenv.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Additions, aeb, 2001-10-17.
-.TH clearenv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clearenv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clearenv \- clear the environment
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int clearenv(void);"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR clearenv ():
 .nf
     /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR clearenv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR putenv ()
@@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 .TP
 .BR clearenv ()
 glibc 2.0.
-.PP
+.P
 Various UNIX variants (DG/UX, HP-UX, QNX, ...).
 POSIX.9 (bindings for FORTRAN77).
 POSIX.1-1996 did not accept
@@ -93,15 +92,15 @@ and rejected
 On systems where
 .BR clearenv ()
 is unavailable, the assignment
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 environ = NULL;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 will probably do.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR clearenv ()
 function may be useful in security-conscious applications that want to
@@ -110,14 +109,14 @@ executed using
 .BR exec (3).
 The application would do this by first clearing the environment
 and then adding select environment variables.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the main effect of
 .BR clearenv ()
 is to adjust the value of the pointer
 .BR environ (7);
 this function does not erase the contents of the buffers
 containing the environment definitions.
-.PP
+.P
 The DG/UX and Tru64 man pages write: If
 .I environ
 has been modified by anything other than the
@@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ or
 functions, then
 .BR clearenv ()
 will return an error and the process environment will remain unchanged.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" HP-UX has a ENOMEM error return.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR getenv (3),
diff --git a/man3/clock.3 b/man3/clock.3
index 588209b..53231aa 100644
--- a/man3/clock.3
+++ b/man3/clock.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" Modified 14 Jun 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
 .\" 	Added notes on differences from other UNIX systems with respect to
 .\"	waited-for children.
-.TH clock 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clock 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clock \- determine processor time
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B clock_t clock(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -45,13 +45,12 @@ T{
 .BR clock ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 XSI requires that
 .B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
 equals 1000000 independent
 of the actual resolution.
-.PP
+.P
 On several other implementations,
 the value returned by
 .BR clock ()
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ caller and its children, may be preferable.
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.17 and earlier,
 .BR clock ()
 was implemented on top of
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ The C standard allows for arbitrary values at the start of the program;
 subtract the value returned from a call to
 .BR clock ()
 at the start of the program to get maximum portability.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the time can wrap around.
 On a 32-bit system where
 .B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
diff --git a/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3 b/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
index 749fdbe..541c46a 100644
--- a/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
+++ b/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
@@ -4,30 +4,30 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH clock_getcpuclockid 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clock_getcpuclockid 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clock_getcpuclockid \- obtain ID of a process CPU-time clock
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc ),
 since glibc 2.17
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.17,
 Real-time library
 .RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B #include <time.h>
 .nf
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int clock_getcpuclockid(pid_t " pid ", clockid_t *" clockid );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .ad l
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR clock_getcpuclockid ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@ and then uses
 .BR clock_gettime (2)
 to obtain the time on that clock.
 An example run is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 1" "                 # Show CPU clock of init process"
diff --git a/man3/clog.3 b/man3/clog.3
index 5a75d36..9ada276 100644
--- a/man3/clog.3
+++ b/man3/clog.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH clog 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clog 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clog, clogf, clogl \- natural logarithm of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex clog(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex clogf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex clogl(long double complex " z );
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Math library
 These functions calculate the complex natural logarithm of
 .IR z ,
 with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
-.PP
+.P
 The logarithm
 .BR clog ()
 is the inverse function of the exponential
@@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ Thus, if \fIy\ =\ clog(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ cexp(y)\fP.
 The imaginary part of
 .I y
 is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 clog(z) = log(cabs(z)) + I * carg(z)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Note that
 .I z
 close to zero will cause an overflow.
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR clogl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/clog10.3 b/man3/clog10.3
index 716d6e7..6ad20a4 100644
--- a/man3/clog10.3
+++ b/man3/clog10.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH clog10 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clog10 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clog10, clog10f, clog10l \- base-10 logarithm of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex clog10(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex clog10f(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex clog10l(long double complex " z );
@@ -22,26 +22,26 @@ Math library
 The call
 .I clog10(z)
 is equivalent to:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 clog(z)/log(10)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 or equally:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 log10(cabs(c)) + I * carg(c) / log(10)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The other functions perform the same task for
 .I float
 and
 .IR "long double" .
-.PP
+.P
 Note that
 .I z
 close to zero will cause an overflow.
@@ -61,12 +61,11 @@ T{
 .BR clog10l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
-.PP
+.P
 The identifiers are reserved for future use in C99 and C11.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR cabs (3),
diff --git a/man3/clog2.3 b/man3/clog2.3
index 06a04a9..d1f3b4a 100644
--- a/man3/clog2.3
+++ b/man3/clog2.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH clog2 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH clog2 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clog2, clog2f, clog2l \- base-2 logarithm of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex clog2(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex clog2f(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex clog2l(long double complex " z );
@@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ The call
 .I clog2(z)
 is equivalent to
 .IR clog(z)/log(2) .
-.PP
+.P
 The other functions perform the same task for
 .I float
 and
 .IR "long double" .
-.PP
+.P
 Note that
 .I z
 close to zero will cause an overflow.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ close to zero will cause an overflow.
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
-.PP
+.P
 Not yet in glibc, as at glibc 2.19.
 .\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/closedir.3 b/man3/closedir.3
index e10ae9e..5fc9737 100644
--- a/man3/closedir.3
+++ b/man3/closedir.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:25:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH closedir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH closedir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 closedir \- close a directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int closedir(DIR *" dirp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ T{
 .BR closedir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cmsg.3 b/man3/cmsg.3
index 3ca7d1d..2d0a70e 100644
--- a/man3/cmsg.3
+++ b/man3/cmsg.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\" This man page is Copyright (C) 1999 Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>.
 .\"
 .\" $Id: cmsg.3,v 1.8 2000/12/20 18:10:31 ak Exp $
-.TH CMSG 3 2023-07-15 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH CMSG 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 CMSG_ALIGN, CMSG_SPACE, CMSG_NXTHDR, CMSG_FIRSTHDR \- access ancillary data
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_FIRSTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh );
 .BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_NXTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh ,
 .BR "                            struct cmsghdr *" cmsg );
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Ancillary data is sent by calling
 and received by calling
 .BR recvmsg (2).
 See their manual pages for more information.
-.PP
+.P
 Ancillary data is a sequence of
 .I cmsghdr
 structures with appended data.
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ The maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket can be set using
 .IR /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max ;
 see
 .BR socket (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I cmsghdr
 structure is defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct cmsghdr {
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ struct cmsghdr {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The sequence of
 .I cmsghdr
 structures should never be accessed directly.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ alignment.
 It takes the data length as an argument.
 This is a constant
 expression.
-.PP
+.P
 To create ancillary data, first initialize the
 .I msg_controllen
 member of the
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ see
 .SH VERSIONS
 For portability, ancillary data should be accessed using only the macros
 described here.
-.PP
+.P
 In Linux,
 .BR CMSG_LEN (),
 .BR CMSG_DATA (),
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Linux.
 .SH HISTORY
 This ancillary data model conforms to the POSIX.1g draft, 4.4BSD-Lite,
 the IPv6 advanced API described in RFC\ 2292 and SUSv2.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR CMSG_SPACE ()
 and
 .BR CMSG_LEN ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ will be included in the next POSIX release (Issue 8).
 This code looks for the
 .B IP_TTL
 option in a received ancillary buffer:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct msghdr msgh;
@@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ if (cmsg == NULL) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The code below passes an array of file descriptors over a
 UNIX domain socket using
 .BR SCM_RIGHTS :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct msghdr msg = { 0 };
@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ cmsg\->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(myfds));
 memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg), myfds, sizeof(myfds));
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For a complete code example that shows passing of file descriptors
 over a UNIX domain socket, see
 .BR seccomp_unotify (2).
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR recvmsg (2),
 .BR sendmsg (2)
-.PP
+.P
 RFC\ 2292
diff --git a/man3/confstr.3 b/man3/confstr.3
index 5efd862..4a04a25 100644
--- a/man3/confstr.3
+++ b/man3/confstr.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" These should all be added to this page.
 .\" See also the POSIX.1-2001 specification of confstr()
 .\"
-.TH confstr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH confstr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 confstr \- get configuration dependent string variables
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t confstr(int " "name" ", char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR confstr ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .BR confstr ()
 gets the value of configuration-dependent string variables.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I name
 argument is the system variable to be queried.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ A value for the
 .B PATH
 variable which indicates where all the POSIX.2 standard utilities can
 be found.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I buf
 is not NULL and
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This can be detected by comparing the return value of
 .BR confstr ()
 against
 .IR size .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I size
 is zero and
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ This value may be greater than
 which means that the value in
 .I buf
 is truncated.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I name
 is a valid configuration variable,
@@ -126,7 +126,6 @@ T{
 .BR confstr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -134,7 +133,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following code fragment determines the path where to find
 the POSIX.2 system utilities:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *pathbuf;
diff --git a/man3/conj.3 b/man3/conj.3
index 760f079..4f0bef3 100644
--- a/man3/conj.3
+++ b/man3/conj.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH conj 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH conj 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 conj, conjf, conjl \- calculate the complex conjugate
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex conj(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex conjf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex conjl(long double complex " z );
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Math library
 These functions return the complex conjugate value of
 .IR z .
 That is the value obtained by changing the sign of the imaginary part.
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 cabs(z) = csqrt(z * conj(z))
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR conjl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/copysign.3 b/man3/copysign.3
index 9bd7932..8f7e7ab 100644
--- a/man3/copysign.3
+++ b/man3/copysign.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2002-08-10 by Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH copysign 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH copysign 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 copysign, copysignf, copysignl \- copy sign of a number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,17 +18,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double copysign(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float copysignf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double copysignl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR copysign (),
 .BR copysignf (),
 .BR copysignl ():
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ These functions return a value whose absolute value matches that of
 .IR x ,
 but whose sign bit matches that of
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 For example,
 .I "copysign(42.0,\ \-1.0)"
 and
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ On success, these functions return a value whose magnitude is taken from
 .I x
 and whose sign is taken from
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
@@ -78,13 +78,12 @@ T{
 .BR copysignl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On architectures where the floating-point formats are not IEEE 754 compliant,
 these functions may treat a negative zero as positive.
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
 recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cos.3 b/man3/cos.3
index 44e3444..9b8e1f4 100644
--- a/man3/cos.3
+++ b/man3/cos.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH cos 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cos 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cos, cosf, cosl \- cosine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double cos(double " x );
 .BI "float cosf(float " x );
 .BI "long double cosl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cosf (),
 .BR cosl ():
 .nf
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ given in radians.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the cosine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
@@ -91,12 +91,11 @@ T{
 .BR cosl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/cosh.3 b/man3/cosh.3
index 358cb1f..5177cce 100644
--- a/man3/cosh.3
+++ b/man3/cosh.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH cosh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cosh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cosh, coshf, coshl \- hyperbolic cosine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double cosh(double " x );
 .BI "float coshf(float " x );
 .BI "long double coshl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR coshf (),
 .BR coshl ():
 .nf
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 These functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
 .IR x ,
 which is defined mathematically as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 cosh(x) = (exp(x) + exp(\-x)) / 2
@@ -54,20 +54,20 @@ cosh(x) = (exp(x) + exp(\-x)) / 2
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
 positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result overflow
@@ -107,12 +107,11 @@ T{
 .BR coshl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/cpow.3 b/man3/cpow.3
index 92dd971..788f5aa 100644
--- a/man3/cpow.3
+++ b/man3/cpow.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cpow 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cpow 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cpow, cpowf, cpowl \- complex power function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cpow(double complex " x ", double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex cpowf(float complex " x ", float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex cpowl(long double complex " x ,
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ T{
 .BR cpowl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/cproj.3 b/man3/cproj.3
index 159998a..2d32c1e 100644
--- a/man3/cproj.3
+++ b/man3/cproj.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH cproj 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH cproj 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 cproj, cprojf, cprojl \- project into Riemann Sphere
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex cproj(double complex " z ");"
 .BI "float complex cprojf(float complex " z ");"
 .BI "long double complex cprojl(long double complex " z ");"
@@ -43,13 +43,12 @@ T{
 .BR cprojl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.11 and earlier, the implementation does something different
 (a
 .I stereographic
diff --git a/man3/creal.3 b/man3/creal.3
index 718dc5b..ded56e6 100644
--- a/man3/creal.3
+++ b/man3/creal.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH creal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH creal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 creal, crealf, creall \- get real part of a complex number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double creal(double complex " z );
 .BI "float crealf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double creall(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the real part of the complex number
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 One has:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
 .fi
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ T{
 .BR creall ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 GCC supports also __real__.
 That is a GNU extension.
diff --git a/man3/crypt.3 b/man3/crypt.3
index c6873a5..d3531f0 100644
--- a/man3/crypt.3
+++ b/man3/crypt.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" added _XOPEN_SOURCE, aeb, 970705
 .\" added GNU MD5 stuff, aeb, 011223
 .\"
-.TH crypt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH crypt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 crypt, crypt_r \- password hashing
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,20 +24,20 @@ Password hashing library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *crypt(const char *" key ", const char *" salt );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <crypt.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *crypt_r(const char *" key ", const char *" salt ,
 .BI "              struct crypt_data *restrict " data );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR crypt ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.28:
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     glibc 2.27 and earlier:
         _XOPEN_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR crypt_r ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -56,16 +56,16 @@ is the password hashing function.
 It is based on the Data Encryption
 Standard algorithm with variations intended (among other things) to
 discourage use of hardware implementations of a key search.
-.PP
+.P
 .I key
 is a user's typed password.
-.PP
+.P
 .I salt
 is a two-character string chosen from the set
 [\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
 This string is used to
 perturb the algorithm in one of 4096 different ways.
-.PP
+.P
 By taking the lowest 7 bits of each of the first eight characters of the
 .IR key ,
 a 56-bit key is obtained.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ value points to the hashed password, a series of 13 printable ASCII
 characters (the first two characters represent the salt itself).
 The return value points to static data whose content is
 overwritten by each call.
-.PP
+.P
 Warning: the key space consists of
 .if t 2\s-2\u56\s0\d
 .if n 2**56
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The use of a
 .BR passwd (1)
 program that checks for crackable passwords during the selection process is
 recommended.
-.PP
+.P
 The DES algorithm itself has a few quirks which make the use of the
 .BR crypt ()
 interface a very poor choice for anything other than password
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ If you are planning on using the
 .BR crypt ()
 interface for a cryptography project, don't do it: get a good book on
 encryption and one of the widely available DES libraries.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR crypt_r ()
 is a reentrant version of
 .BR crypt ().
@@ -128,22 +128,22 @@ The
 .BR crypt ()
 function was not implemented, probably because of U.S.A. export restrictions.
 .\" This level of detail is not necessary in this man page. . .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" When encrypting a plain text P using DES with the key K results in the
 .\" encrypted text C, then the complementary plain text P' being encrypted
 .\" using the complementary key K' will result in the complementary encrypted
 .\" text C'.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Weak keys are keys which stay invariant under the DES key transformation.
 .\" The four known weak keys 0101010101010101, fefefefefefefefe,
 .\" 1f1f1f1f0e0e0e0e and e0e0e0e0f1f1f1f1 must be avoided.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" There are six known half weak key pairs, which keys lead to the same
 .\" encrypted data.  Keys which are part of such key clusters should be
 .\" avoided.
 .\" Sorry, I could not find out what they are.
 .\""
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Heavily redundant data causes trouble with DES encryption, when used in the
 .\" .I codebook
 .\" mode that
@@ -152,13 +152,13 @@ function was not implemented, probably because of U.S.A. export restrictions.
 .\" .BR crypt ()
 .\" interface should be used only for its intended purpose of password
 .\" verification, and should not be used as part of a data encryption tool.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" The first and last three output bits of the fourth S-box can be
 .\" represented as function of their input bits.  Empiric studies have
 .\" shown that S-boxes partially compute the same output for similar input.
 .\" It is suspected that this may contain a back door which could allow the
 .\" NSA to decrypt DES encrypted data.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Making encrypted data computed using crypt() publicly available has
 .\" to be considered insecure for the given reasons.
 .TP
@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ T{
 .BR crypt_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR crypt ()
@@ -226,17 +225,17 @@ is an ABI-compatible drop-in replacement.
 .SS Features in glibc
 The glibc version of this function supports additional
 hashing algorithms.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I salt
 is a character string starting with the characters "$\fIid\fP$"
 followed by a string optionally terminated by "$",
 then the result has the form:
 .RS
-.PP
+.P
 $\fIid\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .I id
 identifies the hashing method used instead of DES and this
 then determines how the rest of the password string is interpreted.
@@ -264,11 +263,11 @@ T}
 6	SHA-512 (since glibc 2.7)
 .TE
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 Thus, $5$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP and $6$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
 contain the password hashed with, respectively, functions
 based on SHA-256 and SHA-512.
-.PP
+.P
 "\fIsalt\fP" stands for the up to 16 characters
 following "$\fIid\fP$" in the salt.
 The "\fIhashed\fP"
@@ -282,14 +281,14 @@ SHA-256	43 characters
 SHA-512	86 characters
 .TE
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 The characters in "\fIsalt\fP" and "\fIhashed\fP" are drawn from the set
 [\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
 In the MD5 and SHA implementations the entire
 .I key
 is significant (instead of only the first
 8 bytes in DES).
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.7,
 .\" glibc commit 9425cb9eea6a62fc21d99aafe8a60f752b934b05
 the SHA-256 and SHA-512 implementations support a user-supplied number of
@@ -298,10 +297,10 @@ If the "$\fIid\fP$" characters in the salt are
 followed by "rounds=\fIxxx\fP$", where \fIxxx\fP is an integer, then the
 result has the form
 .RS
-.PP
+.P
 $\fIid\fP$\fIrounds=yyy\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 where \fIyyy\fP is the number of hashing rounds actually used.
 The number of rounds actually used is 1000 if
 .I xxx
diff --git a/man3/csin.3 b/man3/csin.3
index bc10951..1bf04a1 100644
--- a/man3/csin.3
+++ b/man3/csin.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH csin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH csin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 csin, csinf, csinl \- complex sine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex csin(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex csinf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex csinl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex sine of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex sine function is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 csin(z) = (exp(i * z) \- exp(\-i * z)) / (2 * i)
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR csinl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/csinh.3 b/man3/csinh.3
index b7a7350..263e2d0 100644
--- a/man3/csinh.3
+++ b/man3/csinh.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH csinh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH csinh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 csinh, csinhf, csinhl \- complex hyperbolic sine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex csinh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex csinhf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex csinhl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic sine of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex hyperbolic sine function is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 csinh(z) = (exp(z)\-exp(\-z))/2
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR csinhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/csqrt.3 b/man3/csqrt.3
index 319bbd1..9fdf80b 100644
--- a/man3/csqrt.3
+++ b/man3/csqrt.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH csqrt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH csqrt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 csqrt, csqrtf, csqrtl \- complex square root
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex csqrt(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex csqrtf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex csqrtl(long double complex " z );
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ T{
 .BR csqrtl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ctan.3 b/man3/ctan.3
index e47f11d..3daf68b 100644
--- a/man3/ctan.3
+++ b/man3/ctan.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH ctan 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ctan 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ctan, ctanf, ctanl \- complex tangent function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex ctan(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex ctanf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex ctanl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex tangent of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex tangent function is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 ctan(z) = csin(z) / ccos(z)
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR ctanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ctanh.3 b/man3/ctanh.3
index a9b7b34..f2178b9 100644
--- a/man3/ctanh.3
+++ b/man3/ctanh.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH ctanh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ctanh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ctanh, ctanhf, ctanhl \- complex hyperbolic tangent
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <complex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double complex ctanh(double complex " z );
 .BI "float complex ctanhf(float complex " z );
 .BI "long double complex ctanhl(long double complex " z );
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic tangent of
 .IR z .
-.PP
+.P
 The complex hyperbolic tangent function is defined
 mathematically as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 ctanh(z) = csinh(z) / ccosh(z)
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR ctanhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ctermid.3 b/man3/ctermid.3
index 0a2ab66..987637f 100644
--- a/man3/ctermid.3
+++ b/man3/ctermid.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:51:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH ctermid 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ctermid 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ctermid \- get controlling terminal name
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .\" POSIX also requires this function to be declared in <unistd.h>,
 .\" and glibc does so if suitable feature test macros are defined.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *ctermid(char *" "s" );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ctermid ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR ctermid ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -66,7 +65,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, Svr4.
 The returned pathname may not uniquely identify the controlling
 terminal; it may, for example, be
 .IR /dev/tty .
-.PP
+.P
 It is not assured that the program can open the terminal.
 .\" in glibc 2.3.x, x >= 4, the glibc headers threw an error
 .\" if ctermid() was given an argument; fixed in glibc 2.4.
diff --git a/man3/ctime.3 b/man3/ctime.3
index 4dc72f2..817e964 100644
--- a/man3/ctime.3
+++ b/man3/ctime.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2001-12-13, joey, aeb
 .\" Modified 2004-11-16, mtk
 .\"
-.TH ctime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ctime 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 asctime, ctime, gmtime, localtime, mktime, asctime_r, ctime_r, gmtime_r,
 localtime_r \- transform date and time to broken-down time or ASCII
@@ -23,31 +23,31 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *asctime(const struct tm *" tm );
 .BI "char *asctime_r(const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
 .BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *ctime(const time_t *" timep );
 .BI "char *ctime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
 .BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *" timep );
 .BI "struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
 .BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct tm *localtime(const time_t *" timep );
 .BI "struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
 .BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "time_t mktime(struct tm *" tm );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR asctime_r (),
 .BR ctime_r (),
 .BR gmtime_r (),
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ functions all take
 an argument of data type \fItime_t\fP, which represents calendar time.
 When interpreted as an absolute time value, it represents the number of
 seconds elapsed since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR asctime ()
 and
@@ -74,25 +74,25 @@ and
 functions both take an argument
 representing broken-down time, which is a representation
 separated into year, month, day, and so on.
-.PP
+.P
 Broken-down time is stored in the structure
 .IR tm ,
 described in
 .BR tm (3type).
-.PP
+.P
 The call
 .BI ctime( t )
 is equivalent to
 .BI asctime(localtime( t )) \fR.
 It converts the calendar time \fIt\fP into a
 null-terminated string of the form
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 "Wed Jun 30 21:49:08 1993\en"
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The abbreviations for the days of the week are "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed",
 "Thu", "Fri", and "Sat".
 The abbreviations for the months are "Jan",
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ string in a user-supplied buffer
 which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
 It need not
 set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gmtime ()
 function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ The
 .BR gmtime_r ()
 function does the same, but stores the data in a
 user-supplied struct.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR localtime ()
 function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The
 function does the same, but stores the data in a
 user-supplied struct.
 It need not set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR asctime ()
 function converts the broken-down time value
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ The
 .BR asctime_r ()
 function does the same, but stores the string in
 a user-supplied buffer which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mktime ()
 function converts a broken-down time structure, expressed
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ and a negative value means that
 .BR mktime ()
 should (use timezone information and system databases to)
 attempt to determine whether DST is in effect at the specified time.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mktime ()
 function modifies the fields of the
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Calling
 .BR mktime ()
 also sets the external variable \fItzname\fP with
 information about the current timezone.
-.PP
+.P
 If the specified broken-down
 time cannot be represented as calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
 .BR mktime ()
@@ -217,33 +217,33 @@ and
 .BR localtime ()
 return a pointer to a
 .IR "struct\ tm" .
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR gmtime_r ()
 and
 .BR localtime_r ()
 return the address of the structure pointed to by
 .IR result .
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR asctime ()
 and
 .BR ctime ()
 return a pointer to a string.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR asctime_r ()
 and
 .BR ctime_r ()
 return a pointer to the string pointed to by
 .IR buf .
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR mktime ()
 returns the calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
 expressed as a value of type
 .IR time_t .
-.PP
+.P
 On error,
 .BR mktime ()
 returns the value
@@ -315,18 +315,17 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:tmbuf env locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX doesn't specify the parameters of
 .BR ctime_r ()
 to be
 .IR restrict ;
 that is specific to glibc.
-.PP
+.P
 In many implementations, including glibc, a 0 in
 .I tm_mday
 is interpreted as meaning the last day of the preceding month.
-.PP
+.P
 According to POSIX.1-2001,
 .BR localtime ()
 is required to behave as though
@@ -402,7 +401,7 @@ The thread-safe versions,
 and
 .BR localtime_r (),
 are specified by SUSv2.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 says:
 "The
 .BR asctime (),
diff --git a/man3/daemon.3 b/man3/daemon.3
index a44263c..9ee1587 100644
--- a/man3/daemon.3
+++ b/man3/daemon.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)daemon.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
 .\" Added mentioning of glibc weirdness wrt unistd.h. 5/11/98, Al Viro
-.TH daemon 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH daemon 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 daemon \- run in the background
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int daemon(int " nochdir ", int " noclose );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR daemon ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.21:
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The
 .BR daemon ()
 function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the
 controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I nochdir
 is zero,
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ is zero,
 changes the process's current working directory
 to the root directory ("/");
 otherwise, the current working directory is left unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I noclose
 is zero,
@@ -88,10 +88,9 @@ T{
 .BR daemon ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 A similar function appears on the BSDs.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation can also return \-1 when
 .I /dev/null
 exists but is not a character device with the expected
diff --git a/man3/dbopen.3 b/man3/dbopen.3
index a6d418a..516768b 100644
--- a/man3/dbopen.3
+++ b/man3/dbopen.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)dbopen.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
 .\"
-.TH dbopen 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dbopen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .UC 7
 .SH NAME
 dbopen \- database access methods
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <limits.h>
 .B #include <db.h>
 .B #include <fcntl.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "DB *dbopen(const char *" file ", int " flags ", int " mode \
 ", DBTYPE " type ,
 .BI "           const void *" openinfo );
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
 Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
 .I libdb
 library instead.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dbopen ()
 is the library interface to database files.
 The supported file formats are btree, hashed, and UNIX file oriented.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ in their respective manual pages
 .BR hash (3),
 and
 .BR recno (3).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dbopen ()
 opens
 .I file
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Files never intended to be preserved on disk may be created by setting
 the
 .I file
 argument to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flags
 and
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is not possible.)
 .\"DB_TXN
 .\"Support transactions in the database.
 .\"The DB_LOCK and DB_SHMEM flags must be set as well.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I type
 argument is of type
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ may be set to
 .BR DB_HASH ,
 or
 .BR DB_RECNO .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I openinfo
 argument is a pointer to an access-method-specific structure described
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ If
 .I openinfo
 is NULL, each access method will use defaults appropriate for the system
 and the access method.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dbopen ()
 returns a pointer to a
 .I DB
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ structure is defined in the
 .I <db.h>
 include file, and contains at
 least the following fields:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } DB;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 These elements describe a database type and a set of functions performing
 various actions.
 These functions take a pointer to a structure as returned by
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ and 0 on success.
 .SS Key/data pairs
 Access to all file types is based on key/data pairs.
 Both keys and data are represented by the following data structure:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } DBT;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The elements of the
 .I DBT
 structure are defined as follows:
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ A pointer to a byte string.
 .TP
 .I size
 The length of the byte string.
-.PP
+.P
 Key and data byte strings may reference strings of essentially unlimited
 length although any two of them must fit into available memory at the same
 time.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ incompatible with the current file specification or which is not
 meaningful for the function (for example, use of the cursor without
 prior initialization) or there is a mismatch between the version
 number of file and the software.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I close
 routines may fail and set
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for the library routines
 .BR free (3),
 or
 .BR fsync (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .IR del ,
 .IR get ,
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for the library routines
 .BR free (3),
 or
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I fd
 routines will fail and set
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ routines will fail and set
 to
 .B ENOENT
 for in memory databases.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I sync
 routines may fail and set
@@ -520,10 +520,10 @@ The typedef
 .I DBT
 is a mnemonic for "data base thang", and was used
 because no one could think of a reasonable name that wasn't already used.
-.PP
+.P
 The file descriptor interface is a kludge and will be deleted in a
 future version of the interface.
-.PP
+.P
 None of the access methods provide any form of concurrent access,
 locking, or transactions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -531,6 +531,6 @@ locking, or transactions.
 .BR hash (3),
 .BR mpool (3),
 .BR recno (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "LIBTP: Portable, Modular Transactions for UNIX" ,
 Margo Seltzer, Michael Olson, USENIX proceedings, Winter 1992.
diff --git a/man3/des_crypt.3 b/man3/des_crypt.3
index 41afe04..8a1228d 100644
--- a/man3/des_crypt.3
+++ b/man3/des_crypt.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH des_crypt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH des_crypt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 des_crypt, ecb_crypt, cbc_crypt, des_setparity, DES_FAILED \- fast
 DES encryption
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Standard C library
 .\" Sun version
 .\" .B #include <des_crypt.h>
 .B #include <rpc/des_crypt.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int ecb_crypt(char *" key ", char " data [. datalen ],
 .BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
 unsigned int " mode );
@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ unsigned int " mode );
 .BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
 unsigned int " mode ,
 .BI "                             char *" ivec );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void des_setparity(char *" key );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int DES_FAILED(int " status );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ mode protects against insertions, deletions, and
 substitutions of blocks.
 Also, regularities in the clear text will
 not appear in the cipher text.
-.PP
+.P
 Here is how to use these routines.
 The first argument,
 .IR key ,
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ An error occurred in the hardware or driver.
 .TP
 .B DESERR_BADPARAM
 Bad argument to routine.
-.PP
+.P
 Given a result status
 .IR stat ,
 the macro
@@ -146,14 +146,13 @@ T{
 .BR des_setparity ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.3BSD.
 glibc 2.1.
 Removed in glibc 2.28.
-.PP
+.P
 Because they employ the DES block cipher,
 which is no longer considered secure,
 these functions were removed.
diff --git a/man3/difftime.3 b/man3/difftime.3
index e1cd34f..d1e392e 100644
--- a/man3/difftime.3
+++ b/man3/difftime.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:48:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH difftime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH difftime 3 2023-11-11 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 difftime \- calculate time difference
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double difftime(time_t " time1 ", time_t " time0 );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -26,9 +26,13 @@ The
 function returns the number of seconds elapsed
 between time \fItime1\fP and time \fItime0\fP, represented as a
 .IR double .
-Each of the times is specified in calendar time, which means its
-value is a measurement (in seconds) relative to the
-Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+Each time is a count of seconds.
+.P
+.I difftime(b,\~a)
+acts like
+.I (b\-a)
+except that the result does not overflow and is rounded to
+.IR double .
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
 For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
 .BR attributes (7).
@@ -43,24 +47,10 @@ T{
 .BR difftime ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-On a POSIX system,
-.I time_t
-is an arithmetic type, and one could just
-define
-.PP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define my_difftime(t1,t0) (double)(t1 \- t0)
-.EE
-.in
-.PP
-when the possible overflow in the subtraction is not a concern.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR date (1),
 .BR gettimeofday (2),
diff --git a/man3/dirfd.3 b/man3/dirfd.3
index 4fa622c..fa296ec 100644
--- a/man3/dirfd.3
+++ b/man3/dirfd.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH dirfd 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dirfd 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dirfd \- get directory stream file descriptor
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int dirfd(DIR *" dirp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dirfd ():
 .nf
     /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The function
 .BR dirfd ()
 returns the file descriptor associated with the directory stream
 .IR dirp .
-.PP
+.P
 This file descriptor is the one used internally by the directory stream.
 As a result, it is useful only for functions which do not depend on
 or alter the file position, such as
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ T{
 .BR dirfd ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/div.3 b/man3/div.3
index fa2e538..bbe2aeb 100644
--- a/man3/div.3
+++ b/man3/div.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2002-08-10, 2003-11-01 Walter Harms, aeb
 .\"
-.TH div 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH div 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 div, ldiv, lldiv, imaxdiv \- compute quotient and remainder of
 an integer division
@@ -22,21 +22,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "div_t div(int " numerator ", int " denominator );
 .BI "ldiv_t ldiv(long " numerator ", long " denominator );
 .BI "lldiv_t lldiv(long long " numerator ", long long " denominator );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <inttypes.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t " numerator ", intmax_t " denominator );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lldiv ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ named \fIdiv_t\fP that contains
 two integer members (in unspecified order) named \fIquot\fP and \fIrem\fP.
 The quotient is rounded toward zero.
 The result satisfies \fIquot\fP*\fIdenominator\fP+\fIrem\fP = \fInumerator\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ldiv (),
 .BR lldiv (),
@@ -81,25 +81,24 @@ T{
 .BR imaxdiv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lldiv ()
 and
 .BR imaxdiv ()
 were added in C99.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 After
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 div_t q = div(\-5, 3);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 the values \fIq.quot\fP and \fIq.rem\fP are \-1 and \-2, respectively.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR abs (3),
diff --git a/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3 b/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
index dc15758..b5cbb86 100644
--- a/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
+++ b/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH dl_iterate_phdr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dl_iterate_phdr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dl_iterate_phdr \- walk through list of shared objects
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <link.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int dl_iterate_phdr(
 .BI "          int (*" callback ")(struct dl_phdr_info *" info ,
 .BI "                          size_t " size ", void *" data ),
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The
 function allows an application to inquire at run time to find
 out which shared objects it has loaded,
 and the order in which they were loaded.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
 function walks through the list of an
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ once for each object,
 until either all shared objects have been processed or
 .I callback
 returns a nonzero value.
-.PP
+.P
 Each call to
 .I callback
 receives three arguments:
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ program as the second argument (also named
 .IR data )
 in the call to
 .BR dl_iterate_phdr ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I info
 argument is a structure of the following type:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct dl_phdr_info {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ struct dl_phdr_info {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The
 .IR ElfW ()
 macro definition turns its argument into the name of an ELF data
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ yields the data type name
 Further information on these types can be found in the
 .IR <elf.h> " and " <link.h>
 header files.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I dlpi_addr
 field indicates the base address of the shared object
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ The
 .I dlpi_name
 field is a null-terminated string giving the pathname
 from which the shared object was loaded.
-.PP
+.P
 To understand the meaning of the
 .I dlpi_phdr
 and
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ shared object.
 The
 .I dlpi_phnum
 field indicates the size of this array.
-.PP
+.P
 These program headers are structures of the following form:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -145,23 +145,23 @@ typedef struct {
 } Elf32_Phdr;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Note that we can calculate the location of a particular program header,
 .IR x ,
 in virtual memory using the formula:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 addr == info\->dlpi_addr + info\->dlpi_phdr[x].p_vaddr;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Possible values for
 .I p_type
 include the following (see
 .I <elf.h>
 for further details):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define PT_LOAD         1    /* Loadable program segment */
@@ -196,7 +196,6 @@ T{
 .BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Various other systems provide a version of this function,
 although details of the returned
@@ -209,7 +208,7 @@ On the BSDs and Solaris, the structure includes the fields
 and
 .I dlpi_phnum
 in addition to other implementation-specific fields.
-.PP
+.P
 Future versions of the C library may add further fields to the
 .I dl_phdr_info
 structure; in that event, the
@@ -233,13 +232,13 @@ shared objects it has loaded.
 For each shared object, the program lists some information
 (virtual address, size, flags, and type)
 for each of the objects ELF segments.
-.PP
+.P
 The following shell session demonstrates the output
 produced by the program on an x86-64 system.
 The first shared object for which output is displayed
 (where the name is an empty string)
 is the main program.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
@@ -341,6 +340,6 @@ main(void)
 .BR dlopen (3),
 .BR elf (5),
 .BR ld.so (8)
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "Executable and Linking Format Specification" ,
 available at various locations online.
diff --git a/man3/dladdr.3 b/man3/dladdr.3
index 4571e67..6929b01 100644
--- a/man3/dladdr.3
+++ b/man3/dladdr.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH dladdr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dladdr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dladdr, dladdr1 \- translate address to symbolic information
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Dynamic linking library
 .nf
 .B #define _GNU_SOURCE
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int dladdr(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info );
 .BI "int dladdr1(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info ", void **" extra_info ,
 .BI "            int " flags );
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ returns information about the shared object and symbol that overlaps
 This information is returned in a
 .I Dl_info
 structure:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } Dl_info;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If no symbol matching
 .I addr
 could be found, then
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ could be found, then
 and
 .I dli_saddr
 are set to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR dladdr1 ()
 is like
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ but not to a symbol in the shared object, then the
 and
 .I info\->dli_saddr
 fields are set to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 If the address specified in
 .I addr
 could not be matched to a shared object, then these functions return 0.
@@ -228,7 +228,6 @@ T{
 .BR dladdr1 ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -238,7 +237,7 @@ glibc 2.0.
 .TP
 .BR dladdr1 ()
 glibc 2.3.3.
-.PP
+.P
 Solaris.
 .SH BUGS
 Sometimes, the function pointers you pass to
@@ -252,7 +251,7 @@ may end up pointing back at the object from which you called
 .BR dladdr (),
 even if the function used as an argument should come from
 a dynamically linked library.
-.PP
+.P
 The problem is that the function pointer will still be resolved
 at compile time, but merely point to the
 .I plt
diff --git a/man3/dlerror.3 b/man3/dlerror.3
index 14baeea..06718ee 100644
--- a/man3/dlerror.3
+++ b/man3/dlerror.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH dlerror 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dlerror 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dlerror \- obtain error diagnostic for functions in the dlopen API
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Dynamic linking library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "char *dlerror(void);"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ since the last call to
 The returned string does
 .I not
 include a trailing newline.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dlerror ()
 returns NULL if no errors have occurred since initialization or since
 it was last called.
@@ -45,13 +45,12 @@ T{
 .BR dlerror ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.0.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 SunOS.
 .SH NOTES
 The message returned by
@@ -60,7 +59,7 @@ may reside in a statically allocated buffer that is
 overwritten by subsequent
 .BR dlerror ()
 calls.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" The string returned by
 .\" .BR dlerror ()
 .\" should not be modified.
diff --git a/man3/dlinfo.3 b/man3/dlinfo.3
index 586663d..8fd42fc 100644
--- a/man3/dlinfo.3
+++ b/man3/dlinfo.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH dlinfo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dlinfo 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dlinfo \- obtain information about a dynamically loaded object
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Dynamic linking library
 .B #define _GNU_SOURCE
 .B #include <link.h>
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "int dlinfo(void *restrict " handle ", int " request \
 ", void *restrict " info );
 .fi
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The
 argument is a pointer to a buffer used to store information
 returned by the call; the type of this argument depends on
 .IR request .
-.PP
+.P
 The following values are supported for
 .I request
 (with the corresponding type for
@@ -214,7 +214,6 @@ T{
 .BR dlinfo ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The sets of requests supported by the various implementations
 overlaps only partially.
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ and
 .B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
 requests to obtain the library search path list for the library.
 Here is an example of what we might see when running the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out /lib64/libm.so.6\fP
diff --git a/man3/dlopen.3 b/man3/dlopen.3
index 3774e9e..9e31e0f 100644
--- a/man3/dlopen.3
+++ b/man3/dlopen.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified by Walter Harms: dladdr, dlvsym
 .\" Modified by Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>, 2008-12-04: dladdr caveat
 .\"
-.TH dlopen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dlopen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dlclose, dlopen, dlmopen \-
 open and close a shared object
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ Dynamic linking library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *dlopen(const char *" filename ", int " flags );
 .BI "int dlclose(void *" handle );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #define _GNU_SOURCE
 .br
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *dlmopen(Lmid_t " lmid ", const char *" filename ", int " flags );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This handle is employed with other functions in the dlopen API, such as
 .BR dlinfo (3),
 and
 .BR dlclose ().
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I filename
 .\" FIXME On Solaris, when handle is NULL, we seem to get back
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ The directories
 and
 .I /usr/lib
 are searched (in that order).
-.PP
+.P
 If the object specified by
 .I filename
 has dependencies on other shared objects,
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ then these are also automatically loaded by the dynamic linker
 using the same rules.
 (This process may occur recursively,
 if those objects in turn have dependencies, and so on.)
-.PP
+.P
 One of the following two values must be included in
 .IR flags :
 .TP
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ all undefined symbols in the shared object are resolved before
 .BR dlopen ()
 returns.
 If this cannot be done, an error is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 Zero or more of the following values may also be ORed in
 .IR flags :
 .TP
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ shared object ahead of the global scope.
 This means that a self-contained object will use
 its own symbols in preference to global symbols with the same name
 contained in objects that have already been loaded.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I filename
 is NULL, then the returned handle is for the main program.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ and then all shared objects loaded by
 .BR dlopen ()
 with the flag
 .BR RTLD_GLOBAL .
-.PP
+.P
 Symbol references in the shared object are resolved using (in order):
 symbols in the link map of objects loaded for the main program and its
 dependencies;
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ using the
 flag;
 and definitions in the shared object itself
 (and any dependencies that were loaded for that object).
-.PP
+.P
 Any global symbols in the executable that were placed into
 its dynamic symbol table by
 .BR ld (1)
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ the executable's global symbols to be placed in the dynamic symbol table,
 or because
 .BR ld (1)
 noted a dependency on a symbol in another object during static linking.
-.PP
+.P
 If the same shared object is opened again with
 .BR dlopen (),
 the same object handle is returned.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ has been called on it as many times as
 has succeeded on it.
 Constructors (see below) are called only when the object is actually loaded
 into memory (i.e., when the reference count increases to 1).
-.PP
+.P
 A subsequent
 .BR dlopen ()
 call that loads the same shared object with
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ can be promoted to
 .B RTLD_GLOBAL
 in a subsequent
 .BR dlopen ().
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR dlopen ()
 fails for any reason, it returns NULL.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ and
 .I flags
 arguments, as well as the return value, are the same,
 except for the differences noted below.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dlmopen ()
 function differs from
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ call is made.)
 The
 .I Lmid_t
 type is an opaque handle that refers to a namespace.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I lmid
 argument is either the ID of an existing namespace
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Create a new namespace and load the shared object in that namespace.
 The object must have been correctly linked
 to reference all of the other shared objects that it requires,
 since the new namespace is initially empty.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I filename
 is NULL, then the only permitted value for
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ The function
 decrements the reference count on the
 dynamically loaded shared object referred to by
 .IR handle .
-.PP
+.P
 If the object's reference count drops to zero
 and no symbols in this object are required by other objects,
 then the object is unloaded
@@ -311,13 +311,13 @@ after first calling any destructors defined for the object.
 because this object was opened with the
 .B RTLD_GLOBAL
 flag and one of its symbols satisfied a relocation in another object.)
-.PP
+.P
 All shared objects that were automatically loaded when
 .BR dlopen ()
 was invoked on the object referred to by
 .I handle
 are recursively closed in the same manner.
-.PP
+.P
 A successful return from
 .BR dlclose ()
 does not guarantee that the symbols associated with
@@ -339,11 +339,11 @@ On error
 (file could not be found, was not readable, had the wrong format,
 or caused errors during loading),
 these functions return NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR dlclose ()
 returns 0; on error, it returns a nonzero value.
-.PP
+.P
 Errors from these functions can be diagnosed using
 .BR dlerror (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -362,7 +362,6 @@ T{
 .BR dlclose ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR dlopen ()
@@ -398,7 +397,7 @@ dependent shared objects are implicitly loaded according to the usual rules,
 and symbol references are likewise resolved according to the usual rules,
 but such resolution is confined to the definitions provided by the
 objects that have been (explicitly and implicitly) loaded into the namespace.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dlmopen ()
 function permits object-load isolation\[em]the ability
@@ -418,7 +417,7 @@ without exposing those symbols to the entire application.
 This can be achieved by using a separate namespace and the
 .B RTLD_GLOBAL
 flag.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dlmopen ()
 function also can be used to provide better isolation than the
@@ -434,7 +433,7 @@ Thus,
 .B RTLD_LOCAL
 is insufficient to isolate a loaded shared object except in the (uncommon)
 case where one has explicit control over all shared object dependencies.
-.PP
+.P
 Possible uses of
 .BR dlmopen ()
 are plugins where the author of the plugin-loading framework
@@ -449,7 +448,7 @@ Using
 .BR dlmopen (),
 this can be achieved by loading the same shared object file into
 different namespaces.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation supports a maximum of
 .\" DL_NNS
 16 namespaces.
@@ -473,7 +472,7 @@ See the
 info pages (under "Function attributes")
 .\" info gcc "C Extensions" "Function attributes"
 for further information.
-.PP
+.P
 An older method of (partially) achieving the same result is via the use of
 two special symbols recognized by the linker:
 .B _init
@@ -493,7 +492,7 @@ this can be done by using the
 .BR gcc (1)
 .I \-nostartfiles
 command-line option.
-.PP
+.P
 Use of
 .B _init
 and
@@ -514,7 +513,7 @@ permit multiple initialization and finalization functions to be defined.
 .\" .\" void _init(void) __attribute__((constructor));
 .\" .\" void _fini(void) __attribute__((destructor));
 .\"
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.2.3,
 .BR atexit (3)
 can be used to register an exit handler that is automatically
@@ -543,7 +542,7 @@ looks up the address of the
 .BR cos (3)
 function, and prints the cosine of 2.0.
 The following is an example of building and running the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBcc dlopen_demo.c \-ldl\fP
@@ -621,5 +620,5 @@ main(void)
 .BR rtld\-audit (7),
 .BR ld.so (8),
 .BR ldconfig (8)
-.PP
+.P
 gcc info pages, ld info pages
diff --git a/man3/dlsym.3 b/man3/dlsym.3
index 499e29c..18ba953 100644
--- a/man3/dlsym.3
+++ b/man3/dlsym.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH dlsym 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dlsym 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dlsym, dlvsym \- obtain address of a symbol in a shared object or executable
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ Dynamic linking library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *dlsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #define _GNU_SOURCE
 .B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *dlvsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol ,
 .BI "             const char *restrict " version );
 .fi
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ returns NULL.
 (The search performed by
 .BR dlsym ()
 is breadth first through the dependency tree of these shared objects.)
-.PP
+.P
 In unusual cases (see NOTES) the value of the symbol could actually be NULL.
 Therefore, a NULL return from
 .BR dlsym ()
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ and then call
 .BR dlerror (3)
 again, saving its return value into a variable, and check whether
 this saved value is not NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 There are two special pseudo-handles that may be specified in
 .IR handle :
 .TP
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ in
 can find and invoke the "real" function provided in another shared object
 (or for that matter, the "next" definition of the function in cases
 where there are multiple layers of preloading).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .B _GNU_SOURCE
 feature test macro must be defined in order to obtain the
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ and
 .B RTLD_NEXT
 from
 .IR <dlfcn.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR dlvsym ()
 does the same as
@@ -117,7 +117,6 @@ T{
 .BR dlvsym ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR dlsym ()
diff --git a/man3/drand48.3 b/man3/drand48.3
index b768d0d..18123b0 100644
--- a/man3/drand48.3
+++ b/man3/drand48.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:46:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH drand48 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH drand48 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48,
 lcong48 \- generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers
@@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B double drand48(void);
 .BI "double erand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.PP
+.P
 .B long lrand48(void);
 .BI "long nrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.PP
+.P
 .B long mrand48(void);
 .BI "long jrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void srand48(long " seedval );
 .BI "unsigned short *seed48(unsigned short " seed16v [3]);
 .BI "void lcong48(unsigned short " param [7]);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .\" .BR drand48 (),
 .\" .BR erand48 (),
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ All functions shown above:
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions generate pseudo-random numbers using the linear congruential
 algorithm and 48-bit integer arithmetic.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR drand48 ()
 and
@@ -64,21 +64,21 @@ and
 functions return nonnegative
 double-precision floating-point values uniformly distributed over the interval
 [0.0,\ 1.0).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR lrand48 ()
 and
 .BR nrand48 ()
 functions return nonnegative
 long integers uniformly distributed over the interval [0,\ 2\[ha]31).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mrand48 ()
 and
 .BR jrand48 ()
 functions return signed long
 integers uniformly distributed over the interval [\-2\[ha]31,\ 2\[ha]31).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR srand48 (),
 .BR seed48 (),
@@ -97,17 +97,17 @@ and
 .BR jrand48 ()
 do not require
 an initialization function to be called first.
-.PP
+.P
 All the functions work by generating a sequence of 48-bit integers,
 .IR Xi ,
 according to the linear congruential formula:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .B Xn+1 = (aXn + c) mod m,   where n >= 0
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The parameter
 .I m
 = 2\[ha]48, hence 48-bit integer arithmetic is performed.
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ is called,
 and
 .I c
 are given by:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .B a = 0x5DEECE66D
 .B c = 0xB
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The value returned by any of the functions
 .BR drand48 (),
 .BR erand48 (),
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ be returned, is copied from the high-order bits of
 .I Xi
 and transformed
 into the returned value.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR drand48 (),
 .BR lrand48 (),
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ value of
 .I Xi
 into the array before calling the function for the first
 time.
-.PP
+.P
 The initializer function
 .BR srand48 ()
 sets the high order 32-bits of
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ to the argument
 .IR seedval .
 The low order 16-bits are set
 to the arbitrary value 0x330E.
-.PP
+.P
 The initializer function
 .BR seed48 ()
 sets the value of
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ previous value of
 is copied into an internal buffer and a
 pointer to this buffer is returned by
 .BR seed48 ().
-.PP
+.P
 The initialization function
 .BR lcong48 ()
 allows the user to specify
@@ -249,8 +249,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:drand48
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The above
 functions record global state information for the random number generator,
 so they are not thread-safe.
diff --git a/man3/drand48_r.3 b/man3/drand48_r.3
index 146fed4..19618d7 100644
--- a/man3/drand48_r.3
+++ b/man3/drand48_r.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Created 2004-10-31. Text taken from a page by Walter Harms, 2003-09-08
 .\"
-.TH drand48_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH drand48_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 drand48_r, erand48_r, lrand48_r, nrand48_r, mrand48_r, jrand48_r,
 srand48_r, seed48_r, lcong48_r
@@ -16,35 +16,35 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int drand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
 .BI "              double *restrict " result );
 .BI "int erand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi [3] ","
 .BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
 .BI "              double *restrict " result ");"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int lrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
 .BI "              long *restrict " result );
 .BI "int nrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
 .BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
 .BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
 .BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
 .BI "int jrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
 .BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
 .BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int srand48_r(long int " seedval ", struct drand48_data *" buffer ");"
 .BI "int seed48_r(unsigned short " seed16v[3] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
 .BI "int lcong48_r(unsigned short " param[7] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .\" .BR drand48_r (),
 .\" .BR erand48_r (),
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ These functions are the reentrant analogs of the functions described in
 Instead of modifying the global random generator state, they use
 the supplied data
 .IR buffer .
-.PP
+.P
 Before the first use, this struct must be initialized, for example,
 by filling it with zeros, or by calling one of the functions
 .BR srand48_r (),
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ T{
 .BR lcong48_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buffer
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/duplocale.3 b/man3/duplocale.3
index 7b1bff8..0f75472 100644
--- a/man3/duplocale.3
+++ b/man3/duplocale.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH duplocale 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH duplocale 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 duplocale \- duplicate a locale object
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <locale.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "locale_t duplocale(locale_t " locobj );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR duplocale ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The
 .BR duplocale ()
 function creates a duplicate of the locale object referred to by
 .IR locobj .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I locobj
 is
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ can be used to ensure that the
 .B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
 value is converted into a usable locale object.
 See EXAMPLES, below.
-.PP
+.P
 Each locale object created by
 .BR duplocale ()
 should be deallocated using
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ The program takes one command-line argument,
 a string of characters that is converted to uppercase and
 displayed on standard output.
 An example of its use is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out abc\fP
diff --git a/man3/dysize.3 b/man3/dysize.3
index 7e2d328..d345076 100644
--- a/man3/dysize.3
+++ b/man3/dysize.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" aeb: some corrections
-.TH dysize 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH dysize 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 dysize \- get number of days for a given year
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <time.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int dysize(int " year );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dysize ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The function returns 365 for a normal year and 366 for a leap year.
 The calculation for leap year is based on:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 (year) %4 == 0 && ((year) %100 != 0 || (year) %400 == 0)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The formula is defined in the macro
 .I __isleap(year)
 also found in
@@ -57,12 +57,11 @@ T{
 .BR dysize ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 SunOS 4.x.
-.PP
+.P
 This is a compatibility function only.
 Don't use it in new programs.
 .\" The SCO version of this function had a year-2000 problem.
diff --git a/man3/ecvt.3 b/man3/ecvt.3
index f207948..2e773f4 100644
--- a/man3/ecvt.3
+++ b/man3/ecvt.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:40:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Fri Jun 25 12:10:47 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH ecvt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ecvt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ecvt, fcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *ecvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *fcvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ecvt (),
 .BR fcvt ():
 .nf
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ otherwise it is set to 0.
 If
 .I number
 is zero, it is unspecified whether \fI*decpt\fP is 0 or 1.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fcvt ()
 function is identical to
@@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ T{
 .BR fcvt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fcvt
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ecvt_r.3 b/man3/ecvt_r.3
index 39eafa9..30c1fc6 100644
--- a/man3/ecvt_r.3
+++ b/man3/ecvt_r.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Corrected return types; from Fabian; 2004-10-05
 .\"
-.TH ecvt_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ecvt_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ecvt_r, fcvt_r, qecvt_r, qfcvt_r \- convert a floating-point number to a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int ecvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
 .BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int fcvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
 .BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int qecvt_r(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
 .BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
 .BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ecvt_r (),
 .BR fcvt_r (),
 .BR qecvt_r (),
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ T{
 .BR qfcvt_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH NOTES
diff --git a/man3/encrypt.3 b/man3/encrypt.3
index a3fae2f..58c61b3 100644
--- a/man3/encrypt.3
+++ b/man3/encrypt.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2003-04-04, aeb
 .\"
-.TH encrypt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH encrypt 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 encrypt, setkey, encrypt_r, setkey_r \- encrypt 64-bit messages
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ Password hashing library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt(char " block "[64], int " edflag );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey(const char *" key );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <crypt.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey_r(const char *" key ", struct crypt_data *" data );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt_r(char *" block ", int " edflag ,
 .BI "                              struct crypt_data *" data );
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ argument used here is an array of 64 bytes, each of which has
 numerical value 1 or 0.
 The bytes key[n] where n=8*i-1 are ignored,
 so that the effective key length is 56 bits.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR encrypt ()
 function modifies the passed buffer, encoding if
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ argument, also
 .I block
 is a bit vector representation of the actual value that is encoded.
 The result is returned in that same vector.
-.PP
+.P
 These two functions are not reentrant, that is, the key data is
 kept in static storage.
 The functions
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ and
 are the reentrant versions.
 They use the following
 structure to hold the key data:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct crypt_data {
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ struct crypt_data {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Before calling
 .BR setkey_r ()
 set
@@ -125,7 +125,6 @@ T{
 .BR setkey_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR encrypt ()
@@ -139,7 +138,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 Removed in glibc 2.28.
-.PP
+.P
 Because they employ the DES block cipher,
 which is no longer considered secure,
 these functions were removed from glibc.
@@ -156,7 +155,7 @@ See
 .SS Features in glibc
 In glibc 2.2, these functions use the DES algorithm.
 .SH EXAMPLES
-.\" [[deprecated]] SRC BEGIN (encrypt.c)
+.\" SRC BEGIN (encrypt.c)
 .EX
 #define _XOPEN_SOURCE
 #include <crypt.h>
diff --git a/man3/end.3 b/man3/end.3
index a0691d6..1eb07fd 100644
--- a/man3/end.3
+++ b/man3/end.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH end 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH end 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 etext, edata, end \- end of program segments
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ they are not standardized; use with caution.
 .SH NOTES
 The program must explicitly declare these symbols;
 they are not defined in any header file.
-.PP
+.P
 On some systems the names of these symbols are preceded by underscores,
 thus:
 .IR _etext ,
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ thus:
 and
 .IR _end .
 These symbols are also defined for programs compiled on Linux.
-.PP
+.P
 At the start of program execution,
 the program break will be somewhere near
 .I &end
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Use
 with an argument of zero to find the current value of the program break.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 When run, the program below produces output such as the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/endian.3 b/man3/endian.3
index fa7b9fd..8de4974 100644
--- a/man3/endian.3
+++ b/man3/endian.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH endian 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH endian 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 htobe16, htole16, be16toh, le16toh, htobe32, htole32, be32toh, le32toh,
 htobe64, htole64, be64toh, le64toh \-
@@ -16,29 +16,29 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <endian.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint16_t htobe16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
 .BI "uint16_t htole16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
 .BI "uint16_t be16toh(uint16_t " big_endian_16bits );
 .BI "uint16_t le16toh(uint16_t " little_endian_16bits );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint32_t htobe32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
 .BI "uint32_t htole32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
 .BI "uint32_t be32toh(uint32_t " big_endian_32bits );
 .BI "uint32_t le32toh(uint32_t " little_endian_32bits );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "uint64_t htobe64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
 .BI "uint64_t htole64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
 .BI "uint64_t be64toh(uint64_t " big_endian_64bits );
 .BI "uint64_t le64toh(uint64_t " little_endian_64bits );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
 .ad l
-.PP
+.P
 .BR htobe16 (),
 .BR htole16 (),
 .BR be16toh (),
@@ -62,21 +62,21 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 These functions convert the byte encoding of integer values from
 the byte order that the current CPU (the "host") uses,
 to and from little-endian and big-endian byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The number,
 .IR nn ,
 in the name of each function indicates the size of
 integer handled by the function, either 16, 32, or 64 bits.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions with names of the form "htobe\fInn\fP" convert
 from host byte order to big-endian order.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions with names of the form "htole\fInn\fP" convert
 from host byte order to little-endian order.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions with names of the form "be\fInn\fPtoh" convert
 from big-endian order to host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions with names of the form "le\fInn\fPtoh" convert
 from little-endian order to host byte order.
 .SH VERSIONS
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ the equivalent of OpenBSDs "betoh32" is "be32toh").
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.9.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are similar to the older
 .BR byteorder (3)
 family of functions.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ For example,
 .BR be32toh ()
 is identical to
 .BR ntohl ().
-.PP
+.P
 The advantage of the
 .BR byteorder (3)
 functions is that they are standard functions available
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Since host byte order is either little-endian or big-endian,
 only one of these conversions will have an effect.
 When we run this program on a little-endian system such as x86-32,
 we see the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/envz_add.3 b/man3/envz_add.3
index fcb5ca3..ec2f658 100644
--- a/man3/envz_add.3
+++ b/man3/envz_add.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
 .\"
 .\" Corrections and additions, aeb
-.TH envz_add 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH envz_add 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 envz_add, envz_entry, envz_get, envz_merge,
 envz_remove, envz_strip \- environment string support
@@ -16,29 +16,29 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <envz.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t envz_add(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
 .BI "               const char *restrict " name \
 ", const char *restrict " value );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *envz_entry(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
 .BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *envz_get(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
 .BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "error_t envz_merge(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
 .BI "               const char *restrict " envz2 ", size_t " envz2_len ,
 .BI "               int " override );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void envz_remove(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
 .BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void envz_strip(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions are glibc-specific.
-.PP
+.P
 An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length,
 see
 .BR argz_add (3).
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ Everything after the first \[aq]=\[aq] is considered
 to be the value.
 If there is no \[aq]=\[aq], the value is taken to be NULL.
 (While the value in case of a trailing \[aq]=\[aq] is the empty string "".)
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are for handling envz vectors.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_add ()
 adds the string
 .RI \&" name = value \&"
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ and
 If an entry with the same
 .I name
 existed, it is removed.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_entry ()
 looks for
 .I name
 in the envz vector
 .RI ( envz ,\  envz_len )
 and returns the entry if found, or NULL if not.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_get ()
 looks for
 .I name
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ and returns the value if found, or NULL if not.
 an entry for
 .I name
 without \[aq]=\[aq] sign.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_merge ()
 adds each entry in
 .I envz2
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ is true, then values in
 will supersede those with the same name in
 .IR *envz ,
 otherwise not.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_remove ()
 removes the entry for
 .I name
 from
 .RI ( *envz ,\  *envz_len )
 if there was one.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR envz_strip ()
 removes all entries with value NULL.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -138,7 +138,6 @@ T{
 .BR envz_strip ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH EXAMPLES
diff --git a/man3/erf.3 b/man3/erf.3
index ed7f7f0..1e12bba 100644
--- a/man3/erf.3
+++ b/man3/erf.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH erf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH erf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 erf, erff, erfl \- error function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,24 +22,24 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double erf(double " x );
 .BI "float erff(float " x );
 .BI "long double erfl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR erf ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR erff (),
 .BR erfl ():
 .nf
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 These functions return the error function of
 .IR x ,
 defined as
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi) * integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t*t) dt
@@ -61,20 +61,20 @@ erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi) * integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t*t) dt
 On success, these functions return the value of the error function of
 .IR x ,
 a value in the range [\-1,\ 1].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
 +1 (\-1) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is subnormal,
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result underflow (\fIx\fP is subnormal)
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Range error: result underflow (\fIx\fP is subnormal)
 An underflow floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
@@ -116,12 +116,11 @@ T{
 .BR erfl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/erfc.3 b/man3/erfc.3
index 92d6293..658e1bb 100644
--- a/man3/erfc.3
+++ b/man3/erfc.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH erfc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH erfc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 erfc, erfcf, erfcl \- complementary error function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double erfc(double " x );
 .BI "float erfcf(float " x );
 .BI "long double erfcl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR erfc ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR erfcf (),
 .BR erfcl ():
 .nf
@@ -46,28 +46,28 @@ that is, 1.0 \- erf(x).
 On success, these functions return the complementary error function of
 .IR x ,
 a value in the range [0,2].
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity,
 +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity,
 +2 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the function result underflows and produces an unrepresentable value,
 the return value is 0.0.
-.PP
+.P
 If the function result underflows but produces a representable
 (i.e., subnormal) value,
 .\" e.g., erfc(27) on x86-32
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result underflow (result is subnormal)
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Range error: result underflow (result is subnormal)
 An underflow floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
@@ -109,12 +109,11 @@ T{
 .BR erfcl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/err.3 b/man3/err.3
index 87f45a3..01a88ec 100644
--- a/man3/err.3
+++ b/man3/err.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2011-09-10, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH err 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH err 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 err, verr, errx, verrx, warn, vwarn, warnx, vwarnx \- formatted error messages
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,18 +18,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <err.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void err(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void errx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void warn(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
 .BI "void warnx(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <stdarg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void verr(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void verrx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void vwarn(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
 .BI "void vwarnx(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
 .fi
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ argument is not NULL, the
 .BR printf (3)-like
 formatted error message is output.
 The output is terminated by a newline character.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR err (),
 .BR verr (),
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ preceded by another colon and space unless the
 .I fmt
 argument is
 NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR errx ()
 and
 .BR warnx ()
 functions do not append an error message.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR err (),
 .BR verr (),
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ T{
 .BR vwarnx ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -112,7 +111,7 @@ BSD.
 Display the current
 .I errno
 information string and exit:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 p = malloc(size);
@@ -123,9 +122,9 @@ if (fd == \-1)
     err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", file_name);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Display an error message and exit:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME)
@@ -133,9 +132,9 @@ if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME)
             start_time_string);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Warn of an error:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 fd = open(raw_device, O_RDONLY, 0);
diff --git a/man3/errno.3 b/man3/errno.3
index f3ffee5..335bb9c 100644
--- a/man3/errno.3
+++ b/man3/errno.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" 2006-02-09 Kurt Wall, mtk
 .\"     Added non-POSIX errors
 .\"
-.TH errno 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH errno 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 errno \- number of last error
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <errno.h>
-.\".PP
+.\".P
 .\".BI "extern int " errno ;
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ allowed to change
 The value of
 .I errno
 is never set to zero by any system call or library function.
-.PP
+.P
 For some system calls and library functions (e.g.,
 .BR getpriority (2)),
 \-1 is a valid return on success.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ if the call returns a status that indicates that an error
 may have occurred, checking to see if
 .I errno
 has a nonzero value.
-.PP
+.P
 .I errno
 is defined by the ISO C standard to be a modifiable lvalue
 of type
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The
 header file defines symbolic names for each
 of the possible error numbers that may appear in
 .IR errno .
-.PP
+.P
 All the error names specified by POSIX.1
 must have distinct values, with the exception of
 .B EAGAIN
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ and
 .BR EWOULDBLOCK ,
 which may be the same.
 On Linux, these two have the same value on all architectures.
-.PP
+.P
 The error numbers that correspond to each symbolic name
 vary across UNIX systems,
 and even across different architectures on Linux.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ and
 .BR strerror (3)
 functions can be used to convert these names to
 corresponding textual error messages.
-.PP
+.P
 On any particular Linux system,
 one can obtain a list of all symbolic error names and
 the corresponding error numbers using the
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ the corresponding error numbers using the
 command (part of the
 .I moreutils
 package):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBerrno \-l\fP
@@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ EIO 5 Input/output error
 \&...
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR errno (1)
 command can also be used to look up individual error numbers and names,
 and to search for errors using strings from the error description,
 as in the following examples:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBerrno 2\fP
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ $ \fBerrno \-s permission\fP
 EACCES 13 Permission denied
 .EE
 .in
-.\".PP
+.\".P
 .\" POSIX.1 (2001 edition) lists the following symbolic error names.  Of
 .\" these, \fBEDOM\fP and \fBERANGE\fP are in the ISO C standard.  ISO C
 .\" Amendment 1 defines the additional error number \fBEILSEQ\fP for
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ but was not present in earlier POSIX.1 standards.
 .TP
 .I C99
 The name is defined by C99.
-.PP
+.P
 Below is a list of the symbolic error names that are defined on Linux:
 .TP 16
 .B E2BIG
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Invalid cross-device link (POSIX.1-2001).
 Exchange full.
 .SH NOTES
 A common mistake is to do
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 if (somecall() == \-1) {
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ if (somecall() == \-1) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I errno
 no longer needs to have the value it had upon return from
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ no longer needs to have the value it had upon return from
 If the value of
 .I errno
 should be preserved across a library call, it must be saved:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 if (somecall() == \-1) {
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ if (somecall() == \-1) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the POSIX threads APIs do
 .I not
 set
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ Instead, on failure they return an error number as the function result.
 These error numbers have the same meanings as the error numbers returned in
 .I errno
 by other APIs.
-.PP
+.P
 On some ancient systems,
 .I <errno.h>
 was not present or did not declare
diff --git a/man3/error.3 b/man3/error.3
index 1b12a60..fce50fa 100644
--- a/man3/error.3
+++ b/man3/error.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" References:
 .\"   glibc manual and source
-.TH error 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH error 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 error, error_at_line, error_message_count, error_one_per_line,
 error_print_progname \- glibc error reporting functions
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <error.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void error(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
 .BI "void error_at_line(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" filename ,
 .BI "                   unsigned int " linenum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern unsigned int " error_message_count ;
 .BI "extern int " error_one_per_line ;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern void (*" error_print_progname ")(void);"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ should follow
 .I format
 in the argument list.
 The output is terminated by a newline character.
-.PP
+.P
 The program name printed by
 .BR error ()
 is the value of the global variable
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ initially has the same value as
 .IR argv[0] .
 The value of this variable can be modified to change the output of
 .BR error ().
-.PP
+.P
 If \fIstatus\fP has a nonzero value, then
 .BR error ()
 calls
 .BR exit (3)
 to terminate the program using the given value as the exit status;
 otherwise it returns after printing the error message.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR error_at_line ()
 function is exactly the same as
@@ -101,20 +101,20 @@ The preprocessor values \fB__LINE__\fP and
 .BR error_at_line (),
 but other values can also be used.
 For example, these arguments could refer to a location in an input file.
-.PP
+.P
 If the global variable \fIerror_one_per_line\fP is set nonzero,
 a sequence of
 .BR error_at_line ()
 calls with the
 same value of \fIfilename\fP and \fIlinenum\fP will result in only
 one message (the first) being output.
-.PP
+.P
 The global variable \fIerror_message_count\fP counts the number of
 messages that have been output by
 .BR error ()
 and
 .BR error_at_line ().
-.PP
+.P
 If the global variable \fIerror_print_progname\fP
 is assigned the address of a function
 (i.e., is not NULL), then that function is called
@@ -144,8 +144,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe\ race: error_at_line/\:error_one_per_line locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The internal
 .I error_one_per_line
 variable is accessed (without any form of synchronization, but since it's an
diff --git a/man3/ether_aton.3 b/man3/ether_aton.3
index 973566b..8181dd5 100644
--- a/man3/ether_aton.3
+++ b/man3/ether_aton.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Minor additions, aeb, 2013-06-21
 .\"
-.TH ether_aton 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ether_aton 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ether_aton, ether_ntoa, ether_ntohost, ether_hostton, ether_line,
 ether_ntoa_r, ether_aton_r \- Ethernet address manipulation routines
@@ -19,19 +19,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netinet/ether.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *ether_ntoa(const struct ether_addr *" addr );
 .BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton(const char *" asc );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ether_ntohost(char *" hostname ", const struct ether_addr *" addr );
 .BI "int ether_hostton(const char *" hostname ", struct ether_addr *" addr );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ether_line(const char *" line ", struct ether_addr *" addr ,
 .BI "               char *" hostname );
-.PP
+.P
 /* GNU extensions */
 .BI "char *ether_ntoa_r(const struct ether_addr *" addr ", char *" buf );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton_r(const char *" asc ,
 .BI "                                struct ether_addr *" addr );
 .fi
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will
 overwrite.
 .BR ether_aton ()
 returns NULL if the address is invalid.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ether_ntoa ()
 function converts the Ethernet host address
@@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ given in network byte order to a string in standard
 hex-digits-and-colons notation, omitting leading zeros.
 The string is returned in a statically allocated buffer,
 which subsequent calls will overwrite.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ether_ntohost ()
 function maps an Ethernet address to the
 corresponding hostname in
 .I /etc/ethers
 and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ether_hostton ()
 function maps a hostname to the
 corresponding Ethernet address in
 .I /etc/ethers
 and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ether_line ()
 function parses a line in
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The buffer pointed to by
 .I hostname
 must be sufficiently long, for example, have the same length as
 .IR line .
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR ether_ntoa_r ()
 and
@@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ thread-safe versions of
 and
 .BR ether_aton ()
 respectively, and do not use static buffers.
-.PP
+.P
 The structure
 .I ether_addr
 is defined in
 .I <net/ethernet.h>
 as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct ether_addr {
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ T{
 .BR ether_aton_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/euidaccess.3 b/man3/euidaccess.3
index a8d1218..c4fcc0e 100644
--- a/man3/euidaccess.3
+++ b/man3/euidaccess.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH euidaccess 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH euidaccess 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 euidaccess, eaccess \- check effective user's permissions for a file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int euidaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
 .BI "int eaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
 .fi
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ However, whereas
 performs checks using the real user and group identifiers of the process,
 .BR euidaccess ()
 uses the effective identifiers.
-.PP
+.P
 .I mode
 is a mask consisting of one or more of
 .BR R_OK ", " W_OK ", " X_OK ", and " F_OK ,
 with the same meanings as for
 .BR access (2).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR eaccess ()
 is a synonym for
 .BR euidaccess (),
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ T{
 .BR eaccess ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Some other systems have an
 .\" e.g., FreeBSD 6.1.
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ performing some operation based on that information leads to race conditions:
 the file permissions may change between the two steps.
 Generally, it is safer just to attempt the desired operation and handle
 any permission error that occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 This function always dereferences symbolic links.
 If you need to check the permissions on a symbolic link, use
 .BR faccessat (2)
diff --git a/man3/exec.3 b/man3/exec.3
index 0f60f57..caf6d6a 100644
--- a/man3/exec.3
+++ b/man3/exec.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified, 24 Jun 2004, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
 .\"     Added note on casting NULL
 .\"
-.TH exec 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH exec 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 execl, execlp, execle, execv, execvp, execvpe \- execute a file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B extern char **environ;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int execl(const char *" pathname ", const char *" arg ", ..."
 .B  "                /*, (char *) NULL */);"
 .BI "int execlp(const char *" file ", const char *" arg ", ..."
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int execvpe(const char *" file ", char *const " argv \
 "[], char *const " envp "[]);"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR execvpe ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ The functions described in this manual page are layered on top of
 (See the manual page for
 .BR execve (2)
 for further details about the replacement of the current process image.)
-.PP
+.P
 The initial argument for these functions is the name of a file that is
 to be executed.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions can be grouped based on the letters following the "exec" prefix.
 .\"
 .SS l - execl(), execlp(), execle()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The list of arguments
 be terminated by a null pointer,
 and, since these are variadic functions, this pointer must be cast
 .IR "(char\ *) NULL" .
-.PP
+.P
 By contrast with the 'l' functions, the 'v' functions (below) specify the
 command-line arguments of the executed program as a vector.
 .\"
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ The
 argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings and
 .I must
 be terminated by a null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 All other
 .BR exec ()
 functions (which do not include 'e' in the suffix)
@@ -121,20 +121,20 @@ a list that includes the directories returned by
 (which typically returns the value "/bin:/usr/bin")
 and possibly also the current working directory;
 see NOTES for further details.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR execvpe ()
 searches for the program using the value of
 .B PATH
 from the caller's environment, not from the
 .I envp
 argument.
-.PP
+.P
 If the specified filename includes a slash character, then
 .B PATH
 is ignored, and the file at the specified pathname is executed.
-.PP
+.P
 In addition, certain errors are treated specially.
-.PP
+.P
 If permission is denied for a file (the attempted
 .BR execve (2)
 failed with the error
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ they will return with
 .I errno
 set to
 .BR EACCES .
-.PP
+.P
 If the header of a file isn't recognized (the attempted
 .BR execve (2)
 failed with the error
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ these functions will execute the shell
 .RI ( /bin/sh )
 with the path of the file as its first argument.
 (If this attempt fails, no further searching is done.)
-.PP
+.P
 All other
 .BR exec ()
 functions (which do not include 'p' in the suffix)
@@ -195,7 +195,6 @@ T{
 .BR execvpe ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The default search path (used when the environment
 does not contain the variable \fBPATH\fR)
@@ -218,7 +217,7 @@ caused the current working directory to be dropped altogether
 from the default search path.
 This accidental behavior change is considered mildly beneficial,
 and won't be reverted.
-.PP
+.P
 The behavior of
 .BR execlp ()
 and
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ sleep and retry if
 is encountered.
 Linux treats it as a hard
 error and returns immediately.
-.PP
+.P
 Traditionally, the functions
 .BR execlp ()
 and
diff --git a/man3/exit.3 b/man3/exit.3
index f51c557..0b8bab2 100644
--- a/man3/exit.3
+++ b/man3/exit.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" could be listed on this page. See, for example, the list in the
 .\" POSIX exit(3p) page.
 .\"
-.TH exit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH exit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 exit \- cause normal process termination
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void exit(int " status );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ function causes normal process termination and the least significant byte of
 .I status
 (i.e., \fIstatus & 0xFF\fP) is returned to the parent (see
 .BR wait (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 All functions registered with
 .BR atexit (3)
 and
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ If a function has been registered multiple times using
 or
 .BR on_exit (3),
 then it is called as many times as it was registered.
-.PP
+.P
 All open
 .BR stdio (3)
 streams are flushed and closed.
 Files created by
 .BR tmpfile (3)
 are removed.
-.PP
+.P
 The C standard specifies two constants,
 \fBEXIT_SUCCESS\fP and \fBEXIT_FAILURE\fP,
 that may be passed to
@@ -85,8 +85,7 @@ T{
 .BR exit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:exit
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR exit ()
 function uses a global variable that is not protected,
@@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ removes registrations created using
 .BR atexit (3)
 and
 .BR on_exit (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The use of
 .B EXIT_SUCCESS
 and
@@ -119,12 +118,12 @@ is slightly more portable
 (to non-UNIX environments) than the use of 0 and some nonzero value
 like 1 or \-1.
 In particular, VMS uses a different convention.
-.PP
+.P
 BSD has attempted to standardize exit codes
 (which some C libraries such as the GNU C library have also adopted);
 see the file
 .IR <sysexits.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 After
 .BR exit (),
 the exit status must be transmitted to the
@@ -151,7 +150,7 @@ This allows the parent to subsequently use
 .BR waitpid (2)
 (or similar) to learn the termination status of the child;
 at that point the zombie process slot is released.
-.PP
+.P
 If the implementation supports the
 .B SIGCHLD
 signal, this signal
@@ -171,7 +170,7 @@ is sent a
 signal, and the terminal is disassociated
 from this session, allowing it to be acquired by a new controlling
 process.
-.PP
+.P
 If the exit of the process causes a process group to become orphaned,
 and if any member of the newly orphaned process group is stopped,
 then a
@@ -183,7 +182,7 @@ sent to each process in this process group.
 See
 .BR setpgid (2)
 for an explanation of orphaned process groups.
-.PP
+.P
 Except in the above cases,
 where the signalled processes may be children of the terminating process,
 termination of a process does
diff --git a/man3/exp.3 b/man3/exp.3
index 8736d12..bdfd95b 100644
--- a/man3/exp.3
+++ b/man3/exp.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH exp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH exp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 exp, expf, expl \- base-e exponential function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double exp(double " x );
 .BI "float expf(float " x );
 .BI "long double expl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR expf (),
 .BR expl ():
 .nf
@@ -48,26 +48,26 @@ logarithms) raised to the power of
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the exponential value of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity,
 positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity,
 +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and zero is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error, overflow
@@ -115,12 +115,11 @@ T{
 .BR expl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/exp10.3 b/man3/exp10.3
index 88b0ea6..1d85871 100644
--- a/man3/exp10.3
+++ b/man3/exp10.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH exp10 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH exp10 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 exp10, exp10f, exp10l \- base-10 exponential function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double exp10(double " x );
 .BI "float exp10f(float " x );
 .BI "long double exp10l(long double " x );
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ raised to the power of
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the base-10 exponential value of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
 as well as overflows and underflows, see
 .BR exp (3).
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
 .BR exp (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR exp10l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/exp2.3 b/man3/exp2.3
index 9b3d99c..1cf5ead 100644
--- a/man3/exp2.3
+++ b/man3/exp2.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH exp2 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH exp2 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 exp2, exp2f, exp2l \- base-2 exponential function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double exp2(double " x );
 .BI "float exp2f(float " x );
 .BI "long double exp2l(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR exp2 (),
 .BR exp2f (),
 .BR exp2l ():
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ These functions return the value of 2 raised to the power of
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the base-2 exponential value of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
 as well as overflows and underflows, see
 .BR exp (3).
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
 .BR exp (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -74,13 +74,12 @@ T{
 .BR exp2l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/expm1.3 b/man3/expm1.3
index dd99ac1..32b9767 100644
--- a/man3/expm1.3
+++ b/man3/expm1.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH expm1 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH expm1 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 expm1, expm1f, expm1l \- exponential minus 1
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double expm1(double " x );
 .BI "float expm1f(float " x );
 .BI "long double expm1l(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR expm1 ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR expm1f (),
 .BR expm1l ():
 .nf
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return a value equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     exp(x) \- 1
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 The result is computed in a way that is accurate even if the value of
 .I x
 is near
@@ -61,25 +61,25 @@ subtraction of two numbers that are nearly equal.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return
 .IR "exp(x)\ \-\ 1" .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0),
 +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity, \-1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows, a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
 .RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error, overflow
@@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ T{
 .BR expm1l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ raised a bogus underflow floating-point exception
 for some large negative
 .I x
 values (where the function result approaches \-1).
-.PP
+.P
 Before approximately glibc 2.11,
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6814
 .\" e.g., expm1(1e5) through expm1(1.00199970127e5),
@@ -148,7 +147,7 @@ overflow exception, and returned a NaN instead of positive infinity,
 for some large positive
 .I x
 values.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.11,
 .\" It looks like the fix was in glibc 2.11, or possibly glibc 2.12.
 .\" I have no test system for glibc 2.11, but glibc 2.12 passes.
diff --git a/man3/fabs.3 b/man3/fabs.3
index 37097d1..ed1c83d 100644
--- a/man3/fabs.3
+++ b/man3/fabs.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:42:04 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Added fabsl, fabsf, aeb, 2001-06-07
 .\"
-.TH fabs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fabs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fabs, fabsf, fabsl \- absolute value of floating-point number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fabs(double " x );
 .BI "float fabsf(float " x );
 .BI "long double fabsl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fabsf (),
 .BR fabsl ():
 .nf
@@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ number
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the absolute value of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is \-0, +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity or positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
@@ -74,12 +74,11 @@ T{
 .BR fabsl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/fclose.3 b/man3/fclose.3
index 3694d54..651850a 100644
--- a/man3/fclose.3
+++ b/man3/fclose.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
 .\"
-.TH fclose 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fclose 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fclose \- close a stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fclose(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ is not valid.
 .\"  low-level file operations on the same stream. If you do get this error,
 .\"  you must have closed the stream's low-level file descriptor using
 .\"  something like close(fileno(stream)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fclose ()
 function may also fail and set
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ T{
 .BR fclose ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fcloseall.3 b/man3/fcloseall.3
index 7fc02c0..d56f4cb 100644
--- a/man3/fcloseall.3
+++ b/man3/fcloseall.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH fcloseall 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fcloseall 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fcloseall \- close all open streams
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int fcloseall(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Buffered output for each stream is written before it is closed
 (as for
 .BR fflush (3));
 buffered input is discarded.
-.PP
+.P
 The standard streams,
 .IR stdin ,
 .IR stdout ,
@@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ T{
 .BR fcloseall ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:streams
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fcloseall ()
 function does not lock the streams, so it is not thread-safe.
diff --git a/man3/fdim.3 b/man3/fdim.3
index 98c3961..37ad621 100644
--- a/man3/fdim.3
+++ b/man3/fdim.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH fdim 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fdim 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fdim, fdimf, fdiml \- positive difference
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fdim(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float fdimf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double fdiml(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fdimf (),
 .BR fdiml ():
 .nf
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ These functions return the positive difference, max(\fIx\fP-\fIy\fP,0),
 between their arguments.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the positive difference.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result overflow
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR fdiml ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fenv.3 b/man3/fenv.3
index 653ba03..6e2bf45 100644
--- a/man3/fenv.3
+++ b/man3/fenv.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" 2000-08-14 added GNU additions from Andreas Jaeger
 .\" 2000-12-05 some changes inspired by acahalan's remarks
 .\"
-.TH fenv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fenv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 feclearexcept, fegetexceptflag, feraiseexcept, fesetexceptflag,
 fetestexcept, fegetenv, fegetround, feholdexcept, fesetround,
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <fenv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int feclearexcept(int " excepts );
 .BI "int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
 .BI "int feraiseexcept(int " excepts );
 .BI "int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
 .BI "int fetestexcept(int " excepts );
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int fegetround(void);"
 .BI "int fesetround(int " rounding_mode );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fegetenv(fenv_t *" envp );
 .BI "int feholdexcept(fenv_t *" envp );
 .BI "int fesetenv(const fenv_t *" envp );
@@ -41,20 +41,20 @@ The
 .I divide-by-zero
 exception occurs when an operation on finite numbers
 produces infinity as exact answer.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I overflow
 exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
 floating-point number, but has (much) larger absolute value than the
 largest (finite) floating-point number that is representable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I underflow
 exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
 floating-point number, but has smaller absolute value than the smallest
 positive normalized floating-point number (and would lose much accuracy
 when represented as a denormalized number).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I inexact
 exception occurs when the rounded result of an operation
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ It may occur whenever
 or
 .I underflow
 occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I invalid
 exception occurs when there is no well-defined result
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Exceptions are represented in two ways: as a single bit
 implementation-defined way with bit positions in an integer,
 and also as an opaque structure that may contain more information
 about the exception (perhaps the code address where it occurred).
-.PP
+.P
 Each of the macros
 .BR FE_DIVBYZERO ,
 .BR FE_INEXACT ,
@@ -91,12 +91,12 @@ Other exceptions may be supported.
 The macro
 .B FE_ALL_EXCEPT
 is the bitwise OR of all bits corresponding to supported exceptions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR feclearexcept ()
 function clears the supported exceptions represented by the bits
 in its argument.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fegetexceptflag ()
 function stores a representation of the state of the exception flags
@@ -104,12 +104,12 @@ represented by the argument
 .I excepts
 in the opaque object
 .IR *flagp .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR feraiseexcept ()
 function raises the supported exceptions represented by the bits in
 .IR excepts .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fesetexceptflag ()
 function sets the complete status for the exceptions represented by
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ This value must have been obtained by an earlier call of
 .BR fegetexceptflag ()
 with a last argument that contained all bits in
 .IR excepts .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fetestexcept ()
 function returns a word in which the bits are set that were
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ round to nearest (the default),
 round up (toward positive infinity),
 round down (toward negative infinity), and
 round toward zero.
-.PP
+.P
 Each of the macros
 .BR FE_TONEAREST ,
 .BR FE_UPWARD ,
@@ -144,17 +144,17 @@ and
 .B FE_TOWARDZERO
 is defined when the implementation supports getting and setting
 the corresponding rounding direction.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fegetround ()
 function returns the macro corresponding to the current
 rounding mode.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fesetround ()
 function sets the rounding mode as specified by its argument
 and returns zero when it was successful.
-.PP
+.P
 C99 and POSIX.1-2008 specify an identifier,
 .BR FLT_ROUNDS ,
 defined in
@@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ Rounding is toward positive infinity.
 .TP
 .B 3
 Rounding is toward negative infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 Other values represent machine-dependent, nonstandard rounding modes.
-.PP
+.P
 The value of
 .B FLT_ROUNDS
 should reflect the current rounding mode as set by
@@ -197,19 +197,19 @@ The default environment is denoted by
 This is the environment setup at program start and it is defined by
 ISO C to have round to nearest, all exceptions cleared and a nonstop
 (continue on exceptions) mode.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fegetenv ()
 function saves the current floating-point environment in the object
 .IR *envp .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR feholdexcept ()
 function does the same, then clears all exception flags,
 and sets a nonstop (continue on exceptions) mode,
 if available.
 It returns zero when successful.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fesetenv ()
 function restores the floating-point environment from
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ or
 or equal to
 .BR FE_DFL_ENV .
 This call does not raise exceptions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR feupdateenv ()
 function installs the floating-point environment represented by
@@ -272,7 +272,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .hy
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008, IEC 60559 (IEC 559:1989), ANSI/IEEE 854.
@@ -299,16 +298,16 @@ and
 to set individual floating-point traps, and
 .BR fegetexcept ()
 to query the state.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B "#include <fenv.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int feenableexcept(int " excepts );
 .BI "int fedisableexcept(int " excepts );
 .B "int fegetexcept(void);"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR feenableexcept ()
 and
diff --git a/man3/ferror.3 b/man3/ferror.3
index 68791f1..3bb3390 100644
--- a/man3/ferror.3
+++ b/man3/ferror.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
 .\"
-.TH ferror 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ferror 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 clearerr, feof, ferror \- check and reset stream status
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void clearerr(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int feof(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int ferror(FILE *" stream );
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The function
 .BR clearerr ()
 clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR feof ()
 tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by
 returning nonzero if it is set.
 The end-of-file indicator can be cleared only by the function
 .BR clearerr ().
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR ferror ()
 tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ returning nonzero if it is set.
 The error indicator can be reset only by the
 .BR clearerr ()
 function.
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The
 function returns nonzero if the end-of-file indicator is set for
 .IR stream ;
 otherwise, it returns zero.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ferror ()
 function returns nonzero if the error indicator is set for
@@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ T{
 .BR ferror ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fexecve.3 b/man3/fexecve.3
index 2ffe5c3..51d3d0f 100644
--- a/man3/fexecve.3
+++ b/man3/fexecve.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH fexecve 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fexecve 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fexecve \- execute program specified via file descriptor
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fexecve(int " fd ", char *const " argv "[], char *const " envp []);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fexecve ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -92,12 +92,11 @@ T{
 .BR fexecve ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.3.2.
-.PP
+.P
 On Linux with glibc versions 2.26 and earlier,
 .BR fexecve ()
 is implemented using the
@@ -131,7 +130,7 @@ of a file could be changed between the checksumming and the call to
 .BR fexecve ();
 for that, the solution is to ensure that the permissions on the file
 prevent it from being modified by malicious users.
-.PP
+.P
 The natural idiom when using
 .BR fexecve ()
 is to set the close-on-exec flag on
diff --git a/man3/fflush.3 b/man3/fflush.3
index a26c3e8..25aa47c 100644
--- a/man3/fflush.3
+++ b/man3/fflush.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
 .\" Modified 2001-10-16 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
 .\"
-.TH fflush 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fflush 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fflush \- flush a stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fflush(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ For output streams,
 forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given output or update
 .I stream
 via the stream's underlying write function.
-.PP
+.P
 For input streams associated with seekable files
 (e.g., disk files, but not pipes or terminals),
 .BR fflush ()
 discards any buffered data that has been fetched from the underlying file,
 but has not been consumed by the application.
-.PP
+.P
 The open status of the stream is unaffected.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I stream
 argument is NULL,
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ flushes
 open output streams.
 .\" mtk: POSIX specifies that only output streams are flushed for this case.
 .\" Also verified for glibc by experiment.
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 .B EBADF
 .I stream
 is not an open stream, or is not open for writing.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR fflush ()
 may also fail and set
@@ -87,12 +87,11 @@ T{
 .BR fflush ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C89, POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 did not specify the behavior for flushing of input streams,
 but the behavior is specified in POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH NOTES
diff --git a/man3/ffs.3 b/man3/ffs.3
index b092438..00c8aad 100644
--- a/man3/ffs.3
+++ b/man3/ffs.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH ffs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ffs 3 2023-11-19 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ffs, ffsl, ffsll \- find first bit set in a word
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,20 +20,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ffs(int " i );
-.PP
-.B #include <string.h>
-.PP
 .BI "int ffsl(long " i );
 .BI "int ffsll(long long " i );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ffs ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -44,7 +41,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     Before glibc 2.12:
         none
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ffsl (),
 .BR ffsll ():
 .nf
@@ -87,10 +84,6 @@ T{
 .BR ffsll ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.SH VERSIONS
-BSD systems have a prototype in
-.IR <string.h> .
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR ffs ()
diff --git a/man3/fgetc.3 b/man3/fgetc.3
index 1b13d61..1f820f8 100644
--- a/man3/fgetc.3
+++ b/man3/fgetc.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH fgetc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fgetc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetc, fgets, getc, getchar, ungetc \- input of characters and strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fgetc(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int getc(FILE *" stream );
 .B "int getchar(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *fgets(char " s "[restrict ." size "], int " size ", \
 FILE *restrict " stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ungetc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ cast to an
 or
 .B EOF
 on end of file or error.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getc ()
 is equivalent to
 .BR fgetc ()
 except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
 .I stream
 more than once.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getchar ()
 is equivalent to
 .BI "getc(" stdin ) \fR.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgets ()
 reads in at most one less than
 .I size
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ or a newline.
 If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer.
 A terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
 is stored after the last character in the buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ungetc ()
 pushes
 .I c
@@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ cast to
 where it is available for subsequent read operations.
 Pushed-back characters
 will be returned in reverse order; only one pushback is guaranteed.
-.PP
+.P
 Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
 calls to other input functions from the
 .I stdio
 library for the same input stream.
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ cast to an
 or
 .B EOF
 on end of file or error.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgets ()
 returns
 .I s
 on success, and NULL
 on error or when end of file occurs while no characters have been read.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ungetc ()
 returns
 .I c
@@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ T{
 .BR ungetc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fgetgrent.3 b/man3/fgetgrent.3
index 71926a1..cba26b2 100644
--- a/man3/fgetgrent.3
+++ b/man3/fgetgrent.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:38:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH fgetgrent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fgetgrent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetgrent \- get group file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct group *fgetgrent(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgetgrent ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ must have the same format as
 .I /etc/group
 (see
 .BR group (5)).
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group {
@@ -93,7 +93,6 @@ T{
 .BR fgetgrent ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetgrent
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
 .\" which has:
 .\"
diff --git a/man3/fgetpwent.3 b/man3/fgetpwent.3
index 676fe26..b27f616 100644
--- a/man3/fgetpwent.3
+++ b/man3/fgetpwent.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:37:37 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Mon May 27 22:40:48 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
 .\"
-.TH fgetpwent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fgetpwent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetpwent \- get password file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,15 +22,15 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct passwd *fgetpwent(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgetpwent ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ must have the same format as
 .I /etc/passwd
 (see
 .BR passwd (5)).
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -101,7 +101,6 @@ T{
 .BR fgetpwent ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetpwent
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
 .\" which has:
 .\"
diff --git a/man3/fgetwc.3 b/man3/fgetwc.3
index b66b018..2873754 100644
--- a/man3/fgetwc.3
+++ b/man3/fgetwc.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
 .\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH fgetwc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fgetwc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetwc, getwc \- read a wide character from a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t fgetwc(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "wint_t getwc(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ it returns
 If a wide-character conversion error occurs, it sets
 \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
 .BR WEOF .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getwc ()
 function or macro functions identically to
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ function or macro functions identically to
 It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
 more than once.
 There is no reason ever to use it.
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ T{
 .BR getwc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -92,7 +91,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 In the absence of additional information passed to the
 .BR fopen (3)
 call, it is
diff --git a/man3/fgetws.3 b/man3/fgetws.3
index fa2a208..a9fdfca 100644
--- a/man3/fgetws.3
+++ b/man3/fgetws.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
 .\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH fgetws 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fgetws 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetws \- read a wide-character string from a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
 ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
 It stops reading wide characters after it has encountered and
 stored a newline wide character.
 It also stops when end of stream is reached.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least \fIn\fP wide
 characters at \fIws\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR fgetws ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 In the absence of additional information passed to the
 .BR fopen (3)
 call, it is
@@ -83,7 +82,7 @@ reasonable to expect that
 .BR fgetws ()
 will actually read a multibyte string
 from the stream and then convert it to a wide-character string.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is unreliable,
 because it does not permit to deal properly with
 null wide characters that may be present in the input.
diff --git a/man3/fileno.3 b/man3/fileno.3
index 642948b..5c5a717 100644
--- a/man3/fileno.3
+++ b/man3/fileno.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
 .\" Added remark on EBADF for fileno, aeb, 2001-03-22
 .\"
-.TH fileno 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fileno 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fileno \- obtain file descriptor of a stdio stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,15 +21,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fileno(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fileno ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ is called.
 Duplicate the file descriptor with
 .BR dup (2)
 before passing it to code that might close it.
-.PP
+.P
 For the nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -78,7 +78,6 @@ T{
 .BR fileno ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/finite.3 b/man3/finite.3
index 11a1581..bad355f 100644
--- a/man3/finite.3
+++ b/man3/finite.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH finite 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH finite 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 finite, finitef, finitel, isinf, isinff, isinfl, isnan, isnanf, isnanl \-
 BSD floating-point classification functions
@@ -13,52 +13,52 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int finite(double " x );
 .BI "int finitef(float " x );
 .BI "int finitel(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isinf(double " x );
 .BI "int isinff(float " x );
 .BI "int isinfl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isnan(double " x );
 .BI "int isnanf(float " x );
 .BI "int isnanl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR finite (),
 .BR finitef (),
 .BR finitel ():
 .nf
     /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isinf ():
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
         || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isinff (),
 .BR isinfl ():
 .nf
     /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isnan ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE || _ISOC99_SOURCE
         || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isnanf (),
 .BR isnanl ():
 .nf
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ functions return a nonzero value if
 .I x
 is neither infinite
 nor a "not-a-number" (NaN) value, and 0 otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR isnan (),
 .BR isnanf (),
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ functions return a nonzero value if
 .I x
 is a NaN value,
 and 0 otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR isinf (),
 .BR isinff (),
@@ -119,7 +119,6 @@ T{
 .BR isnanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH NOTES
 Note that these functions are obsolete.
 C99 defines macros
diff --git a/man3/flockfile.3 b/man3/flockfile.3
index c2a18a4..911f8de 100644
--- a/man3/flockfile.3
+++ b/man3/flockfile.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH flockfile 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH flockfile 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 flockfile, ftrylockfile, funlockfile \- lock FILE for stdio
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void flockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
 .BI "int ftrylockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
 .BI "void funlockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .nf
     /* Since glibc 2.24: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ For each library call, these functions wait until the
 object
 is no longer locked by a different thread, then lock it, do the
 requested I/O, and unlock the object again.
-.PP
+.P
 (Note: this locking has nothing to do with the file locking done
 by functions like
 .BR flock (2)
 and
 .BR lockf (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 All this is invisible to the C-programmer, but there may be two
 reasons to wish for more detailed control.
 On the one hand, maybe
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ a series of I/O actions by one thread belongs together, and should
 not be interrupted by the I/O of some other thread.
 On the other hand, maybe the locking overhead should be avoided
 for greater efficiency.
-.PP
+.P
 To this end, a thread can explicitly lock the
 .I FILE
 object,
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ instead of
 .BR getc (3)
 and
 .BR putc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR flockfile ()
 function waits for
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ current thread owner of
 .IR *filehandle ,
 and increments
 the lockcount.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR funlockfile ()
 function decrements the lock count.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ftrylockfile ()
 function is a nonblocking version
@@ -121,12 +121,11 @@ T{
 .BR funlockfile ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are available when
 .B _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
 is defined.
diff --git a/man3/floor.3 b/man3/floor.3
index 6040607..0f2731c 100644
--- a/man3/floor.3
+++ b/man3/floor.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH floor 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH floor 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 floor, floorf, floorl \- largest integral value not greater than argument
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double floor(double " x );
 .BI "float floorf(float " x );
 .BI "long double floorl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR floorf (),
 .BR floorl ():
 .nf
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the largest integral value that is not greater than
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For example,
 .I floor(0.5)
 is 0.0, and
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ is \-1.0.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the floor of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or an infinity,
@@ -69,17 +69,16 @@ T{
 .BR floorl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
 SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.PP
+.P
 SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
 .I errno
 to
diff --git a/man3/fma.3 b/man3/fma.3
index e9a3313..a93042b 100644
--- a/man3/fma.3
+++ b/man3/fma.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2004-11-15, Added further text on FLT_ROUNDS
 .\" 	as suggested by AEB and Fabian Kreutz
 .\"
-.TH fma 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fma 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fma, fmaf, fmal \- floating-point multiply and add
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fma(double " x ", double " y ", double " z );
 .BI "float fmaf(float " x ", float " y ", float " z );
 .BI "long double fmal(long double " x ", long double " y ", long double " z );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fma (),
 .BR fmaf (),
 .BR fmal ():
@@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ current rounding mode (see
 These functions return the value of
 .IR x " * " y " + " z ,
 rounded as one ternary operation.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 times
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ is an exact infinity, and
 is an infinity with the opposite sign,
 a domain error occurs,
 and a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" POSIX.1-2008 allows some possible differences for the following two
 .\" domain error cases, but on Linux they are treated the same (AFAICS).
 .\" Nevertheless, we'll mirror POSIX.1 and describe the two cases
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
 .\" POSIX.1 says that a NaN or an implementation-defined value shall
 .\" be returned for this case.
-.PP
+.P
 If one of
 .I x
 or
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ is a NaN,
 .\" POSIX.1 makes the domain error optional for this case.
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 times
@@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ is not an infinity times zero (or vice versa), and
 .I z
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs, and
 an infinity with the correct sign is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs, and
 a signed 0 is returned.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP * \fIy\fP + \fIz\fP, \
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Range error: result underflow
 An underflow floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
@@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ T{
 .BR fmal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fmax.3 b/man3/fmax.3
index 1133432..8f502dd 100644
--- a/man3/fmax.3
+++ b/man3/fmax.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH fmax 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fmax 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fmax, fmaxf, fmaxl \- determine maximum of two floating-point numbers
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fmax(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float fmaxf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double fmaxl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fmax (),
 .BR fmaxf (),
 .BR fmaxl ():
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ These functions return the maximum of
 .I x
 and
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
 .SH ERRORS
 No errors occur.
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR fmaxl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fmemopen.3 b/man3/fmemopen.3
index 081a33f..93f3a12 100644
--- a/man3/fmemopen.3
+++ b/man3/fmemopen.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH fmemopen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fmemopen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fmemopen \-  open memory as stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *fmemopen(void " buf [. size "], size_t " size ", \
 const char *" mode );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fmemopen ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ function opens a stream that permits the access specified by
 The stream allows I/O to be performed on the string or memory buffer
 pointed to by
 .IR buf .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mode
 argument specifies the semantics of I/O on the stream,
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The buffer contents are truncated
 .I a+
 Append; open the stream for reading and writing,
 with the initial buffer position set to the first null byte.
-.PP
+.P
 The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
 the location where the next I/O operation will be performed.
 The current position is implicitly updated by I/O operations.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ the initial position is set to the start of the buffer.
 In append mode, if no null byte is found within the buffer,
 then the initial position is
 .IR size+1 .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I buf
 is specified as NULL, then
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@ The buffer is automatically freed when the stream is closed.
 Note that the caller has no way to obtain a pointer to the
 temporary buffer allocated by this call (but see
 .BR open_memstream (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I buf
 is not NULL, then it should point to a buffer of at least
 .I size
 bytes allocated by the caller.
-.PP
+.P
 When a stream that has been opened for writing is flushed
 .RB ( fflush (3))
 or closed
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ buffer
 .I size
 counts that byte)
 to allow for this.
-.PP
+.P
 In a stream opened for reading,
 null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) in the buffer do not cause read
 operations to return an end-of-file indication.
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ A read from the buffer will indicate end-of-file
 only when the current buffer position advances
 .I size
 bytes past the start of the buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 Write operations take place either at the current position
 (for modes other than append), or at the current size of the stream
 (for append modes).
-.PP
+.P
 Attempts to write more than
 .I size
 bytes to the buffer result in an error.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ By default, such errors will be visible
 buffer is flushed.
 Disabling buffering with the following call
 may be useful to detect errors at the time of an output operation:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 setbuf(stream, NULL);
@@ -161,13 +161,12 @@ T{
 .BR fmemopen (),
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 1.0.x.
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 specifies that \[aq]b\[aq] in
 .I mode
 shall be ignored.
@@ -175,7 +174,7 @@ However, Technical Corrigendum 1
 .\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=396
 adjusts the standard to allow implementation-specific treatment for this case,
 thus permitting the glibc treatment of \[aq]b\[aq].
-.PP
+.P
 With glibc 2.22, binary mode (see below) was removed,
 many longstanding bugs in the implementation of
 .BR fmemopen ()
@@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ writes don't implicitly add a terminating null byte, and
 is relative to the end of the buffer (i.e., the value specified by the
 .I size
 argument), rather than the current string length.
-.PP
+.P
 An API bug afflicted the implementation of binary mode:
 to specify binary mode, the \[aq]b\[aq] must be the
 .I second
@@ -206,7 +205,7 @@ This is inconsistent with the treatment of
 .I mode
 by
 .BR fopen (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Binary mode was removed in glibc 2.22; a \[aq]b\[aq] specified in
 .I mode
 has no effect.
@@ -227,7 +226,7 @@ fails with the error
 It would be more consistent if this case successfully created
 a stream that then returned end-of-file on the first attempt at reading;
 since glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation provides that behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.22,
 specifying append mode ("a" or "a+") for
 .BR fmemopen ()
@@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ sets the initial buffer position to the first null byte, but
 the end of the stream)
 does not force subsequent writes to append at the end of the stream.
 This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.22, if the
 .I mode
 argument to
@@ -254,7 +253,7 @@ However, in this case the glibc
 .BR fmemopen ()
 sets the buffer position to \-1.
 This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.22,
 .\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14292
 when a call to
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ was
 .I subtracted
 from the end-of-stream position, instead of being added.
 This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc 2.9 addition of "binary" mode for
 .BR fmemopen ()
 .\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6544
@@ -289,7 +288,7 @@ The program scans its input string (taken from the program's
 first command-line argument) reading integers,
 and writes the squares of these integers to the output buffer.
 An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]1 23 43\[aq]"
diff --git a/man3/fmin.3 b/man3/fmin.3
index c6fbb9d..c601195 100644
--- a/man3/fmin.3
+++ b/man3/fmin.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH fmin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fmin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fmin, fminf, fminl \- determine minimum of two floating-point numbers
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fmin(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float fminf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double fminl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fmin (),
 .BR fminf (),
 .BR fminl ():
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ These functions return the minimum of
 .I x
 and
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
 .SH ERRORS
 No errors occur.
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR fminl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fmod.3 b/man3/fmod.3
index e524514..dfca42e 100644
--- a/man3/fmod.3
+++ b/man3/fmod.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH fmod 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fmod 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fmod, fmodf, fmodl \- floating-point remainder function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double fmod(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float fmodf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double fmodl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fmodf (),
 .BR fmodl ():
 .nf
@@ -58,6 +58,23 @@ is the quotient of
 /
 .IR y ,
 rounded toward zero to an integer.
+.P
+To obtain the modulus, more specifically, the Least Positive Residue,
+you will need to adjust the result from fmod like so:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.nf
+z = fmod(x, y);
+if (z < 0)
+	z += y;
+.fi
+.in
+.P
+An alternate way to express this is with
+.IR "fmod(fmod(x, y) + y, y)" ,
+but the second
+.BR fmod ()
+usually costs way more than the one branch.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these
 functions return the value \fIx\fP\ \-\ \fIn\fP*\fIy\fP,
@@ -67,25 +84,25 @@ such that the returned value has the same sign as
 .I x
 and a magnitude less than the magnitude of
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is an infinity,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is zero,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), and
@@ -96,7 +113,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
@@ -133,12 +150,11 @@ T{
 .BR fmodl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
@@ -151,5 +167,17 @@ to
 .B EDOM
 when a domain error occurred for an infinite
 .IR x .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The call
+.I fmod(372, 360)
+returns 348.
+.P
+The call
+.I fmod(-372, 360)
+returns -12.
+.P
+The call
+.I fmod(-372, -360)
+also returns -12.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man3/fmtmsg.3 b/man3/fmtmsg.3
index 1ed9824..ca21108 100644
--- a/man3/fmtmsg.3
+++ b/man3/fmtmsg.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"  The function is quite complex and deserves an example
 .\"
 .\"  Polished, aeb, 2003-11-01
-.TH fmtmsg 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fmtmsg 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fmtmsg \- print formatted error messages
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <fmtmsg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fmtmsg(long " classification ", const char *" label ,
 .BI "           int " severity ", const char *" text ,
 .BI "           const char *" action ", const char *" tag );
@@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ For messages written to
 the format depends on the
 .B MSGVERB
 environment variable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I label
 argument identifies the source of the message.
 The string must consist
 of two colon separated parts where the first part has not more
 than 10 and the second part not more than 14 characters.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I text
 argument describes the condition of the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I action
 argument describes possible steps to recover from the error.
 If it is printed, it is prefixed by "TO FIX: ".
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I tag
 argument is a reference to the online documentation where more
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ is a synonym for
 The
 .I classification
 argument is the sum of values describing 4 types of information.
-.PP
+.P
 The first value defines the output channel.
 .TP 12n
 .B MM_PRINT
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Output to the system console.
 .TP
 .B "MM_PRINT | MM_CONSOLE"
 Output to both.
-.PP
+.P
 The second value is the source of the error:
 .TP 12n
 .B MM_HARD
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ A firmware error occurred.
 .TP
 .B MM_SOFT
 A software error occurred.
-.PP
+.P
 The third value encodes the detector of the problem:
 .TP 12n
 .B MM_APPL
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ It is detected by a utility.
 .TP
 .B MM_OPSYS
 It is detected by the operating system.
-.PP
+.P
 The fourth value shows the severity of the incident:
 .TP 12n
 .B MM_RECOVER
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ This value is printed as WARNING.
 .TP
 .B MM_INFO
 This value is printed as INFO.
-.PP
+.P
 The numeric values are between 0 and 4.
 Using
 .BR addseverity (3)
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ When this variable is defined, is non-NULL, and is a colon-separated
 list of valid keywords, then only the parts of the message corresponding
 to these keywords is printed.
 Valid keywords are "label", "severity", "text", "action", and "tag".
-.PP
+.P
 The environment variable
 .B SEV_LEVEL
 can be used to introduce new severity levels.
@@ -186,25 +186,25 @@ print nothing.
 If the user puts
 .B SEV_LEVEL
 with a format like
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 SEV_LEVEL=[description[:description[:...]]]
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 in the environment of the process before the first call to
 .BR fmtmsg (),
 where each description is of the form
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 severity-keyword,level,printstring
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 then
 .BR fmtmsg ()
 will also accept the indicated values for the level (in addition to
 the standard levels 0\[en]4), and use the indicated printstring when
 such a level occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The severity-keyword part is not used by
 .BR fmtmsg ()
 but it has to be present.
@@ -237,13 +237,12 @@ glibc\ >=\ 2.16: MT-Safe;
 glibc\ <\ 2.16: MT-Unsafe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.16, the
 .BR fmtmsg ()
 function uses a static variable that is not protected,
 so it is not thread-safe.
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.16,
 .\" Modified in commit 7724defcf8873116fe4efab256596861eef21a94
 the
@@ -268,7 +267,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008.
 .TP
 .B SEV_LEVEL
 System V.
-.PP
+.P
 System V and UnixWare man pages tell us that these functions
 have been replaced by "pfmt() and addsev()" or by "pfmt(),
 vpfmt(), lfmt(), and vlfmt()", and will be removed later.
@@ -307,26 +306,26 @@ main(void)
 }
 .EE
 .\" SRC END
-.PP
+.P
 The output should be:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 util\-linux:mount: ERROR: unknown mount option
 TO FIX: See mount(8).  util\-linux:mount:017
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 and after
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 MSGVERB=text:action; export MSGVERB
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 the output becomes:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 unknown mount option
diff --git a/man3/fnmatch.3 b/man3/fnmatch.3
index 3de8117..c834ac9 100644
--- a/man3/fnmatch.3
+++ b/man3/fnmatch.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:35:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Mon Oct 16 00:16:29 2000 following Joseph S. Myers
 .\"
-.TH fnmatch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fnmatch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fnmatch \- match filename or pathname
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <fnmatch.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fnmatch(const char *" "pattern" ", const char *" string ", int " flags );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ argument matches the
 .I pattern
 argument, which is a shell wildcard pattern (see
 .BR glob (7)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flags
 argument modifies the behavior; it is the bitwise OR of zero or more
@@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ T{
 .BR fnmatch ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR fnmatch ()
diff --git a/man3/fopen.3 b/man3/fopen.3
index e96303c..654c697 100644
--- a/man3/fopen.3
+++ b/man3/fopen.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified, aeb, 960421, 970806
 .\" Modified, joey, aeb, 2002-01-03
 .\"
-.TH fopen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fopen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fopen, fdopen, freopen \- stream open functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *fopen(const char *restrict " pathname \
 ", const char *restrict " mode );
 .BI "FILE *fdopen(int " fd ", const char *" mode );
@@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ Standard C library
 ", const char *restrict " mode ,
 .BI "              FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fdopen ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The
 function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
 .I pathname
 and associates a stream with it.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I mode
 points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ POSIX is silent on what the initial read position is when using this mode.
 For glibc, the initial file position for reading is at
 the beginning of the file, but for Android/BSD/MacOS, the
 initial file position for reading is at the end of the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mode
 string can also include the letter \[aq]b\[aq] either as a last character or as
@@ -97,15 +97,15 @@ conforming systems, including Linux.
 and adding the \[aq]b\[aq] may be a good idea if you do I/O to a binary
 file and expect that your program may be ported to non-UNIX
 environments.)
-.PP
+.P
 See NOTES below for details of glibc extensions for
 .IR mode .
-.PP
+.P
 Any created file will have the mode
 .BR S_IRUSR " | " S_IWUSR " | "  S_IRGRP " | "  S_IWGRP " | " S_IROTH " | " S_IWOTH
 (0666), as modified by the process's umask value (see
 .BR umask (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 Reads and writes may be intermixed on read/write streams in any order.
 Note that ANSI C requires that a file positioning function intervene
 between output and input, unless an input operation encounters end-of-file.
@@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ operation between write and read operations on such a stream.
 This operation may be an apparent no-op
 (as in \fIfseek(..., 0L, SEEK_CUR)\fP
 called for its synchronizing side effect).
-.PP
+.P
 Opening a file in append mode (\fBa\fP as the first character of
 .IR mode )
 causes all subsequent write operations to this stream to occur
 at end-of-file, as if preceded by the call:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 fseek(stream, 0, SEEK_END);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The file descriptor associated with the stream is opened as if by a call to
 .BR open (2)
 with the following flags:
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ The
 argument is used just as in the
 .BR fopen ()
 function.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I pathname
 argument is a null pointer,
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ that is,
 .BR freopen ()
 reopens the pathname that is associated with the stream.
 The specification for this behavior was added in the C99 standard, which says:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 In this case,
 the file descriptor associated with the stream need not be closed
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ succeeds.
 It is implementation-defined which changes of mode are permitted (if any),
 and under what circumstances.
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 The primary use of the
 .BR freopen ()
 function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ provided to
 or
 .BR freopen ()
 was invalid.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fopen (),
 .BR fdopen (),
@@ -245,21 +245,21 @@ functions may also fail and set
 .I errno
 for any of the errors specified for the routine
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fopen ()
 function may also fail and set
 .I errno
 for any of the errors specified for the routine
 .BR open (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fdopen ()
 function may also fail and set
 .I errno
 for any of the errors specified for the routine
 .BR fcntl (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR freopen ()
 function may also fail and set
@@ -285,7 +285,6 @@ T{
 .BR freopen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR fopen ()
@@ -354,7 +353,7 @@ to
 .BR EEXIST .
 This flag is ignored for
 .BR fdopen ().
-.PP
+.P
 In addition to the above characters,
 .BR fopen ()
 and
@@ -362,9 +361,9 @@ and
 support the following syntax
 in
 .IR mode :
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "    ,ccs=" string
-.PP
+.P
 The given
 .I string
 is taken as the name of a coded character set and
diff --git a/man3/fopencookie.3 b/man3/fopencookie.3
index 61f77bc..5d5d1d3 100644
--- a/man3/fopencookie.3
+++ b/man3/fopencookie.3
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH fopencookie 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fopencookie 3 2023-12-29 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
-fopencookie \- opening a custom stream
+fopencookie \- open a custom stream
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *fopencookie(void *restrict " cookie ", const char *restrict " mode ,
 .BI "                  cookie_io_functions_t " io_funcs );
 .fi
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ is used to implement
 .BR fmemopen (3),
 which provides a stream interface to data that is stored in a
 buffer in memory.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to create a custom stream the programmer must:
 .IP \[bu] 3
 Implement four "hook" functions that are used internally by the
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Call
 .BR fopencookie ()
 to open a new stream and associate the cookie and hook functions
 with that stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fopencookie ()
 function serves a purpose similar to
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ function serves a purpose similar to
 it opens a new stream and returns a pointer to a
 .I FILE
 object that is used to operate on that stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I cookie
 argument is a pointer to the caller's cookie structure
 that is to be associated with the new stream.
 This pointer is supplied as the first argument when the standard I/O
 library invokes any of the hook functions described below.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mode
 argument serves the same purpose as for
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ and
 See
 .BR fopen (3)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I io_funcs
 argument is a structure that contains four fields pointing to the
 programmer-defined hook functions that are used to implement this stream.
 The structure is defined as follows
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } cookie_io_functions_t;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The four fields are as follows:
 .TP
 .I cookie_read_function_t *read
@@ -257,7 +257,6 @@ T{
 .BR fopencookie ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -269,7 +268,7 @@ The program writes its command-line arguments to the stream,
 and then seeks through the stream reading two out of every
 five characters and writing them to standard output.
 The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]hello world\[aq]"
@@ -279,7 +278,7 @@ The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
 Reached end of file
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Note that a more general version of the program below
 could be improved to more robustly handle various error situations
 (e.g., opening a stream with a cookie that already has an open stream;
diff --git a/man3/fpathconf.3 b/man3/fpathconf.3
index 6195197..af993ed 100644
--- a/man3/fpathconf.3
+++ b/man3/fpathconf.3
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 .\"     _PC_SYMLINK_MAX,
 .\"     _PC_2_SYMLINKS
 .\"
-.TH fpathconf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fpathconf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fpathconf, pathconf \- get configuration values for files
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long fpathconf(int " fd ", int " name );
 .BI "long pathconf(const char *" path ", int " name );
 .fi
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ gets a value for the configuration option
 .I name
 for the open file descriptor
 .IR fd .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pathconf ()
 gets a value for configuration option
 .I name
 for the filename
 .IR path .
-.PP
+.P
 The corresponding macros defined in
 .I <unistd.h>
 are minimum values; if an application wants to take advantage of values
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ which may change, a call to
 or
 .BR pathconf ()
 can be made, which may yield more liberal results.
-.PP
+.P
 Setting
 .I name
 equal to one of the following constants returns the following
@@ -252,7 +252,6 @@ T{
 .BR pathconf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -263,7 +262,7 @@ Files with name lengths longer than the value returned for
 equal to
 .B _PC_NAME_MAX
 may exist in the given directory.
-.PP
+.P
 Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
 memory.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/fpclassify.3 b/man3/fpclassify.3
index cfb16be..8e72dd3 100644
--- a/man3/fpclassify.3
+++ b/man3/fpclassify.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" This was done with the help of the glibc manual.
 .\"
 .\" 2004-10-31, aeb, corrected
-.TH fpclassify 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fpclassify 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fpclassify, isfinite, isnormal, isnan, isinf \- floating-point
 classification macros
@@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fpclassify(" x );
 .BI "int isfinite(" x );
 .BI "int isnormal(" x );
 .BI "int isnan(" x );
 .BI "int isinf(" x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .\" I haven't fully grokked the source to determine the FTM requirements;
 .\" in part, the following has been tested by experiment.
 .BR fpclassify (),
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isnan ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isinf ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ is too small to be represented in normalized format.
 .B FP_NORMAL
 if nothing of the above is correct then it must be a
 normal floating-point number.
-.PP
+.P
 The other macros provide a short answer to some standard questions.
 .TP 14
 .BI isfinite( x )
@@ -122,12 +122,11 @@ T{
 .BR isinf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.01 and earlier,
 .BR isinf ()
 returns a nonzero value (actually: 1) if
diff --git a/man3/fpurge.3 b/man3/fpurge.3
index 545af20..c3fbdb9 100644
--- a/man3/fpurge.3
+++ b/man3/fpurge.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH fpurge 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fpurge 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fpurge, __fpurge \- purge a stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 /* unsupported */
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fpurge(FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 /* supported */
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <stdio_ext.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void  __fpurge(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ this includes any text pushed back via
 .BR ungetc (3).
 See also
 .BR fflush (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR __fpurge ()
 does precisely the same, but without returning a value.
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ T{
 .BR __fpurge ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stream
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fputwc.3 b/man3/fputwc.3
index ce5ad42..3fe0b2e 100644
--- a/man3/fputwc.3
+++ b/man3/fputwc.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH fputwc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fputwc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fputwc, putwc \- write a wide character to a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t fputwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "wint_t putwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
 .fi
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ If a wide-character conversion error occurs,
 it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
 .BR WEOF .
 Otherwise, it returns \fIwc\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR putwc ()
 function or macro functions identically to
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ function or macro functions identically to
 It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
 more than once.
 There is no reason ever to use it.
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ T{
 .BR putwc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 In the absence of additional information passed to the
 .BR fopen (3)
 call, it is
diff --git a/man3/fputws.3 b/man3/fputws.3
index dd54932..431ab5d 100644
--- a/man3/fputws.3
+++ b/man3/fputws.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH fputws 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fputws 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fputws \- write a wide-character string to a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fputws(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ function.
 It writes the wide-character string starting at \fIws\fP,
 up to but not including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 to \fIstream\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR fputws ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -66,7 +65,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 In the absence of additional information passed to the
 .BR fopen (3)
 call, it is
diff --git a/man3/fread.3 b/man3/fread.3
index 2874d43..34b11b3 100644
--- a/man3/fread.3
+++ b/man3/fread.3
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 .\" Modified Thu Apr 20 20:43:53 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
 .\" Modified Fri May 17 10:21:51 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
 .\"
-.TH fread 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fread 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fread, fwrite \- binary stream input/output
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t fread(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." nmemb ],
 .BI "             size_t " size ", size_t " nmemb ,
 .BI "             FILE *restrict " stream );
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ bytes long, from the stream pointed to by
 .IR stream ,
 storing them at the location given by
 .IR ptr .
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR fwrite ()
 writes
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ bytes long, to the stream pointed to by
 .IR stream ,
 obtaining them from the location given by
 .IR ptr .
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ This number equals the number of bytes transferred only when
 is 1.
 If an error occurs, or the end of the file is reached,
 the return value is a short item count (or zero).
-.PP
+.P
 The file position indicator for the stream is advanced by the number
 of bytes successfully read or written.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fread ()
 does not distinguish between end-of-file and error, and callers must use
 .BR feof (3)
@@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ T{
 .BR fwrite ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@ The program below demonstrates the use of
 .BR fread ()
 by parsing /bin/sh ELF executable in binary mode and printing its
 magic and class:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/frexp.3 b/man3/frexp.3
index c3c838a..9a5ab0d 100644
--- a/man3/frexp.3
+++ b/man3/frexp.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH frexp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH frexp 3 2024-01-29 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 frexp, frexpf, frexpl \- convert floating-point number to fractional
 and integral components
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double frexp(double " x ", int *" exp );
 .BI "float frexpf(float " x ", int *" exp );
 .BI "long double frexpl(long double " x ", int *" exp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR frexpf (),
 .BR frexpl ():
 .nf
@@ -55,20 +55,20 @@ the normalized fraction is
 times a power of two,
 and its absolute value is always in the range 1/2 (inclusive) to
 1 (exclusive), that is, [0.5,1).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is zero, then the normalized fraction is
 zero and zero is stored in
 .IR exp .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned, and the value of
 .I *exp
 is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
@@ -93,19 +93,18 @@ T{
 .BR frexpl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
 SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The program below produces results such as the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 2560"
@@ -132,8 +131,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     x = strtod(argv[1], NULL);
     r = frexp(x, &exp);
 \&
-    printf("frexp(%g, &e) = %g: %g * %d\[ha]%d = %g\en",
-           x, r, r, FLT_RADIX, exp, x);
+    printf("frexp(%g, &e) = %g: %g * %d\[ha]%d = %g\en", x, r, r, 2, exp, x);
     exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
 }
 .EE
diff --git a/man3/fseek.3 b/man3/fseek.3
index 4b7a9af..c97c4d7 100644
--- a/man3/fseek.3
+++ b/man3/fseek.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
 .\"
-.TH fseek 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fseek 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fgetpos, fseek, fsetpos, ftell, rewind \- reposition a stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fseek(FILE *" stream ", long " offset ", int " whence );
 .BI "long ftell(FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void rewind(FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fgetpos(FILE *restrict " stream ", fpos_t *restrict " pos );
 .BI "int fsetpos(FILE *" stream ", const fpos_t *" pos );
 .fi
@@ -54,27 +54,27 @@ function clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream and undoes
 any effects of the
 .BR ungetc (3)
 function on the same stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ftell ()
 function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the
 stream pointed to by
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rewind ()
 function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
 .I stream
 to the beginning of the file.
 It is equivalent to:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 (void) fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared (see
 .BR clearerr (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fgetpos ()
 and
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ On some non-UNIX systems, an
 .I fpos_t
 object may be a complex object and these routines may be the only way to
 portably reposition a text stream.
-.PP
+.P
 If the stream refers to a regular file
 and the resulting stream offset is beyond the size of the file,
 subsequent writes will extend the file with a hole, up to the offset,
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Or: the resulting file offset would be negative.
 The file descriptor underlying
 .I stream
 is not seekable (e.g., it refers to a pipe, FIFO, or socket).
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR fgetpos (),
 .BR fseek (),
@@ -168,7 +168,6 @@ T{
 .BR fsetpos ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fseeko.3 b/man3/fseeko.3
index 3625fe2..fe35c97 100644
--- a/man3/fseeko.3
+++ b/man3/fseeko.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH fseeko 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fseeko 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fseeko, ftello \- seek to or report file position
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fseeko(FILE *" stream ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
 .BI "off_t ftello(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fseeko (),
 .BR ftello ():
 .nf
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ is of type
 .I off_t
 instead of
 .IR long .
-.PP
+.P
 On some architectures, both
 .I off_t
 and
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ T{
 .BR ftello ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ftime.3 b/man3/ftime.3
index cfa6ad9..a810b36 100644
--- a/man3/ftime.3
+++ b/man3/ftime.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sun Oct 18 17:31:43 1998 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" 2008-06-23, mtk, minor rewrites, added some details
 .\"
-.TH ftime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ftime 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ftime \- return date and time
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <sys/timeb.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ftime(struct timeb *" tp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ This function is no longer provided by the GNU C library.
 Use
 .BR clock_gettime (2)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 This function returns the current time as seconds and milliseconds
 since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
 The time is returned in
 .IR tp ,
 which is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct timeb {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ struct timeb {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Here \fItime\fP is the number of seconds since the Epoch,
 and \fImillitm\fP is the number of milliseconds since \fItime\fP
 seconds since the Epoch.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ east of Greenwich).
 The \fIdstflag\fP field
 is a flag that, if nonzero, indicates that Daylight Saving time
 applies locally during the appropriate part of the year.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 says that the contents of the \fItimezone\fP and \fIdstflag\fP
 fields are unspecified; avoid relying on them.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -74,14 +74,13 @@ T{
 .BR ftime ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 Removed in glibc 2.33.
 4.2BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
 Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is obsolete.
 Don't use it.
 If the time in seconds
diff --git a/man3/ftok.3 b/man3/ftok.3
index 3b7d8ec..258276c 100644
--- a/man3/ftok.3
+++ b/man3/ftok.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"	Changed data type of proj_id; minor fixes
 .\"	aeb: further fixes; added notes.
 .\"
-.TH ftok 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ftok 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ftok \- convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/ipc.h>
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "key_t ftok(const char *" pathname ", int " proj_id );
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ type System V IPC key, suitable for use with
 .BR semget (2),
 or
 .BR shmget (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The resulting value is the same for all pathnames that
 name the same file, when the same value of
 .I proj_id
@@ -64,20 +64,19 @@ T{
 .BR ftok ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH NOTES
 On some ancient systems, the prototype was:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "key_t ftok(char *" pathname ", char " proj_id );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Today,
 .I proj_id
 is an
@@ -88,7 +87,7 @@ Typical usage has an ASCII character
 that is why the behavior is said to be undefined when
 .I proj_id
 is zero.
-.PP
+.P
 Of course, no guarantee can be given that the resulting
 .I key_t
 is unique.
diff --git a/man3/fts.3 b/man3/fts.3
index 2a2745c..fa33766 100644
--- a/man3/fts.3
+++ b/man3/fts.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH fts 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fts 3 2024-01-16 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fts, fts_open, fts_read, fts_children, fts_set, fts_close \- \
 traverse a file hierarchy
@@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <sys/stat.h>
 .B #include <fts.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FTS *fts_open(char *const *" path_argv ", int " options ,
 .BI "              int (*_Nullable " compar ")(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **));"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FTSENT *fts_read(FTS *" ftsp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FTSENT *fts_children(FTS *" ftsp ", int " instr );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fts_set(FTS *" ftsp ", FTSENT *" f ", int " instr );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fts_close(FTS *" ftsp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The function
 .BR fts_children ()
 returns a pointer to a linked list of structures, each of which describes
 one of the files contained in a directory in the hierarchy.
-.PP
+.P
 In general, directories are visited two distinguishable times; in preorder
 (before any of their descendants are visited) and in postorder (after all
 of their descendants have been visited).
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ symbolic links point to)
 or physically (visiting the symbolic links themselves),
 order the walk of the hierarchy or
 prune and/or revisit portions of the hierarchy.
-.PP
+.P
 Two structures (and associated types) are defined in the include file
 .IR <fts.h> .
 The first type is
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ hierarchy.
 In this manual page, "file" and
 "FTSENT structure"
 are generally interchangeable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I FTSENT
 structure contains fields describing a file.
 The structure contains at least the following fields
 (there are additional fields that
 should be considered private to the implementation):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct _ftsent {
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ typedef struct _ftsent {
 } FTSENT;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 These fields are defined as follows:
 .\" .Bl -tag -width "fts_namelen"
 .TP
@@ -187,7 +187,8 @@ A regular file.
 .TP
 .B FTS_NS
 A file for which no
-.RB [ l ] stat (2)
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
 information was available.
 The contents of the
 .I fts_statp
@@ -198,7 +199,8 @@ field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
 .TP
 .B FTS_NSOK
 A file for which no
-.RB [ l ] stat (2)
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
 information was requested.
 The contents of the
 .I fts_statp
@@ -329,10 +331,11 @@ field are undefined.
 .TP
 .I fts_statp
 A pointer to
-.RB [ l ] stat (2)
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
 information for the file.
 .\" .El
-.PP
+.P
 A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the
 file hierarchy.
 Therefore, the
@@ -366,7 +369,7 @@ function takes a pointer to an array of character pointers naming one
 or more paths which make up a logical file hierarchy to be traversed.
 The array must be terminated by a
 null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 There are
 a number of options, at least one of which (either
 .B FTS_LOGICAL
@@ -464,7 +467,7 @@ This option prevents
 fts from descending into directories that have a different device number
 than the file from which the descent began.
 .\" .El
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .BR compar ()
 specifies a user-defined function which may be used to order the traversal
@@ -516,7 +519,7 @@ All other files are visited at least once.
 (Hard links between directories that do not cause cycles or symbolic
 links to symbolic links may cause files to be visited more than once,
 or directories more than twice.)
-.PP
+.P
 If all the members of the hierarchy have been returned,
 .BR fts_read ()
 returns NULL and sets
@@ -535,7 +538,7 @@ structure is returned, and
 .I errno
 may or may not have been set (see
 .IR fts_info ).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I FTSENT
 structures returned by
@@ -570,7 +573,7 @@ structure, and is ordered by the user-specified comparison function, if any.
 Repeated calls to
 .BR fts_children ()
 will re-create this linked list.
-.PP
+.P
 As a special case, if
 .BR fts_read ()
 has not yet been called for a hierarchy,
@@ -598,7 +601,7 @@ NULL
 and sets
 .I errno
 to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I FTSENT
 structures returned by
@@ -609,7 +612,7 @@ may be overwritten after a call to
 or
 .BR fts_read ()
 on the same file hierarchy stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I instr
 argument is either zero or the following value:
@@ -636,7 +639,7 @@ The
 .BR fts_set ()
 function
 returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I instr
 argument is either 0 (meaning "do nothing") or one of the following values:
@@ -721,7 +724,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for
 .BR open (2)
 and
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 In addition,
 .BR fts_open ()
 may fail and set
@@ -732,7 +735,7 @@ as follows:
 Any element of
 .I path_argv
 was an empty string.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR fts_close ()
 may fail and set
@@ -741,7 +744,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for
 .BR chdir (2)
 and
 .BR close (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR fts_read ()
 and
@@ -754,8 +757,9 @@ for any of the errors specified for
 .BR opendir (3),
 .BR readdir (3),
 and
-.RB [ l ] stat (2).
-.PP
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2).
+.P
 In addition,
 .BR fts_children (),
 .BR fts_open (),
@@ -792,7 +796,6 @@ T{
 .BR fts_children ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ftw.3 b/man3/ftw.3
index b231135..1488b92 100644
--- a/man3/ftw.3
+++ b/man3/ftw.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" 2006-05-24, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
 .\"	Added an example program.
 .\"
-.TH ftw 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ftw 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ftw, nftw \- file tree walk
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,24 +24,24 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ftw.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int nftw(const char *" dirpath ,
 .BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
 .BI "                  int " typeflag ", struct FTW *" ftwbuf ),
 .BI "        int " nopenfd ", int " flags );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int ftw(const char *" dirpath ,
 .BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
 .BI "                  int " typeflag ),
 .BI "        int " nopenfd );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nftw ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ located under the directory \fIdirpath\fP,
 and calls \fIfn\fP() once for each entry in the tree.
 By default, directories are handled before the files and
 subdirectories they contain (preorder traversal).
-.PP
+.P
 To avoid using up all of the calling process's file descriptors,
 \fInopenfd\fP specifies the maximum number of directories that
 .BR nftw ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ directories have to be closed and reopened.
 .BR nftw ()
 uses at most
 one file descriptor for each level in the directory tree.
-.PP
+.P
 For each entry found in the tree,
 .BR nftw ()
 calls
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ structure returned by a call to
 .BR stat (2)
 for
 .IR fpath .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I typeflag
 argument passed to
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ contains information returned by performing
 .BR lstat (2)
 on the "dangling" symbolic link.
 (But see BUGS.)
-.PP
+.P
 The fourth argument
 .RI ( ftwbuf )
 that
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ that
 supplies when calling
 \fIfn\fP()
 is a pointer to a structure of type \fIFTW\fP:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct FTW {
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ struct FTW {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 .I base
 is the offset of the filename (i.e., basename component)
 in the pathname given in
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ is the depth of
 in the directory tree, relative to the root of the tree
 .RI ( dirpath ,
 which has depth 0).
-.PP
+.P
 To stop the tree walk, \fIfn\fP() returns a nonzero value; this
 value will become the return value of
 .BR nftw ().
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ in which case it will return zero,
 or until it encounters an error (such as a
 .BR malloc (3)
 failure), in which case it will return \-1.
-.PP
+.P
 Because
 .BR nftw ()
 uses dynamic data structures, the only safe way to
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ have the handler set a global flag that is checked by \fIfn\fP().
 \fIDon't\fP use
 .BR longjmp (3)
 unless the program is going to terminate.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIflags\fP argument of
 .BR nftw ()
 is formed by ORing zero or more of the
@@ -258,10 +258,10 @@ Causes
 .BR nftw ()
 to return immediately with the return value
 \fBFTW_STOP\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 Other return values could be associated with new actions in the future;
 \fIfn\fP() should not return values other than those listed above.
-.PP
+.P
 The feature test macro
 .B _GNU_SOURCE
 must be defined
@@ -335,14 +335,14 @@ and (possibly)
 .BR FTW_SL .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 If \fIfn\fP() returns nonzero,
 then the tree walk is terminated and the value returned by \fIfn\fP()
 is returned as the result of
 .BR ftw ()
 or
 .BR nftw ().
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR nftw ()
 is called with the \fBFTW_ACTIONRETVAL\fP flag,
@@ -369,7 +369,6 @@ T{
 .BR ftw ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 In some implementations (e.g., glibc),
 .BR ftw ()
diff --git a/man3/futimes.3 b/man3/futimes.3
index 0f57891..f008526 100644
--- a/man3/futimes.3
+++ b/man3/futimes.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH futimes 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH futimes 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 futimes, lutimes \- change file timestamps
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int futimes(int " fd ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
 .BI "int lutimes(const char *" filename ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR futimes (),
 .BR lutimes ():
 .nf
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ with the difference that the file whose timestamps are to be changed
 is specified via a file descriptor,
 .IR fd ,
 rather than via a pathname.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lutimes ()
 changes the access and modification times of a file in the same way as
 .BR utimes (2),
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ is not a valid file descriptor.
 The
 .I /proc
 filesystem could not be accessed.
-.PP
+.P
 The following additional error may occur for
 .BR lutimes ():
 .TP
@@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ T{
 .BR lutimes ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 Linux, BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/fwide.3 b/man3/fwide.3
index 6b33de0..b833b57 100644
--- a/man3/fwide.3
+++ b/man3/fwide.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH fwide 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH fwide 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fwide \- set and determine the orientation of a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fwide(FILE *" stream ", int " mode );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fwide ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
@@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ returns zero if \fIstream\fP has no orientation yet; in this case the next
 I/O operation might change the orientation (to byte oriented if it is a char
 I/O operation, or to wide-character oriented if it is a wide-character I/O
 operation).
-.PP
+.P
 Once a stream has an orientation, it cannot be changed and persists until
 the stream is closed.
-.PP
+.P
 When \fImode\fP is nonzero, the
 .BR fwide ()
 function first attempts to set
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ function with the
 and
 .B %ls
 directives.
-.PP
+.P
 Char oriented output to a wide-character oriented stream can be performed
 through the
 .BR fwprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/gamma.3 b/man3/gamma.3
index 2dc9075..3080624 100644
--- a/man3/gamma.3
+++ b/man3/gamma.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2003-11-18, aeb: historical remarks
 .\"
-.TH gamma 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gamma 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gamma, gammaf, gammal \- (logarithm of the) gamma function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,24 +14,24 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] double gamma(double " x ");"
 .BI "[[deprecated]] float gammaf(float " x ");"
 .BI "[[deprecated]] long double gammal(long double " x ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gamma ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gammaf (),
 .BR gammal ():
 .nf
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ These functions are deprecated: instead, use either the
 or the
 .BR lgamma (3)
 functions, as appropriate.
-.PP
+.P
 For the definition of the Gamma function, see
 .BR tgamma (3).
 .SS *BSD version
@@ -80,15 +80,14 @@ T{
 .BR gammal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:signgam
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 SVID 2.
-.PP
+.P
 Because of historical variations in behavior across systems,
 this function is not specified in any recent standard.
-.PP
+.P
 4.2BSD had a
 .BR gamma ()
 that computed
@@ -100,12 +99,12 @@ in the external integer
 In 4.3BSD the name was changed to
 .BR lgamma (3),
 and the man page promises
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 "At some time in the future the name gamma will be rehabilitated
 and used for the Gamma function"
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This did indeed happen in 4.4BSD, where
 .BR gamma ()
 computes the Gamma function (with no effect on
diff --git a/man3/gcvt.3 b/man3/gcvt.3
index a43ade7..54d4943 100644
--- a/man3/gcvt.3
+++ b/man3/gcvt.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:32:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH gcvt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gcvt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *gcvt(double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gcvt ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.17
@@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ T{
 .BR gcvt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/get_nprocs.3 b/man3/get_nprocs.3
index 583054d..b07bed3 100644
--- a/man3/get_nprocs.3
+++ b/man3/get_nprocs.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH get_nprocs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH get_nprocs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 get_nprocs, get_nprocs_conf \- get number of processors
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/sysinfo.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int get_nprocs(void);
 .B int get_nprocs_conf(void);
 .fi
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 The function
 .BR get_nprocs_conf ()
 returns the number of processors configured by the operating system.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR get_nprocs ()
 returns the number of processors currently available in the system.
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR get_nprocs_conf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -55,12 +54,12 @@ implementation of these functions is rather expensive,
 since they open and parse files in the
 .I /sys
 filesystem each time they are called.
-.PP
+.P
 The following
 .BR sysconf (3)
 calls make use of the functions documented on this page
 to return the same information.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 np = sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF);     /* processors configured */
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ The following example shows how
 and
 .BR get_nprocs_conf ()
 can be used.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (get_nprocs_conf.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/man3/get_phys_pages.3 b/man3/get_phys_pages.3
index 71cd4c9..714e397 100644
--- a/man3/get_phys_pages.3
+++ b/man3/get_phys_pages.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH get_phys_pages 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH get_phys_pages 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 get_phys_pages, get_avphys_pages \- get total and available physical
 page counts
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <sys/sysinfo.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .B long get_phys_pages(void);
 .B long get_avphys_pages(void);
 .fi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 The function
 .BR get_phys_pages ()
 returns the total number of physical pages of memory available on the system.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR get_avphys_pages ()
 returns the number of currently available physical pages of memory on the
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The following
 .BR sysconf (3)
 calls provide a portable means of obtaining the same information as the
 functions described on this page.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 total_pages = sysconf(_SC_PHYS_PAGES);    /* total pages */
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following example shows how
 and
 .BR get_avphys_pages ()
 can be used.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (get_phys_pages.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/man3/getaddrinfo.3 b/man3/getaddrinfo.3
index 1bbbb23..e036e94 100644
--- a/man3/getaddrinfo.3
+++ b/man3/getaddrinfo.3
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 .\" FIXME . glibc's 2.9 NEWS file documents DCCP and UDP-lite support
 .\"           and is SCTP support now also there?
 .\"
-.TH getaddrinfo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getaddrinfo 3 2024-02-18 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror \- network address and
 service translation
@@ -34,22 +34,22 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getaddrinfo(const char *restrict " node ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " service ,
 .BI "                const struct addrinfo *restrict " hints ,
 .BI "                struct addrinfo **restrict " res );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *" res );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "const char *gai_strerror(int " errcode );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getaddrinfo (),
 .BR freeaddrinfo (),
 .BR gai_strerror ():
@@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ and
 functions into a single interface, but unlike the latter functions,
 .BR getaddrinfo ()
 is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I addrinfo
 structure used by
 .BR getaddrinfo ()
 contains the following fields:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct addrinfo {
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ struct addrinfo {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I hints
 argument points to an
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ any protocol can be returned by
 .I ai_flags
 This field specifies additional options, described below.
 Multiple flags are specified by bitwise OR-ing them together.
-.PP
+.P
 All the other fields in the structure pointed to by
 .I hints
 must contain either 0 or a null pointer, as appropriate.
-.PP
+.P
 Specifying
 .I hints
 as NULL is equivalent to setting
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ must be a numerical network address.
 The
 .B AI_NUMERICHOST
 flag suppresses any potentially lengthy network host address lookups.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B AI_PASSIVE
 flag is specified in
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ If
 is not NULL, then the
 .B AI_PASSIVE
 flag is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B AI_PASSIVE
 flag is not set in
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ for IPv4 addresses,
 for IPv6 address);
 this is used by applications that intend to communicate
 with peers running on the same host.
-.PP
+.P
 .I service
 sets the port in each returned address structure.
 If this argument is a service name (see
@@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ is not NULL, then
 must point to a string containing a numeric port number.
 This flag is used to inhibit the invocation of a name resolution service
 in cases where it is known not to be required.
-.PP
+.P
 Either
 .I node
 or
 .IR service ,
 but not both, may be NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getaddrinfo ()
 function allocates and initializes a linked list of
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ and returns a pointer to the start of the list in
 The items in the linked list are linked by the
 .I ai_next
 field.
-.PP
+.P
 There are several reasons why
 the linked list may have more than one
 .I addrinfo
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ is defined in RFC\ 3484; the order can be tweaked for a particular
 system by editing
 .I /etc/gai.conf
 (available since glibc 2.5).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I hints.ai_flags
 includes the
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ official name of the host.
 .\" structure was set pointing to the canonical name; that was
 .\" more than POSIX.1-2001 specified, or other implementations provided.
 .\" MTK, Aug 05
-.PP
+.P
 The remaining fields of each returned
 .I addrinfo
 structure are initialized as follows:
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ field, and the length of the socket address, in bytes,
 is placed in the
 .I ai_addrlen
 field.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I hints.ai_flags
 includes the
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ does not return IPv6 socket addresses that would always fail in
 .BR connect (2)
 or
 .BR bind (2).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I hints.ai_flags
 specifies the
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ in the list pointed to by
 is ignored if
 .B AI_V4MAPPED
 is not also specified.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR freeaddrinfo ()
 function frees the memory that was allocated
@@ -462,7 +462,9 @@ The resulting string is encoded using the current locale's encoding.
 .\"If no component of the returned name starts with xn\-\- the IDN
 .\"step can be skipped, therefore avoiding unnecessary slowdowns.
 .TP
-.BR AI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED ", " AI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
+.B AI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
+.TQ
+.B AI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
 Setting these flags will enable the
 IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
 IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
@@ -499,7 +501,7 @@ contains invalid flags; or,
 included
 .B AI_CANONNAME
 and
-.I name
+.I node
 was NULL.
 .TP
 .B EAI_FAIL
@@ -570,7 +572,7 @@ respectively).
 Other system error;
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_strerror ()
 function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
@@ -597,7 +599,6 @@ T{
 .BR gai_strerror ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 According to POSIX.1, specifying
 .\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
diff --git a/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3 b/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
index 4b891ab..fe27b6c 100644
--- a/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
+++ b/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" References: http://people.redhat.com/drepper/asynchnl.pdf,
 .\"     http://www.imperialviolet.org/2005/06/01/asynchronous-dns-lookups-with-glibc.html
 .\"
-.TH getaddrinfo_a 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getaddrinfo_a 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getaddrinfo_a, gai_suspend, gai_error, gai_cancel \- asynchronous
 network address and service translation
@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ Asynchronous name lookup library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getaddrinfo_a(int " mode ", struct gaicb *" list [restrict],
 .BI "                  int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
 .BI "int gai_suspend(const struct gaicb *const " list "[], int " nitems ,
 .BI "                  const struct timespec *" timeout );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int gai_error(struct gaicb *" req );
 .BI "int gai_cancel(struct gaicb *" req );
 .fi
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ function performs the same task as
 .BR getaddrinfo (3),
 but allows multiple name look-ups to be performed asynchronously,
 with optional notification on completion of look-up operations.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mode
 argument has one of the following values:
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ and the requests are resolved in the background.
 See the discussion of the
 .I sevp
 argument below.
-.PP
+.P
 The array
 .I list
 specifies the look-up requests to process.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ are ignored.
 Each request is described by a
 .I gaicb
 structure, defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct gaicb {
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ struct gaicb {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The elements of this structure correspond to the arguments of
 .BR getaddrinfo (3).
 Thus,
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ The
 .I addrinfo
 structure referenced by the last two elements is described in
 .BR getaddrinfo (3).
-.PP
+.P
 When
 .I mode
 is specified as
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ structure pointed to by the
 .I sevp
 argument.
 For the definition and general details of this structure, see
-.BR sigevent (7).
+.BR sigevent (3type).
 The
 .I sevp\->sigev_notify
 field can have the following values:
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ When a look-up completes, generate the signal
 .I sigev_signo
 for the process.
 See
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for general details.
 The
 .I si_code
@@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ When a look-up completes, invoke
 .I sigev_notify_function
 as if it were the start function of a new thread.
 See
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 For
 .B SIGEV_SIGNAL
 and
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ it may be useful to point
 .I sevp\->sigev_value.sival_ptr
 to
 .IR list .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_suspend ()
 function suspends execution of the calling thread,
@@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ If
 .I timeout
 is NULL, then the call blocks indefinitely
 (until one of the events above occurs).
-.PP
+.P
 No explicit indication of which request was completed is given;
 you must determine which request(s) have completed by iterating with
 .BR gai_error ()
 over the list of requests.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_error ()
 function returns the status of the request
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ either
 if the request was not completed yet,
 0 if it was handled successfully,
 or an error code if the request could not be resolved.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_cancel ()
 function cancels the request
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Out of memory.
 .B EAI_SYSTEM
 .I mode
 is invalid.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_suspend ()
 function returns 0 if at least one of the listed requests has been completed.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ There were no actual requests given to the function.
 A signal has interrupted the function.
 Note that this interruption might have been
 caused by signal notification of some completed look-up request.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_error ()
 function can return
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ for an unfinished look-up request,
 or the error code
 .B EAI_CANCELED
 if the request has been canceled explicitly before it could be finished.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_cancel ()
 function can return one of these values:
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ The request has not been canceled.
 .TP
 .B EAI_ALLDONE
 The request has already completed.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_strerror (3)
 function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
@@ -300,12 +300,11 @@ T{
 .BR gai_cancel ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.2.3.
-.PP
+.P
 The interface of
 .BR getaddrinfo_a ()
 was modeled after the
@@ -320,7 +319,7 @@ The program below simply resolves several hostnames in parallel,
 giving a speed-up compared to resolving the hostnames sequentially using
 .BR getaddrinfo (3).
 The program might be used like this:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out mirrors.kernel.org enoent.linuxfoundation.org gnu.org\fP
@@ -329,17 +328,20 @@ enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Name or service not known
 gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Here is the program source code
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (sync.c)
 .EX
 #define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
 #include <netdb.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 \&
+#define MALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) reallocarray(NULL, n, sizeof(type)))
+\&
 int
 main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
@@ -354,11 +356,10 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     }
 \&
     for (size_t i = 0; i < argc \- 1; i++) {
-        reqs[i] = malloc(sizeof(*reqs[0]));
-        if (reqs[i] == NULL) {
-            perror("malloc");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
+        reqs[i] = MALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
+        if (reqs[i] == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
+\&
         memset(reqs[i], 0, sizeof(*reqs[0]));
         reqs[i]\->ar_name = argv[i + 1];
     }
@@ -399,9 +400,9 @@ This example shows a simple interactive
 .BR getaddrinfo_a ()
 front-end.
 The notification facility is not demonstrated.
-.PP
+.P
 An example session might look like this:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
@@ -420,20 +421,42 @@ $ \fB./a.out\fP
 [02] gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The program source is as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (async.c)
 .EX
 #define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <err.h>
 #include <netdb.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 \&
+#define CALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) calloc(n, sizeof(type)))
+\&
+#define REALLOCF(ptr, n, type)                                          \e
+({                                                                      \e
+    static_assert(__builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(ptr), type *));   \e
+                                                                        \e
+    (type *) reallocarrayf(ptr, n, sizeof(type));                       \e
+})
+\&
 static struct gaicb **reqs = NULL;
 static size_t nreqs = 0;
 \&
+static inline void *
+reallocarrayf(void *p, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+    void  *q;
+\&
+    q = reallocarray(p, nmemb, size);
+    if (q == NULL && nmemb != 0 && size != 0)
+        free(p);
+    return q;
+}
+\&
 static char *
 getcmd(void)
 {
@@ -459,9 +482,14 @@ add_requests(void)
 \&
     while ((host = strtok(NULL, " "))) {
         nreqs++;
-        reqs = realloc(reqs, sizeof(reqs[0]) * nreqs);
+        reqs = REALLOCF(reqs, nreqs, struct gaicb *);
+        if (reqs == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "reallocf");
+\&
+        reqs[nreqs \- 1] = CALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
+        if (reqs[nreqs \- 1] == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
 \&
-        reqs[nreqs \- 1] = calloc(1, sizeof(*reqs[0]));
         reqs[nreqs \- 1]\->ar_name = strdup(host);
     }
 \&
@@ -483,7 +511,12 @@ wait_requests(void)
     char *id;
     int ret;
     size_t n;
-    struct gaicb const **wait_reqs = calloc(nreqs, sizeof(*wait_reqs));
+    struct gaicb const **wait_reqs;
+\&
+    wait_reqs = CALLOC(nreqs, const struct gaicb *);
+    if (wait_reqs == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
+\&
                 /* NULL elements are ignored by gai_suspend(). */
 \&
     while ((id = strtok(NULL, " ")) != NULL) {
@@ -609,4 +642,4 @@ main(void)
 .BR lio_listio (3),
 .BR hostname (7),
 .BR ip (7),
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/getauxval.3 b/man3/getauxval.3
index 8e7d5e4..c41cce0 100644
--- a/man3/getauxval.3
+++ b/man3/getauxval.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" See also https://lwn.net/Articles/519085/
 .\"
-.TH getauxval 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getauxval 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getauxval \- retrieve a value from the auxiliary vector
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/auxv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned long getauxval(unsigned long " type );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ function retrieves values from the auxiliary vector,
 a mechanism that the kernel's ELF binary loader
 uses to pass certain information to
 user space when a program is executed.
-.PP
+.P
 Each entry in the auxiliary vector consists of a pair of values:
 a type that identifies what this entry represents,
 and a value for that type.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Given the argument
 .IR type ,
 .BR getauxval ()
 returns the corresponding value.
-.PP
+.P
 The value returned for each
 .I type
 is given in the following list.
@@ -224,7 +224,6 @@ T{
 .BR getauxval ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -238,19 +237,19 @@ that allows the kernel to communicate a certain set of standard
 information that the dynamic linker usually or always needs.
 In some cases, the same information could be obtained by system calls,
 but using the auxiliary vector is cheaper.
-.PP
+.P
 The auxiliary vector resides just above the argument list and
 environment in the process address space.
 The auxiliary vector supplied to a program can be viewed by setting the
 .B LD_SHOW_AUXV
 environment variable when running a program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ LD_SHOW_AUXV=1 sleep 1
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The auxiliary vector of any process can (subject to file permissions)
 be obtained via
 .IR /proc/ pid /auxv ;
diff --git a/man3/getcontext.3 b/man3/getcontext.3
index 4cd604c..6515075 100644
--- a/man3/getcontext.3
+++ b/man3/getcontext.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getcontext 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getcontext 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getcontext, setcontext \- get or set the user context
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ucontext.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getcontext(ucontext_t *" ucp );
 .BI "int setcontext(const ucontext_t *" ucp );
 .fi
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ and
 .BR swapcontext (3)
 that allow user-level context switching between multiple
 threads of control within a process.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mcontext_t
 type is machine-dependent and opaque.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The
 .I ucontext_t
 type is a structure that has at least
 the following fields:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct ucontext_t {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ typedef struct ucontext_t {
 } ucontext_t;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 with
 .I sigset_t
 and
@@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ and
 is the
 machine-specific representation of the saved context,
 that includes the calling thread's machine registers.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getcontext ()
 initializes the structure
 pointed to by
 .I ucp
 to the currently active context.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR setcontext ()
 restores the user context
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ handler (see the discussion of the
 .B SA_SIGINFO
 flag in
 .BR sigaction (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 If the context was obtained by a call of
 .BR getcontext (),
 program execution continues as if this call just returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the context was obtained by a call of
 .BR makecontext (3),
 program execution continues by a call to the function
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ specified as the
 first argument of that call to
 .BR makecontext (3).
 When this member is NULL, the thread exits.
-.PP
+.P
 If the context was obtained by a call to a signal handler,
 then old standard text says that "program execution continues with the
 program instruction following the instruction interrupted
@@ -153,12 +153,11 @@ T{
 .BR setcontext ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ucp
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 removes these functions,
 citing portability issues, and
 recommending that applications be rewritten to use POSIX threads instead.
@@ -181,7 +180,7 @@ is from the first call, or via a
 call.
 The user has to invent their own bookkeeping device, and a register
 variable won't do since registers are restored.
-.PP
+.P
 When a signal occurs, the current user context is saved and
 a new context is created by the kernel for the signal handler.
 Do not leave the handler using
diff --git a/man3/getcwd.3 b/man3/getcwd.3
index 7149581..1004458 100644
--- a/man3/getcwd.3
+++ b/man3/getcwd.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Mon Dec 11 13:32:51 MET 2000 by aeb
 .\" Modified Thu Apr 22 03:49:15 CEST 2002 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
 .\"
-.TH getcwd 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getcwd 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getcwd, getwd, get_current_dir_name \- get current working directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,23 +19,23 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *getcwd(char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
 .B "char *get_current_dir_name(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *getwd(char " buf [PATH_MAX]);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR get_current_dir_name ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getwd ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ the calling process.
 The pathname is returned as the function result and via the argument
 .IR buf ,
 if present.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getcwd ()
 function copies an absolute pathname of the current working directory
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ to the array pointed to by
 .IR buf ,
 which is of length
 .IR size .
-.PP
+.P
 If the length of the absolute pathname of the current working directory,
 including the terminating null byte, exceeds
 .I size
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ is set to
 .BR ERANGE ;
 an application should check for this error, and allocate a larger
 buffer if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 As an extension to the POSIX.1-2001 standard, glibc's
 .BR getcwd ()
 allocates the buffer dynamically using
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is allocated as big as necessary.
 The caller should
 .BR free (3)
 the returned buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR get_current_dir_name ()
 will
 .BR malloc (3)
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ is set, and its value is correct, then that value will be returned.
 The caller should
 .BR free (3)
 the returned buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getwd ()
 does not
 .BR malloc (3)
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ and
 .BR getwd ()
 this is the same value as
 .IR buf .
-.PP
+.P
 On failure, these functions return NULL, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
@@ -202,14 +202,13 @@ T{
 .BR get_current_dir_name ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX.1-2001 leaves the behavior of
 .BR getcwd ()
 unspecified if
 .I buf
 is NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001
 does not define any errors for
 .BR getwd ().
@@ -234,7 +233,7 @@ exceeds this limit, then the system call fails with the error
 .BR ENAMETOOLONG .
 In this case, the library functions fall back to
 a (slower) alternative implementation that returns the full pathname.
-.PP
+.P
 Following a change in Linux 2.6.36,
 .\" commit 8df9d1a4142311c084ffeeacb67cd34d190eff74
 the pathname returned by the
@@ -272,7 +271,7 @@ Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
 Use
 .BR getcwd ()
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 Under Linux, these functions make use of the
 .BR getcwd ()
 system call (available since Linux 2.1.92).
diff --git a/man3/getdate.3 b/man3/getdate.3
index fefc370..fe15e6b 100644
--- a/man3/getdate.3
+++ b/man3/getdate.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
 .\" 2008-09-07, mtk, Various rewrites; added an example program.
 .\"
-.TH getdate 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getdate 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getdate, getdate_r \- convert a date-plus-time string to broken-down time
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,25 +17,25 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <time.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct tm *getdate(const char *" string );
-.PP
+.P
 .B "extern int getdate_err;"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getdate_r(const char *restrict " string ", struct tm *restrict " res );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdate ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
 .\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdate_r ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This
 structure is allocated in static storage,
 and consequently it will be overwritten by further calls to
 .BR getdate ().
-.PP
+.P
 In contrast to
 .BR strptime (3),
 (which has a
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ whose full pathname is given in the environment variable
 .BR DATEMSK .
 The first line in the file that matches the given input string
 is used for the conversion.
-.PP
+.P
 The matching is done case insensitively.
 Superfluous whitespace, either in the pattern or in the string to
 be converted, is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 The conversion specifications that a pattern can contain are those given for
 .BR strptime (3).
 One more conversion specification is specified in POSIX.1-2001:
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Timezone name.
 .\" Looking at the glibc 2.21 source code, where the implementation uses
 .\" strptime(), suggests that it might be supported.
 This is not implemented in glibc.
-.PP
+.P
 When
 .B %Z
 is given, the structure containing the broken-down time
@@ -92,21 +92,21 @@ time in the given timezone.
 Otherwise, the structure is initialized to the broken-down time
 corresponding to the current local time (as by a call to
 .BR localtime (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 When only the day of the week is given,
 the day is taken to be the first such day
 on or after today.
-.PP
+.P
 When only the month is given (and no year), the month is taken to
 be the first such month equal to or after the current month.
 If no day is given, it is the first day of the month.
-.PP
+.P
 When no hour, minute, and second are given, the current
 hour, minute, and second are taken.
-.PP
+.P
 If no date is given, but we know the hour, then that hour is taken
 to be the first such hour equal to or after the current hour.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdate_r ()
 is a GNU extension that provides a reentrant version of
 .BR getdate ().
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ to one of the error numbers shown below.
 Changes to
 .I errno
 are unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 On success
 .BR getdate_r ()
 returns 0;
@@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ Invalid input specification.
 .B DATEMSK
 File containing format patterns.
 .TP
-.BR TZ ", " LC_TIME
+.B TZ
+.TQ
+.B LC_TIME
 Variables used by
 .BR strptime (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -204,7 +206,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe env locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The POSIX.1 specification for
 .BR strptime (3)
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ and for each call displays the values in the fields of the returned
 .I tm
 structure.
 The following shell session demonstrates the operation of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " TFILE=$PWD/tfile"
diff --git a/man3/getdirentries.3 b/man3/getdirentries.3
index 67d6da1..78fcf25 100644
--- a/man3/getdirentries.3
+++ b/man3/getdirentries.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getdirentries 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getdirentries 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getdirentries \- get directory entries in a filesystem-independent format
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t getdirentries(int " fd ", char " buf "[restrict ." nbytes "], \
 size_t " nbytes ,
 .BI "                      off_t *restrict " basep );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdirentries ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ T{
 .BR getdirentries ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH NOTES
diff --git a/man3/getdtablesize.3 b/man3/getdtablesize.3
index 40b940f..b792ea9 100644
--- a/man3/getdtablesize.3
+++ b/man3/getdtablesize.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2002-04-15 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch> and aeb
 .\"
-.TH getdtablesize 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getdtablesize 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getdtablesize \- get file descriptor table size
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int getdtablesize(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdtablesize ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.20:
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR getdtablesize ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The glibc version of
 .BR getdtablesize ()
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ when that fails.
 .\" The libc4 and libc5 versions return
 .\" .B OPEN_MAX
 .\" (set to 256 since Linux 0.98.4).
-.PP
+.P
 Portable applications should employ
 .I sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
 instead of this call.
diff --git a/man3/getentropy.3 b/man3/getentropy.3
index f09a209..7c70623 100644
--- a/man3/getentropy.3
+++ b/man3/getentropy.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getentropy 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getentropy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getentropy \- fill a buffer with random bytes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getentropy(void " buffer [. length "], size_t " length );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getentropy ():
 .nf
     _DEFAULT_SOURCE
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ at the location pointed to by
 The maximum permitted value for the
 .I length
 argument is 256.
-.PP
+.P
 A successful call to
 .BR getentropy ()
 always provides the requested number of bytes of entropy.
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@ The
 .BR getentropy ()
 function is implemented using
 .BR getrandom (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Whereas the glibc wrapper makes
 .BR getrandom (2)
 a cancelation point,
 .BR getentropy ()
 is not a cancelation point.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getentropy ()
 is also declared in
 .BR <sys/random.h> .
 (No feature test macro need be defined to obtain the declaration from
 that header file.)
-.PP
+.P
 A call to
 .BR getentropy ()
 may block if the system has just booted and the kernel has
diff --git a/man3/getenv.3 b/man3/getenv.3
index 705eb43..50b17cf 100644
--- a/man3/getenv.3
+++ b/man3/getenv.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:30:29 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH getenv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getenv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getenv, secure_getenv \- get an environment variable
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *getenv(const char *" name );
 .BI "char *secure_getenv(const char *" name );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR secure_getenv ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ environment variable
 and returns a pointer to the corresponding
 .I value
 string.
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU-specific
 .BR secure_getenv ()
 function is just like
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ set-group-ID program);
 the effective capability bit was set on the executable file; or
 .IP \[bu]
 the process has a nonempty permitted capability set.
-.PP
+.P
 Secure execution may also be required if triggered
 by some Linux security modules.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR secure_getenv ()
 function is intended for use in general-purpose libraries
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ T{
 .BR secure_getenv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR getenv ()
@@ -107,13 +106,13 @@ POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
 glibc 2.17.
 .SH NOTES
 The strings in the environment list are of the form \fIname=value\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 As typically implemented,
 .BR getenv ()
 returns a pointer to a string within the environment list.
 The caller must take care not to modify this string,
 since that would change the environment of the process.
-.PP
+.P
 The implementation of
 .BR getenv ()
 is not required to be reentrant.
@@ -126,7 +125,7 @@ and can be modified by a subsequent call to
 .BR setenv (3),
 or
 .BR unsetenv (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The "secure execution" mode of
 .BR secure_getenv ()
 is controlled by the
diff --git a/man3/getfsent.3 b/man3/getfsent.3
index 5a03bd9..2bcb958 100644
--- a/man3/getfsent.3
+++ b/man3/getfsent.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Inspired by a page written by Walter Harms.
 .\"
-.TH getfsent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getfsent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, setfsent, endfsent \- handle fstab entries
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <fstab.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int setfsent(void);"
 .B "struct fstab *getfsent(void);"
 .B "void endfsent(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct fstab *getfsfile(const char *" mount_point );
 .BI "struct fstab *getfsspec(const char *" special_file );
 .fi
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ These functions read from the file
 The
 .I struct fstab
 is defined by:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct fstab {
@@ -42,26 +42,26 @@ struct fstab {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Here the field
 .I fs_type
 contains (on a *BSD system)
 one of the five strings "rw", "rq", "ro", "sw", "xx"
 (read-write, read-write with quota, read-only, swap, ignore).
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR setfsent ()
 opens the file when required and positions it at the first line.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getfsent ()
 parses the next line from the file.
 (After opening it when required.)
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR endfsent ()
 closes the file when required.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getfsspec ()
 searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ for which the
 field matches the
 .I special_file
 argument.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getfsfile ()
 searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
@@ -121,7 +121,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:fsent locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Several operating systems have these functions, for example,
 *BSD, SunOS, Digital UNIX, AIX (which also has a
@@ -141,7 +140,7 @@ The
 function appeared in 4.0BSD; the other four functions appeared in 4.3BSD.
 .SH NOTES
 These functions are not thread-safe.
-.PP
+.P
 Since Linux allows mounting a block special device in several places,
 and since several devices can have the same mount point, where the
 last device with a given mount point is the interesting one,
diff --git a/man3/getgrent.3 b/man3/getgrent.3
index cd5beda..66c478a 100644
--- a/man3/getgrent.3
+++ b/man3/getgrent.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:29:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getgrent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getgrent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getgrent, setgrent, endgrent \- get group file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,18 +18,18 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct group *getgrent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .B void setgrent(void);
 .B void endgrent(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setgrent ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getgrent (),
 .BR endgrent ():
 .nf
@@ -62,19 +62,19 @@ The first time
 .BR getgrent ()
 is called,
 it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setgrent ()
 function rewinds to the beginning
 of the group database, to allow repeated scans.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endgrent ()
 function is used to close the group database
 after all processing has been performed.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group {
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ struct group {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR group (5).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ function returns a pointer to a
 .I group
 structure,
 or NULL if there are no more entries or an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 Upon error,
 .I errno
 may be set.
 If one wants to check
 .I errno
 after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.PP
+.P
 The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
 by subsequent calls to
 .BR getgrent (),
@@ -180,8 +180,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:grent locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I grent
 in
diff --git a/man3/getgrent_r.3 b/man3/getgrent_r.3
index b70c36e..f4a2b5b 100644
--- a/man3/getgrent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getgrent_r.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH getgrent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getgrent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getgrent_r, fgetgrent_r \- get group file entry reentrantly
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getgrent_r(struct group *restrict " gbuf ,
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
@@ -20,18 +20,18 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getgrent_r ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
 .\" FIXME . The FTM requirements seem inconsistent here.  File a glibc bug?
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgetgrent_r ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ The former reads the next group entry from the stream initialized by
 .BR setgrent (3).
 The latter reads the next group entry from
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in
 .I <grp.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group {
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ struct group {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR group (5).
-.PP
+.P
 The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
 where this static storage contains further pointers to group
 name, password, and members.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I grent
 in
@@ -147,16 +147,16 @@ are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
 then data races could occur.
 .SH VERSIONS
 Other systems use the prototype
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group *getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf,
                          int buflen);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 or, better,
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 int getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf, int buflen,
diff --git a/man3/getgrnam.3 b/man3/getgrnam.3
index b79e15f..fb53c6e 100644
--- a/man3/getgrnam.3
+++ b/man3/getgrnam.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH getgrnam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getgrnam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getgrnam, getgrnam_r, getgrgid, getgrgid_r \- get group file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct group *getgrnam(const char *" name );
 .BI "struct group *getgrgid(gid_t " gid );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getgrnam_r(const char *restrict " name \
 ", struct group *restrict " grp ,
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
@@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct group **restrict " result );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getgrnam_r (),
 .BR getgrgid_r ():
 .nf
@@ -55,16 +55,16 @@ the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
 NIS, and LDAP)
 that matches the group name
 .IR name .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getgrgid ()
 function returns a pointer to a structure containing
 the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
 that matches the group ID
 .IR gid .
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group {
@@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ struct group {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR group (5).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getgrnam_r ()
 and
@@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ of size
 A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
 was found or an error occurred) is stored in
 .IR *result .
-.PP
+.P
 The call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 sysconf(_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 returns either \-1, without changing
 .IR errno ,
 or an initial suggested size for
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 If one wants to check
 .I errno
 after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.PP
+.P
 The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
 by subsequent calls to
 .BR getgrent (3),
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ or
 .BR getgrnam ().
 (Do not pass the returned pointer to
 .BR free (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR getgrnam_r ()
 and
@@ -225,7 +225,6 @@ T{
 .BR getgrgid_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The formulation given above under "RETURN VALUE" is from POSIX.1.
 .\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
diff --git a/man3/getgrouplist.3 b/man3/getgrouplist.3
index 0fe3690..33e344d 100644
--- a/man3/getgrouplist.3
+++ b/man3/getgrouplist.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getgrouplist 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getgrouplist 3 2024-03-16 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getgrouplist \- get list of groups to which a user belongs
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getgrouplist(const char *" user ", gid_t " group ,
 .BI "                 gid_t *" groups ", int *" ngroups );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getgrouplist ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Up to
 .I *ngroups
 of these groups are returned in the array
 .IR groups .
-.PP
+.P
 If it was not among the groups defined for
 .I user
 in the group database, then
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ is included in the list of groups returned by
 typically this argument is specified as the group ID from
 the password record for
 .IR user .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ngroups
 argument is a value-result argument:
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ is a member is less than or equal to
 then the value
 .I *ngroups
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the user is a member of more than
 .I *ngroups
 groups, then
@@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ T{
 .BR getgrouplist ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ The second command-line argument specifies the
 value to be supplied to
 .BR getgrouplist ().
 The following shell session shows examples of the use of this program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out cecilia 0"
@@ -143,10 +142,10 @@ ngroups = 3
 int
 main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
-    int ngroups;
-    struct passwd *pw;
-    struct group *gr;
-    gid_t *groups;
+    int            ngroups;
+    gid_t          *groups;
+    struct group   *gr;
+    struct passwd  *pw;
 \&
     if (argc != 3) {
         fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <user> <ngroups>\en", argv[0]);
@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     /* Display list of retrieved groups, along with group names. */
 \&
     fprintf(stderr, "ngroups = %d\en", ngroups);
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < ngroups; j++) {
+    for (int j = 0; j < ngroups; j++) {
         printf("%d", groups[j]);
         gr = getgrgid(groups[j]);
         if (gr != NULL)
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyname.3 b/man3/gethostbyname.3
index 620d492..01cc0f7 100644
--- a/man3/gethostbyname.3
+++ b/man3/gethostbyname.3
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-08-05, Michael Kerrisk
 .\" Modified 2004-10-31, Andries Brouwer
 .\"
-.TH gethostbyname 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gethostbyname 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gethostbyname, gethostbyaddr, sethostent, gethostent, endhostent,
 h_errno,
@@ -30,31 +30,31 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void sethostent(int " stayopen );
 .B void endhostent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]] extern int h_errno;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *" name );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
 .BI "                                             socklen_t " len ", int " type );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void herror(const char *" s );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] const char *hstrerror(int " err );
-.PP
+.P
 /* System V/POSIX extension */
 .B struct hostent *gethostent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 /* GNU extensions */
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "struct hostent *gethostbyname2(const char *" name ", int " af );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int gethostent_r(struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
 .BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
 .BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int gethostbyaddr_r(const void " addr "[restrict ." len "], socklen_t " len ,
 .BI "                 int " type ,
@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
 .BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gethostbyname2 (),
 .BR gethostent_r (),
 .BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     glibc up to and including 2.19:
         _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR herror (),
 .BR hstrerror ():
 .nf
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     Before glibc 2.8:
         none
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR h_errno :
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19
@@ -127,19 +127,19 @@ Applications should use
 and
 .BR gai_strerror (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sethostent ()
 function specifies, if \fIstayopen\fP is true (1),
 that a connected TCP socket should be used for the name server queries and
 that the connection should remain open during successive queries.
 Otherwise, name server queries will use UDP datagrams.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endhostent ()
 function ends the use of a TCP connection for name
 server queries.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gethostbyname ()
 function returns a structure of type
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ will first be searched for
 for the file format).
 The current domain and its parents are searched unless \fIname\fP
 ends in a dot.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gethostbyaddr ()
 function returns a structure of type \fIhostent\fP
@@ -196,17 +196,17 @@ obtained via a call to
 .BR inet_addr (3))
 for address type
 .BR AF_INET .
-.PP
+.P
 The (obsolete)
 .BR herror ()
 function prints the error message associated
 with the current value of \fIh_errno\fP on \fIstderr\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The (obsolete)
 .BR hstrerror ()
 function takes an error number
 (typically \fIh_errno\fP) and returns the corresponding message string.
-.PP
+.P
 The domain name queries carried out by
 .BR gethostbyname ()
 and
@@ -224,15 +224,15 @@ configured sources, failing that, a local name server
 The
 .BR nsswitch.conf (5)
 file is the modern way of controlling the order of host lookups.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.4 and earlier, the
 .I order
 keyword was used to control the order of host lookups as defined in
 .I /etc/host.conf
 .RB ( host.conf (5)).
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIhostent\fP structure is defined in \fI<netdb.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct hostent {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ struct hostent {
 #define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The members of the \fIhostent\fP structure are:
 .TP
 .I h_name
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ T{
 .BR gethostbyname2_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I hostent
 in
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ later calls.
 Copying the
 .I struct hostent
 does not suffice, since it contains pointers; a deep copy is required.
-.PP
+.P
 In the original BSD implementation the
 .I len
 argument
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001 makes it
 which is OK.)
 See also
 .BR accept (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The BSD prototype for
 .BR gethostbyaddr ()
 uses
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ glibc2 also has a
 that works like
 .BR gethostbyname (),
 but permits to specify the address family to which the address must belong.
-.PP
+.P
 glibc2 also has reentrant versions
 .BR gethostent_r (),
 .BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
diff --git a/man3/gethostid.3 b/man3/gethostid.3
index 02a97d7..7930497 100644
--- a/man3/gethostid.3
+++ b/man3/gethostid.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Modified Tue Oct 22 00:22:35 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.TH gethostid 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gethostid 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gethostid, sethostid \- get or set the unique identifier of the current host
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B long gethostid(void);
 .BI "int sethostid(long " hostid );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gethostid ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.20:
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
 .\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sethostid ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.21:
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This normally resembles the Internet address for the local
 machine, as returned by
 .BR gethostbyname (3),
 and thus usually never needs to be set.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sethostid ()
 call is restricted to the superuser.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ call is restricted to the superuser.
 .BR gethostid ()
 returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by
 .BR sethostid ().
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR sethostid ()
 returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, and
@@ -109,7 +109,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe const:hostid
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 In the glibc implementation, the
 .I hostid
@@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ is stored in the file
 .I /var/adm/hostid
 was used.)
 .\" libc5 used /etc/hostid; libc4 didn't have these functions
-.PP
+.P
 In the glibc implementation, if
 .BR gethostid ()
 cannot open the file containing the host ID,
diff --git a/man3/getifaddrs.3 b/man3/getifaddrs.3
index 3f82c93..e8c2bde 100644
--- a/man3/getifaddrs.3
+++ b/man3/getifaddrs.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\"    for glibc specificities, provide an example.
 .\" 2009-01-14 mtk, many edits and changes, rewrote example program.
 .\"
-.TH getifaddrs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getifaddrs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getifaddrs, freeifaddrs \- get interface addresses
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <ifaddrs.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getifaddrs(struct ifaddrs **" "ifap" );
 .BI "void freeifaddrs(struct ifaddrs *" "ifa" );
 .fi
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ and stores the address of the first item of the list in
 The list consists of
 .I ifaddrs
 structures, defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct ifaddrs {
@@ -59,19 +59,19 @@ struct ifaddrs {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_next
 field contains a pointer to the next structure on the list,
 or NULL if this is the last item of the list.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_name
 points to the null-terminated interface name.
 .\" The constant
 .\" .B IF NAMESIZE
 .\" indicates the maximum length of this field.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_flags
 field contains the interface flags, as returned by the
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ field contains the interface flags, as returned by the
 operation (see
 .BR netdevice (7)
 for a list of these flags).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_addr
 field points to a structure containing the interface address.
@@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ field points to a structure containing the interface address.
 subfield should be consulted to determine the format of the
 address structure.)
 This field may contain a null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_netmask
 field points to a structure containing the netmask associated with
 .IR ifa_addr ,
 if applicable for the address family.
 This field may contain a null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 Depending on whether the bit
 .B IFF_BROADCAST
 or
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ will contain the broadcast address associated with
 (if applicable for the address family) or
 .I ifa_dstaddr
 will contain the destination address of the point-to-point interface.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I ifa_data
 field points to a buffer containing address-family-specific data;
 this field may be NULL if there is no such data for this interface.
-.PP
+.P
 The data returned by
 .BR getifaddrs ()
 is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
@@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ T{
 .BR freeifaddrs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ differs on various systems.
 .\" appears to be confused and obsolete on this point.
 .\" i.e., commonly it still says one of them will be NULL, even if
 .\" the ifa_ifu union is already present
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getifaddrs ()
 first appeared in glibc 2.3, but before glibc 2.3.3,
 the implementation supported only IPv4 addresses;
@@ -210,7 +209,7 @@ The program below demonstrates the use of
 and
 .BR getnameinfo (3).
 Here is what we see when running this program on one system:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/getipnodebyname.3 b/man3/getipnodebyname.3
index 5babfeb..23bb958 100644
--- a/man3/getipnodebyname.3
+++ b/man3/getipnodebyname.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH getipnodebyname 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getipnodebyname 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, freehostent \- get network
 hostnames and addresses
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyname(const char *" name ", int " af ,
 .BI "                                            int " flags ", int *" error_num );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Use
 and
 .BR getnameinfo (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getipnodebyname ()
 and
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ and
 functions return the names and addresses of a network host.
 These functions return a pointer to the
 following structure:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct hostent {
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct hostent {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 These functions replace the
 .BR gethostbyname (3)
 and
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The
 and
 .BR getipnodebyaddr ()
 functions can access multiple network address families.
-.PP
+.P
 Unlike the
 .B gethostby
 functions,
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The
 .I name
 argument points to a hexadecimal IPv6 address or a name
 of an IPv6 network host.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flags
 argument specifies additional options.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ The domain name server returned a permanent failure response.
 .B TRY_AGAIN
 The domain name server returned a temporary failure response.
 You might have better luck next time.
-.PP
+.P
 A successful query returns a pointer to a
 .I hostent
 structure that contains the following fields:
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ None.
 .SH HISTORY
 .\" Not in POSIX.1-2001.
 RFC\ 2553.
-.PP
+.P
 Present in glibc 2.1.91-95, but removed again.
 Several UNIX-like systems support them, but all
 call them deprecated.
diff --git a/man3/getline.3 b/man3/getline.3
index 2b9d74a..991993e 100644
--- a/man3/getline.3
+++ b/man3/getline.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getline 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getline 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getline, getdelim \- delimited string input
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,18 +13,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t getline(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
 .BI "                FILE *restrict " stream );
 .BI "ssize_t getdelim(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
 .BI "                int " delim ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getline (),
 .BR getdelim ():
 .nf
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ storing the address of the buffer containing the text into
 .IR *lineptr .
 The buffer is null-terminated and includes the newline character, if
 one was found.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I *lineptr
 is set to NULL before the call, then
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This buffer should be freed by the user program
 even if
 .BR getline ()
 failed.
-.PP
+.P
 Alternatively, before calling
 .BR getline (),
 .I *lineptr
@@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ updating
 and
 .I *n
 as necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 In either case, on a successful call,
 .I *lineptr
 and
 .I *n
 will be updated to reflect the buffer address and allocated size respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getdelim ()
 works like
 .BR getline (),
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ return the number of characters read, including the delimiter character,
 but not including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
 This value can be used
 to handle embedded null bytes in the line read.
-.PP
+.P
 Both functions return \-1 on failure to read a line (including end-of-file
 condition).
 In the event of a failure,
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I *lineptr
 was set to NULL before the call, then the buffer should be freed by the
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ T{
 .BR getdelim ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getloadavg.3 b/man3/getloadavg.3
index 5be1ab9..e328282 100644
--- a/man3/getloadavg.3
+++ b/man3/getloadavg.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH getloadavg 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getloadavg 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getloadavg \- get system load averages
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getloadavg(double " loadavg[] ", int " nelem );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getloadavg ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ T{
 .BR getloadavg ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getlogin.3 b/man3/getlogin.3
index 5b88d77..bdf8376 100644
--- a/man3/getlogin.3
+++ b/man3/getlogin.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Changed Tue Sep 19 01:49:29 1995, aeb: moved from man2 to man3
 .\"  added ref to /etc/utmp, added BUGS section, etc.
 .\" modified 2003 Walter Harms, aeb - added getlogin_r, note on stdin use
-.TH getlogin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getlogin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getlogin, getlogin_r, cuserid \- get username
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,26 +15,26 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "char *getlogin(void);"
 .BI "int getlogin_r(char " buf [. bufsize "], size_t " bufsize );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *cuserid(char *" string );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getlogin_r ():
 .nf
 .\" Deprecated: _REENTRANT ||
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cuserid ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ The string is
 statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent calls to
 this function or to
 .BR cuserid ().
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getlogin_r ()
 returns this same username in the array
 .I buf
 of size
 .IR bufsize .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cuserid ()
 returns a pointer to a string containing a username
 associated with the effective user ID of the process.
@@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ This
 string is statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent
 calls to this function or to
 .BR getlogin ().
-.PP
+.P
 The macro \fBL_cuserid\fP is an integer constant that indicates how
 long an array you might need to store a username.
 \fBL_cuserid\fP is declared in \fI<stdio.h>\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions let your program identify positively the user who is
 running
 .RB ( cuserid ())
 or the user who logged in this session
 .RB ( getlogin ()).
 (These can differ when set-user-ID programs are involved.)
-.PP
+.P
 For most purposes, it is more useful to use the environment variable
 \fBLOGNAME\fP to find out who the user is.
 This is more flexible
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The calling process has no controlling terminal.
 The length of the username, including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 is larger than
 .IR bufsize .
-.PP
+.P
 Linux/glibc also has:
 .TP
 .B ENOENT
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:cuserid/!string locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I utent
 in
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ of our program need not be the user who started it.
 Avoid
 .BR getlogin ()
 for security-related purposes.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that glibc does not follow the POSIX specification and uses
 .I stdin
 instead of
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ A bug.
 all return the login name also when
 .I stdin
 is redirected.)
-.PP
+.P
 Nobody knows precisely what
 .BR cuserid ()
 does; avoid it in portable programs.
diff --git a/man3/getmntent.3 b/man3/getmntent.3
index 9bfa296..cf90b17 100644
--- a/man3/getmntent.3
+++ b/man3/getmntent.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 961109, 031115, aeb
 .\"
-.TH getmntent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getmntent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getmntent, setmntent, addmntent, endmntent, hasmntopt,
 getmntent_r \- get filesystem descriptor file entry
@@ -21,31 +21,31 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <mntent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *setmntent(const char *" filename ", const char *" type );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct mntent *getmntent(FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int addmntent(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "              const struct mntent *restrict " mnt );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int endmntent(FILE *" streamp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *hasmntopt(const struct mntent *" mnt ", const char *" opt );
-.PP
+.P
 /* GNU extension */
 .B #include <mntent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct mntent *getmntent_r(FILE *restrict " streamp ,
 .BI "              struct mntent *restrict " mntbuf ,
 .BI "              char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], int " buflen );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getmntent_r ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ These routines are used to access the filesystem description file
 .I /etc/fstab
 and the mounted filesystem description file
 .IR /etc/mtab .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setmntent ()
 function opens the filesystem description file
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The returned stream should be closed using
 .BR endmntent ()
 rather than
 .BR fclose (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getmntent ()
 function reads the next line of the filesystem
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The pointer
 points to a static area of memory which is overwritten by subsequent
 calls to
 .BR getmntent ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR addmntent ()
 function adds the
@@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ structure
 to
 the end of the open
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endmntent ()
 function closes the
 .I stream
 associated with the filesystem description file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hasmntopt ()
 function scans the
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ See
 and
 .BR mount (8)
 for valid mount options.
-.PP
+.P
 The reentrant
 .BR getmntent_r ()
 function is similar to
@@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ in the provided array
 .I buf
 of size
 .IR buflen .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mntent
 structure is defined in
 .I <mntent.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct mntent {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ struct mntent {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Since fields in the mtab and fstab files are separated by whitespace,
 octal escapes are used to represent the characters space (\e040),
 tab (\e011), newline (\e012), and backslash (\e\e) in those files
@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ functions return
 a pointer to the
 .I mntent
 structure or NULL on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR addmntent ()
 function returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endmntent ()
 function always returns 1.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hasmntopt ()
 function returns the address of the substring if
@@ -238,7 +238,6 @@ T{
 .BR getmntent_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@ A routine
 was introduced in HP-UX 10, but it returns an
 .IR int .
 The prototype shown above is glibc-only.
-.PP
+.P
 System V also has a
 .BR getmntent ()
 function but the calling sequence
diff --git a/man3/getnameinfo.3 b/man3/getnameinfo.3
index 580a265..c1453ba 100644
--- a/man3/getnameinfo.3
+++ b/man3/getnameinfo.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" 2004-12-14, mtk, Added EAI_OVERFLOW error
 .\" 2004-12-14 Fixed description of error return
 .\"
-.TH getnameinfo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getnameinfo 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getnameinfo \- address-to-name translation in protocol-independent manner
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *restrict " addr \
 ", socklen_t " addrlen ,
 .BI "                char " host "[_Nullable restrict ." hostlen ],
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                socklen_t " servlen ,
 .BI "                int " flags );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getnameinfo ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.22:
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ but unlike those functions,
 .BR getnameinfo ()
 is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate
 IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I addr
 argument is a pointer to a generic socket address structure
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ respectively) into which
 .BR getnameinfo ()
 places null-terminated strings containing the host and
 service names respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 The caller can specify that no hostname (or no service name)
 is required by providing a NULL
 .I host
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ argument or a zero
 argument.
 However, at least one of hostname or service name
 must be requested.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flags
 argument modifies the behavior of
@@ -140,7 +140,9 @@ converted from IDN format to the locale's encoding if necessary.
 ASCII-only names are not affected by the conversion, which
 makes this flag usable in existing programs and environments.
 .TP
-.BR NI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED ", " NI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
+.B NI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
+.TQ
+.B NI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
 Setting these flags will enable the
 IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
 IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
@@ -200,7 +202,7 @@ was too small.
 A system error occurred.
 The error code can be found in
 .IR errno .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR gai_strerror (3)
 function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
@@ -225,14 +227,13 @@ T{
 .BR getnameinfo ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 RFC\ 2553.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.2, the
 .I hostlen
 and
@@ -244,14 +245,14 @@ In order to assist the programmer in choosing reasonable sizes
 for the supplied buffers,
 .I <netdb.h>
 defines the constants
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define NI_MAXHOST      1025
 #define NI_MAXSERV      32
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.8,
 these definitions are exposed only if suitable
 feature test macros are defined, namely:
@@ -262,7 +263,7 @@ or (in glibc versions up to and including 2.19)
 .B _BSD_SOURCE
 or
 .BR _SVID_SOURCE .
-.PP
+.P
 The former is the constant
 .B MAXDNAME
 in recent versions of BIND's
@@ -275,7 +276,7 @@ The following code tries to get the numeric hostname and service name,
 for a given socket address.
 Note that there is no hardcoded reference to
 a particular address family.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
@@ -287,10 +288,10 @@ if (getnameinfo(addr, addrlen, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), sbuf,
     printf("host=%s, serv=%s\en", hbuf, sbuf);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The following version checks if the socket address has a
 reverse address mapping.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
@@ -304,7 +305,7 @@ else
     printf("host=%s\en", hbuf);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 An example program using
 .BR getnameinfo ()
 can be found in
@@ -324,17 +325,17 @@ can be found in
 .BR services (5),
 .BR hostname (7),
 .BR named (8)
-.PP
+.P
 R.\& Gilligan, S.\& Thomson, J.\& Bound and W.\& Stevens,
 .IR "Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6" ,
 RFC\ 2553, March 1999.
-.PP
+.P
 Tatsuya Jinmei and Atsushi Onoe,
 .IR "An Extension of Format for IPv6 Scoped Addresses" ,
 internet draft, work in progress
 .UR ftp://ftp.ietf.org\:/internet\-drafts\:/draft\-ietf\-ipngwg\-scopedaddr\-format\-02.txt
 .UE .
-.PP
+.P
 Craig Metz,
 .IR "Protocol Independence Using the Sockets API" ,
 Proceedings of the freenix track:
diff --git a/man3/getnetent.3 b/man3/getnetent.3
index 9a58458..4ec28e1 100644
--- a/man3/getnetent.3
+++ b/man3/getnetent.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:48:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getnetent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getnetent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getnetent, getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr, setnetent, endnetent \-
 get network entry
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct netent *getnetent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct netent *getnetbyname(const char *" name );
 .BI "struct netent *getnetbyaddr(uint32_t " net ", int " type );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void setnetent(int " stayopen );
 .B void endnetent(void);
 .fi
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ and returns a
 structure containing
 the broken-out fields from the entry.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getnetbyname ()
 function returns a
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ structure
 for the entry from the database
 that matches the network
 .IR name .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getnetbyaddr ()
 function returns a
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ of type
 The
 .I net
 argument must be in host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setnetent ()
 function opens a connection to the database,
@@ -71,17 +71,17 @@ then the connection to the database
 will not be closed between calls to one of the
 .BR getnet* ()
 functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endnetent ()
 function closes the connection to the database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I netent
 structure is defined in
 .I <netdb.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct netent {
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ struct netent {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The members of the
 .I netent
 structure are:
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ MT-Unsafe race:netent env
 locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I netent
 in
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ then data races could occur.
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.2, the
 .I net
 argument of
diff --git a/man3/getnetent_r.3 b/man3/getnetent_r.3
index eda9652..fabb4c5 100644
--- a/man3/getnetent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getnetent_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getnetent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getnetent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getnetent_r, getnetbyname_r, getnetbyaddr_r \- get
 network entry (reentrant)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getnetent_r(struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
 .BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
 .BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getnetent_r (),
 .BR getnetbyname_r (),
 .BR getnetbyaddr_r ():
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ structure is returned,
 and in the function calling signature and return value.
 This manual page describes just the differences from
 the nonreentrant functions.
-.PP
+.P
 Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
 .I netent
 structure as the function result,
 these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
 .IR result_buf .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I buf
 array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
 (A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
 .\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
 .\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.PP
+.P
 If the function call successfully obtains a network record, then
 .I *result
 is set pointing to
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is set pointing to
 otherwise,
 .I *result
 is set to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The buffer pointed to by
 .I h_errnop
 is used to return the value that would be stored in the global variable
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ by the nonreentrant versions of these functions.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return 0.
 On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.PP
+.P
 On error, record not found
 .RB ( getnetbyname_r (),
 .BR getnetbyaddr_r ()),
@@ -140,7 +140,6 @@ T{
 .BR getnetbyaddr_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
 though typically with different calling signatures.
diff --git a/man3/getopt.3 b/man3/getopt.3
index 88fd167..71c3675 100644
--- a/man3/getopt.3
+++ b/man3/getopt.3
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 .\"		the start of optstring
 .\" Modified 2006-12-15, mtk, Added getopt() example program.
 .\"
-.TH getopt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getopt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getopt, getopt_long, getopt_long_only,
 optarg, optind, opterr, optopt \- Parse command-line options
@@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getopt(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
 .BI "           const char *" optstring );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern char *" optarg ;
 .BI "extern int " optind ", " opterr ", " optopt ;
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <getopt.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getopt_long(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
 .BI "           const char *" optstring ,
 .BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
@@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "           const char *" optstring ,
 .BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getopt ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getopt_long (),
 .BR getopt_long_only ():
 .nf
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ If
 .BR getopt ()
 is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
 from each of the option elements.
-.PP
+.P
 The variable
 .I optind
 is the index of the next element to be processed in
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The system initializes this value to 1.
 The caller can reset it to 1 to restart scanning of the same
 .IR argv ,
 or when scanning a new argument vector.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR getopt ()
 finds another option character, it returns that
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ variable \fInextchar\fP so that the next call to
 can
 resume the scan with the following option character or
 \fIargv\fP-element.
-.PP
+.P
 If there are no more option characters,
 .BR getopt ()
 returns \-1.
 Then \fIoptind\fP is the index in \fIargv\fP of the first
 \fIargv\fP-element that is not an option.
-.PP
+.P
 .I optstring
 is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
 A legitimate option character is any visible one byte
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ is treated as the long option
 option is reserved by POSIX.2 for implementation extensions.)
 This behavior is a GNU extension, not available with libraries before
 glibc 2.
-.PP
+.P
 By default,
 .BR getopt ()
 permutes the contents of \fIargv\fP as it
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ written to expect options and other \fIargv\fP-elements in any order
 and that care about the ordering of the two.)
 The special argument "\-\-" forces an end of option-scanning regardless
 of the scanning mode.
-.PP
+.P
 While processing the option list,
 .BR getopt ()
 can detect two kinds of errors:
@@ -220,14 +220,14 @@ may take a parameter, of the form
 .B \-\-arg=param
 or
 .BR "\-\-arg param" .
-.PP
+.P
 .I longopts
 is a pointer to the first element of an array of
 .I struct option
 declared in
 .I <getopt.h>
 as
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct option {
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ struct option {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The meanings of the different fields are:
 .TP
 .I name
@@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found.
 \fIval\fP
 is the value to return, or to load into the variable pointed
 to by \fIflag\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The last element of the array has to be filled with zeros.
-.PP
+.P
 If \fIlongindex\fP is not NULL, it
 points to a variable which is set to the index of the long option relative to
 .IR longopts .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getopt_long_only ()
 is like
 .BR getopt_long (),
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ then the return value depends on the first character in
 .IR optstring :
 if it is \[aq]:\[aq], then \[aq]:\[aq] is returned;
 otherwise \[aq]?\[aq] is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getopt_long ()
 and
 .BR getopt_long_only ()
@@ -347,7 +347,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:getopt env
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX specifies that the
 .I argv
@@ -378,7 +377,7 @@ is a GNU extension.
 .TP
 .BR getopt ()
 POSIX.1-2001, and POSIX.2.
-.PP
+.P
 On some older implementations,
 .BR getopt ()
 was declared in
@@ -411,7 +410,7 @@ routine that rechecks
 .B POSIXLY_CORRECT
 and checks for GNU extensions in
 .IR optstring .)
-.PP
+.P
 Command-line arguments are parsed in strict order
 meaning that an option requiring an argument will consume the next argument,
 regardless of whether that argument is the correctly specified option argument
@@ -438,7 +437,7 @@ to handle two program options:
 with no associated value; and
 .IR "\-t val" ,
 which expects an associated value.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (getopt.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -490,7 +489,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 The following example program illustrates the use of
 .BR getopt_long ()
 with most of its features.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (getopt_long.c)
 .EX
 #include <getopt.h>
diff --git a/man3/getpass.3 b/man3/getpass.3
index 359ebd4..40420c9 100644
--- a/man3/getpass.3
+++ b/man3/getpass.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH getpass 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpass 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpass \- get a password
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *getpass(const char *" prompt );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getpass ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.2.2:
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ see the description of the
 .I ECHO
 flag in
 .BR termios (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getpass ()
 function opens
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR getpass ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe term
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -113,7 +112,7 @@ You should use instead
 .BR readpassphrase (3bsd),
 provided by
 .IR libbsd .
-.PP
+.P
 In the GNU C library implementation, if
 .I /dev/tty
 cannot be opened, the prompt is written to
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ and the password is read from
 .IR stdin .
 There is no limit on the length of the password.
 Line editing is not disabled.
-.PP
+.P
 According to SUSv2, the value of
 .B PASS_MAX
 must be defined in
diff --git a/man3/getprotoent.3 b/man3/getprotoent.3
index 8aad2d3..1eb9773 100644
--- a/man3/getprotoent.3
+++ b/man3/getprotoent.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:26:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getprotoent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getprotoent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getprotoent, getprotobyname, getprotobynumber, setprotoent,
 endprotoent \- get protocol entry
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct protoent *getprotobyname(const char *" name );
 .BI "struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int " proto );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void setprotoent(int " stayopen );
 .B void endprotoent(void);
 .fi
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ and returns a
 structure
 containing the broken-out fields from the entry.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getprotobyname ()
 function returns a
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ for the entry from the database
 that matches the protocol name
 .IR name .
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getprotobynumber ()
 function returns a
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ for the entry from the database
 that matches the protocol number
 .IR number .
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setprotoent ()
 function opens a connection to the database,
@@ -69,17 +69,17 @@ then the connection to the database
 will not be closed between calls to one of the
 .BR getproto* ()
 functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endprotoent ()
 function closes the connection to the database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I protoent
 structure is defined in
 .I <netdb.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct protoent {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ struct protoent {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The members of the
 .I protoent
 structure are:
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ MT-Unsafe race:protoent
 locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I protoent
 in
diff --git a/man3/getprotoent_r.3 b/man3/getprotoent_r.3
index 5028e4f..d802b4c 100644
--- a/man3/getprotoent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getprotoent_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getprotoent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getprotoent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getprotoent_r, getprotobyname_r, getprotobynumber_r \- get
 protocol entry (reentrant)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getprotoent_r(struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
 .BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                  struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
 .BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getprotoent_r (),
 .BR getprotobyname_r (),
 .BR getprotobynumber_r ():
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ structure is returned,
 and in the function calling signature and return value.
 This manual page describes just the differences from
 the nonreentrant functions.
-.PP
+.P
 Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
 .I protoent
 structure as the function result,
 these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
 .IR result_buf .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I buf
 array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
 .\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
 .\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer.
 .\" The 1024 byte value is also what the Solaris man page suggests. -- mtk
-.PP
+.P
 If the function call successfully obtains a protocol record, then
 .I *result
 is set pointing to
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ is set to NULL.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return 0.
 On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.PP
+.P
 On error, record not found
 .RB ( getprotobyname_r (),
 .BR getprotobynumber_r ()),
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ T{
 .BR getprotobynumber_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
 though typically with different calling signatures.
@@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ fails with the error
 .BR ERANGE ,
 the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
 The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out tcp 1"
diff --git a/man3/getpt.3 b/man3/getpt.3
index 6434f90..fa6cd1c 100644
--- a/man3/getpt.3
+++ b/man3/getpt.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" Redistribute and modify at will.
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
-.TH getpt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpt \- open a new pseudoterminal master
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int getpt(void);"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ Standard C library
 opens a new pseudoterminal device and returns a file descriptor
 that refers to that device.
 It is equivalent to opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 open("/dev/ptmx", O_RDWR);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 on Linux systems, though the pseudoterminal multiplexor device is located
 elsewhere on some systems that use the GNU C library.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR getpt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Use
 .BR posix_openpt (3)
diff --git a/man3/getpw.3 b/man3/getpw.3
index b94e117..70b53ec 100644
--- a/man3/getpw.3
+++ b/man3/getpw.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:23:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
 .\"
-.TH getpw 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpw 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpw \- reconstruct password line entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int getpw(uid_t " uid ", char *" buf );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ The
 function reconstructs the password line entry for
 the given user ID \fIuid\fP in the buffer \fIbuf\fP.
 The returned buffer contains a line of format
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .B name:passwd:uid:gid:gecos:dir:shell
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ struct passwd {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR passwd (5).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The
 function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I uid
 is not found in the password database,
@@ -103,7 +103,6 @@ T{
 .BR getpw ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getpwent.3 b/man3/getpwent.3
index c46af20..cd8ba99 100644
--- a/man3/getpwent.3
+++ b/man3/getpwent.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:22:14 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
 .\"
-.TH getpwent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpwent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpwent, setpwent, endpwent \- get password file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct passwd *getpwent(void);
 .B void setpwent(void);
 .B void endpwent(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getpwent (),
 .BR setpwent (),
 .BR endpwent ():
@@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ The first time
 .BR getpwent ()
 is called, it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive
 entries.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setpwent ()
 function rewinds to the beginning
 of the password database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endpwent ()
 function is used to close the password database
 after all processing has been performed.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ struct passwd {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR passwd (5).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 If one wants to check
 .I errno
 after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.PP
+.P
 The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
 by subsequent calls to
 .BR getpwent (),
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:pwent locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I pwent
 in
diff --git a/man3/getpwent_r.3 b/man3/getpwent_r.3
index 1cefc57..6b4b34a 100644
--- a/man3/getpwent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getpwent_r.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH getpwent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpwent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpwent_r, fgetpwent_r \- get passwd file entry reentrantly
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getpwent_r(struct passwd *restrict " pwbuf ,
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
@@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getpwent_r (),
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     glibc 2.19 and earlier:
         _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fgetpwent_r ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ The former reads the next passwd entry from the stream initialized by
 .BR setpwent (3).
 The latter reads the next passwd entry from
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in
 .I <pwd.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ struct passwd {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more information about the fields of this structure, see
 .BR passwd (5).
-.PP
+.P
 The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
 where this static storage contains further pointers to user
 name, password, gecos field, home directory and shell.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ T{
 .BR fgetpwent_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I pwent
 in
@@ -148,16 +148,16 @@ are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
 then data races could occur.
 .SH VERSIONS
 Other systems use the prototype
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd *
 getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buf, int buflen);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 or, better,
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 int
diff --git a/man3/getpwnam.3 b/man3/getpwnam.3
index 3e6af83..424ee55 100644
--- a/man3/getpwnam.3
+++ b/man3/getpwnam.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
 .\" 2008-11-07, mtk, Added an example program for getpwnam_r().
 .\"
-.TH getpwnam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getpwnam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getpwnam, getpwnam_r, getpwuid, getpwuid_r \- get password file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct passwd *getpwnam(const char *" name );
 .BI "struct passwd *getpwuid(uid_t " uid );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getpwnam_r(const char *restrict " name ", \
 struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
 .BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "               struct passwd **restrict " result );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getpwnam_r (),
 .BR getpwuid_r ():
 .nf
@@ -59,16 +59,16 @@ the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
 NIS, and LDAP)
 that matches the username
 .IR name .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getpwuid ()
 function returns a pointer to a structure containing
 the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
 that matches the user ID
 .IR uid .
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ struct passwd {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 See
 .BR passwd (5)
 for more information about these fields.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getpwnam_r ()
 and
@@ -108,15 +108,15 @@ of size
 A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
 was found or an error occurred) is stored in
 .IR *result .
-.PP
+.P
 The call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 returns either \-1, without changing
 .IR errno ,
 or an initial suggested size for
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 If one wants to check
 .I errno
 after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.PP
+.P
 The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
 by subsequent calls to
 .BR getpwent (3),
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ or
 .BR getpwuid ().
 (Do not pass the returned pointer to
 .BR free (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR getpwnam_r ()
 and
@@ -235,7 +235,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The
 .I pw_gecos
@@ -265,7 +264,7 @@ situation: 0, ENOENT, EBADF, ESRCH, EWOULDBLOCK, EPERM, and probably others.
 .\" FreeBSD 4.8, OpenBSD 3.2, NetBSD 1.6 - give EPERM
 .\" SunOS 5.8 - gives EBADF
 .\" Tru64 5.1b, HP-UX-11i, SunOS 5.7 - give 0
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I pw_dir
 field contains the name of the initial working directory of the user.
@@ -288,7 +287,7 @@ The program below demonstrates the use of
 .BR getpwnam_r ()
 to find the full username and user ID for the username
 supplied as a command-line argument.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (getpwnam.c)
 .EX
 #include <errno.h>
diff --git a/man3/getrpcent.3 b/man3/getrpcent.3
index be94a0e..253b7ca 100644
--- a/man3/getrpcent.3
+++ b/man3/getrpcent.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
 .\" @(#)getrpcent.3n	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.11 88/03/14 SMI
-.TH getrpcent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getrpcent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getrpcent, getrpcbyname, getrpcbynumber, setrpcent, endrpcent \- get
 RPC entry
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct rpcent *getrpcent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbyname(const char *" name );
 .BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbynumber(int " number );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void setrpcent(int " stayopen );
 .B void endrpcent(void);
 .fi
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and
 functions each return a pointer to an object with the
 following structure containing the broken-out
 fields of an entry in the RPC program number data base.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct rpcent {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ struct rpcent {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The members of this structure are:
 .TP
 .I r_name
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ A NULL-terminated list of alternate names for the RPC program.
 .TP
 .I r_number
 The RPC program number for this service.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getrpcent ()
 function reads the next entry from the database.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setrpcent ()
 function opens a connection to the database,
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ then the connection to the database
 will not be closed between calls to one of the
 .BR getrpc* ()
 functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endrpcent ()
 function closes the connection to the database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getrpcbyname ()
 and
@@ -120,7 +120,6 @@ T{
 .BR endrpcent ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getrpcent_r.3 b/man3/getrpcent_r.3
index fd58a9f..c33f3b6 100644
--- a/man3/getrpcent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getrpcent_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getrpcent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getrpcent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getrpcent_r, getrpcbyname_r, getrpcbynumber_r \- get
 RPC entry (reentrant)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getrpcent_r(struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
 .BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
 .BI "int getrpcbyname_r(const char *" name ,
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int getrpcbynumber_r(int " number ,
 .BI "                struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
 .BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getrpcent_r (),
 .BR getrpcbyname_r (),
 .BR getrpcbynumber_r ():
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ structure is returned,
 and in the function calling signature and return value.
 This manual page describes just the differences from
 the nonreentrant functions.
-.PP
+.P
 Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
 .I rpcent
 structure as the function result,
 these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
 .IR result_buf .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I buf
 array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
 (A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
 .\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
 .\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.PP
+.P
 If the function call successfully obtains an RPC record, then
 .I *result
 is set pointing to
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ is set to NULL.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return 0.
 On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.PP
+.P
 On error, record not found
 .RB ( getrpcbyname_r (),
 .BR getrpcbynumber_r ()),
@@ -126,7 +126,6 @@ T{
 .BR getrpcbynumber_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
 though typically with different calling signatures.
diff --git a/man3/getrpcport.3 b/man3/getrpcport.3
index 56b6188..aa7623c 100644
--- a/man3/getrpcport.3
+++ b/man3/getrpcport.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
 .\" @(#)getrpcport.3r	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.12 88/02/26 SMI
-.TH getrpcport 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getrpcport 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getrpcport \- get RPC port number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <rpc/rpc.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getrpcport(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
 .BI "               unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned int " proto );
 .fi
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR getrpcport ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/gets.3 b/man3/gets.3
index 9bf383a..e0cb43b 100644
--- a/man3/gets.3
+++ b/man3/gets.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" Modified 2013-12-31, David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
 .\"     Split gets(3) into its own page; fgetc() et al. move to fgetc(3)
-.TH gets 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gets 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gets \- get a string from standard input (DEPRECATED)
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *gets(char *" "s" );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .IR "Never use this function" .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gets ()
 reads a line from
 .I stdin
@@ -53,12 +53,11 @@ T{
 .BR gets ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 LSB deprecates
 .BR gets ().
 POSIX.1-2008 marks
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ It has been used to break computer security.
 Use
 .BR fgets ()
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 For more information, see CWE-242 (aka "Use of Inherently Dangerous
 Function") at
 http://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/242.html
diff --git a/man3/getservent.3 b/man3/getservent.3
index fdd5d91..ce650aa 100644
--- a/man3/getservent.3
+++ b/man3/getservent.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified Mon Apr 22 01:50:54 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
 .\" 2001-07-25 added a clause about NULL proto (Martin Michlmayr or David N. Welton)
 .\"
-.TH getservent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getservent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getservent, getservbyname, getservbyport, setservent, endservent \-
 get service entry
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct servent *getservent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct servent *getservbyname(const char *" name ", const char *" proto );
 .BI "struct servent *getservbyport(int " port ", const char *" proto );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void setservent(int " stayopen );
 .B void endservent(void);
 .fi
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ and returns a
 structure containing
 the broken-out fields from the entry.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getservbyname ()
 function returns a
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ If
 .I proto
 is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getservbyport ()
 function returns a
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ If
 .I proto
 is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
 A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setservent ()
 function opens a connection to the database,
@@ -84,17 +84,17 @@ then the connection to the database
 will not be closed between calls to one of the
 .BR getserv* ()
 functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endservent ()
 function closes the connection to the database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I servent
 structure is defined in
 .I <netdb.h>
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct servent {
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ struct servent {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The members of the
 .I servent
 structure are:
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ MT-Unsafe race:servent
 locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I servent
 in
diff --git a/man3/getservent_r.3 b/man3/getservent_r.3
index 04397ee..76c42f3 100644
--- a/man3/getservent_r.3
+++ b/man3/getservent_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getservent_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getservent_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getservent_r, getservbyname_r, getservbyport_r \- get
 service entry (reentrant)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getservent_r(struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
 .BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                 struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
 .BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getservent_r (),
 .BR getservbyname_r (),
 .BR getservbyport_r ():
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ structure is returned,
 and in the function calling signature and return value.
 This manual page describes just the differences from
 the nonreentrant functions.
-.PP
+.P
 Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
 .I servent
 structure as the function result,
 these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
 .IR result_buf .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I buf
 array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
 (A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
 .\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
 .\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.PP
+.P
 If the function call successfully obtains a service record, then
 .I *result
 is set pointing to
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ is set to NULL.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return 0.
 On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in errors.
-.PP
+.P
 On error, record not found
 .RB ( getservbyname_r (),
 .BR getservbyport_r ()),
@@ -131,7 +131,6 @@ T{
 .BR getservbyport_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
 though typically with different calling signatures.
@@ -151,7 +150,7 @@ fails with the error
 .BR ERANGE ,
 the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
 The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 7 tcp 1"
diff --git a/man3/getspnam.3 b/man3/getspnam.3
index f0752cb..d3f9626 100644
--- a/man3/getspnam.3
+++ b/man3/getspnam.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH getspnam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getspnam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getspnam, getspnam_r, getspent, getspent_r, setspent, endspent,
 fgetspent, fgetspent_r, sgetspent, sgetspent_r, putspent,
@@ -16,31 +16,31 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 /* General shadow password file API */
 .B #include <shadow.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct spwd *getspnam(const char *" name );
 .B struct spwd *getspent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .B void setspent(void);
 .B void endspent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "struct spwd *sgetspent(const char *" s );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int putspent(const struct spwd *" p ", FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .B int lckpwdf(void);
 .B int ulckpwdf(void);
-.PP
+.P
 /* GNU extension */
 .B #include <shadow.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getspent_r(struct spwd *" spbuf ,
 .BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
 struct spwd **" spbufp );
 .BI "int getspnam_r(const char *" name ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
 .BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
 struct spwd **" spbufp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fgetspent_r(FILE *" stream ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
 .BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
 struct spwd **" spbufp );
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ struct spwd **" spbufp );
 .BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
 struct spwd **" spbufp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getspent_r (),
 .BR getspnam_r (),
 .BR fgetspent_r (),
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ the shadow password database
 .IR /etc/shadow ,
 NIS, and LDAP),
 readable only by root.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions described below resemble those for
 the traditional password database
 (e.g., see
@@ -93,14 +93,14 @@ and
 .\" (pluggable authentication modules), and the file
 .\" .I /etc/nsswitch.conf
 .\" now describes the sources to be used.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getspnam ()
 function returns a pointer to a structure containing
 the broken-out fields of the record in the shadow password database
 that matches the username
 .IR name .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getspent ()
 function returns a pointer to the next entry in the shadow password
@@ -112,21 +112,21 @@ When done reading, the program may call
 so that resources can be deallocated.
 .\" some systems require a call of setspent() before the first getspent()
 .\" glibc does not
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fgetspent ()
 function is similar to
 .BR getspent ()
 but uses the supplied stream instead of the one implicitly opened by
 .BR setspent ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sgetspent ()
 function parses the supplied string
 .I s
 into a struct
 .IR spwd .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR putspent ()
 function writes the contents of the supplied struct
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ as a text line in the shadow password file format to
 .IR stream .
 String entries with value NULL and numerical entries with value \-1
 are written as an empty string.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR lckpwdf ()
 function is intended to protect against multiple simultaneous accesses
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ password file.
 Only programs that use
 .BR lckpwdf ()
 will notice the lock.
-.PP
+.P
 These were the functions that formed the original shadow API.
 They are widely available.
 .\" Also in libc5
@@ -173,20 +173,20 @@ of size
 A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
 was found or an error occurred) is stored in
 .IR *spbufp .
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR getspent_r (),
 .BR fgetspent_r (),
 and
 .BR sgetspent_r ()
 are similarly analogous to their nonreentrant counterparts.
-.PP
+.P
 Some non-glibc systems also have functions with these names,
 often with different prototypes.
 .\" SUN doesn't have sgetspent_r()
 .SS Structure
 The shadow password structure is defined in \fI<shadow.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct spwd {
@@ -215,10 +215,10 @@ The functions which have \fIint\fP as the return value return 0 for
 success and \-1 for failure, with
 .I errno
 set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 For the nonreentrant functions, the return value may point to static area,
 and may be overwritten by subsequent calls to these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The reentrant functions return zero on success.
 In case of error, an error number is returned.
 .SH ERRORS
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ local shadow password database file
 .TP
 .I /etc/.pwd.lock
 lock file
-.PP
+.P
 The include file
 .I <paths.h>
 defines the constant
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I getspent
 in
diff --git a/man3/getsubopt.3 b/man3/getsubopt.3
index 8cbccb0..caf03a2 100644
--- a/man3/getsubopt.3
+++ b/man3/getsubopt.3
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 .\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
-.TH getsubopt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getsubopt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getsubopt \- parse suboption arguments from a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getsubopt(char **restrict " optionp ", char *const *restrict " tokens ,
 .BI "              char **restrict " valuep );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getsubopt ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ which is separated from the suboption name by an equal sign.
 The following is an example of the kind of string
 that might be passed in
 .IR optionp :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .B ro,name=xyz
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I tokens
 argument is a pointer to a NULL-terminated array of pointers to the tokens that
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ will look for in
 .IR optionp .
 The tokens should be distinct, null-terminated strings containing at
 least one character, with no embedded equal signs or commas.
-.PP
+.P
 Each call to
 .BR getsubopt ()
 returns information about the next unprocessed suboption in
@@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ The first comma in
 is overwritten with a null byte, so
 .I *valuep
 is precisely the "value string" for that suboption.
-.PP
+.P
 If the suboption is recognized, but no value string was found,
 .I *valuep
 is set to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 When
 .BR getsubopt ()
 returns,
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
 is the entire
 .IB name [= value ]
 string.
-.PP
+.P
 Since
 .I *optionp
 is changed, the first suboption before the call to
@@ -143,7 +143,6 @@ T{
 .BR getsubopt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -156,7 +155,7 @@ overwrites any commas it finds in the string
 that string must be writable; it cannot be a string constant.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following program expects suboptions following a "\-o" option.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (getsubopt.c)
 .EX
 #define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
diff --git a/man3/getttyent.3 b/man3/getttyent.3
index 81c4c4c..aeb87ac 100644
--- a/man3/getttyent.3
+++ b/man3/getttyent.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH getttyent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getttyent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getttyent, getttynam, setttyent, endttyent \- get ttys file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <ttyent.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .B "struct ttyent *getttyent(void);"
 .BI "struct ttyent *getttynam(const char *" name );
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int setttyent(void);"
 .B "int endttyent(void);"
 .fi
@@ -24,22 +24,22 @@ These functions provide an interface to the file
 .B _PATH_TTYS
 (e.g.,
 .IR /etc/ttys ).
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR setttyent ()
 opens the file or rewinds it if already open.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR endttyent ()
 closes the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getttynam ()
 searches for a given terminal name in the file.
 It returns a pointer to a
 .I ttyent
 structure (description below).
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getttyent ()
 opens the file
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ If the file is already open, the next entry.
 The
 .I ttyent
 structure has the form:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct ttyent {
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ struct ttyent {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 .I ty_status
 can be:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define TTY_ON     0x01  /* enable logins (start ty_getty program) */
@@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ T{
 .BR getttynam ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyent
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH NOTES
diff --git a/man3/getusershell.3 b/man3/getusershell.3
index cbd1d1a..41c5a68 100644
--- a/man3/getusershell.3
+++ b/man3/getusershell.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:17:53 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getusershell 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getusershell 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getusershell, setusershell, endusershell \- get permitted user shells
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B char *getusershell(void);
 .B void setusershell(void);
 .B void endusershell(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getusershell (),
 .BR setusershell (),
 .BR endusershell ():
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ behaves as if
 and
 .I /bin/csh
 were listed in the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setusershell ()
 function rewinds
 .IR /etc/shells .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endusershell ()
 function closes
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ T{
 .BR endusershell ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getutent.3 b/man3/getutent.3
index d2aefcf..f55286f 100644
--- a/man3/getutent.3
+++ b/man3/getutent.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Thu Jul 25 14:43:46 MET DST 1996 by Michael Haardt
 .\"     <michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de>
 .\"
-.TH getutent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getutent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getutent, getutid, getutline, pututline, setutent, endutent,
 utmpname \- access utmp file entries
@@ -20,22 +20,22 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <utmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct utmp *getutent(void);
 .BI "struct utmp *getutid(const struct utmp *" ut );
 .BI "struct utmp *getutline(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct utmp *pututline(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.PP
+.P
 .B void setutent(void);
 .B void endutent(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int utmpname(const char *" file );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 New applications should use the POSIX.1-specified "utmpx" versions of
 these functions; see STANDARDS.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR utmpname ()
 sets the name of the utmp-format file for the other utmp
 functions to access.
@@ -44,24 +44,24 @@ If
 is not used to set the filename
 before the other functions are used, they assume \fB_PATH_UTMP\fP, as
 defined in \fI<paths.h>\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setutent ()
 rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file.
 It is generally a good idea to call it before any of the other
 functions.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR endutent ()
 closes the utmp file.
 It should be called when the user
 code is done accessing the file with the other functions.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getutent ()
 reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file.
 It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of
 the line.
 The definition of this structure is shown in
 .BR utmp (5).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getutid ()
 searches forward from the current file position in the utmp
 file based upon \fIut\fP.
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ will find the
 first entry whose
 .I ut_id
 field matches \fIut\->ut_id\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getutline ()
 searches forward from the current file position in the utmp file.
 It scans entries whose
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ or \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fP and returns the first one whose
 .I ut_line
 field
 matches \fIut\->ut_line\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pututline ()
 writes the
 .I utmp
@@ -108,16 +108,16 @@ return a pointer to a \fIstruct utmp\fP on success,
 and NULL on failure (which includes the "record not found" case).
 This \fIstruct utmp\fP is allocated in static storage, and may be
 overwritten by subsequent calls.
-.PP
+.P
 On success
 .BR pututline ()
 returns
 .IR ut ;
 on failure, it returns NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR utmpname ()
 returns 0 if the new name was successfully stored, or \-1 on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 On failure, these functions
 .I errno
 set to indicate the error.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Out of memory.
 .TP
 .B ESRCH
 Record not found.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setutent (),
 .BR pututline (),
 and the
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ T{
 .BR utmpname ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:utent
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I utent
 in
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ then data races could occur.
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 XPG2, SVr4.
-.PP
+.P
 In XPG2 and SVID 2 the function
 .BR pututline ()
 is documented to return void, and that is what it does on many systems
@@ -218,15 +218,15 @@ HP-UX introduces a new function
 .BR _pututline ()
 with the prototype given above for
 .BR pututline ().
-.PP
+.P
 All these functions are obsolete now on non-Linux systems.
 POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008, following SUSv1,
 does not have any of these functions, but instead uses
-.PP
+.P
 .RS 4
 .EX
 .B #include <utmpx.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct utmpx *getutxent(void);
 .B struct utmpx *getutxid(const struct utmpx *);
 .B struct utmpx *getutxline(const struct utmpx *);
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ does not have any of these functions, but instead uses
 .B void endutxent(void);
 .EE
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are provided by glibc,
 and perform the same task as their equivalents without the "x", but use
 .IR "struct utmpx" ,
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ defined on Linux to be the same as
 For completeness, glibc also provides
 .BR utmpxname (),
 although this function is not specified by POSIX.1.
-.PP
+.P
 On some other systems,
 the \fIutmpx\fP structure is a superset of the \fIutmp\fP structure,
 with additional fields, and larger versions of the existing fields,
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ and parallel files are maintained, often
 .I /var/*/utmpx
 and
 .IR /var/*/wtmpx .
-.PP
+.P
 Linux glibc on the other hand does not use a parallel \fIutmpx\fP file
 since its \fIutmp\fP structure is already large enough.
 The "x" functions listed above are just aliases for
@@ -264,20 +264,20 @@ is an alias for
 .SS glibc notes
 The above functions are not thread-safe.
 glibc adds reentrant versions
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B #include <utmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getutent_r(struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
 .BI "int getutid_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
 .BI "              struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
 .BI "int getutline_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
 .BI "                struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getutent_r (),
 .BR getutid_r (),
 .BR getutline_r ():
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */    _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are GNU extensions, analogs of the functions of the
 same name without the _r suffix.
 The
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ should check the return values of
 .BR getpwuid (3)
 and
 .BR ttyname (3).
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (getutent.c)
 .EX
 #include <pwd.h>
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ main(void)
     strcpy(entry.ut_line, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/"));
     /* only correct for ptys named /dev/tty[pqr][0\-9a\-z] */
     strcpy(entry.ut_id, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/tty"));
-    time(&entry.ut_time);
+    entry.ut_time = time(NULL);
     strcpy(entry.ut_user, getpwuid(getuid())\->pw_name);
     memset(entry.ut_host, 0, UT_HOSTSIZE);
     entry.ut_addr = 0;
diff --git a/man3/getutmp.3 b/man3/getutmp.3
index 04cf0ad..6694c1a 100644
--- a/man3/getutmp.3
+++ b/man3/getutmp.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getutmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getutmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getutmp, getutmpx \- copy utmp structure to utmpx, and vice versa
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <utmpx.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void getutmp(const struct utmpx *" ux ", struct utmp *" u );
 .BI "void getutmpx(const struct utmp *" u ", struct utmpx *" ux );
 .fi
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR getutmpx ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getw.3 b/man3/getw.3
index f96512f..a19bace 100644
--- a/man3/getw.3
+++ b/man3/getw.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH getw 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getw 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getw, putw \- input and output of words (ints)
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getw(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int putw(int " w ", FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getw (),
 .BR putw ():
 .nf
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ It's provided for compatibility with SVr4.
 We recommend you use
 .BR fread (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR putw ()
 writes the word \fIw\fP (that is,
 an \fIint\fP) to \fIstream\fP.
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ T{
 .BR putw ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/getwchar.3 b/man3/getwchar.3
index 0ce51ce..d846804 100644
--- a/man3/getwchar.3
+++ b/man3/getwchar.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH getwchar 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH getwchar 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getwchar \- read a wide character from standard input
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "wint_t getwchar(void);"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ to
 .B EILSEQ
 and returns
 .BR WEOF .
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ T{
 .BR getwchar ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 It is reasonable to expect that
 .BR getwchar ()
 will actually
diff --git a/man3/glob.3 b/man3/glob.3
index 34a2745..9457de6 100644
--- a/man3/glob.3
+++ b/man3/glob.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\"     Expanded the description of various flags
 .\"     Various wording fixes.
 .\"
-.TH glob 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH glob 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 glob, globfree \- find pathnames matching a pattern, free memory from glob()
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <glob.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int glob(const char *restrict " pattern ", int " flags ,
 .BI "         int (*" errfunc ")(const char *" epath ", int " eerrno ),
 .BI "         glob_t *restrict " pglob );
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ according to the rules used by the shell (see
 No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want
 these, use
 .BR wordexp (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR globfree ()
 function frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call
 to
 .BR glob ().
-.PP
+.P
 The results of a
 .BR glob ()
 call are stored in the structure pointed to by
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This structure is of type
 .IR <glob.h> )
 and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be
 present as an extension):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ typedef struct {
 } glob_t;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Results are stored in dynamically allocated storage.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I flags
 is made up of the bitwise OR of zero or more the following symbolic
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ character.
 Normally, a backslash can be used to quote the following character,
 providing a mechanism to turn off the special meaning
 metacharacters.
-.PP
+.P
 .I flags
 may also include any of the following, which are GNU
 extensions and not defined by POSIX.2:
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ However, the caller must still check that returned files
 are directories.
 (The purpose of this flag is merely to optimize performance when
 the caller is interested only in directories.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I errfunc
 is not NULL,
@@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ is set,
 .BR glob ()
 will terminate after the call to
 .IR errfunc .
-.PP
+.P
 Upon successful return,
 .I pglob\->gl_pathc
 contains the number of matched pathnames and
 .I pglob\->gl_pathv
 contains a pointer to the list of pointers to matched pathnames.
 The list of pointers is terminated by a null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 It is possible to call
 .BR glob ()
 several times.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ In that case, the
 flag has to be set in
 .I flags
 on the second and later invocations.
-.PP
+.P
 As a GNU extension,
 .I pglob\->gl_flags
 is set to the flags specified,
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ T{
 .BR globfree ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I utent
 in
@@ -319,15 +319,15 @@ These will store their error code in
 .IR errno .
 .SH EXAMPLES
 One example of use is the following code, which simulates typing
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 ls \-l *.c ../*.c
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 in the shell:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 glob_t globbuf;
diff --git a/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3 b/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
index a1af9d1..e02390e 100644
--- a/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
+++ b/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH gnu_get_libc_version 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gnu_get_libc_version 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gnu_get_libc_version, gnu_get_libc_release \- get glibc version and release
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <gnu/libc\-version.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B const char *gnu_get_libc_version(void);
 .B const char *gnu_get_libc_release(void);
 .fi
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Standard C library
 The function
 .BR gnu_get_libc_version ()
 returns a string that identifies the glibc version available on the system.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
 returns a string indicates the release status of the glibc version
@@ -43,14 +43,13 @@ T{
 .BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 When run, the program below will produce output such as the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/grantpt.3 b/man3/grantpt.3
index 174c5c9..8f1aca0 100644
--- a/man3/grantpt.3
+++ b/man3/grantpt.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
-.TH grantpt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH grantpt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 grantpt \- grant access to the slave pseudoterminal
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int grantpt(int " fd ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR grantpt ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The user ID of the slave is set to the real UID of the calling process.
 The group ID is set to an unspecified value (e.g.,
 .IR tty ).
 The mode of the slave is set to 0620 (crw\-\-w\-\-\-\-).
-.PP
+.P
 The behavior of
 .BR grantpt ()
 is unspecified if a signal handler is installed to catch
@@ -80,16 +80,15 @@ T{
 .BR grantpt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 This is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support, see
 .BR pts (4).
-.PP
+.P
 Historical systems implemented this function via a set-user-ID helper binary
 called "pt_chown".
 glibc on Linux before glibc 2.33 could do so as well,
diff --git a/man3/group_member.3 b/man3/group_member.3
index 620b59f..688b9cb 100644
--- a/man3/group_member.3
+++ b/man3/group_member.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH group_member 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH group_member 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 group_member \- test whether a process is in a group
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int group_member(gid_t " gid );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR group_member ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
diff --git a/man3/gsignal.3 b/man3/gsignal.3
index 4587650..4c41dbd 100644
--- a/man3/gsignal.3
+++ b/man3/gsignal.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
 .\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.TH gsignal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH gsignal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 gsignal, ssignal \- software signal facility
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int gsignal(int " signum );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t ssignal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " action );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR gsignal (),
 .BR ssignal ():
 .nf
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ aliases for
 and
 .BR signal (2),
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 Elsewhere, on System V-like systems, these functions implement
 software signaling, entirely independent of the classical
 .BR signal (2)
@@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ T{
 .BR ssignal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe sigintr
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/hash.3 b/man3/hash.3
index ed99fe1..6ab717f 100644
--- a/man3/hash.3
+++ b/man3/hash.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)hash.3	8.6 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
 .\"
-.TH hash 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH hash 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .UC 7
 .SH NAME
 hash \- hash database access method
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
 Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
 .I libdb
 library instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The routine
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is the library interface to database files.
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ One of the supported file formats is hash files.
 The general description of the database access methods is in
 .BR dbopen (3),
 this manual page describes only the hash-specific information.
-.PP
+.P
 The hash data structure is an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme.
-.PP
+.P
 The access-method-specific data structure provided to
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is defined in the
 .I <db.h>
 include file as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } HASHINFO;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The elements of this structure are as follows:
 .TP 10
 .I bsize
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ If
 is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
 If the file already exists, the specified value is ignored and the
 value specified when the tree was created is used.
-.PP
+.P
 If the file already exists (and the
 .B O_TRUNC
 flag is not specified), the
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ and
 .I nelem
 are
 ignored and the values specified when the tree was created are used.
-.PP
+.P
 If a hash function is specified,
 .I hash_open
 attempts to determine if the hash function specified is the same as
 the one with which the database was created, and fails if it is not.
-.PP
+.P
 Backward-compatible interfaces to the routines described in
 .BR dbm (3),
 and
@@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ Only big and little endian byte order are supported.
 .BR dbopen (3),
 .BR mpool (3),
 .BR recno (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "Dynamic Hash Tables" ,
 Per-Ake Larson, Communications of the ACM, April 1988.
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "A New Hash Package for UNIX" ,
 Margo Seltzer, USENIX Proceedings, Winter 1991.
diff --git a/man3/hsearch.3 b/man3/hsearch.3
index dd801df..93e6794 100644
--- a/man3/hsearch.3
+++ b/man3/hsearch.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" 2008-09-03, mtk, restructured somewhat, in part after suggestions from
 .\"     Timothy S. Nelson <wayland@wayland.id.au>
 .\"
-.TH hsearch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH hsearch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 hcreate, hdestroy, hsearch, hcreate_r, hdestroy_r,
 hsearch_r \- hash table management
@@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int hcreate(size_t " nel );
 .B "void hdestroy(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ENTRY *hsearch(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int hcreate_r(size_t " nel ", struct hsearch_data *" htab );
 .BI "void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data *" htab );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int hsearch_r(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action ", ENTRY **" retval ,
 .BI "              struct hsearch_data *" htab );
 .fi
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ and
 allow the caller to create and manage a hash search table
 containing entries consisting of a key (a string) and associated data.
 Using these functions, only one hash table can be used at a time.
-.PP
+.P
 The three functions
 .BR hcreate_r (),
 .BR hsearch_r (),
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ on which the function is to operate.
 The programmer should treat this structure as opaque
 (i.e., do not attempt to directly access or modify
 the fields in this structure).
-.PP
+.P
 First a hash table must be created using
 .BR hcreate ().
 The argument \fInel\fP specifies the maximum number of entries
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ in the table.
 The implementation may adjust this value upward to improve the
 performance of the resulting hash table.
 .\" e.g., in glibc it is raised to the next higher prime number
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hcreate_r ()
 function performs the same task as
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The structure pointed to by
 .I htab
 must be zeroed before the first call to
 .BR hcreate_r ().
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR hdestroy ()
 frees the memory occupied by the hash table that was created by
@@ -97,17 +97,17 @@ function performs the analogous task for a hash table described by
 .IR *htab ,
 which was previously created using
 .BR hcreate_r ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hsearch ()
 function searches the hash table for an
 item with the same key as \fIitem\fP (where "the same" is determined using
 .BR strcmp (3)),
 and if successful returns a pointer to it.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument \fIitem\fP is of type \fIENTRY\fP, which is defined in
 \fI<search.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct entry {
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ typedef struct entry {
 } ENTRY;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The field \fIkey\fP points to a null-terminated string which is the
 search key.
 The field \fIdata\fP points to data that is associated with that key.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument \fIaction\fP determines what
 .BR hsearch ()
 does after an unsuccessful search.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ is
 then
 .I data
 is ignored.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hsearch_r ()
 function is like
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ return nonzero on success.
 They return 0 on error, with
 .I errno
 set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR hsearch ()
 returns a pointer to an entry in the hash table.
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ can fail for the following reasons:
 .B EINVAL
 .I htab
 is NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR hsearch ()
 and
 .BR hsearch_r ()
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ was
 and
 .I key
 was not found in the table.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 specifies only the
 .\" PROX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
 .B ENOMEM
@@ -233,7 +233,6 @@ T{
 .BR hdestroy_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:htab
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR hcreate ()
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ Typically, this means that
 .I nel
 should be at least 25% larger than the maximum number of elements
 that the caller expects to store in the table.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR hdestroy ()
 and
@@ -296,12 +295,12 @@ should not do anything for a successful search.
 In libc and glibc (before glibc 2.3), the
 implementation violates the specification,
 updating the \fIdata\fP for the given \fIkey\fP in this case.
-.PP
+.P
 Individual hash table entries can be added, but not deleted.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following program inserts 24 items into a hash table, then prints
 some of them.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (hsearch.c)
 .EX
 #include <search.h>
diff --git a/man3/hypot.3 b/man3/hypot.3
index 5f106c6..a7d4563 100644
--- a/man3/hypot.3
+++ b/man3/hypot.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH hypot 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH hypot 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 hypot, hypotf, hypotl \- Euclidean distance function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double hypot(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float hypotf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double hypotl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR hypot ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR hypotf (),
 .BR hypotl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ and
 or the distance of the point
 .RI ( x , y )
 from the origin.
-.PP
+.P
 The calculation is performed without undue overflow or underflow
 during the intermediate steps of the calculation.
 .\" e.g., hypot(DBL_MIN, DBL_MIN) does the right thing, as does, say
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ with sides of length
 .I x
 and
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is an infinity,
 positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ or
 is a NaN,
 and the other argument is not an infinity,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If both arguments are subnormal, and the result is subnormal,
 .\" Actually, could the result not be subnormal if both arguments
 .\" are subnormal?  I think not -- mtk, Jul 2008
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result overflow
@@ -141,12 +141,11 @@ T{
 .BR hypotl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/iconv.3 b/man3/iconv.3
index 6e4a091..1f9f96f 100644
--- a/man3/iconv.3
+++ b/man3/iconv.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" 2000-06-30 correction by Yuichi SATO <sato@complex.eng.hokudai.ac.jp>
 .\" 2000-11-15 aeb, fixed prototype
 .\"
-.TH iconv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iconv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iconv \- perform character set conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <iconv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t iconv(iconv_t " cd ,
 .BI "             char **restrict " inbuf ", size_t *restrict " inbytesleft ,
 .BI "             char **restrict " outbuf ", size_t *restrict " outbytesleft );
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ argument is the address of a variable that points to
 the first byte available in the output buffer;
 .I outbytesleft
 indicates the number of bytes available in the output buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 The main case is when \fIinbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*inbuf\fP is not NULL.
 In this case, the
 .BR iconv ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ function converts the multibyte sequence
 starting at \fI*inbuf\fP to a multibyte sequence starting at \fI*outbuf\fP.
 At most \fI*inbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*inbuf\fP, will be read.
 At most \fI*outbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*outbuf\fP, will be written.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR iconv ()
 function converts one multibyte character at a time, and for
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ beginning of the incomplete multibyte sequence.
 The output buffer has no more room for the next converted character.
 In this case, it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBE2BIG\fP and returns
 .IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-.PP
+.P
 A different case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, but
 \fIoutbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*outbuf\fP is not NULL.
 In this case, the
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ If the output buffer has no more room for this reset sequence, it sets
 Otherwise, it increments
 \fI*outbuf\fP and decrements \fI*outbytesleft\fP by the number of bytes
 written.
-.PP
+.P
 A third case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, and
 \fIoutbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*outbuf\fP is NULL.
 In this case, the
@@ -191,8 +191,7 @@ T{
 .BR iconv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:cd
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR iconv ()
 function is MT-Safe, as long as callers arrange for
@@ -209,7 +208,7 @@ In each series of calls to
 .BR iconv (),
 the last should be one with \fIinbuf\fP or \fI*inbuf\fP equal to NULL,
 in order to flush out any partially converted input.
-.PP
+.P
 Although
 .I inbuf
 and
@@ -221,7 +220,7 @@ as C strings or as arrays of characters:
 the interpretation of character byte sequences is
 handled internally by the conversion functions.
 In some encodings, a zero byte may be a valid part of a multibyte character.
-.PP
+.P
 The caller of
 .BR iconv ()
 must ensure that the pointers passed to the function are suitable
diff --git a/man3/iconv_close.3 b/man3/iconv_close.3
index 089843c..85ba846 100644
--- a/man3/iconv_close.3
+++ b/man3/iconv_close.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH iconv_close 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iconv_close 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iconv_close \- deallocate descriptor for character set conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <iconv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iconv_close(iconv_t " cd );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ T{
 .BR iconv_close ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iconv_open.3 b/man3/iconv_open.3
index 13ae778..f6a64b9 100644
--- a/man3/iconv_open.3
+++ b/man3/iconv_open.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" 2007-03-31 Bruno Haible, Describe the glibc/libiconv //TRANSLIT
 .\" and //IGNORE extensions for 'tocode'.
 .\"
-.TH iconv_open 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iconv_open 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iconv_open \- allocate descriptor for character set conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <iconv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "iconv_t iconv_open(const char *" tocode ", const char *" fromcode );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ for converting byte sequences from character encoding
 to
 character encoding
 .IR tocode .
-.PP
+.P
 The values permitted for
 .I fromcode
 and
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ When the string "//IGNORE" is appended to
 .IR tocode ,
 characters that
 cannot be represented in the target character set will be silently discarded.
-.PP
+.P
 The resulting conversion descriptor can be used with
 .BR iconv (3)
 any number of times.
 It remains valid until deallocated using
 .BR iconv_close (3).
-.PP
+.P
 A conversion descriptor contains a conversion state.
 After creation using
 .BR iconv_open (),
@@ -114,7 +114,6 @@ T{
 .BR iconv_open ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/if_nameindex.3 b/man3/if_nameindex.3
index 39b72a0..7f4c42e 100644
--- a/man3/if_nameindex.3
+++ b/man3/if_nameindex.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH if_nameindex 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH if_nameindex 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 if_nameindex, if_freenameindex \- get network interface names and indexes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <net/if.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex(" void );
 .BI "void if_freenameindex(struct if_nameindex *" "ptr" );
 .fi
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ about one of the network interfaces on the local system.
 The
 .I if_nameindex
 structure contains at least the following entries:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 unsigned int if_index; /* Index of interface (1, 2, ...) */
 char        *if_name;  /* Null\-terminated name ("eth0", etc.) */
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I if_index
 field contains the interface index.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The end of the array is indicated by entry with
 set to zero and
 .I if_name
 set to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The data structure returned by
 .BR if_nameindex ()
 is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ if:
 .TP
 .B ENOBUFS
 Insufficient resources available.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR if_nameindex ()
 may also fail for any of the errors specified for
 .BR socket (2),
@@ -93,14 +93,13 @@ T{
 .BR if_freenameindex ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
 BSDi.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.3.4,
 the implementation supported only interfaces with IPv4 addresses.
 Support of interfaces that don't have IPv4 addresses is available only
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ on kernels that support netlink.
 The program below demonstrates the use of the functions described
 on this page.
 An example of the output this program might produce is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fI
diff --git a/man3/if_nametoindex.3 b/man3/if_nametoindex.3
index ebbd257..e4e183e 100644
--- a/man3/if_nametoindex.3
+++ b/man3/if_nametoindex.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH if_nametoindex 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH if_nametoindex 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 if_nametoindex, if_indextoname \- mappings between network interface
 names and indexes
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <net/if.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned int if_nametoindex(const char *" "ifname" );
 .BI "char *if_indextoname(unsigned int ifindex, char *" ifname );
 .fi
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The
 function returns the index of the network interface
 corresponding to the name
 .IR ifname .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR if_indextoname ()
 function returns the name of the network interface
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ returns the index number of the network interface;
 on error, 0 is returned and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR if_indextoname ()
 returns
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ if:
 .TP
 .B ENODEV
 No interface found with given name.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR if_indextoname ()
 may fail and set
 .I errno
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ if:
 .TP
 .B ENXIO
 No interface found for the index.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR if_nametoindex ()
 and
 .BR if_indextoname ()
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ T{
 .BR if_indextoname ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ilogb.3 b/man3/ilogb.3
index 100b0c8..69ce0a4 100644
--- a/man3/ilogb.3
+++ b/man3/ilogb.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
 .\"
-.TH ilogb 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ilogb 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ilogb, ilogbf, ilogbl \- get integer exponent of a floating-point value
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ilogb(double " x );
 .BI "int ilogbf(float " x );
 .BI "int ilogbl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ilogb ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ilogbf (),
 .BR ilogbl ():
 .nf
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ functions, cast to
 On success, these functions return the exponent of
 .IR x ,
 as a signed integer.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is zero, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
@@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ is zero, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
 .\" case, but for ilogb() it says domain error.
 .BR FP_ILOGB0 .
 .\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `-INT_MAX'.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
 .BR FP_ILOGBNAN .
 .\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `INT_MAX'.
 .\" On i386, FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN have the same value.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0 or a NaN
@@ -124,7 +124,6 @@ T{
 .BR ilogbl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/index.3 b/man3/index.3
index 56c2bb3..ebccd46 100644
--- a/man3/index.3
+++ b/man3/index.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH index 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH index 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 index, rindex \- locate character in string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *index(const char *" s ", int " c );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *rindex(const char *" s ", int " c );
 .fi
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ Standard C library
 .BR index ()
 is identical to
 .BR strchr (3).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rindex ()
 is identical to
 .BR strrchr (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Use
 .BR strchr (3)
 and
diff --git a/man3/inet.3 b/man3/inet.3
index 557bb2d..554fd11 100644
--- a/man3/inet.3
+++ b/man3/inet.3
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 .\"     Add discussion of Classful Addressing, noting that it is obsolete.
 .\"     Added an EXAMPLE program.
 .\"
-.TH inet 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH inet 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 inet_aton, inet_addr, inet_network, inet_ntoa, inet_makeaddr, inet_lnaof,
 inet_netof \- Internet address manipulation routines
@@ -32,26 +32,26 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
 .B #include <netinet/in.h>
 .B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int inet_aton(const char *" cp ", struct in_addr *" inp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "in_addr_t inet_addr(const char *" cp );
 .BI "in_addr_t inet_network(const char *" cp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr " in );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] struct in_addr inet_makeaddr(in_addr_t " net ,
 .BI "                                            in_addr_t " host );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_lnaof(struct in_addr " in );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_netof(struct in_addr " in );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR inet_aton (),
 .BR inet_ntoa ():
 .nf
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The value
 .I a
 is interpreted as a 32-bit value that is stored directly
 into the binary address without any byte rearrangement.
-.PP
+.P
 In all of the above forms,
 components of the dotted address can be specified in decimal,
 octal (with a leading
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ The form that uses exactly four decimal numbers is referred to as
 .I IPv4 dotted-decimal notation
 (or sometimes:
 .IR "IPv4 dotted-quad notation" ).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR inet_aton ()
 returns 1 if the supplied string was successfully interpreted,
 or 0 if the string is invalid
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ or 0 if the string is invalid
 is
 .I not
 set on error).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_addr ()
 function converts the Internet host address
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Avoid its use in favor of
 or
 .BR getaddrinfo (3),
 which provide a cleaner way to indicate error return.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_network ()
 function converts
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ into a number in host byte order suitable for use as an
 Internet network address.
 On success, the converted address is returned.
 If the input is invalid, \-1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_ntoa ()
 function converts the Internet host address
@@ -160,19 +160,19 @@ function converts the Internet host address
 dotted-decimal notation.
 The string is returned in a statically
 allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will overwrite.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_lnaof ()
 function returns the local network address part
 of the Internet address \fIin\fP.
 The returned value is in host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_netof ()
 function returns the network number part of
 the Internet address \fIin\fP.
 The returned value is in host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR inet_makeaddr ()
 function is the converse of
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ It returns an Internet host address in network byte order,
 created by combining the network number \fInet\fP
 with the local address \fIhost\fP, both in
 host byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The structure \fIin_addr\fP as used in
 .BR inet_ntoa (),
 .BR inet_makeaddr (),
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ and
 is defined in
 .I <netinet/in.h>
 as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;
@@ -227,7 +227,6 @@ T{
 .BR inet_netof ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR inet_addr ()
@@ -243,7 +242,7 @@ None.
 .TQ
 .BR inet_ntoa ()
 POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR inet_lnaof (),
 .BR inet_netof (),
 and
@@ -270,7 +269,7 @@ This address type is indicated by the binary value 110 in the
 most significant three bits of the address.
 The network address is contained in the three most significant bytes,
 and the host address occupies the remaining byte.
-.PP
+.P
 Classful network addresses are now obsolete,
 having been superseded by Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR),
 which divides addresses into network and host components at
@@ -286,7 +285,7 @@ and
 .BR inet_ntoa ()
 is shown below.
 Here are some example runs:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 226.000.000.037" "      # Last byte is in octal"
diff --git a/man3/inet_net_pton.3 b/man3/inet_net_pton.3
index 2a74441..e8264e8 100644
--- a/man3/inet_net_pton.3
+++ b/man3/inet_net_pton.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH inet_net_pton 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH inet_net_pton 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 inet_net_pton, inet_net_ntop \- Internet network number conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Resolver library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int inet_net_pton(int " af ", const char *" pres ,
 .BI "                  void " netp [. nsize "], size_t " nsize );
 .BI "char *inet_net_ntop(int " af ,
@@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ Resolver library
 .BI "                  int " bits ,
 .BI "                  char " pres [. psize "], size_t " psize );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR inet_net_pton (),
 .BR inet_net_ntop ():
 .nf
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions convert network numbers between
 presentation (i.e., printable) format and network (i.e., binary) format.
-.PP
+.P
 For both functions,
 .I af
 specifies the address family for the conversion;
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The
 .I nsize
 argument specifies the number of bytes available in
 .IR netp .
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 returns the number of bits in the network number field
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ of the result placed in
 .IR netp .
 For a discussion of the input presentation format and the return value,
 see NOTES.
-.PP
+.P
 .IR Note :
 the buffer pointed to by
 .I netp
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The
 .I bits
 argument specifies the number of bits in the network number in
 .IR *netp .
-.PP
+.P
 The null-terminated presentation-format string
 is placed in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR pres .
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ returns the number of bits in the network number.
 On error, it returns \-1, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR inet_net_ntop ()
 returns
@@ -138,16 +138,16 @@ None.
 The network number may be specified either
 as a hexadecimal value
 or in dotted-decimal notation.
-.PP
+.P
 Hexadecimal values are indicated by an initial "0x" or "0X".
 The hexadecimal digits populate the nibbles (half octets) of the
 network number from left to right in network byte order.
 .\" If the hexadecimal string is short, the remaining nibbles are zeroed.
-.PP
+.P
 In dotted-decimal notation, up to four octets are specified,
 as decimal numbers separated by dots.
 Thus, any of the following forms are accepted:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 a.b.c.d
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ a.b
 a
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Each part is a number in the range 0 to 255 that
 populates one byte of the resulting network number,
 going from left to right, in network-byte (big endian) order.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Where a part is omitted, the resulting byte in the network number is zero.
 .\" Reading other man pages, some other implementations treat
 .\" 	'c' in a.b.c as a 16-bit number that populates right-most two bytes
 .\"     'b' in a.b as a 24-bit number that populates right-most three bytes
-.PP
+.P
 For either hexadecimal or dotted-decimal format,
 the network number can optionally be followed by a slash
 and a number in the range 0 to 32,
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ is 16.
 Otherwise,
 .I bits
 is 8.
-.PP
+.P
 If the resulting
 .I bits
 value from the above steps is greater than or equal to 8,
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ It then uses
 .BR inet_net_ntop ()
 to convert the binary form back to presentation format,
 and displays the resulting string.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to demonstrate that
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 may not write to all bytes of its
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@ the program displays all of the bytes of the buffer returned by
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 allowing the user to see which bytes have not been touched by
 .BR inet_net_pton ().
-.PP
+.P
 An example run, showing that
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 infers the number of bits in the network number:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 193.168\fP
@@ -260,11 +260,11 @@ inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
 Raw address:              c1a80000
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Demonstrate that
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 does not zero out unused bytes in its result buffer:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 193.168 0xffffffff\fP
@@ -273,13 +273,13 @@ inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
 Raw address:              c1a800ff
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Demonstrate that
 .BR inet_net_pton ()
 will widen the inferred size of the network number,
 if the supplied number of bytes in the presentation
 string exceeds the inferred value:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128\fP
@@ -288,13 +288,13 @@ inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.1.128/32
 Raw address:              c1a80180
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Explicitly specifying the size of the network number overrides any
 inference about its size
 (but any extra bytes that are explicitly specified will still be used by
 .BR inet_net_pton ():
 to populate the result buffer):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128/24\fP
diff --git a/man3/inet_ntop.3 b/man3/inet_ntop.3
index 6f6d853..3d2d78b 100644
--- a/man3/inet_ntop.3
+++ b/man3/inet_ntop.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH inet_ntop 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH inet_ntop 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 inet_ntop \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "const char *inet_ntop(int " af ", const void *restrict " src ,
 .BI "                      char " dst "[restrict ." size "], socklen_t " size );
 .fi
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ which must be a non-null pointer.
 The caller specifies the number of bytes available in this buffer in
 the argument
 .IR size .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR inet_ntop ()
 extends the
 .BR inet_ntoa (3)
@@ -95,12 +95,11 @@ T{
 .BR inet_ntop ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that RFC\ 2553 defines a prototype where the last argument
 .I size
 is of type
diff --git a/man3/inet_pton.3 b/man3/inet_pton.3
index 420a642..37eb97c 100644
--- a/man3/inet_pton.3
+++ b/man3/inet_pton.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH inet_pton 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH inet_pton 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 inet_pton \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from text to binary form
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int inet_pton(int " af ", const char *restrict " src \
 ", void *restrict " dst );
 .fi
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ or
 .BR AF_INET6 .
 .I dst
 is written in network byte order.
-.PP
+.P
 The following address families are currently supported:
 .TP
 .B AF_INET
@@ -127,7 +127,6 @@ T{
 .BR inet_pton ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Unlike
 .BR inet_aton (3)
@@ -163,7 +162,7 @@ The program below demonstrates the use of
 and
 .BR inet_ntop (3).
 Here are some example runs:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out i6 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0"
diff --git a/man3/initgroups.3 b/man3/initgroups.3
index 81505cb..b389f2b 100644
--- a/man3/initgroups.3
+++ b/man3/initgroups.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
 .\" Modified 2004-10-10 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH initgroups 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH initgroups 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 initgroups \- initialize the supplementary group access list
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int initgroups(const char *" user ", gid_t " group );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR initgroups ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The additional group
 .I group
 is
 also added to the list.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I user
 argument must be non-NULL.
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ T{
 .BR initgroups ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/insque.3 b/man3/insque.3
index d3444ce..dba8dfb 100644
--- a/man3/insque.3
+++ b/man3/insque.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" mtk, 2010-09-09: Noted glibc 2.4 bug, added info on circular
 .\"	lists, added example program
 .\"
-.TH insque 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH insque 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 insque, remque \- insert/remove an item from a queue
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void insque(void *" elem ", void *" prev );
 .BI "void remque(void *" elem );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR insque (),
 .BR remque ():
 .nf
@@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ backward pointer.
 The linked list may be linear (i.e., NULL forward pointer at
 the end of the list and NULL backward pointer at the start of the list)
 or circular.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR insque ()
 function inserts the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP
 immediately after the element pointed to by \fIprev\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 If the list is linear, then the call
 .I "insque(elem, NULL)"
 can be used to insert the initial list element,
 and the call sets the forward and backward pointers of
 .I elem
 to NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 If the list is circular,
 the caller should ensure that the forward and backward pointers of the
 first element are initialized to point to that element,
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ and the
 argument of the
 .BR insque ()
 call should also point to the element.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR remque ()
 function removes the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP from the
@@ -94,13 +94,12 @@ T{
 .BR remque ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On ancient systems,
 .\" e.g., SunOS, Linux libc4 and libc5
 the arguments of these functions were of type \fIstruct qelem *\fP,
 defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct qelem {
@@ -110,12 +109,12 @@ struct qelem {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This is still what you will get if
 .B _GNU_SOURCE
 is defined before
 including \fI<search.h>\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The location of the prototypes for these functions differs among several
 versions of UNIX.
 The above is the POSIX version.
@@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ with the forward and backward pointers in each element suitably initialized.
 The program below demonstrates the use of
 .BR insque ().
 Here is an example run of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$ " "./a.out \-c a b c"
diff --git a/man3/intro.3 b/man3/intro.3
index 7f72ae6..f714614 100644
--- a/man3/intro.3
+++ b/man3/intro.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" 2007-10-23 mtk, Nearly a complete rewrite of the earlier page.
-.TH intro 3 2023-02-05 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH intro 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 intro \- introduction to library functions
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ excluding the library functions
 (system call wrappers)
 described in Section 2,
 which implement system calls.
-.PP
+.P
 Many of the functions described in the section are part of the
 Standard C Library
 .RI ( libc ).
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ and
 .IR \-lrt ,
 respectively,
 for the aforementioned libraries).
-.PP
+.P
 In some cases,
 the programmer must define a feature test macro in order to obtain
 the declaration of a function from the header file specified
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@ and its many implementations:
 3head
 .IP \[bu]
 3type
-.PP
+.P
 This difficult history frequently makes it a poor example to follow
 in design,
 implementation,
 and presentation.
-.PP
+.P
 Ideally,
 a library for the C language
 is designed such that each header file
diff --git a/man3/isalpha.3 b/man3/isalpha.3
index cf0d54a..68afb7a 100644
--- a/man3/isalpha.3
+++ b/man3/isalpha.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Sep  2 21:52:01 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
 .\" Modified Mon May 27 22:55:26 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
 .\"
-.TH isalpha 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH isalpha 3 2024-02-25 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 isalnum, isalpha, isascii, isblank, iscntrl, isdigit, isgraph, islower,
 isprint, ispunct, isspace, isupper, isxdigit,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isalnum(int " c );
 .BI "int isalpha(int " c );
 .BI "int iscntrl(int " c );
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int isspace(int " c );
 .BI "int isupper(int " c );
 .BI "int isxdigit(int " c );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isascii(int " c );
 .BI "int isblank(int " c );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isalnum_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .BI "int isalpha_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .BI "int isblank_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
@@ -50,28 +50,28 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int isspace_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .BI "int isupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .BI "int isxdigit_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isascii_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
 .ad l
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isascii ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
         || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isblank ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR \%salnum_l (),
 .BR \%salpha_l (),
 .BR \%sblank_l (),
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     Before glibc 2.10:
         _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isascii_l ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ or
 falls into a certain character class according to the specified locale.
 The functions without the
 "_l" suffix perform the check based on the current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions with the "_l" suffix perform the check
 based on the locale specified by the locale object
 .IR locale .
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ is the special locale object
 (see
 .BR duplocale (3))
 or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.PP
+.P
 The list below explains the operation of the functions without
 the "_l" suffix;
 the functions with the "_l" suffix differ only in using the locale object
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ alphanumeric character.
 .BR isspace ()
 checks for white-space characters.
 In the
-.B """C"""
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
 and
-.B """POSIX"""
+.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
 locales, these are: space, form-feed
 .RB ( \[aq]\ef\[aq] ),
 newline
@@ -221,7 +221,6 @@ T{
 .BR isxdigit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: need a thread-safety statement about the *_l functions
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
@@ -357,7 +356,7 @@ is of type
 it must be cast to
 .IR "unsigned char" ,
 as in the following example:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char c;
@@ -365,7 +364,7 @@ char c;
 res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This is necessary because
 .I char
 may be the equivalent of
@@ -375,7 +374,7 @@ converting to
 .IR int ,
 yielding a value that is outside the range of
 .IR "unsigned char" .
-.PP
+.P
 The details of what characters belong to which class depend on the
 locale.
 For example,
diff --git a/man3/isatty.3 b/man3/isatty.3
index fe44c88..2276550 100644
--- a/man3/isatty.3
+++ b/man3/isatty.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH isatty 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH isatty 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 isatty \- test whether a file descriptor refers to a terminal
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isatty(int " fd );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR isatty ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/isfdtype.3 b/man3/isfdtype.3
index e8eb1f4..1717a1c 100644
--- a/man3/isfdtype.3
+++ b/man3/isfdtype.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH isfdtype 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH isfdtype 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 isfdtype \- test file type of a file descriptor
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/stat.h>
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isfdtype(int " fd ", int " fdtype );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isfdtype ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.20:
diff --git a/man3/isgreater.3 b/man3/isgreater.3
index b5c30d5..e097523 100644
--- a/man3/isgreater.3
+++ b/man3/isgreater.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
 .\" this was done with the help of the glibc manual
 .\"
-.TH isgreater 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH isgreater 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 isgreater, isgreaterequal, isless, islessequal, islessgreater,
 isunordered \- floating-point relational tests without exception for NaN
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int isgreater(" x ", " y );
 .BI "int isgreaterequal(" x ", " y );
 .BI "int isless(" x ", " y );
@@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ Math library
 .BI "int islessgreater(" x ", " y );
 .BI "int isunordered(" x ", " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     All functions described here:
         _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The normal relational operations (like
 fail if one of the operands is NaN.
 This will cause an exception.
 To avoid this, C99 defines the macros listed below.
-.PP
+.P
 These macros are guaranteed to evaluate their arguments only once.
 The arguments must be of real floating-point type (note: do not pass
 integer values as arguments to these macros, since the arguments will
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ The macros other than
 .BR isunordered ()
 return the result of the relational comparison;
 these macros return 0 if either argument is a NaN.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR isunordered ()
 returns 1 if
 .I x
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ T{
 .BR isunordered ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Not all hardware supports these functions,
 and where hardware support isn't provided, they will be emulated by macros.
diff --git a/man3/iswalnum.3 b/man3/iswalnum.3
index 9d5bb24..2010987 100644
--- a/man3/iswalnum.3
+++ b/man3/iswalnum.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswalnum 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswalnum 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswalnum \- test for alphanumeric wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswalnum(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,26 +31,26 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "alnum".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alnum" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
 the wide-character class
 "alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
 the wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from
 the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alnum" is the union of the wide-character classes
 "alpha" and "digit".
 As such, it also contains the wide-character class
 "xdigit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alnum"
 always contains at least the letters
 \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq],
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswalnum ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswalpha.3 b/man3/iswalpha.3
index a05dfe9..612a8d8 100644
--- a/man3/iswalpha.3
+++ b/man3/iswalpha.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswalpha 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswalpha 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswalpha \- test for alphabetic wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswalpha(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,30 +31,30 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "alpha".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alpha" is a subclass of the
 wide-character class "alnum",
 and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
 of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
 the wide-character class
 "alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
 the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from
 the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
 the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the
 wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "digit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alpha" contains the wide-character classes "upper"
 and "lower".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "alpha" always contains at least the
 letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq] and \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswalpha ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswblank.3 b/man3/iswblank.3
index 84599ab..d50034c 100644
--- a/man3/iswblank.3
+++ b/man3/iswblank.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswblank 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswblank 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswblank \- test for whitespace wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswblank(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR iswblank ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ function is the wide-character equivalent of the
 function.
 It tests whether \fIwc\fP is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "space".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "space",
 the wide-character class "blank" is disjoint from the
 wide-character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint
 from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit",
 "xdigit", "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "blank" always contains
 at least the space character
 and the control character \[aq]\et\[aq].
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswblank ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswcntrl.3 b/man3/iswcntrl.3
index 40d78e8..bd1a3df 100644
--- a/man3/iswcntrl.3
+++ b/man3/iswcntrl.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswcntrl 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswcntrl 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswcntrl \- test for control wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswcntrl(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "cntrl" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "print" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "graph", "alpha",
 "upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 For an unsigned char
 .IR c ,
 .I iscntrl(c)
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswcntrl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswctype.3 b/man3/iswctype.3
index 6326345..78e9686 100644
--- a/man3/iswctype.3
+++ b/man3/iswctype.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswctype 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswctype 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswctype \- wide-character classification
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswctype(wint_t " wc ", wctype_t " desc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ If
 is
 .BR WEOF ,
 zero is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .I desc
 must be a character property descriptor
 returned by the
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswctype ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswdigit.3 b/man3/iswdigit.3
index b4d187d..c055919 100644
--- a/man3/iswdigit.3
+++ b/man3/iswdigit.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswdigit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswdigit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswdigit \- test for decimal digit wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswdigit(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,29 +31,29 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "digit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "digit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "xdigit", and therefore also a subclass
 of the wide-character class "alnum", of
 the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide character
 class "print", the wide-character class
 "digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
 the wide-character class
 "digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
 "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character
 class "alnum", the wide-character class
 "digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "digit" is
 disjoint from the wide-character class
 "alpha" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "lower", "upper".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "digit" always
 contains exactly the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswdigit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswgraph.3 b/man3/iswgraph.3
index 3af1b76..35ee1a3 100644
--- a/man3/iswgraph.3
+++ b/man3/iswgraph.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswgraph 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswgraph 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswgraph \- test for graphic wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswgraph(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,20 +31,20 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "graph".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "graph" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
 the wide-character class
 "graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "space" and therefore also disjoint from its subclass "blank".
 .\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "graph" and "space" may
 .\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "graph" contains all the wide characters from the
 wide-character class "print" except the space character.
 It therefore contains
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswgraph ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswlower.3 b/man3/iswlower.3
index 1115275..8aa7742 100644
--- a/man3/iswlower.3
+++ b/man3/iswlower.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswlower 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswlower 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswlower \- test for lowercase wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswlower(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,28 +31,28 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "lower".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "lower" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "alpha", and therefore also a subclass
 of the wide-character class "alnum", of
 the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
 the wide-character class
 "lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
 the wide-character class "lower" is disjoint from the
 wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
 the wide-character class
 "lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha",
 the wide-character class
 "lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "lower" contains at least
 those characters
 .I wc
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ which are equal to
 .I towlower(wc)
 and different from
 .IR towupper(wc) .
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "lower" always contains
 at least the letters \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswlower ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
 because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/iswprint.3 b/man3/iswprint.3
index cfd1e94..bc58b25 100644
--- a/man3/iswprint.3
+++ b/man3/iswprint.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswprint 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswprint 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswprint \- test for printing wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswprint(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "print" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "print" contains the wide-character class "graph".
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswprint ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswpunct.3 b/man3/iswpunct.3
index b3b9f57..6e74b60 100644
--- a/man3/iswpunct.3
+++ b/man3/iswpunct.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswpunct 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswpunct 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswpunct \- test for punctuation or symbolic wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswpunct(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "punct" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "alnum" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alpha", "upper",
 "lower", "digit", "xdigit".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
 the wide-character class
 "punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
 the wide-character class
 "punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswpunct ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 This function's name is a misnomer when dealing with Unicode characters,
 because the wide-character class "punct" contains both punctuation characters
 and symbol (math, currency, etc.) characters.
diff --git a/man3/iswspace.3 b/man3/iswspace.3
index fce481d..e87b80a 100644
--- a/man3/iswspace.3
+++ b/man3/iswspace.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswspace 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswspace 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswspace \- test for whitespace wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswspace(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "space".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "space" is disjoint from the wide-character class
 "graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha",
 "upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
 .\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "space" and "graph" may
 .\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "space" contains the wide-character class "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "space"
 always contains at least the space character
 and the control characters
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswspace ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/iswupper.3 b/man3/iswupper.3
index 64bc4f0..82ec81b 100644
--- a/man3/iswupper.3
+++ b/man3/iswupper.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswupper 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswupper 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswupper \- test for uppercase wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswupper(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,31 +31,31 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "upper".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "upper" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "alpha", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", of
 the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
 "upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
 "upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
 "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
 "upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha", the wide-character class
 "upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "upper" contains at least those characters
 .I wc
 which are equal to
 .I towupper(wc)
 and different from
 .IR towlower(wc) .
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "upper" always contains at least the
 letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswupper ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -92,7 +91,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
 because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/iswxdigit.3 b/man3/iswxdigit.3
index 7be65b5..5eb226b 100644
--- a/man3/iswxdigit.3
+++ b/man3/iswxdigit.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH iswxdigit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH iswxdigit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 iswxdigit \- test for hexadecimal digit wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iswxdigit(wint_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ It tests whether
 .I wc
 is a wide character
 belonging to the wide-character class "xdigit".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "xdigit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
 "alnum", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
 of the wide-character class "print".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
 "xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
 "xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
 "blank".
-.PP
+.P
 Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
 "xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.PP
+.P
 The wide-character class "xdigit" always contains at least the
 letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]F\[aq], \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]f\[aq]
 and the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ T{
 .BR iswxdigit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/j0.3 b/man3/j0.3
index 1ca739b..919c256 100644
--- a/man3/j0.3
+++ b/man3/j0.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
 .\" 2008-07-24, mtk, moved yxx() material into separate y0.3 page
 .\"
-.TH j0 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH j0 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 j0, j0f, j0l, j1, j1f, j1l, jn, jnf, jnl \-
 Bessel functions of the first kind
@@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double j0(double " x );
 .BI "double j1(double " x );
 .BI "double jn(int " n ", double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "float j0f(float " x );
 .BI "float j1f(float " x );
 .BI "float jnf(int " n ", float " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long double j0l(long double " x );
 .BI "long double j1l(long double " x );
 .BI "long double jnl(int " n ", long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR j0 (),
 .BR j1 (),
 .BR jn ():
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR j0f (),
 .BR j0l (),
 .BR j1f (),
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ returns the Bessel function of
 .I x
 of the first kind of order
 .IR n .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR j0f (),
 .BR j1f (),
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ values.
 On success, these functions return the appropriate
 Bessel value of the first kind for
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is too large in magnitude,
@@ -116,14 +116,14 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result underflow, or \fIx\fP is too large in magnitude
 .I errno
 is set to
 .BR ERANGE .
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not raise exceptions for
 .BR fetestexcept (3).
 .\" e.g., j0(1.5e16)
@@ -159,7 +159,6 @@ T{
 .BR jnl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR j0 ()
diff --git a/man3/key_setsecret.3 b/man3/key_setsecret.3
index 13e8051..a8c4470 100644
--- a/man3/key_setsecret.3
+++ b/man3/key_setsecret.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"  I had no way the check the functions out
 .\"  be careful
-.TH key_setsecret 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH key_setsecret 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 key_decryptsession, key_encryptsession, key_setsecret, key_gendes,
 key_secretkey_is_set \- interfaces to rpc keyserver daemon
@@ -15,12 +15,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <rpc/rpc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int key_decryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
 .BI "int key_encryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int key_gendes(des_block *" deskey );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int key_setsecret(char *" key );
 .B int key_secretkey_is_set(void);
 .fi
@@ -29,29 +29,29 @@ The functions here are used within the RPC's secure authentication
 mechanism (AUTH_DES).
 There should be no need for user programs to
 use this functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR key_decryptsession ()
 uses the (remote) server netname and takes the DES key
 for decrypting.
 It uses the public key of the server and the
 secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR key_encryptsession ()
 is the inverse of
 .BR key_decryptsession ().
 It encrypts the DES keys with the public key of the server and
 the secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR key_gendes ()
 is used to ask the keyserver for a secure conversation key.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR key_setsecret ()
 is used to set the key for the effective UID of the calling process.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
 can be used to determine whether a key has been
@@ -76,13 +76,12 @@ T{
 .BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH NOTES
 Note that we talk about two types of encryption here.
 One is asymmetric using a public and secret key.
 The other is symmetric, the
 64-bit DES.
-.PP
+.P
 These routines were part of the Linux/Doors-project, abandoned by now.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR crypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/killpg.3 b/man3/killpg.3
index a146316..14533ef 100644
--- a/man3/killpg.3
+++ b/man3/killpg.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"     Added notes on CAP_KILL
 .\" Modified 2004-06-21 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH killpg 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH killpg 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 killpg \- send signal to a process group
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int killpg(int " pgrp ", int " sig );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR killpg ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ to the process group
 See
 .BR signal (7)
 for a list of signals.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I pgrp
 is 0,
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ sends the signal to the calling process's process group.
 (POSIX says: if
 .I pgrp
 is less than or equal to 1, the behavior is undefined.)
-.PP
+.P
 For the permissions required to send a signal to another process, see
 .BR kill (2).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
diff --git a/man3/ldexp.3 b/man3/ldexp.3
index e1fb88c..926aa47 100644
--- a/man3/ldexp.3
+++ b/man3/ldexp.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH ldexp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ldexp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ldexp, ldexpf, ldexpl \- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double ldexp(double " x ", int " exp );
 .BI "float ldexpf(float " x ", int " exp );
 .BI "long double ldexpl(long double " x ", int " exp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ldexpf (),
 .BR ldexpl ():
 .nf
@@ -47,27 +47,27 @@ by 2 raised to the power
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return
 .IR "x * (2\[ha]exp)" .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I exp
 is zero, then
 .I x
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
 positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and zero is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error, overflow
@@ -116,12 +116,11 @@ T{
 .BR ldexpl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/lgamma.3 b/man3/lgamma.3
index cbcf363..cd4d57a 100644
--- a/man3/lgamma.3
+++ b/man3/lgamma.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" based on glibc infopages
 .\"
-.TH lgamma 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lgamma 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lgamma, lgammaf, lgammal, lgamma_r, lgammaf_r, lgammal_r, signgam \-
 log gamma function
@@ -16,30 +16,30 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double lgamma(double " x );
 .BI "float lgammaf(float " x );
 .BI "long double lgammal(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double lgamma_r(double " x ", int *" signp );
 .BI "float lgammaf_r(float " x ", int *" signp );
 .BI "long double lgammal_r(long double " x ", int *" signp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern int " signgam ;
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BR lgamma ():
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lgammaf (),
 .BR lgammal ():
 .nf
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lgamma_r (),
 .BR lgammaf_r (),
 .BR lgammal_r ():
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .IR signgam :
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 For the definition of the Gamma function, see
 .BR tgamma (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR lgamma (),
 .BR lgammaf (),
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ declared in
 .IR <math.h> .
 It is 1 when the Gamma function is positive or zero, \-1
 when it is negative.
-.PP
+.P
 Since using a constant location
 .I signgam
 is not thread-safe, the functions
@@ -92,20 +92,20 @@ have been introduced; they return the sign via the argument
 .IR signp .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of Gamma(x).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is 1 or 2, +0 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
 positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a nonpositive integer,
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .RB + HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 .\" e.g., lgamma(DBL_MAX)
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Pole error: \fIx\fP is a nonpositive integer
diff --git a/man3/lio_listio.3 b/man3/lio_listio.3
index 0cca6e4..1829358 100644
--- a/man3/lio_listio.3
+++ b/man3/lio_listio.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH lio_listio 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lio_listio 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lio_listio \- initiate a list of I/O requests
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <aio.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int lio_listio(int " mode ,
 .BI "               struct aiocb *restrict const " aiocb_list [restrict],
 .BI "               int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The
 .BR lio_listio ()
 function initiates the list of I/O operations described by the array
 .IR aiocb_list .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mode
 operation has one of the following values:
@@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ When all of the I/O operations complete, asynchronous notification occurs,
 as specified by the
 .I sevp
 argument; see
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for details.
 If
 .I sevp
 is NULL, no asynchronous notification occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I aiocb_list
 argument is an array of pointers to
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ argument specifies the size of the array
 Null pointers in
 .I aiocb_list
 are ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 In each control block in
 .IR aiocb_list ,
 the
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ specifying this control block.
 .TP
 .B LIO_NOP
 Ignore this control block.
-.PP
+.P
 The remaining fields in each control block have the same meanings as for
 .BR aio_read (3)
 and
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ returns 0 if all I/O operations are successfully queued.
 Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I mode
 is
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ returns 0 when all of the I/O operations have completed successfully.
 Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The return status from
 .BR lio_listio ()
 provides information only about the call itself,
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ failed.
 .\" e.g., ioa_reqprio or aio_lio_opcode was invalid
 The application can check the status of each operation using
 .BR aio_return (3).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR lio_listio ()
 fails with the error
@@ -197,7 +197,6 @@ T{
 .BR lio_listio ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -211,7 +210,7 @@ The buffer areas being read into or written from
 .\" or the control block of the operation
 must not be accessed during the operations or undefined results may occur.
 The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.PP
+.P
 Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
 .I aiocb
 structure produce undefined results.
diff --git a/man3/list.3 b/man3/list.3
index 270d5e6..cc77bde 100644
--- a/man3/list.3
+++ b/man3/list.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH LIST 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH LIST 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 LIST_EMPTY,
 LIST_ENTRY,
@@ -31,43 +31,43 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B LIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.PP
+.P
 .B LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
 .BI "LIST_HEAD LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(LIST_HEAD " head );
 .BI "void LIST_INIT(LIST_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int LIST_EMPTY(LIST_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void LIST_INSERT_HEAD(LIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void LIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct TYPE *LIST_FIRST(LIST_HEAD *" head );
 .\" .BI "struct TYPE *LIST_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "struct TYPE *LIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "LIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
 .\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void LIST_REMOVE(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "void LIST_SWAP(LIST_HEAD *" head1 ", LIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
 .\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These macros define and operate on doubly linked lists.
-.PP
+.P
 In the macro definitions,
 .I TYPE
 is the name of a user-defined structure,
@@ -94,43 +94,43 @@ or at the head of the list.
 A
 .I LIST_HEAD
 structure is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I struct HEADNAME
 is the structure to be defined, and
 .I struct TYPE
 is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
 A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 struct HEADNAME *headp;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The names
 .I head
 and
 .I headp
 are user selectable.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_ENTRY ()
 declares a structure that connects the elements in the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 evaluates to an initializer for the list
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_INIT ()
 initializes the list referenced by
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_EMPTY ()
 evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
 .SS Insertion
@@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the head of the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_INSERT_BEFORE ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 before the element
 .IR listelm .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
@@ -153,24 +153,24 @@ after the element
 .SS Traversal
 .BR LIST_FIRST ()
 returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR LIST_PREV ()
 .\" returns the previous element in the list, or NULL if this is the first.
 .\" List
 .\" .I head
 .\" must contain element
 .\" .IR elm .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_NEXT ()
 returns the next element in the list, or NULL if this is the last.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
 traverses the list referenced by
 .I head
 in the forward direction,
 assigning each element in turn to
 .IR var .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" instead of the first element in the LIST referenced by
 .\" .IR head .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
 .\" traverses the list referenced by
 .\" .I head
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
 .\" traversal.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
@@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ from the list.
 .BR LIST_EMPTY ()
 returns nonzero if the list is empty,
 and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_FIRST (),
 and
 .BR LIST_NEXT ()
 return a pointer to the first or next
 .I TYPE
 structure, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
 .IR head .
diff --git a/man3/localeconv.3 b/man3/localeconv.3
index 063fe11..a4b17a9 100644
--- a/man3/localeconv.3
+++ b/man3/localeconv.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:01:20 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH localeconv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH localeconv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 localeconv \- get numeric formatting information
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <locale.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct lconv *localeconv(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:localeconv locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/lockf.3 b/man3/lockf.3
index a4043ba..f8b005f 100644
--- a/man3/lockf.3
+++ b/man3/lockf.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" Added section stuff, aeb, 2002-04-22.
 .\" Corrected include file, drepper, 2003-06-15.
 .\"
-.TH lockf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lockf 3 2024-03-03 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lockf \- apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
-.BI "int lockf(int " fd ", int " cmd ", off_t " len );
+.P
+.BI "int lockf(int " fd ", int " op ", off_t " len );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR lockf ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Apply, test, or remove a POSIX lock on a section of an open file.
 The file is specified by
 .IR fd ,
 a file descriptor open for writing, the action by
-.IR cmd ,
+.IR op ,
 and the section consists of byte positions
 .IR pos .. pos + len \-1
 if
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ is the current file position, and if
 is zero, the section extends from the current file position to
 infinity, encompassing the present and future end-of-file positions.
 In all cases, the section may extend past current end-of-file.
-.PP
+.P
 On Linux,
 .BR lockf ()
 is just an interface on top of
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ and
 locks unspecified.
 A portable application should probably avoid mixing calls
 to these interfaces.
-.PP
+.P
 Valid operations are given below:
 .TP
 .B F_LOCK
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ been memory-mapped by another process.
 .B EBADF
 .I fd
 is not an open file descriptor; or
-.I cmd
+.I op
 is
 .B F_LOCK
 or
@@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ and
 is not a writable file descriptor.
 .TP
 .B EDEADLK
-The command was
+.I op
+was
 .B F_LOCK
 and this lock operation would cause a deadlock.
 .TP
@@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ delivery of a signal caught by a handler; see
 .TP
 .B EINVAL
 An invalid operation was specified in
-.IR cmd .
+.IR op .
 .TP
 .B ENOLCK
 Too many segment locks open, lock table is full.
@@ -157,7 +158,6 @@ T{
 .BR lockf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, SVr4.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR fcntl (2),
 .BR flock (2)
-.PP
+.P
 .I locks.txt
 and
 .I mandatory\-locking.txt
diff --git a/man3/log.3 b/man3/log.3
index 23ad8f9..89d3075 100644
--- a/man3/log.3
+++ b/man3/log.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH log 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH log 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 log, logf, logl \- natural logarithmic function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double log(double " x );
 .BI "float logf(float " x );
 .BI "long double logl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR logf (),
 .BR logl ():
 .nf
@@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ These functions return the natural logarithm of
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is 1, the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity,
 positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is zero,
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
 or
 .RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative (including negative infinity), then
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
@@ -115,12 +115,11 @@ T{
 .BR logl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/log10.3 b/man3/log10.3
index 9d3a0bb..3090864 100644
--- a/man3/log10.3
+++ b/man3/log10.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH log10 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH log10 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 log10, log10f, log10l \-  base-10 logarithmic function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double log10(double " x );
 .BI "float log10f(float " x );
 .BI "long double log10l(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR log10f (),
 .BR log10l ():
 .nf
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the base 10 logarithm of
+These functions return the base-10 logarithm of
 .IR x .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base 10 logarithm of
+On success, these functions return the base-10 logarithm of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For special cases, including where
 .I x
 is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
 .BR log (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -76,12 +76,11 @@ T{
 .BR log10l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/log1p.3 b/man3/log1p.3
index c3285a9..dff3b5b 100644
--- a/man3/log1p.3
+++ b/man3/log1p.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH log1p 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH log1p 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 log1p, log1pf, log1pl \-  logarithm of 1 plus argument
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double log1p(double " x );
 .BI "float log1pf(float " x );
 .BI "long double log1pl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BR log1p ():
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR log1pf (),
 .BR log1pl ():
 .nf
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return a value equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     log (1 + \fIx\fP)
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 The result is computed in a way
 that is accurate even if the value of
 .I x
@@ -57,16 +57,16 @@ is near zero.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
 .IR "(1\ +\ x)" .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is \-1, a pole error occurs,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is less than \-1 (including negative infinity),
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than \-1
@@ -125,7 +125,6 @@ T{
 .BR log1pl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
 to
 .B EDOM
 when a domain error occurred.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6792
 .I errno
diff --git a/man3/log2.3 b/man3/log2.3
index 223ac99..29cc1ef 100644
--- a/man3/log2.3
+++ b/man3/log2.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH log2 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH log2 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 log2, log2f, log2l \- base-2 logarithmic function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double log2(double " x );
 .BI "float log2f(float " x );
 .BI "long double log2l(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR log2 (),
 .BR log2f (),
 .BR log2l ():
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the base 2 logarithm of
+These functions return the base-2 logarithm of
 .IR x .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base 2 logarithm of
+On success, these functions return the base-2 logarithm of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 For special cases, including where
 .I x
 is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
 .BR log (3).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -75,13 +75,12 @@ T{
 .BR log2l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/logb.3 b/man3/logb.3
index 1bde61b..1319d94 100644
--- a/man3/logb.3
+++ b/man3/logb.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
 .\"
-.TH logb 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH logb 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 logb, logbf, logbl \- get exponent of a floating-point value
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double logb(double " x );
 .BI "float logbf(float " x );
 .BI "long double logbl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR logb ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR logbf (),
 .BR logbl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,10 +57,11 @@ If
 .B FLT_RADIX
 is 2,
 .BI logb( x )
-is equal to
-.BI floor(log2( x ))\fR,
-except that it is probably faster.
-.PP
+is similar to
+.BI floor(log2(fabs( x )))\f[R],\f[]
+except that the latter may give an incorrect integer
+due to intermediate rounding.
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is subnormal,
@@ -71,12 +72,12 @@ would have if it were normalized.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the exponent of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is zero, then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ is zero, then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
 or
 .RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0
 A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
@@ -128,7 +129,6 @@ T{
 .BR logbl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/login.3 b/man3/login.3
index b6fa4ae..a77a728 100644
--- a/man3/login.3
+++ b/man3/login.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH login 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH login 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 login, logout \- write utmp and wtmp entries
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ System utilities library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <utmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void login(const struct utmp *" ut );
 .BI "int logout(const char *" ut_line );
 .fi
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ The utmp file records who is currently using the system.
 The wtmp file records all logins and logouts.
 See
 .BR utmp (5).
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR login ()
 takes the supplied
 .IR "struct utmp" ,
 .IR ut ,
 and writes it to both the utmp and the wtmp file.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR logout ()
 clears the entry in the utmp file again.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ On the other hand,
 if no terminal name was found, this field is filled with "???"
 and the struct is not written to the utmp file.
 After this, the struct is written to the wtmp file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR logout ()
 function searches the utmp file for an entry matching the
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ MT-Unsafe race:utent
 sig:ALRM timer
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I utent
 in
diff --git a/man3/lrint.3 b/man3/lrint.3
index 66f8598..af42930 100644
--- a/man3/lrint.3
+++ b/man3/lrint.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH lrint 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lrint 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lrint, lrintf, lrintl, llrint, llrintf, llrintl \- round to nearest integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,21 +14,21 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long lrint(double " x );
 .BI "long lrintf(float " x );
 .BI "long lrintl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long long llrint(double " x );
 .BI "long long llrintf(float " x );
 .BI "long long llrintl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ All functions shown above:
 These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
 using the current rounding direction (see
 .BR fesetround (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 Note that unlike the
 .BR rint (3)
 family of functions,
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ the return type of these functions differs from
 that of their arguments.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN or an infinity,
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
 An invalid floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_INVALID )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ T{
 .BR llrintl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/lround.3 b/man3/lround.3
index e48f71a..1e947ff 100644
--- a/man3/lround.3
+++ b/man3/lround.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH lround 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lround 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lround, lroundf, lroundl, llround, llroundf, llroundl \- round to
 nearest integer
@@ -15,21 +15,21 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long lround(double " x );
 .BI "long lroundf(float " x );
 .BI "long lroundl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long long llround(double " x );
 .BI "long long llroundf(float " x );
 .BI "long long llroundl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
 rounding halfway cases away from zero,
 regardless of the current rounding direction (see
 .BR fenv (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 Note that unlike the
 .BR round (3)
 and
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ functions, the return type of these functions differs from
 that of their arguments.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN or an infinity,
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
 An invalid floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_INVALID )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ T{
 .BR llroundl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/lsearch.3 b/man3/lsearch.3
index a419435..211f41c 100644
--- a/man3/lsearch.3
+++ b/man3/lsearch.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Corrected prototype and include, aeb, 990927
-.TH lsearch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lsearch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lfind, lsearch \- linear search of an array
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *lfind(const void " key [. size "], \
 const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
 .BI "            size_t *" nmemb ", size_t " size ,
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ returns zero if the
 .I key
 object matches the array member, and
 nonzero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR lsearch ()
 does not find a matching element, then the
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR lsearch ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/lseek64.3 b/man3/lseek64.3
index aee84ed..9e2801f 100644
--- a/man3/lseek64.3
+++ b/man3/lseek64.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH lseek64 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH lseek64 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 lseek64 \- reposition 64-bit read/write file offset
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BR "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ has the value
 or
 .BR SEEK_END ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 For more details, return value, and errors, see
 .BR lseek (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Four interfaces are available:
 .BR lseek (),
 .BR lseek64 (),
@@ -51,36 +51,36 @@ and
 .\"
 .SS lseek()
 Prototype:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "off_t lseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The C library's
 .BR lseek ()
 wrapper function uses the type
 .IR off_t .
 This is a 32-bit signed type on 32-bit architectures, unless one
 compiles with
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 in which case it is a 64-bit signed type.
 .SS lseek64()
 Prototype:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR lseek64 ()
 library function uses a 64-bit type even when
@@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ is a 32-bit type.
 Its prototype (and the type
 .IR off64_t )
 is available only when one compiles with
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR lseek64 ()
 .\" in glibc 2.0.94, not in glibc 2.0.6
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ is available since glibc 2.1.
 .\"
 .SS llseek()
 Prototype:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "loff_t llseek(int " fd ", loff_t " offset ", int " whence );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The type
 .I loff_t
 is a 64-bit signed type.
@@ -122,14 +122,14 @@ the above prototype, or something equivalent, to their own source.
 When users complained about data loss caused by a miscompilation of
 .BR e2fsck (8),
 glibc 2.1.3 added the link-time warning
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 "the \`llseek\' function may be dangerous; use \`lseek64\' instead."
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This makes this function unusable if one desires a warning-free
 compilation.
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.28,
 .\" glibc commit 5c5c0dd747070db624c8e2c43691cec854f114ef
 this function symbol is no longer available to newly linked applications.
@@ -139,17 +139,17 @@ On 32-bit architectures,
 this is the system call that is used (by the C library wrapper functions)
 to implement all of the above functions.
 The prototype is:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "int _llseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset_hi ", off_t " offset_lo ,
 .BI "            loff_t *" result ", int " whence );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 For more details, see
 .BR llseek (2).
-.PP
+.P
 64-bit systems don't need an
 .BR _llseek ()
 system call.
@@ -182,7 +182,6 @@ T{
 .BR lseek64 ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH NOTES
 .BR lseek64 ()
 is one of the functions that was specified in the Large File Summit (LFS)
diff --git a/man3/makecontext.3 b/man3/makecontext.3
index c4e2378..5fc342f 100644
--- a/man3/makecontext.3
+++ b/man3/makecontext.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2006-08-02, mtk, Added example program
 .\"
-.TH makecontext 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH makecontext 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 makecontext, swapcontext \- manipulate user context
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ucontext.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void makecontext(ucontext_t *" ucp ", void (*" func ")(), int " argc \
 ", ...);"
 .BI "int swapcontext(ucontext_t *restrict " oucp ,
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ and
 .BR swapcontext ()
 that allow user-level context switching
 between multiple threads of control within a process.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR makecontext ()
 function modifies the context pointed to
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ the caller must allocate a new stack
 for this context and assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_stack\fP,
 and define a successor context and
 assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_link\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 When this context is later activated (using
 .BR setcontext (3)
 or
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ the caller must specify the number of these arguments in
 .IR argc .
 When this function returns, the successor context is activated.
 If the successor context pointer is NULL, the thread exits.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR swapcontext ()
 function saves the current context in
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe race:oucp race:ucp
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -129,7 +128,7 @@ to be used as the stack, regardless of the direction of growth of
 the stack.
 Thus, it is not necessary for the user program to
 worry about this direction.
-.PP
+.P
 On architectures where
 .I int
 and pointer types are the same size
@@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ The example program below demonstrates the use of
 and
 .BR swapcontext ().
 Running the program produces the following output:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/makedev.3 b/man3/makedev.3
index af44a79..dbf851a 100644
--- a/man3/makedev.3
+++ b/man3/makedev.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH makedev 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH makedev 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 makedev, major, minor \- manage a device number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/sysmacros.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "dev_t makedev(unsigned int " maj ", unsigned int " min );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned int major(dev_t " dev );
 .BI "unsigned int minor(dev_t " dev );
 .fi
@@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ a major ID, identifying the class of the device,
 and a minor ID, identifying a specific instance of a device in that class.
 A device ID is represented using the type
 .IR dev_t .
-.PP
+.P
 Given major and minor device IDs,
 .BR makedev ()
 combines these to produce a device ID, returned as the function result.
 This device ID can be given to
 .BR mknod (2),
 for example.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR major ()
 and
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR minor ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The BSDs expose the definitions for these macros via
 .IR <sys/types.h> .
@@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ None.
 BSD, HP-UX, Solaris, AIX, Irix.
 .\" The header location is inconsistent:
 .\" Could be sys/mkdev.h, sys/sysmacros.h, or sys/types.h.
-.PP
+.P
 These interfaces are defined as macros.
 Since glibc 2.3.3,
 they have been aliases for three GNU-specific functions:
@@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ they have been aliases for three GNU-specific functions:
 and
 .BR gnu_dev_minor ().
 The latter names are exported, but the traditional names are more portable.
-.PP
+.P
 Depending on the version,
 glibc also exposes definitions for these macros from
 .I <sys/types.h>
diff --git a/man3/mallinfo.3 b/man3/mallinfo.3
index af08137..dcac910 100644
--- a/man3/mallinfo.3
+++ b/man3/mallinfo.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mallinfo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mallinfo 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mallinfo, mallinfo2 \- obtain memory allocation information
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct mallinfo mallinfo(void);
 .B struct mallinfo2 mallinfo2(void);
 .fi
@@ -25,18 +25,18 @@ The structure returned by each function contains the same fields.
 However, the older function,
 .BR mallinfo (),
 is deprecated since the type used for the fields is too small (see BUGS).
-.PP
+.P
 Note that not all allocations are visible to these functions;
 see BUGS and consider using
 .BR malloc_info (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mallinfo2
 structure returned by
 .BR mallinfo2 ()
 is defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct mallinfo2 {
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ struct mallinfo2 {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mallinfo
 structure returned by the deprecated
 .BR mallinfo ()
 function is exactly the same, except that the fields are typed as
 .IR int .
-.PP
+.P
 The structure fields contain the following information:
 .TP 10
 .I arena
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe init const:mallopt
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 .BR mallinfo ()/
 .BR mallinfo2 ()
 would access some global internal objects.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ See
 and
 .BR malloc_info (3)
 for alternatives that include information about other arenas.
-.PP
+.P
 The fields of the
 .I mallinfo
 structure that is returned by the older
@@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ The program below employs
 to retrieve memory allocation statistics before and after
 allocating and freeing some blocks of memory.
 The statistics are displayed on standard output.
-.PP
+.P
 The first two command-line arguments specify the number and size of
 blocks to be allocated with
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The remaining three arguments specify which of the allocated blocks
 should be freed with
 .BR free (3).
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ of the last block to be freed
 (default is one greater than the maximum block number).
 If these three arguments are omitted,
 then the defaults cause all allocated blocks to be freed.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following example run of the program,
 1000 allocations of 100 bytes are performed,
 and then every second allocated block is freed:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 1000 100 2\fP
diff --git a/man3/malloc.3 b/man3/malloc.3
index eee0b30..0ef2cc9 100644
--- a/man3/malloc.3
+++ b/man3/malloc.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" FIXME . Review http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=374
 .\" to see what changes are required on this page.
 .\"
-.TH malloc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc, free, calloc, realloc, reallocarray \- allocate and free dynamic memory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *malloc(size_t " size );
 .BI "void free(void *_Nullable " ptr );
 .BI "void *calloc(size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
 .BI "void *realloc(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t "  size );
 .BI "void *reallocarray(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR reallocarray ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.29:
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ is 0, then
 .BR calloc ()
 returns a unique pointer value that can later be successfully passed to
 .BR free ().
-.PP
+.P
 If the multiplication of
 .I nmemb
 and
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ By contrast,
 an integer overflow would not be detected in the following call to
 .BR malloc (),
 with the result that an incorrectly sized block of memory would be allocated:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 malloc(nmemb * size);
@@ -119,14 +119,14 @@ up to the minimum of the old and new sizes.
 If the new size is larger than the old size, the added memory will
 .I not
 be initialized.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I ptr
 is NULL, then the call is equivalent to
 .IR malloc(size) ,
 for all values of
 .IR size .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I size
 is equal to zero,
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ and
 is not NULL, then the call is equivalent to
 .I free(ptr)
 (but see "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues).
-.PP
+.P
 Unless
 .I ptr
 is NULL, it must have been returned by an earlier call to
@@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ elements, each of which is
 .I size
 bytes.
 It is equivalent to the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 realloc(ptr, nmemb * size);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 However, unlike that
 .BR realloc ()
 call,
@@ -187,12 +187,12 @@ Attempting to allocate more than
 .B PTRDIFF_MAX
 bytes is considered an error, as an object that large
 could cause later pointer subtraction to overflow.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR free ()
 function returns no value, and preserves
 .IR errno .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR realloc ()
 and
@@ -247,7 +247,6 @@ T{
 .BR realloc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR malloc ()
@@ -275,12 +274,12 @@ POSIX.1-2001, C89.
 .BR reallocarray ()
 glibc 2.26.
 OpenBSD 5.6, FreeBSD 11.0.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR malloc ()
 and related functions rejected sizes greater than
 .B PTRDIFF_MAX
 starting in glibc 2.30.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR free ()
 preserved
 .I errno
@@ -301,7 +300,7 @@ in
 .BR proc (5),
 and the Linux kernel source file
 .IR Documentation/vm/overcommit\-accounting.rst .
-.PP
+.P
 Normally,
 .BR malloc ()
 allocates memory from the heap, and adjusts the size of the heap
@@ -324,7 +323,7 @@ were unaffected by the
 resource limit;
 since Linux 4.7, this limit is also enforced for allocations performed using
 .BR mmap (2).
-.PP
+.P
 To avoid corruption in multithreaded applications,
 mutexes are used internally to protect the memory-management
 data structures employed by these functions.
@@ -342,7 +341,7 @@ by the system
 or
 .BR mmap (2)),
 and managed with its own mutexes.
-.PP
+.P
 If your program uses a private memory allocator,
 it should do so by replacing
 .BR malloc (),
@@ -364,11 +363,11 @@ fail without having a valid reason in
 .IR errno .
 Private memory allocators may also need to replace other glibc functions;
 see "Replacing malloc" in the glibc manual for details.
-.PP
+.P
 Crashes in memory allocators
 are almost always related to heap corruption, such as overflowing
 an allocated chunk or freeing the same pointer twice.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR malloc ()
 implementation is tunable via environment variables; see
@@ -383,14 +382,14 @@ other implementations may return NULL without setting
 and portable POSIX programs should tolerate such behavior.
 See
 .BR realloc (3p).
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX requires memory allocators
 to set
 .I errno
 upon failure.
 However, the C standard does not require this, and applications
 portable to non-POSIX platforms should not assume this.
-.PP
+.P
 Portable programs should not use private memory allocators,
 as POSIX and the C standard do not allow replacement of
 .BR malloc (),
@@ -455,7 +454,7 @@ my_mallocarray(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
 .BR mcheck (3),
 .BR mtrace (3),
 .BR posix_memalign (3)
-.PP
+.P
 For details of the GNU C library implementation, see
 .UR https://sourceware.org/glibc/wiki/MallocInternals
 .UE .
diff --git a/man3/malloc_get_state.3 b/man3/malloc_get_state.3
index 1577735..bf6fe5e 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_get_state.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_get_state.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH malloc_get_state 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc_get_state 3 2023-11-01 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc_get_state, malloc_set_state \-
 record and restore state of malloc implementation
@@ -13,14 +13,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void *malloc_get_state(void);
 .BI "int malloc_set_state(void *" state );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .IR Note :
-these function are removed in glibc 2.25.
-.PP
+these functions are removed in glibc 2.25.
+.P
 The
 .BR malloc_get_state ()
 function records the current state of all
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ and a pointer to that data structure is returned as the function result.
 (It is the caller's responsibility to
 .BR free (3)
 this memory.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR malloc_set_state ()
 function restores the state of all
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ returns a pointer to a newly allocated opaque data structure.
 On error (for example, memory could not be allocated for the data structure),
 .BR malloc_get_state ()
 returns NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR malloc_set_state ()
 returns 0.
@@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ T{
 .BR malloc_set_state ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ These functions are useful when using this
 implementation as part of a shared library,
 and the heap contents are saved/restored via some other method.
 This technique is used by GNU Emacs to implement its "dumping" function.
-.PP
+.P
 Hook function pointers are never saved or restored by these
 functions, with two exceptions:
 if malloc checking (see
diff --git a/man3/malloc_hook.3 b/man3/malloc_hook.3
index 8ade1b1..bb1aa69 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_hook.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_hook.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" Heavily based on glibc documentation
 .\" Polished, added docs, removed glibc doc bug, 2002-07-20, aeb
 .\"
-.TH __malloc_hook 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH __malloc_hook 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 __malloc_hook, __malloc_initialize_hook,
 __memalign_hook, __free_hook, __realloc_hook,
@@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <malloc.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *(*volatile __malloc_hook)(size_t " size ", const void *" caller );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *(*volatile __realloc_hook)(void *" ptr ", size_t " size ,
 .BI "                         const void *" caller );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *(*volatile __memalign_hook)(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size ,
 .BI "                         const void *" caller );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void (*volatile __free_hook)(void *" ptr ", const void *" caller );
-.PP
+.P
 .B "void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .B "void (*volatile __after_morecore_hook)(void);"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -41,24 +41,24 @@ by specifying appropriate hook functions.
 You can use these hooks
 to help you debug programs that use dynamic memory allocation,
 for example.
-.PP
+.P
 The variable
 .B __malloc_initialize_hook
 points at a function that is called once when the malloc implementation
 is initialized.
 This is a weak variable, so it can be overridden in
 the application with a definition like the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void) = my_init_hook;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Now the function
 .IR my_init_hook ()
 can do the initialization of all hooks.
-.PP
+.P
 The four functions pointed to by
 .BR __malloc_hook ,
 .BR __realloc_hook ,
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ respectively, except that they have a final argument
 that gives the address of the caller of
 .BR malloc (3),
 etc.
-.PP
+.P
 The variable
 .B __after_morecore_hook
 points at a function that is called each time after
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ and
 .BR calloc ().
 .SH EXAMPLES
 Here is a short example of how to use these variables.
-.PP
+.P
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <malloc.h>
diff --git a/man3/malloc_info.3 b/man3/malloc_info.3
index 045430b..9df31cf 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_info.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_info.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH malloc_info 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc_info 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc_info \- export malloc state to a stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int malloc_info(int " options ", FILE *" stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The string is printed on the file stream
 .IR stream .
 The exported string includes information about all arenas (see
 .BR malloc (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 As currently implemented,
 .I options
 must be zero.
@@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ T{
 .BR malloc_info ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -66,13 +65,13 @@ The memory-allocation information is provided as an XML string
 because the information may change over time
 (according to changes in the underlying implementation).
 The output XML string includes a version field.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR open_memstream (3)
 function can be used to send the output of
 .BR malloc_info ()
 directly into a buffer in memory, rather than to a file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR malloc_info ()
 function is designed to address deficiencies in
@@ -90,14 +89,14 @@ The third argument controls the size of the blocks to be allocated.
 The main thread creates blocks of this size,
 the second thread created by the program allocates blocks of twice this size,
 the third thread allocates blocks of three times this size, and so on.
-.PP
+.P
 The program calls
 .BR malloc_info ()
 twice to display the memory-allocation state.
 The first call takes place before any threads
 are created or memory allocated.
 The second call is performed after all threads have allocated memory.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following example,
 the command-line arguments specify the creation of one additional thread,
 and both the main thread and the additional thread
@@ -105,7 +104,7 @@ allocate 10000 blocks of memory.
 After the blocks of memory have been allocated,
 .BR malloc_info ()
 shows the state of two allocation arenas.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$ " "getconf GNU_LIBC_VERSION"
diff --git a/man3/malloc_stats.3 b/man3/malloc_stats.3
index 7c17d2c..95980e5 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_stats.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_stats.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH malloc_stats 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc_stats 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc_stats \- print memory allocation statistics
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void malloc_stats(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR malloc_stats ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/malloc_trim.3 b/man3/malloc_trim.3
index f57de44..02dba1e 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_trim.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_trim.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH malloc_trim 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc_trim 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc_trim \- release free memory from the heap
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int malloc_trim(size_t "  pad );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ function attempts to release free memory from the heap
 or
 .BR madvise (2)
 with suitable arguments).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I pad
 argument specifies the amount of free space to leave untrimmed
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@ T{
 .BR malloc_trim ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH VERSIONS
@@ -67,13 +66,13 @@ Only the main heap (using
 honors the
 .I pad
 argument; thread heaps do not.
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.8 this function frees memory in all arenas and in all
 chunks with whole free pages.
 .\" See commit 68631c8eb92ff38d9da1ae34f6aa048539b199cc
 .\" (dated 2007-12-16) which adds iteration over all
 .\" arenas and frees all pages in chunks which are free.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.8 this function only freed memory at the
 top of the heap in the main arena.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/malloc_usable_size.3 b/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
index 91d22d8..3c30aae 100644
--- a/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
+++ b/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH malloc_usable_size 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH malloc_usable_size 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 malloc_usable_size \- obtain size of block of memory allocated from heap
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t malloc_usable_size(void *_Nullable " ptr );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ T{
 .BR malloc_usable_size ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH CAVEATS
diff --git a/man3/mallopt.3 b/man3/mallopt.3
index 5fdda5c..6922b0f 100644
--- a/man3/mallopt.3
+++ b/man3/mallopt.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mallopt 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mallopt 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mallopt \- set memory allocation parameters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mallopt(int " param ", int " value );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The
 argument specifies the parameter to be modified, and
 .I value
 specifies the new value for that parameter.
-.PP
+.P
 The following values can be specified for
 .IR param :
 .TP
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ then the
 settings take precedence.)
 For security reasons,
 these variables are ignored in set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
-.PP
+.P
 The environment variables are as follows
 (note the trailing underscore at the end of the name of some variables):
 .TP
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ glibc 2.0.
 Specifying an invalid value for
 .I param
 does not generate an error.
-.PP
+.P
 A calculation error within the glibc implementation means that
 a call of the form:
 .\" FIXME . This looks buggy:
@@ -463,13 +463,13 @@ a call of the form:
 .\" malloc requests are rounded up:
 .\"    (req) + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12129
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 mallopt(M_MXFAST, n)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 does not result in fastbins being employed for all allocations of size up to
 .IR n .
 To ensure desired results,
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ where
 .I k
 is an integer.
 .\" Bins are multiples of 2 * sizeof(size_t) + sizeof(size_t)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR mallopt ()
 is used to set
@@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ then that argument is used to set the
 parameter.
 The program then allocates a block of memory,
 and frees it twice (an error).
-.PP
+.P
 The following shell session shows what happens when we run this program
 under glibc, with the default value for
 .BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
@@ -536,10 +536,10 @@ bff53000\-bff74000 rw\-p 00000000 00:00 0          [stack]
 Aborted (core dumped)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The following runs show the results when employing other values for
 .BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out 1\fP             # Diagnose error and continue
@@ -554,11 +554,11 @@ main(): returned from first free() call
 main(): returned from second free() call
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The next run shows how to set the same parameter using the
 .B MALLOC_CHECK_
 environment variable:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBMALLOC_CHECK_=1 ./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/matherr.3 b/man3/matherr.3
index 8e9a973..351baf5 100644
--- a/man3/matherr.3
+++ b/man3/matherr.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH matherr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH matherr 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 matherr \- SVID math library exception handling
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int matherr(struct exception *" exc );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]] extern _LIB_VERSION_TYPE _LIB_VERSION;
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ and
 This page documents the
 .BR matherr ()
 mechanism as an aid for maintaining and porting older applications.
-.PP
+.P
 The System V Interface Definition (SVID) specifies that various
 math functions should invoke a function called
 .BR matherr ()
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ after
 .BR matherr ()
 returns, the system then returns to the math function,
 which in turn returns to the caller.
-.PP
+.P
 To employ
 .BR matherr (),
 the programmer must define the
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ and assign the value
 .B _SVID_
 to the external variable
 .BR _LIB_VERSION .
-.PP
+.P
 The system provides a default version of
 .BR matherr ().
 This version does nothing, and returns zero
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ version, which will be invoked when an exception occurs.
 The function is invoked with one argument, a pointer to an
 .I exception
 structure, defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct exception {
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ struct exception {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I type
 field has one of the following values:
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ is set to
 Partial loss of significance.
 This value is unused on glibc
 (and many other systems).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I arg1
 and
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ and
 fields are the arguments supplied to the function
 .RI ( arg2
 is undefined for functions that take only one argument).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I retval
 field specifies the return value that the math
@@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ function will return to its caller.
 The programmer-defined
 .BR matherr ()
 can modify this field to change the return value of the math function.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .BR matherr ()
 function returns zero, then the system sets
 .I errno
 as described above, and may print an error message on standard error
 (see below).
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .BR matherr ()
 function returns a nonzero value, then the system does not set
@@ -169,15 +169,15 @@ when calling
 .BR matherr ().
 The "Result" column is the default return value assigned to
 .IR exc\->retval .
-.PP
+.P
 The "Msg?" and "errno" columns describe the default behavior if
 .BR matherr ()
 returns zero.
 If the "Msg?" columns contains "y",
 then the system prints an error message on standard error.
-.PP
+.P
 The table uses the following notations and abbreviations:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 .TS
 l l.
@@ -270,7 +270,6 @@ T{
 .BR matherr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The example program demonstrates the use of
 .BR matherr ()
@@ -292,12 +291,12 @@ If the optional third command-line argument is supplied,
 then it specifies an alternative return value that
 .BR matherr ()
 should assign as the return value of the math function.
-.PP
+.P
 The following example run, where
 .BR log (3)
 is given an argument of 0.0, does not use
 .BR matherr ():
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0"
@@ -305,11 +304,11 @@ errno: Numerical result out of range
 x=\-inf
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run,
 .BR matherr ()
 is called, and returns 0:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 0"
@@ -321,13 +320,13 @@ errno: Numerical argument out of domain
 x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The message "log: SING error" was printed by the C library.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run,
 .BR matherr ()
 is called, and returns a nonzero value:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1"
@@ -337,16 +336,16 @@ matherr SING exception in log() function
 x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In this case, the C library did not print a message, and
 .I errno
 was not set.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run,
 .BR matherr ()
 is called, changes the return value of the math function,
 and returns a nonzero value:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1 12345.0"
@@ -358,7 +357,7 @@ x=12345.000000
 .in
 .SS Program source
 \&
-.\" [[deprecated]] SRC BEGIN (matherr.c)
+.\" SRC BEGIN (matherr.c)
 .EX
 #define _SVID_SOURCE
 #include <errno.h>
diff --git a/man3/mblen.3 b/man3/mblen.3
index 0a8bbde..6946b00 100644
--- a/man3/mblen.3
+++ b/man3/mblen.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mblen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mblen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mblen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mblen(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ If the multibyte character is not the null wide
 character, it returns the number of bytes that were consumed from
 .IR s .
 If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I n
 bytes starting at
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ This can happen even if
 is greater than or equal to
 .IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
 if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
-.PP
+.P
 If the multibyte string starting at
 .I s
 contains an invalid multibyte
 sequence before the next complete character,
 .BR mblen ()
 also returns \-1.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I s
 is NULL, the
@@ -97,7 +97,6 @@ T{
 .BR mblen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The function
 .BR mbrlen (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbrlen.3 b/man3/mbrlen.3
index bf19f88..a444a6a 100644
--- a/man3/mbrlen.3
+++ b/man3/mbrlen.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbrlen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbrlen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbrlen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t mbrlen(const char " s "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
 .BI "              mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it resets the
 shift state
 .I *ps
 to the initial state and returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I n
 bytes starting at
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This can happen even if
 .IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
 if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
 sequences.
-.PP
+.P
 If the multibyte string starting at
 .I s
 contains an invalid multibyte
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ In this case,
 the effects on
 .I *ps
 are undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I ps
 is NULL, a static anonymous state known only to the
@@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ T{
 .BR mbrlen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrlen/!ps
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mbrtowc.3 b/man3/mbrtowc.3
index 2dc8f15..c35f540 100644
--- a/man3/mbrtowc.3
+++ b/man3/mbrtowc.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbrtowc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbrtowc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbrtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t mbrtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "               size_t " n ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If the converted wide character is L\[aq]\e0\[aq], it resets the shift
 state
 .I *ps
 to the initial state and returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I n
 bytes starting at
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ This can happen even if
 .IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
 if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
 sequences.
-.PP
+.P
 If the multibyte string starting at
 .I s
 contains an invalid multibyte
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ In this case,
 the effects on
 .I *ps
 are undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 A different case is when
 .I s
 is not NULL but
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ In this case, the
 .BR mbrtowc ()
 function behaves as above, except that it does not
 store the converted wide character in memory.
-.PP
+.P
 A third case is when
 .I s
 is NULL.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ function
 puts
 .I *ps
 in the initial state and returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 In all of the above cases, if
 .I ps
 is NULL, a static anonymous
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ object
 .I a
 can be initialized to the initial state
 by zeroing it, for example using
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 memset(&a, 0, sizeof(a));
@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ T{
 .BR mbrtowc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrtowc/!ps
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mbsinit.3 b/man3/mbsinit.3
index 41a43a4..fc76d62 100644
--- a/man3/mbsinit.3
+++ b/man3/mbsinit.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbsinit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbsinit 3 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbsinit \- test for initial shift state
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *" ps );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Conversion of a string uses a finite-state machine; when it is interrupted
 after the complete conversion of a number of characters, it may need to
 save a state for processing the remaining characters.
 Such a conversion
-state is needed for the sake of encodings such as ISO-2022 and UTF-7.
-.PP
+state is needed for the sake of encodings such as ISO/IEC\~2022 and UTF-7.
+.P
 The initial state is the state at the beginning of conversion of a string.
 There are two kinds of state: the one used by multibyte to wide character
 conversion functions, such as
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ but they both fit in a
 .IR mbstate_t ,
 and they both have the same
 representation for an initial state.
-.PP
+.P
 For 8-bit encodings, all states are equivalent to the initial state.
 For multibyte encodings like UTF-8, EUC-*, BIG5, or SJIS, the wide character
 to multibyte conversion functions never produce non-initial states, but the
@@ -50,26 +50,26 @@ multibyte to wide-character conversion functions like
 .BR mbrtowc (3)
 do
 produce non-initial states when interrupted in the middle of a character.
-.PP
+.P
 One possible way to create an
 .I mbstate_t
 in initial state is to set it to zero:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 mbstate_t state;
 memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 On Linux, the following works as well, but might generate compiler warnings:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 mbstate_t state = { 0 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mbsinit ()
 tests whether
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ T{
 .BR mbsinit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3 b/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
index b9d0029..5d683a0 100644
--- a/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
+++ b/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH mbsnrtowcs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbsnrtowcs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbsnrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." len "], const char **restrict " src ,
 .BI "                  size_t " nms ", size_t " len \
 ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mbsnrtowcs ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ the number of bytes to be converted, starting at
 is limited to at most
 .I nms
 bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is not NULL, the
@@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ characters written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null wide character,
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 According to POSIX.1,
 if the input buffer ends with an incomplete character,
 it is unspecified whether conversion stops at the end of
 the previous character (if any), or at the end of the input buffer.
 The glibc implementation adopts the former behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
 above, except that the converted wide characters
 are not written out to memory,
 and that no destination length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In both of the above cases, if
 .I ps
 is NULL, a static anonymous
 state known only to the
 .BR mbsnrtowcs ()
 function is used instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I len
 wide
@@ -179,7 +179,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:mbsnrtowcs/!ps
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -189,7 +188,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 Passing NULL as
 .I ps
 is not multithread safe.
diff --git a/man3/mbsrtowcs.3 b/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
index e613a14..6844536 100644
--- a/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
+++ b/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
@@ -9,31 +9,31 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbsrtowcs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbsrtowcs 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
-mbsrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
+mbsrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string (restartable)
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
-.BI "size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." len "], const char **restrict " src ,
-.BI "                 size_t " len ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize ],
+.BI "                 const char **restrict " src ,
+.BI "                 size_t " dsize ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 If
 .I dest
-is not NULL, the
-.BR mbsrtowcs ()
-function converts the
+is not NULL,
+convert the
 multibyte string
 .I *src
 to a wide-character string starting at
 .IR dest .
 At most
-.I len
+.I dsize
 wide characters are written to
 .IR dest .
 The shift state
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ and
 is set to
 .BR EILSEQ .
 .IP \[bu]
-.I len
+.I dsize
 non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
 .IR dest .
 In this case,
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ is set to NULL, and the number of wide
 characters written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
-.I len
+.I dsize
 is ignored,
 and the conversion proceeds as above,
 except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
 and that no length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In both of the above cases,
 if
 .I ps
@@ -103,16 +103,23 @@ is NULL, a static anonymous
 state known only to the
 .BR mbsrtowcs ()
 function is used instead.
-.PP
+.P
+In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
+.I dsize
+is
+greater than or equal to
+.IR "mbsrtowcs(NULL,src,0,ps)+1" .
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I len
+.I dsize
 wide
 characters at
 .IR dest .
+.P
+This function is a restartable version of
+.BR mbstowcs (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mbsrtowcs ()
-function returns the number of wide characters that make
+The number of wide characters that make
 up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
 terminating null wide character.
 If an invalid multibyte sequence was
@@ -140,7 +147,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:mbsrtowcs/!ps
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -152,7 +158,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 Passing NULL as
 .I ps
 is not multithread safe.
diff --git a/man3/mbstowcs.3 b/man3/mbstowcs.3
index c66b9c2..6a0d655 100644
--- a/man3/mbstowcs.3
+++ b/man3/mbstowcs.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbstowcs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbstowcs 3 2023-11-14 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbstowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,24 +19,22 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
-.BI "size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize "], \
 const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "                size_t " n );
+.BI "                size_t " dsize );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 If
 .I dest
 is not NULL,
-the
-.BR mbstowcs ()
-function converts the
+convert the
 multibyte string
 .I src
 to a wide-character string starting at
 .IR dest .
 At most
-.I n
+.I dsize
 wide characters are written to
 .IR dest .
 The sequence of characters in the string
@@ -49,7 +47,7 @@ In this case,
 .I (size_t)\ \-1
 is returned.
 .IP \[bu]
-.I n
+.I dsize
 non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
 .IR dest .
 In this case, the number of wide characters written to
@@ -62,30 +60,28 @@ terminating null character (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
 In this case, the number of wide characters written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
-.PP
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
-.I n
+.I dsize
 is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
 above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
 and that no length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
-.I n
+.I dsize
 is
 greater than or equal to
 .IR "mbstowcs(NULL,src,0)+1" .
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I dsize
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mbstowcs ()
-function returns the number of wide characters that make
+The number of wide characters that make
 up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
 terminating null wide character.
 If an invalid multibyte sequence was
@@ -106,7 +102,6 @@ T{
 .BR mbstowcs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The function
 .BR mbsrtowcs (3)
@@ -128,7 +123,7 @@ The program below illustrates the use of
 .BR mbstowcs (),
 as well as some of the wide character classification functions.
 An example run is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ ./t_mbstowcs de_DE.UTF\-8 Grüße!
diff --git a/man3/mbtowc.3 b/man3/mbtowc.3
index 743e5a7..0e07144 100644
--- a/man3/mbtowc.3
+++ b/man3/mbtowc.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH mbtowc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mbtowc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mbtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mbtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ does not point to a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), it returns the number
 of bytes that were consumed from
 .IR s ,
 otherwise it returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I n
 bytes starting at
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This can happen even if
 >=
 .IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
 if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
-.PP
+.P
 A different case is when
 .I s
 is not NULL but
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ In this case, the
 .BR mbtowc ()
 function behaves as above, except that it does not
 store the converted wide character in memory.
-.PP
+.P
 A third case is when
 .I s
 is NULL.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ or 0 if
 .I s
 points to a null byte,
 or \-1 upon failure.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I s
 is NULL, the
@@ -124,7 +124,6 @@ T{
 .BR mbtowc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 This function is not multithread safe.
 The function
diff --git a/man3/mcheck.3 b/man3/mcheck.3
index 97f217f..7b6c7da 100644
--- a/man3/mcheck.3
+++ b/man3/mcheck.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mcheck 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mcheck 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mcheck, mcheck_check_all, mcheck_pedantic, mprobe \- heap consistency checking
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mcheck.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mcheck(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
 .BI "int mcheck_pedantic(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
 .B void mcheck_check_all(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "enum mcheck_status mprobe(void *" ptr );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ on the state of the heap.
 The checks can detect application errors such as freeing a block of memory
 more than once or corrupting the bookkeeping data structures
 that immediately precede a block of allocated memory.
-.PP
+.P
 To be effective, the
 .BR mcheck ()
 function must be called before the first call to
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ inserts an implicit call to
 .BR mcheck ()
 (with a NULL argument)
 before the first call to a memory-allocation function.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mcheck_pedantic ()
 function is similar to
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ function is similar to
 but performs checks on all allocated blocks whenever
 one of the memory-allocation functions is called.
 This can be very slow!
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mcheck_check_all ()
 function causes an immediate check on all allocated blocks.
 This call is effective only if
 .BR mcheck ()
 is called beforehand.
-.PP
+.P
 If the system detects an inconsistency in the heap,
 the caller-supplied function pointed to by
 .I abortfunc
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ is NULL, a default function prints an error message on
 .I stderr
 and calls
 .BR abort (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mprobe ()
 function performs a consistency check on
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ function should be called beforehand (otherwise
 .BR mprobe ()
 returns
 .BR MCHECK_DISABLED ).
-.PP
+.P
 The following list describes the values returned by
 .BR mprobe ()
 or passed as the
@@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ MT-Unsafe race:mcheck
 const:malloc_hooks
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ The program below calls
 with a NULL argument and then frees the same block of memory twice.
 The following shell session demonstrates what happens
 when running the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/memccpy.3 b/man3/memccpy.3
index 6d14698..71e4fce 100644
--- a/man3/memccpy.3
+++ b/man3/memccpy.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:57:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memccpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memccpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memccpy \- copy memory area
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memccpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "              int " c ", size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ stopping when the
 character
 .I c
 is found.
-.PP
+.P
 If the memory areas overlap, the results are undefined.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The
@@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ T{
 .BR memccpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/memchr.3 b/man3/memchr.3
index 92708cd..716fabc 100644
--- a/man3/memchr.3
+++ b/man3/memchr.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Wed Feb 20 21:09:36 2002, Ian Redfern (redferni@logica.com)
 .\" 2008-07-09, mtk, add rawmemchr()
 .\"
-.TH memchr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memchr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memchr, memrchr, rawmemchr \- scan memory for a character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
 .BI "void *memrchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void *rawmemchr(const void *" s ", int " c );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR memrchr (),
 .BR rawmemchr ():
 .nf
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ and the bytes of the memory area pointed to by
 .I s
 are interpreted as
 .IR "unsigned char" .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR memrchr ()
 function is like the
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ except that it searches backward from the end of the
 bytes pointed to by
 .I s
 instead of forward from the beginning.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rawmemchr ()
 function is similar to
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ and
 functions return a pointer
 to the matching byte or NULL if the character does not occur in
 the given memory area.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rawmemchr ()
 function returns a pointer to the matching byte.
@@ -110,7 +110,6 @@ T{
 .BR rawmemchr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR memchr ()
diff --git a/man3/memcmp.3 b/man3/memcmp.3
index f3d94ea..76a8934 100644
--- a/man3/memcmp.3
+++ b/man3/memcmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:55:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memcmp 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memcmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memcmp \- compare memory areas
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ function returns an integer less than, equal to, or
 greater than zero if the first \fIn\fP bytes of \fIs1\fP is found,
 respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than the first
 \fIn\fP bytes of \fIs2\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonzero return value, the sign is determined by the sign of
 the difference between the first pair of bytes (interpreted as
 .IR "unsigned char" )
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ that differ in
 .I s1
 and
 .IR s2 .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I n
 is zero, the return value is zero.
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR memcmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/memcpy.3 b/man3/memcpy.3
index ec8e3b4..553a261 100644
--- a/man3/memcpy.3
+++ b/man3/memcpy.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:09 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memcpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memcpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memcpy \- copy memory area
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "             size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR memcpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@ in which bytes were copied from
 .I src
 to
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 This change revealed breakages in a number of applications that performed
 copying with overlapping areas.
 .\" Adobe Flash player was the highest profile example:
diff --git a/man3/memfrob.3 b/man3/memfrob.3
index 3f19845..7f7e344 100644
--- a/man3/memfrob.3
+++ b/man3/memfrob.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:54:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memfrob 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memfrob 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memfrob \- frobnicate (obfuscate) a memory area
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The effect can be reversed by using
 .BR memfrob ()
 on the
 obfuscated memory area.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that this function is not a proper encryption routine as the XOR
 constant is fixed, and is suitable only for hiding strings.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR memfrob ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/memmem.3 b/man3/memmem.3
index f87203c..711361d 100644
--- a/man3/memmem.3
+++ b/man3/memmem.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:50:48 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Interchanged 'needle' and 'haystack'; added history, aeb, 980113.
-.TH memmem 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memmem 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memmem \- locate a substring
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
 .BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen  );
 .fi
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR memmem ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/memmove.3 b/man3/memmove.3
index 6b3b8f0..f0e3e9f 100644
--- a/man3/memmove.3
+++ b/man3/memmove.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memmove 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memmove 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memmove \- copy memory area
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR memmove ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mempcpy.3 b/man3/mempcpy.3
index 46337c2..376636f 100644
--- a/man3/mempcpy.3
+++ b/man3/mempcpy.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
 .\"
 .\" aeb, 2003, polished a little
-.TH mempcpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mempcpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mempcpy, wmempcpy  \- copy memory area
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *mempcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "              size_t " n );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wmempcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "              const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "              size_t " n );
@@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ into the object pointed to by
 But instead of returning the value of
 .I dest
 it returns a pointer to the byte following the last written byte.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is useful in situations where a number of objects
 shall be copied to consecutive memory positions.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR wmempcpy ()
 function is identical but takes
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmempcpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/memset.3 b/man3/memset.3
index b56ef46..64eb203 100644
--- a/man3/memset.3
+++ b/man3/memset.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:23 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memset 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH memset 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 memset \- fill memory with a constant byte
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR memset ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mkdtemp.3 b/man3/mkdtemp.3
index 4c55259..d7daaee 100644
--- a/man3/mkdtemp.3
+++ b/man3/mkdtemp.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" and GNU libc documentation
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.TH mkdtemp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mkdtemp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mkdtemp \- create a unique temporary directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *mkdtemp(char *" template );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkdtemp ():
 .nf
     /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ is set to indicate the error.
 .B EINVAL
 The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX.
 Now \fItemplate\fP is unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 Also see
 .BR mkdir (2)
 for other possible values for \fIerrno\fP.
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ T{
 .BR mkdtemp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mkfifo.3 b/man3/mkfifo.3
index f43f07d..0f5c21c 100644
--- a/man3/mkfifo.3
+++ b/man3/mkfifo.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" changed section from 2 to 3, aeb, 950919
 .\"
-.TH mkfifo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mkfifo 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mkfifo, mkfifoat \- make a FIFO special file (a named pipe)
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,20 +16,20 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mkfifo(const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#include <fcntl.h>           " "/* Definition of AT_* constants */"
 .B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mkfifoat(int " dirfd ", const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkfifoat ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ makes a FIFO special file with name \fIpathname\fP.
 It is modified by the
 process's \fBumask\fP in the usual way: the permissions of the created
 file are \fB(\fP\fImode\fP\fB & \[ti]umask)\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 A FIFO special file is similar to a pipe, except that it is created
 in a different way.
 Instead of being an anonymous communications
 channel, a FIFO special file is entered into the filesystem by
 calling
 .BR mkfifo ().
-.PP
+.P
 Once you have created a FIFO special file in this way, any process can
 open it for reading or writing, in the same way as an ordinary file.
 However, it has to be open at both ends simultaneously before you can
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ The
 function operates in exactly the same way as
 .BR mkfifo (),
 except for the differences described here.
-.PP
+.P
 If the pathname given in
 .I pathname
 is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ referred to by the file descriptor
 the calling process, as is done by
 .BR mkfifo ()
 for a relative pathname).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I pathname
 is relative and
@@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ then
 is interpreted relative to the current working
 directory of the calling process (like
 .BR mkfifo ()).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I pathname
 is absolute, then
 .I dirfd
 is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 See
 .BR openat (2)
 for an explanation of the need for
@@ -177,7 +177,6 @@ T{
 .BR mkfifoat ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 It is implemented using
 .BR mknodat (2).
diff --git a/man3/mkstemp.3 b/man3/mkstemp.3
index dbfa252..2b7a986 100644
--- a/man3/mkstemp.3
+++ b/man3/mkstemp.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 990328, aeb
 .\" 2008-06-19, mtk, Added mkostemp(); various other changes
 .\"
-.TH mkstemp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mkstemp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mkstemp, mkostemp, mkstemps, mkostemps \- create a unique temporary file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,18 +22,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mkstemp(char *" template );
 .BI "int mkostemp(char *" template ", int " flags );
 .BI "int mkstemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen );
 .BI "int mkostemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen ", int " flags );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkstemp ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* glibc >= 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkostemp ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkstemps ():
 .nf
     /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mkostemps ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ function generates a unique temporary filename from
 .IR template ,
 creates and opens the file,
 and returns an open file descriptor for the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The last six characters of
 .I template
 must be "XXXXXX" and these are replaced with a string that makes the
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ filename unique.
 Since it will be modified,
 .I template
 must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
-.PP
+.P
 The file is created with
 permissions 0600, that is, read plus write for owner only.
 The returned file descriptor provides both read and write access to the file.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The file is opened with the
 .BR open (2)
 .B O_EXCL
 flag, guaranteeing that the caller is the process that creates the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mkostemp ()
 function is like
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ argument given to
 is unnecessary, and produces errors on some
 .\" Reportedly, FreeBSD
 systems.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mkstemps ()
 function is like
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ is of the form
 .IR "prefixXXXXXXsuffix" ,
 and the string XXXXXX is modified as for
 .BR mkstemp ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mkostemps ()
 function is to
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ is less than
 characters long, or the last 6 characters before the suffix in
 .I template
 were not XXXXXX.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions may also fail with any of the errors described for
 .BR open (2).
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -186,7 +186,6 @@ T{
 .BR mkostemps ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR mkstemp ()
@@ -215,14 +214,14 @@ glibc 2.7.
 .TP
 .BR mkostemps ()
 glibc 2.11.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc versions 2.06 and earlier, the file is created with permissions 0666,
 that is, read and write for all users.
 This old behavior may be
 a security risk, especially since other UNIX flavors use 0600,
 and somebody might overlook this detail when porting programs.
 POSIX.1-2008 adds a requirement that the file be created with mode 0600.
-.PP
+.P
 More generally, the POSIX specification of
 .BR mkstemp ()
 does not say anything
diff --git a/man3/mktemp.3 b/man3/mktemp.3
index c925dd0..fb40594 100644
--- a/man3/mktemp.3
+++ b/man3/mktemp.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" (prompted by Scott Burkett <scottb@IntNet.net>)
 .\" Modified Sun Mar 28 23:44:38 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH mktemp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mktemp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mktemp \- make a unique temporary filename
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,15 +21,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *mktemp(char *" template );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mktemp ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .IR "Never use this function" ;
 see BUGS.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mktemp ()
 function generates a unique temporary filename
@@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ T{
 .BR mktemp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/modf.3 b/man3/modf.3
index 118d213..c510733 100644
--- a/man3/modf.3
+++ b/man3/modf.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH modf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH modf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 modf, modff, modfl \- extract signed integral and fractional values from
 floating-point number
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double modf(double " x ", double *" iptr );
 .BI "float modff(float " x ", float *" iptr );
 .BI "long double modfl(long double " x ", long double *" iptr );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR modff (),
 .BR modfl ():
 .nf
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ The integral part is stored in the location pointed to by
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the fractional part of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned, and
 .I *iptr
 is set to a NaN.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity), +0 (\-0) is returned, and
@@ -80,12 +80,11 @@ T{
 .BR modfl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/mpool.3 b/man3/mpool.3
index 20dd313..38f1366 100644
--- a/man3/mpool.3
+++ b/man3/mpool.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)mpool.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
 .\"
-.TH mpool 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mpool 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .UC 7
 .SH NAME
 mpool \- shared memory buffer pool
@@ -16,18 +16,18 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <db.h>
 .B #include <mpool.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "MPOOL *mpool_open(DBT *" key ", int " fd ", pgno_t " pagesize \
 ", pgno_t " maxcache );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void mpool_filter(MPOOL *" mp ", void (*pgin)(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
 .BI "                  void (*" pgout ")(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
 .BI "                  void *" pgcookie );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *mpool_new(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t *" pgnoaddr );
 .BI "void *mpool_get(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t " pgno ", unsigned int " flags );
 .BI "int mpool_put(MPOOL *" mp ", void *" pgaddr ", unsigned int " flags );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mpool_sync(MPOOL *" mp );
 .BI "int mpool_close(MPOOL *" mp );
 .fi
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
 Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
 .I libdb
 library instead.
-.PP
+.P
 .I Mpool
 is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management
 of files.
 The buffers may be shared between processes.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mpool_open ()
 initializes a memory pool.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ If
 is non-NULL and matches a file already being mapped, the
 .I fd
 argument is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I pagesize
 argument is the size, in bytes, of the pages into which the file is broken up.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ at any one time.
 This value is not relative to the number of processes which share a file's
 buffers, but will be the largest value specified by any of the processes
 sharing the file.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_filter ()
 function is intended to make transparent input and output processing of the
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ backing file.
 Both functions are called with the
 .I pgcookie
 pointer, the page number and a pointer to the page to being read or written.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mpool_new ()
 takes an
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ address.
 Otherwise, NULL is returned and
 .I errno
 is set.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mpool_get ()
 takes an
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ is set.
 The
 .I flags
 argument is not currently used.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mpool_put ()
 unpins the page referenced by
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@ any of the following values:
 .TP
 .B MPOOL_DIRTY
 The page has been modified and needs to be written to the backing file.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mpool_put ()
 returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR mpool_sync ()
 writes all modified pages associated with the
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ pointer to the
 backing file.
 .BR mpool_sync ()
 returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_close ()
 function free's up any allocated memory associated with the memory pool
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ function may fail and set
 .I errno
 for any of the errors specified for the library routine
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_get ()
 function may fail and set
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ for the following:
 .TP 15
 .B EINVAL
 The requested record doesn't exist.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_new ()
 and
@@ -182,14 +182,14 @@ for any of the errors specified for the library routines
 .BR write (2),
 and
 .BR malloc (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_sync ()
 function may fail and set
 .I errno
 for any of the errors specified for the library routine
 .BR write (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR mpool_close ()
 function may fail and set
diff --git a/man3/mq_close.3 b/man3/mq_close.3
index 4834660..1f12165 100644
--- a/man3/mq_close.3
+++ b/man3/mq_close.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_close 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_close 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_close \- close a message queue descriptor
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_close(mqd_t " mqdes );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .BR mq_close ()
 closes the message queue descriptor
 .IR mqdes .
-.PP
+.P
 If the calling process has attached a notification request (see
 .BR mq_notify (3))
 to this message queue via
@@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_close ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mq_getattr.3 b/man3/mq_getattr.3
index 7c183e7..7c124ea 100644
--- a/man3/mq_getattr.3
+++ b/man3/mq_getattr.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_getattr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_getattr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_getattr, mq_setattr \- get/set message queue attributes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_getattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", struct mq_attr *" attr );
 .BI "int mq_setattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct mq_attr *restrict " newattr ,
 .BI "               struct mq_attr *restrict " oldattr );
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ and
 respectively retrieve and modify attributes of the message queue
 referred to by the message queue descriptor
 .IR mqdes .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_getattr ()
 returns an
 .I mq_attr
 structure in the buffer pointed by
 .IR attr .
 This structure is defined as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct mq_attr {
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ struct mq_attr {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mq_flags
 field contains flags associated with the open message queue description.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This field is initialized when the queue is created by
 .BR mq_open (3).
 The only flag that can appear in this field is
 .BR O_NONBLOCK .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mq_maxmsg
 and
@@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ Two
 .I /proc
 files that place ceilings on the values for these fields are described in
 .BR mq_overview (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I mq_curmsgs
 field returns the number of messages currently held in the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_setattr ()
 sets message queue attributes using information supplied in the
 .I mq_attr
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_setattr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux,
 .BR mq_getattr ()
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ in which the
 .I attr
 argument is NULL.
 Here is an example run of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out /testq\fP
@@ -161,13 +160,13 @@ Maximum # of messages on queue:   10
 Maximum message size:             8192
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Since Linux 3.5, the following
 .I /proc
 files (described in
 .BR mq_overview (7))
 can be used to control the defaults:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBuname \-sr\fP
diff --git a/man3/mq_notify.3 b/man3/mq_notify.3
index bb0d514..591eb32 100644
--- a/man3/mq_notify.3
+++ b/man3/mq_notify.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_notify 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_notify 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_notify \- register for notification when a message is available
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Real-time library
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
 .BR "#include <signal.h>           " "/* Definition of SIGEV_* constants */"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_notify(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct sigevent *" sevp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,15 +22,15 @@ allows the calling process to register or unregister for delivery of
 an asynchronous notification when a new message arrives on
 the empty message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
 .IR mqdes .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I sevp
 argument is a pointer to a
 .I sigevent
 structure.
 For the definition and general details of this structure, see
-.BR sigevent (7).
-.PP
+.BR sigevent (3type).
+.P
 If
 .I sevp
 is a non-null pointer, then
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ for notification, but when a message arrives, no notification is sent.
 Notify the process by sending the signal specified in
 .IR sigev_signo .
 See
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for general details.
 The
 .I si_code
@@ -75,26 +75,26 @@ Upon message delivery, invoke
 .I sigev_notify_function
 as if it were the start function of a new thread.
 See
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 Only one process can be registered to receive notification
 from a message queue.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I sevp
 is NULL, and the calling process is currently registered to receive
 notifications for this message queue, then the registration is removed;
 another process can then register to receive a message notification
 for this queue.
-.PP
+.P
 Message notification occurs only when a new message arrives and
 the queue was previously empty.
 If the queue was not empty at the time
 .BR mq_notify ()
 was called, then a notification will occur only after
 the queue is emptied and a new message arrives.
-.PP
+.P
 If another process or thread is waiting to read a message
 from an empty queue using
 .BR mq_receive (3),
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ then any message notification registration is ignored:
 the message is delivered to the process or thread calling
 .BR mq_receive (3),
 and the message notification registration remains in effect.
-.PP
+.P
 Notification occurs once: after a notification is delivered,
 the notification registration is removed,
 and another process can register for message notification.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ is not a valid signal number.
 .TP
 .B ENOMEM
 Insufficient memory.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
 .I may
 generate an
@@ -167,7 +167,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_notify ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .SS C library/kernel differences
 In the glibc implementation, the
@@ -271,4 +270,4 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 .BR mq_send (3),
 .BR mq_unlink (3),
 .BR mq_overview (7),
-.BR sigevent (7)
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/mq_open.3 b/man3/mq_open.3
index 32ff069..09b112f 100644
--- a/man3/mq_open.3
+++ b/man3/mq_open.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_open 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_open 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_open \- open a message queue
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Real-time library
 .BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
 .BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
 .BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode ,
 .BI "              struct mq_attr *" attr );
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ For details of the construction of
 .IR name ,
 see
 .BR mq_overview (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I oflag
 argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Open the queue to send messages only.
 .TP
 .B O_RDWR
 Open the queue to both send and receive messages.
-.PP
+.P
 Zero or more of the following flags can additionally be
 .IR OR ed
 in
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ and
 .BR mq_send (3)
 would normally block, these functions instead fail with the error
 .BR EAGAIN .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B O_CREAT
 is specified in
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ as for
 (Symbolic definitions for the permissions bits can be obtained by including
 .IR <sys/stat.h> .)
 The permissions settings are masked against the process umask.
-.PP
+.P
 The fields of the
 .I struct mq_attr
 pointed to
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ pointed to
 specify the maximum number of messages and
 the maximum size of messages that the queue will allow.
 This structure is defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct mq_attr {
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ struct mq_attr {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Only the
 .I mq_maxmsg
 and
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ and
 fields are employed when calling
 .BR mq_open ();
 the values in the remaining fields are ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I attr
 is NULL, then the queue is created with implementation-defined
@@ -262,7 +262,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_open ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .SS C library/kernel differences
 The
diff --git a/man3/mq_receive.3 b/man3/mq_receive.3
index 40e9973..aa90aaa 100644
--- a/man3/mq_receive.3
+++ b/man3/mq_receive.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_receive 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_receive 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_receive, mq_timedreceive \- receive a message from a message queue
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,25 +12,25 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t mq_receive(mqd_t " mqdes ", char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
 .BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *" msg_prio );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <time.h>
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t mq_timedreceive(mqd_t " mqdes ", \
 char *restrict " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
 .BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *restrict " msg_prio ,
 .BI "                   const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .ad l
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_timedreceive ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If
 .I msg_prio
 is not NULL, then the buffer to which it points is used
 to return the priority associated with the received message.
-.PP
+.P
 If the queue is empty, then, by default,
 .BR mq_receive ()
 blocks until a message becomes available,
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ If the
 flag is enabled for the message queue description,
 then the call instead fails immediately with the error
 .BR EAGAIN .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_timedreceive ()
 behaves just like
 .BR mq_receive (),
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
 specified in a
 .BR timespec (3)
 structure.
-.PP
+.P
 If no message is available,
 and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
 .BR mq_timedreceive ()
@@ -141,7 +141,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_timedreceive ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux,
 .BR mq_timedreceive ()
diff --git a/man3/mq_send.3 b/man3/mq_send.3
index 7e1b6c6..a083dbe 100644
--- a/man3/mq_send.3
+++ b/man3/mq_send.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_send 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_send 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_send, mq_timedsend \- send a message to a message queue
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,24 +12,24 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_send(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
 .BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <time.h>
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_timedsend(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
 .BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio ,
 .BI "              const struct timespec *" abs_timeout );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .ad l
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_timedsend ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ this length must be less than or equal to the queue's
 .I mq_msgsize
 attribute.
 Zero-length messages are allowed.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I msg_prio
 argument is a nonnegative integer that specifies the priority
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ older messages with the same priority.
 See
 .BR mq_overview (7)
 for details on the range for the message priority.
-.PP
+.P
 If the message queue is already full
 (i.e., the number of messages on the queue equals the queue's
 .I mq_maxmsg
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ If the
 flag is enabled for the message queue description,
 then the call instead fails immediately with the error
 .BR EAGAIN .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR mq_timedsend ()
 behaves just like
 .BR mq_send (),
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
 specified in a
 .BR timespec (3)
 structure.
-.PP
+.P
 If the message queue is full,
 and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
 .BR mq_timedsend ()
@@ -148,7 +148,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_timedsend ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux,
 .BR mq_timedsend ()
diff --git a/man3/mq_unlink.3 b/man3/mq_unlink.3
index 7564ccf..819dd21 100644
--- a/man3/mq_unlink.3
+++ b/man3/mq_unlink.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mq_unlink 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mq_unlink 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mq_unlink \- remove a message queue
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Real-time library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <mqueue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int mq_unlink(const char *" name );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR mq_unlink ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/mtrace.3 b/man3/mtrace.3
index 442da6f..61e8251 100644
--- a/man3/mtrace.3
+++ b/man3/mtrace.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH mtrace 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH mtrace 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 mtrace, muntrace \- malloc tracing
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <mcheck.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .B "void mtrace(void);"
 .B "void muntrace(void);"
 .fi
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ These hook functions record tracing information about memory allocation
 and deallocation.
 The tracing information can be used to discover memory leaks and
 attempts to free nonallocated memory in a program.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR muntrace ()
 function disables the hook functions installed by
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ If no hook functions were successfully installed by
 .BR mtrace (),
 .BR muntrace ()
 does nothing.
-.PP
+.P
 When
 .BR mtrace ()
 is called, it checks the value of the environment variable
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ is called, it checks the value of the environment variable
 which should contain the pathname of a file in which
 the tracing information is to be recorded.
 If the pathname is successfully opened, it is truncated to zero length.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B MALLOC_TRACE
 is not set,
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR muntrace ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
 .\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
 .\"
@@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ In normal usage,
 is called once at the start of execution of a program, and
 .BR muntrace ()
 is never called.
-.PP
+.P
 The tracing output produced after a call to
 .BR mtrace ()
 is textual, but not designed to be human readable.
@@ -103,7 +102,7 @@ that interprets the trace log and produces human-readable output.
 For best results,
 the traced program should be compiled with debugging enabled,
 so that line-number information is recorded in the executable.
-.PP
+.P
 The tracing performed by
 .BR mtrace ()
 incurs a performance penalty (if
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ function and the
 .BR mtrace (1)
 command in a program that has memory leaks at two different locations.
 The demonstration uses the following program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .RB "$ " "cat t_mtrace.c"
 .\" SRC BEGIN (t_mtrace.c)
@@ -145,11 +144,11 @@ main(void)
 .EE
 .\" SRC END
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 When we run the program as follows, we see that
 .BR mtrace ()
 diagnosed memory leaks at two different locations in the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$ " "cc \-g t_mtrace.c \-o t_mtrace"
@@ -164,7 +163,7 @@ Memory not freed:
 0x084c9448    0x100  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:16
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The first two messages about unfreed memory correspond to the two
 .BR malloc (3)
 calls inside the
diff --git a/man3/nan.3 b/man3/nan.3
index 9fa95b6..6773952 100644
--- a/man3/nan.3
+++ b/man3/nan.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Corrections by aeb
 .\"
-.TH nan 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH nan 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 nan, nanf, nanl \- return 'Not a Number'
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nan(const char *" tagp );
 .BI "float nanf(const char *" tagp );
 .BI "long double nanl(const char *" tagp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nan (),
 .BR nanf (),
 .BR nanl ():
@@ -39,17 +39,17 @@ These functions return a representation (determined by
 of a quiet NaN.
 If the implementation does not support
 quiet NaNs, these functions return zero.
-.PP
+.P
 The call
 .I nan("char\-sequence")
 is equivalent to:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 strtod("NAN(char\-sequence)", NULL);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Similarly, calls to
 .BR nanf ()
 and
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ are equivalent to analogous calls to
 .BR strtof (3)
 and
 .BR strtold (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I tagp
 is used in an unspecified manner.
@@ -82,10 +82,9 @@ T{
 .BR nanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 See also IEC 559 and the appendix with
 recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/netlink.3 b/man3/netlink.3
index eeb8875..5040521 100644
--- a/man3/netlink.3
+++ b/man3/netlink.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" Based on the original comments from Alexey Kuznetsov
 .\" $Id: netlink.3,v 1.1 1999/05/14 17:17:24 freitag Exp $
 .\"
-.TH netlink 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH netlink 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 netlink \- Netlink macros
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <asm/types.h>
 .B #include <linux/netlink.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int NLMSG_ALIGN(size_t " len );
 .BI "int NLMSG_LENGTH(size_t " len );
 .BI "int NLMSG_SPACE(size_t " len );
diff --git a/man3/newlocale.3 b/man3/newlocale.3
index 2c602a4..4bbaf14 100644
--- a/man3/newlocale.3
+++ b/man3/newlocale.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH newlocale 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH newlocale 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 newlocale, freelocale \- create, modify, and free a locale object
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <locale.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "locale_t newlocale(int " category_mask ", const char *" locale ,
 .BI "                   locale_t " base );
 .BI "void freelocale(locale_t " locobj );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR newlocale (),
 .BR freelocale ():
 .nf
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ reference returned as the function result.
 If the call fails, the contents of
 .I base
 remain valid and unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I base
 is the special locale object
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ or is not
 .I (locale_t)\ 0
 and is not a valid locale object handle,
 the behavior is undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I category_mask
 argument is a bit mask that specifies the locale categories
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ and
 Alternatively, the mask can be specified as
 .BR LC_ALL_MASK ,
 which is equivalent to ORing all of the preceding constants.
-.PP
+.P
 For each category specified in
 .IR category_mask ,
 the locale data from
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ If a new locale object is being created,
 data for all categories not specified in
 .I category_mask
 is taken from the default ("POSIX") locale.
-.PP
+.P
 The following preset values of
 .I locale
 are defined for all categories that can be specified in
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ If
 is
 .B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
 or is not valid locale object handle, the results are undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 Once a locale object has been freed,
 the program should make no further use of it.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ The second command-line argument is optional;
 if it is present, it is used to set the
 .B LC_TIME
 category of the locale object.
-.PP
+.P
 Having created and initialized the locale object,
 the program then applies it using
 .BR uselocale (3),
@@ -220,15 +220,15 @@ Displaying the date.
 The format and language of the output will be affected by the
 .B LC_TIME
 setting.
-.PP
+.P
 The following shell sessions show some example runs of this program.
-.PP
+.P
 Set the
 .B LC_NUMERIC
 category to
 .I fr_FR
 (French):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out fr_FR\fP
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ $ \fB./a.out fr_FR\fP
 Fri Mar  7 00:25:08 2014
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Set the
 .B LC_NUMERIC
 category to
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ and the
 category to
 .I it_IT
 (Italian):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out fr_FR it_IT\fP
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ $ \fB./a.out fr_FR it_IT\fP
 ven 07 mar 2014 00:26:01 CET
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Specify the
 .B LC_TIME
 setting as an empty string,
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ which causes the value to be taken from environment variable settings
 (which, here, specify
 .IR mi_NZ ,
 New Zealand Māori):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ LC_ALL=mi_NZ ./a.out fr_FR ""
diff --git a/man3/nextafter.3 b/man3/nextafter.3
index 3636b55..51b770f 100644
--- a/man3/nextafter.3
+++ b/man3/nextafter.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Based on glibc infopages
 .\"
-.TH nextafter 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH nextafter 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 nextafter, nextafterf, nextafterl, nexttoward, nexttowardf, nexttowardl \-
 floating-point number manipulation
@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nextafter(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float nextafterf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double nextafterl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nexttoward(double " x ", long double " y );
 .BI "float nexttowardf(float " x ", long double " y );
 .BI "long double nexttowardl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nextafter ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nextafterf (),
 .BR nextafterl ():
 .nf
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nexttoward (),
 .BR nexttowardf (),
 .BR nexttowardl ():
@@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ is less than
 .IR x ,
 these functions will return the largest representable number less than
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 equals
 .IR y ,
 the functions return
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR nexttoward (),
 .BR nexttowardf (),
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ these functions return the next representable floating-point value after
 .I x
 in the direction of
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 equals
@@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ then
 (cast to the same type as
 .IR x )
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN,
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is finite,
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is not equal to
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result overflow
@@ -179,10 +179,9 @@ T{
 .BR nexttowardl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
 recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ In glibc 2.5 and earlier, these functions do not raise an underflow
 floating-point
 .RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
 exception when an underflow occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.23
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6799
 these functions did not set
diff --git a/man3/nextup.3 b/man3/nextup.3
index 7a0eaaa..422143d 100644
--- a/man3/nextup.3
+++ b/man3/nextup.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH nextup 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH nextup 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 nextup, nextupf, nextupl, nextdown, nextdownf, nextdownl \-
 return next floating-point number toward positive/negative infinity
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nextup(double " x );
 .BI "float nextupf(float " x );
 .BI "long double nextupl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nextdown(double " x );
 .BI "float nextdownf(float " x );
 .BI "long double nextdownl(long double " x );
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ and
 .BR nextupl ()
 functions return the next representable floating-point number greater than
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is the smallest representable negative number in the corresponding type,
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ If
 .I x
 is 0, the returned value is the smallest representable positive number
 of the corresponding type.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, the returned value is positive infinity.
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ If
 is negative infinity,
 the returned value is the largest representable finite negative number
 of the corresponding type.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is Nan,
 the returned value is NaN.
-.PP
+.P
 The value returned by
 .I nextdown(x)
 is
@@ -82,7 +82,6 @@ T{
 .BR nextdownl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 These functions are described in
 .I IEEE Std 754-2008 - Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic
diff --git a/man3/nl_langinfo.3 b/man3/nl_langinfo.3
index 2726c29..2b9fa51 100644
--- a/man3/nl_langinfo.3
+++ b/man3/nl_langinfo.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Corrected prototype, 2002-10-18, aeb
 .\"
-.TH nl_langinfo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH nl_langinfo 3 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 nl_langinfo, nl_langinfo_l \- query language and locale information
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <langinfo.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *nl_langinfo(nl_item " item );
 .BI "char *nl_langinfo_l(nl_item " item ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nl_langinfo_l ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ which was previously created by
 .BR newlocale (3).
 Individual and additional elements of the locale categories can
 be queried.
-.PP
+.P
 Examples for the locale elements that can be specified in \fIitem\fP
 using the constants defined in \fI<langinfo.h>\fP are:
 .TP
 .BR CODESET \ (LC_CTYPE)
 Return a string with the name of the character encoding used in the
-selected locale, such as "UTF-8", "ISO-8859-1", or "ANSI_X3.4-1968"
+selected locale, such as "UTF\-8", "ISO\-8859\-1", or "ANSI_X3.4\-1968"
 (better known as US-ASCII).
 This is the same string that you get with
 "locale charmap".
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ conversion specification).
 Return name of the \fIn\fP-th day of the week.
 [Warning: this follows
 the US convention DAY_1 = Sunday, not the international convention
-(ISO 8601) that Monday is the first day of the week.]
+(ISO\~8601) that Monday is the first day of the week.]
 (Used in
 .B %A
 .BR strftime (3)
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ function to recognize a negative response to a yes/no question.
 Return the currency symbol, preceded by "\-" if the symbol should
 appear before the value, "+" if the symbol should appear after the
 value, or "." if the symbol should replace the radix character.
-.PP
+.P
 The above list covers just some examples of items that can be requested.
 For a more detailed list, consult
 .IR "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" .
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ On success, these functions return a pointer to a string which
 is the value corresponding to
 .I item
 in the specified locale.
-.PP
+.P
 If no locale has been selected by
 .BR setlocale (3)
 for the appropriate category,
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ if
 specifies a locale where
 .I langinfo
 data is not defined.
-.PP
+.P
 If \fIitem\fP is not valid, a pointer to an empty string is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 The pointer returned by these functions may point to static data that
 may be overwritten, or the pointer itself may be invalidated,
 by a subsequent call to
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ is freed or modified by
 .BR freelocale (3)
 or
 .BR newlocale (3).
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX specifies that the application may not modify
 the string returned by these functions.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -306,7 +306,6 @@ T{
 .BR nl_langinfo ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -323,7 +322,7 @@ or is not a valid locale object handle.
 The following program sets the character type and the numeric locale
 according to the environment and queries the terminal character set and
 the radix character.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (nl_langinfo.c)
 .EX
 #include <langinfo.h>
@@ -350,5 +349,5 @@ main(void)
 .BR setlocale (3),
 .BR charsets (7),
 .BR locale (7)
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU C Library Reference Manual
diff --git a/man3/ntp_gettime.3 b/man3/ntp_gettime.3
index 30ec3ce..cb1f4f1 100644
--- a/man3/ntp_gettime.3
+++ b/man3/ntp_gettime.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH ntp_gettime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ntp_gettime 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ntp_gettime, ntp_gettimex  \- get time parameters (NTP daemon interface)
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/timex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int ntp_gettime(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
 .BI "int ntp_gettimex(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
 .fi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 Both of these APIs return information to the caller via the
 .I ntv
 argument, a structure of the following type:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct ntptimeval {
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ struct ntptimeval {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The fields of this structure are as follows:
 .TP
 .I time
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ This value is not used inside the kernel.
 .TP
 .I tai
 TAI (Atomic International Time) offset.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ntp_gettime ()
 returns an
 .I ntptimeval
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ structure in which the
 and
 .I esterror
 fields are filled in.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ntp_gettimex ()
 performs the same task as
 .BR ntp_gettime (),
@@ -110,7 +110,6 @@ T{
 .BR ntp_gettimex ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR ntp_gettime ()
@@ -129,7 +128,7 @@ glibc 2.12.
 .BR adjtimex (2),
 .BR ntp_adjtime (3),
 .BR time (7)
-.PP
+.P
 .ad l
 .UR http://www.slac.stanford.edu/comp/unix/\:package/\:rtems/\:src/\:ssrlApps/\:ntpNanoclock/\:api.htm
 NTP "Kernel Application Program Interface"
diff --git a/man3/offsetof.3 b/man3/offsetof.3
index 5dbccc8..3cf0301 100644
--- a/man3/offsetof.3
+++ b/man3/offsetof.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 .\" References:
 .\"   /usr/lib/gcc/i486-linux-gnu/4.1.1/include/stddef.h
 .\"   glibc-doc
-.TH offsetof 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH offsetof 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 offsetof \- offset of a structure member
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stddef.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t offsetof(" type ", " member );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ returns the offset of the field
 .I member
 from the start of the structure
 .IR type .
-.PP
+.P
 This macro is useful because the sizes of the fields that compose
 a structure can vary across implementations,
 and compilers may insert different numbers of padding
 bytes between fields.
 Consequently, an element's offset is not necessarily
 given by the sum of the sizes of the previous elements.
-.PP
+.P
 A compiler error will result if
 .I member
 is not aligned to a byte boundary
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, C89.
 On a Linux/i386 system, when compiled using the default
 .BR gcc (1)
 options, the program below produces the following output:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/on_exit.3 b/man3/on_exit.3
index 4ab7aa1..1f5a33a 100644
--- a/man3/on_exit.3
+++ b/man3/on_exit.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified 1993-04-02, David Metcalfe
 .\" Modified 1993-07-25, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH on_exit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH on_exit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 on_exit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int on_exit(void (*" function ")(int, void *), void *" arg );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR on_exit ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ and the
 .I arg
 argument from
 .BR on_exit ().
-.PP
+.P
 The same function may be registered multiple times:
 it is called once for each registration.
-.PP
+.P
 When a child process is created via
 .BR fork (2),
 it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR on_exit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/open_memstream.3 b/man3/open_memstream.3
index ce9da19..ce5ad7c 100644
--- a/man3/open_memstream.3
+++ b/man3/open_memstream.3
@@ -5,28 +5,28 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2008-12-04, Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>: Document open_wmemstream()
 .\"
-.TH open_memstream 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH open_memstream 3 2023-12-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
-open_memstream, open_wmemstream \-  open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+open_memstream, open_wmemstream \- open a dynamic memory buffer stream
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *open_memstream(char **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *open_wmemstream(wchar_t **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR open_memstream (),
 .BR open_wmemstream ():
 .nf
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Initially, the buffer has a size of zero.
 After closing the stream, the caller should
 .BR free (3)
 this buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 The locations pointed to by
 .I ptr
 and
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ These values remain valid only as long as the caller
 performs no further output on the stream.
 If further output is performed, then the stream
 must again be flushed before trying to access these values.
-.PP
+.P
 A null byte is maintained at the end of the buffer.
 This byte is
 .I not
 included in the size value stored at
 .IR sizeloc .
-.PP
+.P
 The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
 which is initially zero (the start of the buffer).
 Each write operation implicitly adjusts the buffer position.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ or
 Moving the buffer position past the end
 of the data already written fills the intervening space with
 null characters.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR open_wmemstream ()
 is similar to
@@ -110,7 +110,6 @@ T{
 .BR open_wmemstream ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/opendir.3 b/man3/opendir.3
index 4ecbd62..5c8fcca 100644
--- a/man3/opendir.3
+++ b/man3/opendir.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:46:01 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>: document fdopendir().
-.TH opendir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH opendir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 opendir, fdopendir \- open a directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "DIR *opendir(const char *" name );
 .BI "DIR *fdopendir(int " fd );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fdopendir ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The
 function opens a directory stream corresponding to the
 directory \fIname\fP, and returns a pointer to the directory stream.
 The stream is positioned at the first entry in the directory.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fdopendir ()
 function
@@ -104,7 +104,6 @@ T{
 .BR fdopendir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH STANDARDS
@@ -118,10 +117,10 @@ glibc 2.4.
 .SH NOTES
 Filename entries can be read from a directory stream using
 .BR readdir (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The underlying file descriptor of the directory stream can be obtained using
 .BR dirfd (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR opendir ()
 function sets the close-on-exec flag for the file descriptor underlying the
diff --git a/man3/openpty.3 b/man3/openpty.3
index 9bdcb14..505c481 100644
--- a/man3/openpty.3
+++ b/man3/openpty.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
 .\"
-.TH openpty 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH openpty 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 openpty, login_tty, forkpty \- terminal utility functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ System utilities library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pty.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int openpty(int *" amaster ", int *" aslave ", char *" name ,
 .BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
 .BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
 .BI "pid_t forkpty(int *" amaster ", char *" name ,
 .BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
 .BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <utmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int login_tty(int " fd );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If
 .I winp
 is not NULL, the window size of the slave will be set to the values in
 .IR winp .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR login_tty ()
 function prepares for a login on the terminal
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ the controlling terminal for the calling process, setting
 to be the standard input, output, and error streams of the current
 process, and closing
 .IR fd .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR forkpty ()
 function combines
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ fails if:
 .TP
 .B ENOENT
 There are no available terminals.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR login_tty ()
 fails if
 .BR ioctl (2)
 fails to set
 .I fd
 to the controlling terminal of the calling process.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR forkpty ()
 fails if either
 .BR openpty ()
@@ -146,7 +146,6 @@ T{
 .BR login_tty ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyname
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -157,7 +156,7 @@ modifiers were added to the structure pointer arguments of
 and
 .BR forkpty ()
 in glibc 2.8.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.0.92,
 .BR openpty ()
 returns file descriptors for a BSD pseudoterminal pair;
diff --git a/man3/perror.3 b/man3/perror.3
index efb3e6f..2bd83c2 100644
--- a/man3/perror.3
+++ b/man3/perror.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"   (msmith@falcon.mercer.peachnet.edu) and various other changes.
 .\" Modified 1996-05-16 by Martin Schulze (joey@infodrom.north.de)
 .\"
-.TH perror 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH perror 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 perror \- print a system error message
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,22 +19,22 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void perror(const char *" s );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <errno.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int " errno ";       \fR/* Not really declared this way; see errno(3) */"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] const char *const " sys_errlist [];
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int " sys_nerr ;
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .IR sys_errlist ,
 .IR sys_nerr :
 .nf
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ The
 .BR perror ()
 function produces a message on standard error describing the last
 error encountered during a call to a system or library function.
-.PP
+.P
 First (if
 .I s
 is not NULL and
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ is printed, followed by a colon and a blank.
 Then an error message corresponding to the current value of
 .I errno
 and a new-line.
-.PP
+.P
 To be of most use, the argument string should include the name
 of the function that incurred the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The global error list
 .IR sys_errlist "[],"
 which can be indexed by
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ The use of
 is nowadays deprecated; use
 .BR strerror (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 When a system call fails, it usually returns \-1 and sets the
 variable
 .I errno
@@ -113,7 +113,6 @@ T{
 .BR perror ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stderr
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .I errno
diff --git a/man3/popen.3 b/man3/popen.3
index 698fe28..6c2cd00 100644
--- a/man3/popen.3
+++ b/man3/popen.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat May 18 20:37:44 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
 .\" Modified 7 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
 .\"
-.TH popen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH popen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 popen, pclose \- pipe stream to or from a process
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *popen(const char *" command ", const char *" type );
 .BI "int pclose(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR popen (),
 .BR pclose ():
 .nf
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the
 .I type
 argument may specify only reading or writing, not both; the resulting
 stream is correspondingly read-only or write-only.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I command
 argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string containing a shell
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This command is passed to
 using the
 .B \-c
 flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I type
 argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string which must contain
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ see the description of the
 flag in
 .BR open (2)
 for reasons why this may be useful.
-.PP
+.P
 The return value from
 .BR popen ()
 is a normal standard I/O stream in all respects save that it must be closed
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ Conversely, reading from
 the stream reads the command's standard output, and the command's
 standard input is the same as that of the process that called
 .BR popen ().
-.PP
+.P
 Note that output
 .BR popen ()
 streams are block buffered by default.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pclose ()
 function waits for the associated process to terminate and returns the exit
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ or
 .BR pipe (2)
 calls fail, or if the function cannot allocate memory,
 NULL is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pclose ():
 on success, returns the exit status of the command; if
 .\" These conditions actually give undefined results, so I commented
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ on success, returns the exit status of the command; if
 .BR wait4 (2)
 returns an error, or some other error is detected,
 \-1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 On failure, both functions set
 .I errno
 to indicate the error.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ argument is invalid, and this condition is detected,
 .I errno
 is set to
 .BR EINVAL .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR pclose ()
 cannot obtain the child status,
@@ -162,7 +162,6 @@ T{
 .BR pclose ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The \[aq]e\[aq] value for
 .I type
@@ -187,9 +186,9 @@ The latter can be avoided by calling
 .BR fflush (3)
 before
 .BR popen ().
-.PP
+.P
 Failure to execute the shell is indistinguishable from the shell's failure
-to execute command, or an immediate exit of the command.
+to execute the command, or an immediate exit of the command.
 The only hint is an exit status of 127.
 .\" .SH HISTORY
 .\" A
diff --git a/man3/posix_fallocate.3 b/man3/posix_fallocate.3
index 1c5c189..f70d27c 100644
--- a/man3/posix_fallocate.3
+++ b/man3/posix_fallocate.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH posix_fallocate 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH posix_fallocate 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 posix_fallocate \- allocate file space
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <fcntl.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int posix_fallocate(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", off_t " len );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .ad l
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_fallocate ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ After a successful call to
 .BR posix_fallocate (),
 subsequent writes to bytes in the specified range are
 guaranteed not to fail because of lack of disk space.
-.PP
+.P
 If the size of the file is less than
 .IR offset + len ,
 then the file is increased to this size;
@@ -109,13 +109,12 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Safe (but see NOTES)
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.94.
 POSIX.1-2001
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
 .I shall
 give the
@@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ or
 .B O_WRONLY
 flags, the function fails with the error
 .BR EBADF .
-.PP
+.P
 In general, the emulation is not MT-safe.
 On Linux, applications may use
 .BR fallocate (2)
diff --git a/man3/posix_madvise.3 b/man3/posix_madvise.3
index 25ab37d..440feb4 100644
--- a/man3/posix_madvise.3
+++ b/man3/posix_madvise.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH posix_madvise 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH posix_madvise 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 posix_madvise \- give advice about patterns of memory usage
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/mman.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int posix_madvise(void " addr [. len "], size_t " len ", int " advice );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_madvise ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The system is free to use this advice in order to improve the performance
 of memory accesses (or to ignore the advice altogether), but calling
 .BR posix_madvise ()
 shall not affect the semantics of access to memory in the specified range.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I advice
 argument is one of the following:
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ is 0.
 On Linux, specifying
 .I len
 as 0 is permitted (as a successful no-op).
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc, this function is implemented using
 .BR madvise (2).
 However, since glibc 2.6,
diff --git a/man3/posix_memalign.3 b/man3/posix_memalign.3
index f0c1f6f..194c55a 100644
--- a/man3/posix_memalign.3
+++ b/man3/posix_memalign.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" 2001-10-11, 2003-08-22, aeb, added some details
 .\" 2012-03-23, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@mail.com>
 .\"     Document pvalloc() and aligned_alloc()
-.TH posix_memalign 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH posix_memalign 3 2023-11-24 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 posix_memalign, aligned_alloc, memalign, valloc, pvalloc \-
 allocate aligned memory
@@ -17,32 +17,32 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int posix_memalign(void **" memptr ", size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
 .BI "void *aligned_alloc(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void *valloc(size_t " size );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <malloc.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void *memalign(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] void *pvalloc(size_t " size );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_memalign ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR aligned_alloc ():
 .nf
     _ISOC11_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR valloc ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 allocates
 .I size
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ the value placed in
 is either NULL
 .\" glibc does this:
 or a unique pointer value.
-.PP
+.P
 The obsolete function
 .BR memalign ()
 allocates
@@ -85,15 +84,14 @@ The memory address will be a multiple of
 which must be a power of two.
 .\" The behavior of memalign() for size==0 is as for posix_memalign()
 .\" but no standards govern this.
-.PP
-The function
+.P
 .BR aligned_alloc ()
 is the same as
 .BR memalign (),
 except for the added restriction that
 .I alignment
 must be a power of two.
-.PP
+.P
 The obsolete function
 .BR valloc ()
 allocates
@@ -102,14 +100,14 @@ bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
 The memory address will be a multiple of the page size.
 It is equivalent to
 .IR "memalign(sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE),size)" .
-.PP
+.P
 The obsolete function
 .BR pvalloc ()
 is similar to
 .BR valloc (),
 but rounds the size of the allocation up to
 the next multiple of the system page size.
-.PP
+.P
 For all of these functions, the memory is not zeroed.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .BR aligned_alloc (),
@@ -120,7 +118,7 @@ and
 return a pointer to the allocated memory on success.
 On error, NULL is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set
 to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 returns zero on success, or one of the error values listed in the
 next section on failure.
@@ -143,7 +141,7 @@ argument was not a power of two, or was not a multiple of
 .IR "sizeof(void\ *)" .
 .TP
 .B ENOMEM
-There was insufficient memory to fulfill the allocation request.
+Out of memory.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
 For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
 .BR attributes (7).
@@ -166,7 +164,6 @@ T{
 .BR pvalloc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe init
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR aligned_alloc ()
@@ -209,11 +206,11 @@ glibc 2.0.
 Everybody agrees that
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 On some systems
 .BR memalign ()
 is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP instead of \fI<malloc.h>\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 According to SUSv2,
 .BR valloc ()
 is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
@@ -230,7 +227,7 @@ call that tells what alignment is needed.
 Now one can use
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 to satisfy this requirement.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 verifies that
 .I alignment
@@ -239,7 +236,7 @@ matches the requirements detailed above.
 may not check that the
 .I alignment
 argument is correct.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX requires that memory obtained from
 .BR posix_memalign ()
 can be freed using
@@ -267,7 +264,7 @@ The glibc implementation
 allows memory obtained from any of these functions to be
 reclaimed with
 .BR free (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc
 .BR malloc (3)
 always returns 8-byte aligned memory addresses, so these functions are
diff --git a/man3/posix_openpt.3 b/man3/posix_openpt.3
index 09733d0..8d25557 100644
--- a/man3/posix_openpt.3
+++ b/man3/posix_openpt.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH posix_openpt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH posix_openpt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 posix_openpt \- open a pseudoterminal device
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
 .B #include <fcntl.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int posix_openpt(int " flags ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR posix_openpt ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The
 .BR posix_openpt ()
 function opens an unused pseudoterminal master device, returning a
 file descriptor that can be used to refer to that device.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I flags
 argument is a bit mask that ORs together zero or more of
@@ -68,20 +68,19 @@ T{
 .BR posix_openpt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 It is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
 .BR pts (4)).
 .SH NOTES
 Some older UNIX implementations that support System V
 (aka UNIX 98) pseudoterminals don't have this function, but it
 can be easily implemented by opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 int
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ posix_openpt(int flags)
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR posix_openpt ()
 creates a pathname for the corresponding pseudoterminal slave device.
diff --git a/man3/posix_spawn.3 b/man3/posix_spawn.3
index 32fa8b3..8fa746f 100644
--- a/man3/posix_spawn.3
+++ b/man3/posix_spawn.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     POSIX 1003.1-2004 documentation
 .\"     (http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399)
 .\"
-.TH posix_spawn 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH posix_spawn 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 posix_spawn, posix_spawnp \- spawn a process
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <spawn.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int posix_spawn(pid_t *restrict " pid ", const char *restrict " path ,
 .BI "                const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *restrict " file_actions ,
 .BI "                const posix_spawnattr_t *restrict " attrp ,
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ to support the
 .BR fork (2)
 system call.
 These machines are generally small, embedded systems lacking MMU support.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR posix_spawn ()
 and
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ and
 system calls.
 In fact, they provide only a subset of the functionality
 that can be achieved by using the system calls.
-.PP
+.P
 The only difference between
 .BR posix_spawn ()
 and
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ For the remainder of this page, the discussion is phrased in terms of
 with the understanding that
 .BR posix_spawnp ()
 differs only on the point just described.
-.PP
+.P
 The remaining arguments to these two functions are as follows:
 .TP
 .I pid
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ functions.
 specify the argument list and environment for the program
 that is executed in the child process, as for
 .BR execve (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Below, the functions are described in terms of a three-step process: the
 .BR fork ()
 step, the
@@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ Older implementations use
 or possibly
 .BR vfork (2)
 (see below).
-.PP
+.P
 The PID of the new child process is placed in
 .IR *pid .
 The
 .BR posix_spawn ()
 function then returns control to the parent process.
-.PP
+.P
 Subsequently, the parent can use one of the system calls described in
 .BR wait (2)
 to check the status of the child process.
 If the child fails in any of the housekeeping steps described below,
 or fails to execute the desired file,
 it exits with a status of 127.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.24, the child process is created using
 .BR vfork (2)
 instead of
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ does \fInot\fP contain
 .BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP ,
 or
 .BR POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS .
-.PP
+.P
 In other words,
 .BR vfork (2)
 is used if the caller requests it,
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ functions.
 File descriptors with the
 .B FD_CLOEXEC
 flag set are closed.
-.PP
+.P
 All process attributes in the child,
 other than those affected by attributes specified in the
 object pointed to by
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ will be affected as though the child was created with
 .BR fork (2)
 and it executed the program with
 .BR execve (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The process attributes actions are defined by the attributes object
 pointed to by
 .IR attrp .
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ attribute (set using
 controls the general actions that occur,
 and other attributes in the object specify values
 to be used during those actions.
-.PP
+.P
 The effects of the flags that may be specified in
 .I spawn-flags
 are as follows:
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ attribute
 of the object pointed to by
 .I attrp
 (but see BUGS).
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
 and
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ feature test macro must be defined to obtain the definition of this constant.
 .\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1044
 .\" and has been implemented since glibc 2.26
 .\" commit daeb1fa2e1b33323e719015f5f546988bd4cc73b
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I attrp
 is NULL, then the default behaviors described above for each flag apply.
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ is NULL, then the default behaviors described above for each flag apply.
 .\" .I attrp
 .\" when you are done with it;
 .\" however, on Linux systems this operation is a no-op.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I file_actions
 argument specifies a sequence of file operations
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ except those for which the
 .B FD_CLOEXEC
 flag has been set.
 File locks remain in place.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I file_actions
 is not NULL, then it contains an ordered set of requests to
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ The requested operations are performed in the order they were added to
 .\" closed by the earlier operations
 .\" added to
 .\" .I file_actions .
-.PP
+.P
 If any of the housekeeping actions fails
 (due to bogus values being passed or other reasons why signal handling,
 process scheduling, process group ID functions,
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ the child process exits with exit value 127.
 Once the child has successfully forked and performed
 all requested pre-exec steps,
 the child runs the requested executable.
-.PP
+.P
 The child process takes its environment from the
 .I envp
 argument, which is interpreted as if it had been passed to
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ the contents of
 .I *pid
 are unspecified,
 and these functions return an error number as described below.
-.PP
+.P
 Even when these functions return a success status,
 the child process may still fail for a plethora of reasons related to its
 pre-\fBexec\fR() initialization.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ which will be one of the errors described for
 .BR vfork (2),
 or
 .BR clone (2).
-.PP
+.P
 In addition, these functions fail if:
 .TP
 .B ENOSYS
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ only the POSIX-specified functions.
 (In other words,
 although these objects may be implemented as structures containing fields,
 portable programs must avoid dependence on such implementation details.)
-.PP
+.P
 According to POSIX, it is unspecified whether fork handlers established with
 .BR pthread_atfork (3)
 are called when
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Since glibc 2.24, the fork handlers are not executed in any case.
 On older implementations,
 fork handlers are called only if the child is created using
 .BR fork (2).
-.PP
+.P
 There is no "posix_fspawn" function (i.e., a function that is to
 .BR posix_spawn ()
 as
@@ -582,13 +582,13 @@ The program accepts command-line attributes that can be used
 to create file actions and attributes objects.
 The remaining command-line arguments are used as the executable name
 and command-line arguments of the program that is executed in the child.
-.PP
+.P
 In the first run, the
 .BR date (1)
 command is executed in the child, and the
 .BR posix_spawn ()
 call employs no file actions or attributes objects.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out date\fP
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Tue Feb  1 19:47:50 CEST 2011
 Child status: exited, status=0
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the next run, the
 .I \-c
 command-line option is used to create a file actions object that closes
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ standard output in the child.
 Consequently,
 .BR date (1)
 fails when trying to perform output and exits with a status of 1.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out \-c date\fP
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ date: write error: Bad file descriptor
 Child status: exited, status=1
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the next run, the
 .I \-s
 command-line option is used to create an attributes object that
@@ -629,24 +629,24 @@ Therefore, to kill the child,
 is necessary
 .RB ( SIGKILL
 can't be blocked).
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out \-s sleep 60 &\fP
 [1] 7637
 $ PID of child: 7638
-.PP
+.P
 $ \fBkill 7638\fP
 $ \fBkill \-KILL 7638\fP
 $ Child status: killed by signal 9
 [1]+  Done                    ./a.out \-s sleep 60
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 When we try to execute a nonexistent command in the child, the
 .BR exec (3)
 fails and the child exits with a status of 127.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out xxxxx
diff --git a/man3/pow.3 b/man3/pow.3
index 3f0be5c..83fd8fb 100644
--- a/man3/pow.3
+++ b/man3/pow.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH pow 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pow 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pow, powf, powl \- power functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double pow(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float powf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double powl(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR powf (),
 .BR powl ():
 .nf
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ On success, these functions return the value of
 .I x
 to the power of
 .IR y .
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 .\" The range error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
@@ -61,14 +61,14 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
-.PP
+.P
 If result underflows, and is not representable,
 a range error occurs,
 and 0.0 with the appropriate sign is returned.
 .\" POSIX.1 does not specify the sign of the zero,
 .\" but https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2678
 .\" points out that the zero has the wrong sign in some cases.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
 If
 .I x
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ or
 is returned,
 with the same sign as
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[!odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
 If
 .I x
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ a pole error occurs and
 or
 .RB + HUGE_VALL ,
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[odd]]) = \(+-0
 If
 .I x
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is an odd integer greater than 0,
 the result is +0 (\-0).
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[!odd]]) = +0
 If
 .I x
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ and
 .I y
 greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
 the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(-1, \(+-INFINITY) = 1.0
 If
 .I x
@@ -126,21 +126,21 @@ and
 .I y
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
 the result is 1.0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(+1, y) = 1.0
 If
 .I x
 is +1, the result is 1.0 (even if
 .I y
 is a NaN).
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(x, \(+-0) = 1.0
 If
 .I y
 is 0, the result is 1.0 (even if
 .I x
 is a NaN).
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(<0, y) = NaN
 If
 .I x
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ is a finite value less than 0, and
 is a finite noninteger, a domain error occurs,
 .\" The domain error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
 and a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(|x|<1, -INFINITY) = INFINITY
 If the absolute value of
 .I x
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is negative infinity,
 the result is positive infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(|x|>1, -INFINITY) = +0
 If the absolute value of
 .I x
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is negative infinity,
 the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(|x|<1, INFINITY) = +0
 If the absolute value of
 .I x
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is positive infinity,
 the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(|x|>1, INFINITY) = INFINITY
 If the absolute value of
 .I x
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is positive infinity,
 the result is positive infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[odd]]) = -0
 If
 .I x
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is an odd integer less than 0,
 the result is \-0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[!odd]]) = +0
 If
 .I x
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ and
 .I y
 less than 0 and not an odd integer,
 the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[odd]]) = -INFINITY
 If
 .I x
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ and
 .I y
 is an odd integer greater than 0,
 the result is negative infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[!odd]]) = INFINITY
 If
 .I x
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ and
 .I y
 greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
 the result is positive infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(INFINITY, <0) = +0
 If
 .I x
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ and
 .I y
 less than 0,
 the result is +0.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(INFINITY, >0) = INFINITY
 If
 .I x
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ and
 .I y
 greater than 0,
 the result is positive infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" pow(NaN, y) or pow(x, NaN) = NaN
 Except as specified above, if
 .I x
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative, and \fIy\fP is a finite noninteger
@@ -322,12 +322,11 @@ T{
 .BR powl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
@@ -349,13 +348,13 @@ nor
 This problem was fixed
 .\" commit c3d466cba1692708a19c6ff829d0386c83a0c6e5
 in glibc 2.28.
-.PP
+.P
 A number of bugs
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3866
 in the glibc implementation of
 .BR pow ()
 were fixed in glibc 2.16.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
 .\"
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6776
@@ -369,7 +368,7 @@ Since glibc 2.10,
 .\" or possibly 2.9, I haven't found the source code change
 .\" and I don't have a 2.9 system to test
 glibc does the right thing.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
 .\" Actually, glibc 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
 .\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
diff --git a/man3/pow10.3 b/man3/pow10.3
index bbbac22..0a0bdac 100644
--- a/man3/pow10.3
+++ b/man3/pow10.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pow10 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pow10 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pow10, pow10f, pow10l \- base-10 power functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double pow10(double " x );
 .BI "float pow10f(float " x );
 .BI "long double pow10l(long double " x );
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Math library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the value of 10 raised to the power
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "Note well" :
 These functions perform exactly the same task as the functions described in
 .BR exp10 (3),
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR pow10l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH VERSIONS
diff --git a/man3/powerof2.3 b/man3/powerof2.3
index fae024f..cc21e4d 100644
--- a/man3/powerof2.3
+++ b/man3/powerof2.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH powerof2 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH powerof2 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 powerof2 \- test if a value is a power of 2
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/param.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int powerof2(" x );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ This macro returns true if
 .I x
 is a power of 2,
 and false otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .B 0
 is considered a power of 2.
 This can make sense considering wrapping of unsigned integers,
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ respectively.
 BSD.
 .SH CAVEATS
 The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
-.PP
+.P
 Because this macro is implemented using bitwise operations,
 some negative values can invoke undefined behavior.
 For example,
diff --git a/man3/printf.3 b/man3/printf.3
index edd6ba8..205bf9b 100644
--- a/man3/printf.3
+++ b/man3/printf.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" 2000-07-26 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - three small fixes
 .\" 2000-10-16 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - more fixes
 .\"
-.TH printf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH printf 3 2024-03-16 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 printf, fprintf, dprintf, sprintf, snprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, vdprintf,
 vsprintf, vsnprintf \- formatted output conversion
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int printf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "int fprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "int snprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int vprintf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
 .BI "int vfprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int vsnprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR snprintf (),
 .BR vsnprintf ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR dprintf (),
 .BR vdprintf ():
 .nf
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ and
 .BR vsnprintf ()
 write to the character string
 .IR str .
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR dprintf ()
 is the same as
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ except that it outputs to a file descriptor,
 instead of to a
 .BR stdio (3)
 stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR snprintf ()
 and
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ write at most
 .I size
 bytes (including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])) to
 .IR str .
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR vprintf (),
 .BR vfprintf (),
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ macro, the value of
 is undefined after the call.
 See
 .BR stdarg (3).
-.PP
+.P
 All of these functions write the output under the control of a
 .I format
 string that specifies how subsequent arguments (or arguments accessed via
 the variable-length argument facilities of
 .BR stdarg (3))
 are converted for output.
-.PP
+.P
 C99 and POSIX.1-2001 specify that the results are undefined if a call to
 .BR sprintf (),
 .BR snprintf (),
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ or
 would cause copying to take place between objects that overlap
 (e.g., if the target string array and one of the supplied input arguments
 refer to the same buffer).
-See NOTES.
+See CAVEATS.
 .SS Format of the format string
 The format string is a character string, beginning and ending
 in its initial shift state, if any.
@@ -175,15 +175,15 @@ an optional
 .I precision
 and an optional
 .IR "length modifier" .
-.PP
+.P
 The overall syntax of a conversion specification is:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .nf
 %[$][flags][width][.precision][length modifier]conversion
 .fi
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The arguments must correspond properly (after type promotion) with the
 conversion specifier.
 By default, the arguments are used in the order
@@ -200,21 +200,21 @@ where the decimal integer \fIm\fP denotes
 the position in the argument list of the desired argument, indexed starting
 from 1.
 Thus,
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 printf("%*d", width, num);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 and
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 printf("%2$*1$d", width, num);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 are equivalent.
 The second style allows repeated references to the
 same argument.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ There may be no
 gaps in the numbers of arguments specified using \[aq]$\[aq]; for example, if
 arguments 1 and 3 are specified, argument 2 must also be specified
 somewhere in the format string.
-.PP
+.P
 For some numeric conversions a radix character ("decimal point") or
 thousands' grouping character is used.
 The actual character used
@@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ part of the locale.
 The POSIX locale
 uses \[aq].\[aq] as radix character, and does not have a grouping character.
 Thus,
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 printf("%\[aq].2f", 1234567.89);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 results in "1234567.89" in the POSIX locale, in "1234567,89" in the
 nl_NL locale, and in "1.234.567,89" in the da_DK locale.
 .SS Flag characters
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ By default, a sign is used only for negative numbers.
 A
 .B +
 overrides a space if both are used.
-.PP
+.P
 The five flag characters above are defined in the C99 standard.
 The Single UNIX Specification specifies one further flag character.
 .TP
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ whose locale information indicates no thousands' grouping character.
 Therefore, without a prior call to
 .BR setlocale (3),
 no thousands' grouping characters will be printed.
-.PP
+.P
 glibc 2.2 adds one further flag character.
 .TP
 .B I
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ argument, or a following
 conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
 .I ptrdiff_t
 argument.
-.PP
+.P
 SUSv3 specifies all of the above,
 except for those modifiers explicitly noted as being nonstandard extensions.
 SUSv2 specified only the length modifiers
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ and
 .BR Lf ,
 .BR Lg ,
 .BR LG ).
-.PP
+.P
 As a nonstandard extension, the GNU implementations treats
 .B ll
 and
@@ -875,9 +875,9 @@ No argument is converted.
 The complete conversion
 specification is \[aq]%%\[aq].
 .SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful return, these functions return the number of characters
+Upon successful return, these functions return the number of bytes
 printed (excluding the null byte used to end output to strings).
-.PP
+.P
 The functions
 .BR snprintf ()
 and
@@ -892,8 +892,8 @@ had been available.
 Thus, a return value of
 .I size
 or more means that the output was truncated.
-(See also below under NOTES.)
-.PP
+(See also below under CAVEATS.)
+.P
 If an output error is encountered, a negative value is returned.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
 For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
@@ -916,7 +916,6 @@ T{
 .BR vsnprintf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR fprintf ()
@@ -980,7 +979,7 @@ with C99.
 .TQ
 .BR vdprintf ()
 GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" Linux libc4 knows about the five C standard flags.
 .\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
 .\" and the conversions
@@ -994,7 +993,7 @@ GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
 .\" support for \fB%D\fP disappeared.)
 .\" No locale-dependent radix character,
 .\" no thousands' separator, no NaN or infinity, no "%m$" and "*m$".
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Linux libc5 knows about the five C standard flags and the \[aq] flag,
 .\" locale, "%m$" and "*m$".
 .\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
@@ -1005,15 +1004,15 @@ GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
 .\" .BR m ,
 .\" which outputs
 .\" .IR strerror(errno) .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" glibc 2.0 adds conversion characters \fBC\fP and \fBS\fP.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 glibc 2.1 adds length modifiers \fBhh\fP, \fBj\fP, \fBt\fP, and \fBz\fP
 and conversion characters \fBa\fP and \fBA\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 glibc 2.2 adds the conversion character \fBF\fP with C99 semantics,
 and the flag character \fBI\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 glibc 2.35 gives a meaning to the alternate form
 .RB ( # )
 of the
@@ -1022,13 +1021,13 @@ conversion specifier, that is
 .IR %#m .
 .SH CAVEATS
 Some programs imprudently rely on code such as the following
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 sprintf(buf, "%s some further text", buf);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 to append text to
 .IR buf .
 However, the standards explicitly note that the results are undefined
@@ -1044,7 +1043,7 @@ Depending on the version of
 used, and the compiler options employed, calls such as the above will
 .B not
 produce the expected results.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation of the functions
 .BR snprintf ()
 and
@@ -1103,7 +1102,7 @@ instead (or
 .BR asprintf (3)
 and
 .BR vasprintf (3)).
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Linux libc4.[45] does not have a
 .\" .BR snprintf (),
 .\" but provides a libbsd that contains an
@@ -1116,7 +1115,7 @@ and
 .\" Thus, the use of
 .\" .BR snprintf ()
 .\" with early libc4 leads to serious security problems.
-.PP
+.P
 Code such as
 .BI printf( foo );
 often indicates a bug, since
@@ -1127,14 +1126,14 @@ If
 comes from untrusted user input, it may contain \fB%n\fP, causing the
 .BR printf ()
 call to write to memory and creating a security hole.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Some floating-point conversions under early libc4
 .\" caused memory leaks.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 To print
 .I Pi
 to five decimal places:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #include <math.h>
@@ -1142,14 +1141,14 @@ to five decimal places:
 fprintf(stdout, "pi = %.5f\en", 4 * atan(1.0));
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 To print a date and time in the form "Sunday, July 3, 10:02",
 where
 .I weekday
 and
 .I month
 are pointers to strings:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -1157,11 +1156,11 @@ fprintf(stdout, "%s, %s %d, %.2d:%.2d\en",
         weekday, month, day, hour, min);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Many countries use the day-month-year order.
 Hence, an internationalized version must be able to print
 the arguments in an order specified by the format:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -1169,23 +1168,23 @@ fprintf(stdout, format,
         weekday, month, day, hour, min);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I format
 depends on locale, and may permute the arguments.
 With the value:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 "%1$s, %3$d. %2$s, %4$d:%5$.2d\en"
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 one might obtain "Sonntag, 3. Juli, 10:02".
-.PP
+.P
 To allocate a sufficiently large string and print into it
 (code correct for both glibc 2.0 and glibc 2.1):
-.PP
+.P
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -1225,7 +1224,7 @@ make_message(const char *fmt, ...)
     return p;
 }
 .EE
-.PP
+.P
 If truncation occurs in glibc versions prior to glibc 2.0.6,
 this is treated as an error instead of being handled gracefully.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/profil.3 b/man3/profil.3
index caa5f48..6bdb2e3 100644
--- a/man3/profil.3
+++ b/man3/profil.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Modified Fri Jun 23 01:35:19 1995 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
 .\" (prompted by Bas V. de Bakker <bas@phys.uva.nl>)
 .\" Corrected (and moved to man3), 980612, aeb
-.TH profil 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH profil 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 profil \- execution time profile
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,16 +15,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int profil(unsigned short *" buf ", size_t " bufsiz ,
 .BI "           size_t " offset ", unsigned int " scale );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR profil ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.21:
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR profil ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ cannot be used on a program that also uses
 .B ITIMER_PROF
 interval timers (see
 .BR setitimer (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 True kernel profiling provides more accurate results.
 .\" Libc 4.4 contained a kernel patch providing a system call profil.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/program_invocation_name.3 b/man3/program_invocation_name.3
index 79bd2f7..b840ada 100644
--- a/man3/program_invocation_name.3
+++ b/man3/program_invocation_name.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 .\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
-.TH program_invocation_name 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH program_invocation_name 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name \- \
 obtain name used to invoke calling program
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <errno.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern char *" program_invocation_name ;
 .BI "extern char *" program_invocation_short_name ;
 .fi
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ in
 with the difference that the scope of
 .I program_invocation_name
 is global.
-.PP
+.P
 .I program_invocation_short_name
 contains the basename component of name that was used to invoke
 the calling program.
 That is, it is the same value as
 .IR program_invocation_name ,
 with all text up to and including the final slash (/), if any, removed.
-.PP
+.P
 These variables are automatically initialized by the glibc run-time
 startup code.
 .SH VERSIONS
diff --git a/man3/psignal.3 b/man3/psignal.3
index e9c9728..011f44c 100644
--- a/man3/psignal.3
+++ b/man3/psignal.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:45:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH psignal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH psignal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 psignal, psiginfo \- print signal description
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void psignal(int " sig ", const char *" s );
 .BI "void psiginfo(const siginfo_t *" pinfo ", const char *" s );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR psignal ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     glibc 2.19 and earlier:
         _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR psiginfo ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ describing the signal number \fIsig\fP, and a trailing newline.
 If the string \fIs\fP is NULL or empty, the colon and space are omitted.
 If \fIsig\fP is invalid,
 the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR psiginfo ()
 function is like
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ T{
 .BR psiginfo ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_atfork.3 b/man3/pthread_atfork.3
index 1bcfc7e..0c01904 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_atfork.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_atfork.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_atfork 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_atfork 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_atfork \- register fork handlers
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B  #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_atfork(void (*" prepare ")(void), void (*" parent ")(void),"
 .BI "                   void (*" child ")(void));"
 .fi
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ function registers fork handlers that are to be executed when
 is called by any thread in a process.
 The handlers are executed in the context of the thread that calls
 .BR fork (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Three kinds of handler can be registered:
 .IP \[bu] 3
 .I prepare
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ processing completes.
 specifies a handler that is executed in the child process after
 .BR fork (2)
 processing completes.
-.PP
+.P
 Any of the three arguments may be NULL if no handler is needed
 in the corresponding phase of
 .BR fork (2)
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ was to provide a mechanism whereby the application (or a library)
 could ensure that mutexes and other process and thread state would be
 restored to a consistent state.
 In practice, this task is generally too difficult to be practicable.
-.PP
+.P
 After a
 .BR fork (2)
 in a multithreaded process returns in the child,
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ the child should call only async-signal-safe functions (see
 until such time as it calls
 .BR execve (2)
 to execute a new program.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 specifies that
 .BR pthread_atfork ()
 shall not fail with the error
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
index 8792ab4..2f23061 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_init 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_init, pthread_attr_destroy \- initialize and destroy
 thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_init(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_destroy(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
 .fi
@@ -29,19 +29,19 @@ using various related functions (listed under SEE ALSO),
 and then the object can be used in one or more
 .BR pthread_create (3)
 calls that create threads.
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR pthread_attr_init ()
 on a thread attributes object that has already been initialized
 results in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 When a thread attributes object is no longer required,
 it should be destroyed using the
 .BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
 function.
 Destroying a thread attributes object has no effect
 on threads that were created using that object.
-.PP
+.P
 Once a thread attributes object has been destroyed,
 it can be reinitialized using
 .BR pthread_attr_init ().
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -93,7 +92,7 @@ Once created, the thread uses the
 .BR pthread_getattr_np (3)
 function (a nonstandard GNU extension) to retrieve the thread's
 attributes, and then displays those attributes.
-.PP
+.P
 If the program is run with no command-line argument,
 then it passes NULL as the
 .I attr
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ argument of
 so that the thread is created with default attributes.
 Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
 we see the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
@@ -120,7 +119,7 @@ Thread attributes:
         Stack size          = 0x201000 bytes
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 When we supply a stack size as a command-line argument,
 the program initializes a thread attributes object,
 sets various attributes in that object,
@@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ and passes a pointer to the object in the call to
 .BR pthread_create (3).
 Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
 we see the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
index 923ee0b..0ab2224 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setaffinity_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setaffinity_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setaffinity_np, pthread_attr_getaffinity_np \- set/get
 CPU affinity attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setaffinity_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                   size_t " cpusetsize ", const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getaffinity_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ to the value specified in
 This attribute determines the CPU affinity mask
 of a thread created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
 function
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ referred to by
 .I attr
 in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR cpuset .
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I cpusetsize
 is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
 .IR cpuset .
 Typically, this argument would be specified as
 .IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
-.PP
+.P
 For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
 .BR sched_setaffinity (2).
 For a description of a set of macros
@@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
index c984943..2fcf6e0 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setdetachstate 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setdetachstate 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setdetachstate, pthread_attr_getdetachstate \-
 set/get detach state attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setdetachstate(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
 ", int " detachstate );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getdetachstate(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The detach state attribute determines whether a thread created using
 the thread attributes object
 .I attr
 will be created in a joinable or a detached state.
-.PP
+.P
 The following values may be specified in
 .IR detachstate :
 .TP
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ will be created in a detached state.
 Threads that are created using
 .I attr
 will be created in a joinable state.
-.PP
+.P
 The default setting of the detach state attribute in a newly initialized
 thread attributes object is
 .BR PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
 returns the detach state attribute of the thread attributes object
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -90,7 +89,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 See
 .BR pthread_create (3)
 for more details on detached and joinable threads.
-.PP
+.P
 A thread that is created in a joinable state should
 eventually either be joined using
 .BR pthread_join (3)
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ or detached using
 .BR pthread_detach (3);
 see
 .BR pthread_create (3).
-.PP
+.P
 It is an error to specify the thread ID of
 a thread that was created in a detached state
 in a later call to
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
index 7d8d8cb..b436260 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setguardsize 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setguardsize 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setguardsize, pthread_attr_getguardsize \- set/get guard size
 attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setguardsize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
 ", size_t " guardsize );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getguardsize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ thread attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 to the value specified in
 .IR guardsize .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I guardsize
 is greater than 0,
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ the system allocates an additional region of at least
 .I guardsize
 bytes at the end of the thread's stack to act as the guard area
 for the stack (but see BUGS).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I guardsize
 is 0, then new threads created with
 .I attr
 will not have a guard area.
-.PP
+.P
 The default guard size is the same as the system page size.
-.PP
+.P
 If the stack address attribute has been set in
 .I attr
 (using
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ it is the application's responsibility to handle stack overflow
 .BR mprotect (2)
 to manually define a guard area at the end of the stack
 that it has allocated).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
 function returns the guard size attribute of the
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -118,11 +117,11 @@ the system page size when creating a thread.
 .BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
 returns the guard size that was set by
 .BR pthread_attr_setguardsize ().)
-.PP
+.P
 Setting a guard size of 0 may be useful to save memory
 in an application that creates many threads
 and knows that stack overflow can never occur.
-.PP
+.P
 Choosing a guard size larger than the default size
 may be necessary for detecting stack overflows
 if a thread allocates large data structures on the stack.
@@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ error from
 .BR pthread_create (3)
 if the guard size value is too large,
 leaving no space for the actual stack.)
-.PP
+.P
 The obsolete LinuxThreads implementation did the right thing,
 allocating extra space at the end of the stack for the guard area.
 .\" glibc includes the guardsize within the allocated stack size,
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
index aa062d1..218522e 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setinheritsched 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setinheritsched 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setinheritsched, pthread_attr_getinheritsched \- set/get
 inherit-scheduler attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                                 int " inheritsched );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ the thread attributes object
 will inherit its scheduling attributes from the calling thread
 or whether it will take them from
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 The following scheduling attributes are affected by the
 inherit-scheduler attribute:
 scheduling policy
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ scheduling priority
 .RB ( pthread_attr_setschedparam (3)),
 and contention scope
 .RB ( pthread_attr_setscope (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 The following values may be specified in
 .IR inheritsched :
 .TP
@@ -61,11 +61,11 @@ Threads that are created using
 take their scheduling attributes from the values specified
 by the attributes object.
 .\" FIXME Document the defaults for scheduler settings
-.PP
+.P
 The default setting of the inherit-scheduler attribute in
 a newly initialized thread attributes object is
 .BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
 returns the inherit-scheduler attribute of the thread attributes object
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ can fail with the following error:
 .B EINVAL
 Invalid value in
 .IR inheritsched .
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an optional
 .B ENOTSUP
 error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
@@ -102,7 +102,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
index 379f30c..b01f0f9 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setschedparam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setschedparam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setschedparam, pthread_attr_getschedparam \- set/get
 scheduling parameter attributes in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setschedparam(pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                              const struct sched_param *restrict " param );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getschedparam(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
@@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ to the values specified in the buffer pointed to by
 These attributes determine the scheduling parameters of
 a thread created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
 returns the scheduling parameter attributes of the thread attributes object
 .I attr
 in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR param .
-.PP
+.P
 Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct sched_param {
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ struct sched_param {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
 For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
 in each scheduling policy, see
 .BR sched (7).
-.PP
+.P
 In order for the parameter setting made by
 .BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
 to have effect when calling
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The priority specified in
 .I param
 does not make sense for the current scheduling policy of
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an
 .B ENOTSUP
 error for
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
index 9311af6..cbd630f 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setschedpolicy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setschedpolicy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, pthread_attr_getschedpolicy \- set/get
 scheduling policy attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " policy );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                                int *restrict " policy );
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ to the value specified in
 This attribute determines the scheduling policy of
 a thread created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 The supported values for
 .I policy
 are
@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ with the semantics described in
 .\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
 .\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
 .\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
 returns the scheduling policy attribute of the thread attributes object
 .I attr
 in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR policy .
-.PP
+.P
 In order for the policy setting made by
 .BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
 to have effect when calling
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ can fail with the following error:
 .B EINVAL
 Invalid value in
 .IR policy .
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an optional
 .B ENOTSUP
 error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
@@ -91,7 +91,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
index c9acfc4..024efa5 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setscope 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setscope 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setscope, pthread_attr_getscope \- set/get contention scope
 attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setscope(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " scope );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getscope(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                          int *restrict " scope );
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ with other threads in the same process that
 were created with the
 .B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
 contention scope.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 requires that an implementation support at least one of these
 contention scopes.
 Linux supports
 .BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM ,
 but not
 .BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS .
-.PP
+.P
 On systems that support multiple contention scopes, then,
 in order for the parameter setting made by
 .BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
 .I attr
 to
 .BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
 function returns the contention scope attribute of the
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ bound directly to a single kernel-scheduling entity.
 This is the case on Linux for the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation
 and the modern NPTL implementation,
 which are both 1:1 threading implementations.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 specifies that the default contention scope is
 implementation-defined.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
index ee789a6..0ff9bee 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setsigmask_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setsigmask_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setsigmask_np, pthread_attr_getsigmask_np \- set/get
 signal mask attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setsigmask_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                               const sigset_t *" sigmask );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getsigmask_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ If
 is specified as NULL, then any existing signal mask attribute in
 .I attr
 is unset.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
 function returns the signal mask attribute of the thread attributes object
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ as its result.
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
 function returns 0 on success, or a nonzero error number on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 the
 .BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
 function returns either 0 or
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ A return value of
 .B PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP
 indicates that the signal mask attribute is not set in
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 On error, these functions return a positive error number.
 .SH ERRORS
 .TP
@@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
@@ -96,13 +95,13 @@ a thread created using the thread attributes object
 If this attribute is not set, then a thread created using
 .I attr
 will inherit a copy of the creating thread's signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 For more details on signal masks, see
 .BR sigprocmask (2).
 For a description of a set of macros
 that can be used to manipulate and inspect signal sets, see
 .BR sigsetops (3).
-.PP
+.P
 In the absence of
 .BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
 it is possible to create a thread with a desired signal mask as follows:
@@ -119,7 +118,7 @@ The new thread sets its signal mask to the desired value using
 .BR pthread_sigmask (3).
 .IP \[bu]
 The creating thread restores its signal mask to the original value.
-.PP
+.P
 Following the above steps,
 there is no possibility for the new thread to receive a signal
 before it has adjusted its signal mask to the desired value.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
index 78c2ff4..1cf976b 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstack 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstack 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setstack, pthread_attr_getstack \- set/get stack
 attributes in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setstack(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                          void " stackaddr [. stacksize ],
 .BI "                          size_t " stacksize );
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ POSIX threads library
 .BI "                          void **restrict " stackaddr ,
 .BI "                          size_t *restrict " stacksize );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_attr_getstack (),
 .BR pthread_attr_setstack ():
 .nf
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ respectively.
 These attributes specify the location and size of the stack that should
 be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 .I stackaddr
 should point to the lowest addressable byte of a buffer of
 .I stacksize
 bytes that was allocated by the caller.
 The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
 function returns the stack address and stack size attributes of the
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ On some systems, this error may also occur if
 or
 .I stackaddr\~+\~stacksize
 is not suitably aligned.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an
 .B EACCES
 error if the stack area described by
@@ -104,7 +104,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -118,7 +117,7 @@ and the use of these functions should be avoided.
 (Use
 .BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3)
 if an application simply requires a stack size other than the default.)
-.PP
+.P
 When an application employs
 .BR pthread_attr_setstack (),
 it takes over the responsibility of allocating the stack.
@@ -129,7 +128,7 @@ If deemed necessary,
 it is the application's responsibility to allocate a guard area
 (one or more pages protected against reading and writing)
 to handle the possibility of stack overflow.
-.PP
+.P
 The address specified in
 .I stackaddr
 should be suitably aligned:
@@ -140,7 +139,7 @@ may be useful for allocation.
 Probably,
 .I stacksize
 should also be a multiple of the system page size.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I attr
 is used to create multiple threads, then the caller must change the
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
index 9ec2e9a..7e9c2cc 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstackaddr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstackaddr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setstackaddr, pthread_attr_getstackaddr \-
 set/get stack address attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setstackaddr(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
 ", void *" stackaddr );
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Use
 and
 .BR pthread_attr_getstack (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr ()
 function sets the stack address attribute of the
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ to the value specified in
 This attribute specifies the location of the stack that should
 be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 .I stackaddr
 should point to a buffer of at least
 .B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
 bytes that was allocated by the caller.
 The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
 function returns the stack address attribute of the
@@ -77,7 +77,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
index 278346e..466a6ee 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstacksize 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstacksize 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_attr_setstacksize, pthread_attr_getstacksize \- set/get stack size
 attribute in thread attributes object
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_attr_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
 ", size_t " stacksize );
 .BI "int pthread_attr_getstacksize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ thread attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 to the value specified in
 .IR stacksize .
-.PP
+.P
 The stack size attribute determines the minimum size (in bytes) that
 will be allocated for threads created using the thread attributes object
 .IR attr .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
 function returns the stack size attribute of the
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ can fail with the following error:
 The stack size is less than
 .B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
 (16384) bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 On some systems,
 .\" e.g., MacOS
 .BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 These functions are provided since glibc 2.1.
 .SH STANDARDS
@@ -83,10 +82,10 @@ POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH NOTES
 For details on the default stack size of new threads, see
 .BR pthread_create (3).
-.PP
+.P
 A thread's stack size is fixed at the time of thread creation.
 Only the main thread can dynamically grow its stack.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
 function allows an application to set both the size and location
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cancel.3 b/man3/pthread_cancel.3
index 8230c80..c1a160b 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_cancel.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_cancel.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_cancel 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_cancel 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_cancel \- send a cancelation request to a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_cancel(pthread_t " thread );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ its cancelability
 .I state
 and
 .IR type .
-.PP
+.P
 A thread's cancelability state, determined by
 .BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
 can be
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ then a cancelation request remains queued until the thread
 enables cancelation.
 If a thread has enabled cancelation,
 then its cancelability type determines when cancelation occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 A thread's cancelation type, determined by
 .BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
 may be either
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ the thread next calls a function that is a
 .IR "cancelation point" .
 A list of functions that are or may be cancelation points is provided in
 .BR pthreads (7).
-.PP
+.P
 When a cancelation requested is acted on, the following steps occur for
 .I thread
 (in this order):
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ in an unspecified order.
 The thread is terminated.
 (See
 .BR pthread_exit (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 The above steps happen asynchronously with respect to the
 .BR pthread_cancel ()
 call;
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ the return status of
 .BR pthread_cancel ()
 merely informs the caller whether the cancelation request
 was successfully queued.
-.PP
+.P
 After a canceled thread has terminated,
 a join with that thread using
 .BR pthread_join (3)
@@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_cancel ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux, cancelation is implemented using signals.
 Under the NPTL threading implementation,
@@ -136,7 +135,7 @@ The main thread joins with the canceled thread to check
 that its exit status was
 .BR PTHREAD_CANCELED .
 The following shell session shows what happens when we run the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ ./a.out
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
index 9fcccb3..eec8c8e 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_cleanup_push 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_cleanup_push 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_cleanup_push, pthread_cleanup_pop \- push and pop
 thread cancelation clean-up handlers
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void pthread_cleanup_push(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
 .BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop(int " execute );
 .fi
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ when a thread is canceled (or in various other circumstances
 described below);
 it might, for example, unlock a mutex so that
 it becomes available to other threads in the process.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
 function pushes
@@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ When
 is later invoked, it will be given
 .I arg
 as its argument.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
 function removes the routine at the top of the stack of clean-up handlers,
 and optionally executes it if
 .I execute
 is nonzero.
-.PP
+.P
 A cancelation clean-up handler is popped from the stack
 and executed in the following circumstances:
 .IP \[bu] 3
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ When a thread calls
 with a nonzero
 .I execute
 argument, the top-most clean-up handler is popped and executed.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 permits
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
 and
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ functions are paired within the same function,
 and at the same lexical nesting level.
 (In other words, a clean-up handler is established only
 during the execution of a specified section of code.)
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR longjmp (3)
 .RB ( siglongjmp (3))
@@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On glibc, the
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ implemented as macros that expand to text
 containing \[aq]\fB{\fP\[aq] and \[aq]\fB}\fP\[aq], respectively.
 This means that variables declared within the scope of
 paired calls to these functions will be visible within only that scope.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1
 .\" The text was actually added in the 2004 TC2
 says that the effect of using
@@ -165,10 +164,10 @@ the main thread sends the other thread a cancelation request,
 or sets a global variable that causes the other thread
 to exit its loop and terminate normally (by doing a
 .IR return ).
-.PP
+.P
 In the following shell session,
 the main thread sends a cancelation request to the other thread:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
@@ -180,16 +179,16 @@ Called clean\-up handler
 Thread was canceled; cnt = 0
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 From the above, we see that the thread was canceled,
 and that the cancelation clean-up handler was called
 and it reset the value of the global variable
 .I cnt
 to 0.
-.PP
+.P
 In the next run, the main program sets a
 global variable that causes other thread to terminate normally:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out x\fP
@@ -199,18 +198,18 @@ cnt = 1
 Thread terminated normally; cnt = 2
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 From the above, we see that the clean-up handler was not executed (because
 .I cleanup_pop_arg
 was 0), and therefore the value of
 .I cnt
 was not reset.
-.PP
+.P
 In the next run, the main program sets a global variable that
 causes the other thread to terminate normally,
 and supplies a nonzero value for
 .IR cleanup_pop_arg :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out x 1\fP
@@ -221,7 +220,7 @@ Called clean\-up handler
 Thread terminated normally; cnt = 0
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the above, we see that although the thread was not canceled,
 the clean-up handler was executed, because the argument given to
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
index d72b3d2..ca0e3d4 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np, pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np \- push and pop
 thread cancelation clean-up handlers while saving cancelability type
@@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
 .BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(int " execute );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np (),
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop_defer_np ():
 .nf
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ These functions are the same as
 and
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
 except for the differences noted on this page.
-.PP
+.P
 Like
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ()
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ and sets the cancelability type to "deferred" (see
 this ensures that cancelation clean-up will occur
 even if the thread's cancelability type was "asynchronous"
 before the call.
-.PP
+.P
 Like
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
 .BR pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np ()
@@ -56,24 +56,24 @@ stack of cancelation clean-up handlers.
 In addition, it restores the thread's cancelability
 type to its value at the time of the matching
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ().
-.PP
+.P
 The caller must ensure that calls to these
 functions are paired within the same function,
 and at the same lexical nesting level.
 Other restrictions apply, as described in
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).
-.PP
+.P
 This sequence of calls:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg);
 pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 is equivalent to (but shorter and more efficient than):
-.PP
+.P
 .\" As far as I can see, LinuxThreads reverses the two substeps
 .\" in the push and pop below.
 .in +4n
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_init.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fff419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_cond_init 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_cond_init,
+pthread_cond_signal,
+pthread_cond_broadcast,
+pthread_cond_wait,
+pthread_cond_timedwait,
+pthread_cond_destroy
+\-
+operations on conditions
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_cond_t " cond " = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_condattr_t *" cond_attr ");"
+.BI "int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
+.BI "int pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
+.BI "int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.BI "int pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ", const struct timespec *" abstime ");"
+.BI "int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A condition (short for ``condition variable'')
+is a synchronization device that allows threads
+to suspend execution and relinquish the processors
+until some predicate on shared data is satisfied.
+The basic operations on conditions are:
+signal the condition (when the predicate becomes true),
+and wait for the condition,
+suspending the thread execution until another thread signals the condition.
+.P
+A condition variable must always be associated with a mutex,
+to avoid the race condition where
+a thread prepares to wait on a condition variable
+and another thread signals the condition
+just before the first thread actually waits on it.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP initializes the condition variable \fIcond\fP,
+using the condition attributes specified in \fIcond_attr\fP,
+or default attributes if \fIcond_attr\fP is \fBNULL\fP.
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions,
+hence the \fIcond_attr\fP parameter is actually ignored.
+.P
+Variables of type \fBpthread_cond_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
+using the constant \fBPTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP restarts one of the threads that
+are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
+If no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
+nothing happens.
+If several threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
+exactly one is restarted,
+but it is not specified which.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP restarts all the threads that
+are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
+Nothing happens if no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP atomically unlocks the \fImutex\fP
+(as per \fBpthread_unlock_mutex\fP)
+and waits for the condition variable \fIcond\fP to be signaled.
+The thread execution is suspended and does not consume any CPU time
+until the condition variable is signaled.
+The \fImutex\fP must be locked by the calling thread
+on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP.
+Before returning to the calling thread,
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP re-acquires \fImutex\fP
+(as per \fBpthread_lock_mutex\fP).
+.P
+Unlocking the mutex and suspending on the condition variable is done atomically.
+Thus,
+if all threads always acquire the mutex before signaling the condition,
+this guarantees that the condition cannot be signaled (and thus ignored)
+between the time a thread locks the mutex
+and the time it waits on the condition variable.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP atomically unlocks \fImutex\fP
+and waits on \fIcond\fP,
+as \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP does,
+but it also bounds the duration of the wait.
+If \fIcond\fP has not been signaled
+within the amount of time specified by \fIabstime\fP,
+the mutex \fImutex\fP is re-acquired
+and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP returns the error \fBETIMEDOUT\fP.
+The \fIabstime\fP parameter specifies an absolute time,
+with the same origin as \fBtime\fP(2) and \fBgettimeofday\fP(2):
+an \fIabstime\fP of 0
+corresponds to 00:00:00 GMT, January 1, 1970.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP destroys a condition variable,
+freeing the resources it might hold.
+No threads must be waiting on the condition variable
+on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP.
+In the LinuxThreads implementation,
+no resources are associated with condition variables,
+thus \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP actually does nothing
+except checking that the condition has no waiting threads.
+.
+.
+.SH CANCELLATION
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP
+are cancelation points.
+If a thread is cancelled while suspended in one of these functions,
+the thread immediately resumes execution,
+then locks again the \fImutex\fP
+argument to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP,
+and finally executes the cancelation.
+Consequently,
+cleanup handlers are assured that \fImutex\fP is locked
+when they are called.
+.
+.
+.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
+The condition functions are not async-signal safe,
+and should not be called from a signal handler.
+In particular,
+calling \fBpthread_cond_signal\fP or \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP
+from a signal handler
+may deadlock the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+All condition variable functions return 0 on success
+and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP,
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP,
+\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP,
+and \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP
+never return an error code.
+.P
+The \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP function returns
+the following error codes on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBETIMEDOUT\fP
+The condition variable was not signaled
+until the timeout specified by \fIabstime\fP.
+.TP
+\fBEINTR\fP
+\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP was interrupted by a signal.
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+Some threads are currently waiting on \fIcond\fP.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP(3),
+\fBgettimeofday\fP(2),
+\fBnanosleep\fP(2).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+Consider two shared variables \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP,
+protected by the mutex \fImut\fP,
+and a condition variable \fIcond\fP
+that is to be signaled
+whenever \fIx\fP becomes greater than \fIy\fP.
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+int x,y;
+pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+pthread_cond_t cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+Waiting until \fIx\fP is greater than \fIy\fP is performed as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+while (x <= y) {
+        pthread_cond_wait(&cond, &mut);
+}
+/* operate on x and y */
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+Modifications on \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP
+that may cause \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
+should signal the condition if needed:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+/* modify x and y */
+if (x > y) pthread_cond_broadcast(&cond);
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+If it can be proved that at most one waiting thread needs to be waken up
+(for instance,
+if there are only two threads communicating through \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP),
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP can be used as
+a slightly more efficient alternative to \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
+In doubt,
+use \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
+.P
+To wait for \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
+with a timeout of 5 seconds,
+do:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+struct timeval now;
+struct timespec timeout;
+int retcode;
+\&
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+gettimeofday(&now);
+timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + 5;
+timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+retcode = 0;
+while (x <= y && retcode != ETIMEDOUT) {
+        retcode = pthread_cond_timedwait(&cond, &mut, &timeout);
+}
+if (retcode == ETIMEDOUT) {
+        /* timeout occurred */
+} else {
+        /* operate on x and y */
+}
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bed354c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_condattr_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_condattr_init,
+pthread_condattr_destroy
+\-
+condition creation attributes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_condattr_init(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
+.BI "int pthread_condattr_destroy(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Condition attributes can be specified at condition creation time,
+by passing a condition attribute object
+as second argument to \fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
+Passing \fBNULL\fP is equivalent to
+passing a condition attribute object
+with all attributes set to their default values.
+.P
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions.
+The functions on condition attributes are
+included only for compliance with the POSIX standard.
+.P
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP
+initializes the condition attribute object \fIattr\fP
+and fills it with default values for the attributes.
+\fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP destroys a condition attribute object,
+which must not be reused until it is reinitialized.
+Both functions do nothing in the LinuxThreads implementation.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP and \fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP always return 0.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
diff --git a/man3/pthread_create.3 b/man3/pthread_create.3
index 268bfa0..beba117 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_create.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_create.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_create 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_create 3 2024-02-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_create \- create a new thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_create(pthread_t *restrict " thread ,
 .BI "                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                   void *(*" start_routine ")(void *),"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The new thread starts execution by invoking
 .I arg
 is passed as the sole argument of
 .IR start_routine ().
-.PP
+.P
 The new thread terminates in one of the following ways:
 .IP \[bu] 3
 It calls
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Any of the threads in the process calls
 or the main thread performs a return from
 .IR main ().
 This causes the termination of all threads in the process.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I attr
 argument points to a
@@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ If
 .I attr
 is NULL,
 then the thread is created with default attributes.
-.PP
+.P
 Before returning, a successful call to
 .BR pthread_create ()
 stores the ID of the new thread in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR thread ;
 this identifier is used to refer to the thread
 in subsequent calls to other pthreads functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The new thread inherits a copy of the creating thread's signal mask
 .RB ( pthread_sigmask (3)).
 The set of pending signals for the new thread is empty
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@ The set of pending signals for the new thread is empty
 The new thread does not inherit the creating thread's
 alternate signal stack
 .RB ( sigaltstack (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 The new thread inherits the calling thread's floating-point environment
 .RB ( fenv (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 The initial value of the new thread's CPU-time clock is 0
 (see
 .BR pthread_getcpuclockid (3)).
@@ -148,7 +148,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_create ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ after a call to
 .BR pthread_create (),
 it is indeterminate which thread\[em]the caller or the new thread\[em]will
 next execute.
-.PP
+.P
 A thread may either be
 .I joinable
 or
@@ -185,7 +184,7 @@ By default, a new thread is created in a joinable state, unless
 .I attr
 was set to create the thread in a detached state (using
 .BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 Under the NPTL threading implementation, if the
 .B RLIMIT_STACK
 soft resource limit
@@ -201,23 +200,8 @@ in order to obtain a stack size other than the default.
 If the
 .B RLIMIT_STACK
 resource limit is set to "unlimited",
-a per-architecture value is used for the stack size.
-Here is the value for a few architectures:
-.RS
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb
-l r.
-Architecture	Default stack size
-i386	2 MB
-IA-64	32 MB
-PowerPC	4 MB
-S/390	2 MB
-Sparc-32	2 MB
-Sparc-64	4 MB
-x86_64	2 MB
-.TE
-.RE
+a per-architecture value is used for the stack size:
+2 MB on most architectures; 4 MB on POWER and Sparc-64.
 .SH BUGS
 In the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation,
 each of the threads in a process has a different process ID.
@@ -228,12 +212,12 @@ and is the source of many other nonconformances to the standard; see
 The program below demonstrates the use of
 .BR pthread_create (),
 as well as a number of other functions in the pthreads API.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run,
 on a system providing the NPTL threading implementation,
 the stack size defaults to the value given by the
 "stack size" resource limit:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ulimit \-s"
@@ -247,11 +231,11 @@ Joined with thread 2; returned value was SALUT
 Joined with thread 3; returned value was SERVUS
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the next run, the program explicitly sets a stack size of 1\ MB (using
 .BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3))
 for the created threads:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \-s 0x100000 hola salut servus"
diff --git a/man3/pthread_detach.3 b/man3/pthread_detach.3
index aba9f05..25b588a 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_detach.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_detach.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_detach 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_detach 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_detach \- detach a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_detach(pthread_t " thread );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ as detached.
 When a detached thread terminates,
 its resources are automatically released back to the system without
 the need for another thread to join with the terminated thread.
-.PP
+.P
 Attempting to detach an already detached thread results
 in unspecified behavior.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_detach ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -66,21 +65,21 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 Once a thread has been detached, it can't be joined with
 .BR pthread_join (3)
 or be made joinable again.
-.PP
+.P
 A new thread can be created in a detached state using
 .BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)
 to set the detached attribute of the
 .I attr
 argument of
 .BR pthread_create (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The detached attribute merely determines the behavior of the system
 when the thread terminates;
 it does not prevent the thread from being terminated
 if the process terminates using
 .BR exit (3)
 (or equivalently, if the main thread returns).
-.PP
+.P
 Either
 .BR pthread_join (3)
 or
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ so that system resources for the thread can be released.
 actions has not been done will be freed when the process terminates.)
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following statement detaches the calling thread:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 pthread_detach(pthread_self());
diff --git a/man3/pthread_equal.3 b/man3/pthread_equal.3
index 976e273..5046d8e 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_equal.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_equal.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_equal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_equal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_equal \- compare thread IDs
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_equal(pthread_t " t1 ", pthread_t " t2 );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_equal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_exit.3 b/man3/pthread_exit.3
index 4f317a9..edd6f90 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_exit.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_exit.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_exit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_exit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_exit \- terminate calling thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void pthread_exit(void *" retval );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ function terminates the calling thread and returns a value via
 that (if the thread is joinable)
 is available to another thread in the same process that calls
 .BR pthread_join (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Any clean-up handlers established by
 .BR pthread_cleanup_push (3)
 that have not yet been popped,
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ If the thread has any thread-specific data, then,
 after the clean-up handlers have been executed,
 the corresponding destructor functions are called,
 in an unspecified order.
-.PP
+.P
 When a thread terminates,
 process-shared resources (e.g., mutexes, condition variables,
 semaphores, and file descriptors) are not released,
 and functions registered using
 .BR atexit (3)
 are not called.
-.PP
+.P
 After the last thread in a process terminates,
 the process terminates as by calling
 .BR exit (3)
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_exit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -78,13 +77,13 @@ Performing a return from the start function of any thread other
 than the main thread results in an implicit call to
 .BR pthread_exit (),
 using the function's return value as the thread's exit status.
-.PP
+.P
 To allow other threads to continue execution,
 the main thread should terminate by calling
 .BR pthread_exit ()
 rather than
 .BR exit (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The value pointed to by
 .I retval
 should not be located on the calling thread's stack,
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
index a88961a..ac8ee10 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_getattr_default_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_getattr_default_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_getattr_default_np, pthread_setattr_default_np, \-
 get or set default thread-creation attributes
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_getattr_default_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
 .BI "int pthread_setattr_default_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr );
 .fi
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ attribute must not be set in the object.
 Setting the
 .I stack size
 attribute to zero means leave the default stack size unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_getattr_default_np ()
 function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_setattr_default_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in their names.
@@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ The program below uses
 to fetch the default thread-creation attributes and then displays
 various settings from the returned thread attributes object.
 When running the program, we see the following output:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
@@ -122,12 +121,12 @@ display_pthread_attr(pthread_attr_t *attr)
     s = pthread_attr_getstacksize(attr, &stacksize);
     if (s != 0)
         errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstacksize");
-    printf("Stack size:          %zd\en", stacksize);
+    printf("Stack size:          %zu\en", stacksize);
 \&
     s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &guardsize);
     if (s != 0)
         errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
-    printf("Guard size:          %zd\en", guardsize);
+    printf("Guard size:          %zu\en", guardsize);
 \&
     s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(attr, &policy);
     if (s != 0)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
index be1fb19..02a621f 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_getattr_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_getattr_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_getattr_np \- get attributes of created thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_getattr_np(pthread_t " thread ", pthread_attr_t *" attr );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 so that it contains actual attribute values describing the running thread
 .IR thread .
-.PP
+.P
 The returned attribute values may differ from
 the corresponding attribute values passed in the
 .I attr
@@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ and the guard size,
 which the implementation may round upward to a multiple of the page size,
 or ignore (i.e., treat as 0),
 if the application is allocating its own stack.
-.PP
+.P
 Furthermore, if the stack address attribute was not set
 in the thread attributes object used to create the thread,
 then the returned thread attributes object will report the actual
 stack address that the implementation selected for the thread.
-.PP
+.P
 When the thread attributes object returned by
 .BR pthread_getattr_np ()
 is no longer required, it should be destroyed using
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
 .B ENOMEM
 .\" Can happen (but unlikely) while trying to allocate memory for cpuset
 Insufficient memory.
-.PP
+.P
 In addition, if
 .I thread
 refers to the main thread, then
@@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getattr_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the name.
@@ -105,10 +104,10 @@ and stack size attributes.
 Command-line arguments can be used to set these attributes
 to values other than the default when creating the thread.
 The shell sessions below demonstrate the use of the program.
-.PP
+.P
 In the first run, on an x86-32 system,
 a thread is created using default attributes:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ulimit \-s" "      # No stack limit ==> default stack size is 2 MB"
@@ -120,11 +119,11 @@ Attributes of created thread:
         Stack size          = 0x201000 (2101248) bytes
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run, we see that if a guard size is specified,
 it is rounded up to the next multiple of the system page size
 (4096 bytes on x86-32):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4097"
@@ -153,10 +152,10 @@ Attributes of created thread:
 .\"        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
 .\".fi
 .\".in
-.PP
+.P
 In the last run, the program manually allocates a stack for the thread.
 In this case, the guard size attribute is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4096 \-s 0x8000 \-a"
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ get_thread_attributes_from_cl(int argc, char *argv[],
     if (argc > optind)
         usage(argv[0], "Extraneous command\-line arguments\en");
 \&
-    if (stack_size >= 0 || guard_size > 0) {
+    if (stack_size != -1 || guard_size > 0) {
         ret_attrp = attrp;
 \&
         s = pthread_attr_init(attrp);
@@ -281,7 +280,7 @@ get_thread_attributes_from_cl(int argc, char *argv[],
             errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_init");
     }
 \&
-    if (stack_size >= 0) {
+    if (stack_size != -1) {
         if (!allocate_stack) {
             s = pthread_attr_setstacksize(attrp, stack_size);
             if (s != 0)
@@ -299,7 +298,7 @@ get_thread_attributes_from_cl(int argc, char *argv[],
         }
     }
 \&
-    if (guard_size >= 0) {
+    if (guard_size != -1) {
         s = pthread_attr_setguardsize(attrp, guard_size);
         if (s != 0)
             errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3 b/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
index 127d662..872134c 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_getcpuclockid 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_getcpuclockid 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_getcpuclockid \- retrieve ID of a thread's CPU time clock
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_t " thread ", clockid_t *" clockid );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getcpuclockid ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ The program below creates a thread and then uses
 to retrieve the total process CPU time,
 and the per-thread CPU time consumed by the two threads.
 The following shell session shows an example run:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/pthread_join.3 b/man3/pthread_join.3
index 9284d85..f063a79 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_join.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_join.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_join 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_join 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_join \- join with a terminated thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_join(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ returns immediately.
 The thread specified by
 .I thread
 must be joinable.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I retval
 is not NULL, then
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ If the target thread was canceled, then
 .B PTHREAD_CANCELED
 is placed in the location pointed to by
 .IR retval .
-.PP
+.P
 If multiple threads simultaneously try to join with the same thread,
 the results are undefined.
 If the thread calling
@@ -91,7 +91,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_join ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -103,10 +102,10 @@ the caller is guaranteed that the target thread has terminated.
 The caller may then choose to do any clean-up that is required
 after termination of the thread (e.g., freeing memory or other
 resources that were allocated to the target thread).
-.PP
+.P
 Joining with a thread that has previously been joined results in
 undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 Failure to join with a thread that is joinable
 (i.e., one that is not detached),
 produces a "zombie thread".
@@ -114,13 +113,13 @@ Avoid doing this,
 since each zombie thread consumes some system resources,
 and when enough zombie threads have accumulated,
 it will no longer be possible to create new threads (or processes).
-.PP
+.P
 There is no pthreads analog of
 .IR "waitpid(\-1,\ &status,\ 0)" ,
 that is, "join with any terminated thread".
 If you believe you need this functionality,
 you probably need to rethink your application design.
-.PP
+.P
 All of the threads in a process are peers:
 any thread can join with any other thread in the process.
 .SH EXAMPLES
diff --git a/man3/pthread_key_create.3 b/man3/pthread_key_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e7d680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_key_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_key_create 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_key_create,
+pthread_key_delete,
+pthread_setspecific,
+pthread_getspecific
+\-
+management of thread-specific data
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_key_create(pthread_key_t *" key ", void (*" destr_function ") (void *));"
+.BI "int pthread_key_delete(pthread_key_t " key ");"
+.BI "int pthread_setspecific(pthread_key_t " key ", const void *" pointer ");"
+.BI "void * pthread_getspecific(pthread_key_t " key ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Programs often need global or static variables
+that have different values in different threads.
+Since threads share one memory space,
+this cannot be achieved with regular variables.
+Thread-specific data is the POSIX threads answer to this need.
+.P
+Each thread possesses a private memory block,
+the thread-specific data area,
+or TSD area for short.
+This area is indexed by TSD keys.
+The TSD area associates values of type \fBvoid *\fP to TSD keys.
+TSD keys are common to all threads,
+but the value associated with a given TSD key
+can be different in each thread.
+.P
+For concreteness,
+the TSD areas can be viewed as arrays of \fBvoid *\fP pointers,
+TSD keys as integer indices into these arrays,
+and the value of a TSD key
+as the value of the corresponding array element in the calling thread.
+.P
+When a thread is created,
+its TSD area initially associates \fBNULL\fP with all keys.
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP allocates a new TSD key.
+The key is stored in the location pointed to by \fIkey\fP.
+There is a limit of \fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP
+on the number of keys allocated at a given time.
+The value initially associated with the returned key
+is \fBNULL\fP in all currently executing threads.
+.P
+The \fIdestr_function\fP argument,
+if not \fBNULL\fP,
+specifies a destructor function associated with the key.
+When a thread terminates via \fBpthread_exit\fP or by cancelation,
+\fIdestr_function\fP is called with arguments
+the value associated with the key in that thread.
+The \fIdestr_function\fP is not called if that value is \fBNULL\fP.
+The order in which destructor functions are called at thread termination time
+is unspecified.
+.P
+Before the destructor function is called,
+the \fBNULL\fP value is associated with the key in the current thread.
+A destructor function might,
+however,
+re-associate non-\fBNULL\fP values to that key or some other key.
+To deal with this,
+if after all the destructors have been called
+for all non-\fBNULL\fP values,
+there are still some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated destructors,
+then the process is repeated.
+The glibc implementation stops the process
+after \fBPTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS\fP iterations,
+even if some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated descriptors remain.
+Other implementations may loop indefinitely.
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP deallocates a TSD key.
+It does not check
+whether non-\fBNULL\fP values are associated with that key
+in the currently executing threads,
+nor call the destructor function associated with the key.
+.P
+\fBpthread_setspecific\fP changes the value
+associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread,
+storing the given \fIpointer\fP instead.
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns the value
+currently associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP,
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP,
+and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP
+return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on failure.
+If successful,
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP stores the newly allocated key
+in the location pointed to by its \fIkey\fP argument.
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns
+the value associated with \fIkey\fP on success,
+and \fBNULL\fP on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP returns the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEAGAIN\fP
+\fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP keys are already allocated.
+.RE
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP return
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+\fIkey\fP is not a valid, allocated TSD key.
+.RE
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns \fBNULL\fP if \fIkey\fP is not a valid,
+allocated TSD key.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+pthread_create(3), pthread_exit(3), pthread_testcancel(3).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+The following code fragment
+allocates a thread-specific array of 100 characters,
+with automatic reclamation at thread exit:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+/* Key for the thread-specific buffer */
+static pthread_key_t buffer_key;
+\&
+/* Once-only initialisation of the key */
+static pthread_once_t buffer_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+\&
+/* Allocate the thread-specific buffer */
+void buffer_alloc(void)
+{
+  pthread_once(&buffer_key_once, buffer_key_alloc);
+  pthread_setspecific(buffer_key, malloc(100));
+}
+\&
+/* Return the thread-specific buffer */
+char * get_buffer(void)
+{
+  return (char *) pthread_getspecific(buffer_key);
+}
+\&
+/* Allocate the key */
+static void buffer_key_alloc()
+{
+  pthread_key_create(&buffer_key, buffer_destroy);
+}
+\&
+/* Free the thread-specific buffer */
+static void buffer_destroy(void * buf)
+{
+  free(buf);
+}
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_kill.3 b/man3/pthread_kill.3
index 0501c4f..659b0db 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_kill.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_kill.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_kill 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_kill 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_kill \- send a signal to a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_kill(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_kill ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ to
 a thread in the same process as the caller.
 The signal is asynchronously directed to
 .IR thread .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I sig
 is 0, then no signal is sent, but error checking is still performed.
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_kill ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The glibc implementation of
 .BR pthread_kill ()
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
 See
 .BR nptl (7)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 recommends that if an implementation detects the use
 of a thread ID after the end of its lifetime,
 .BR pthread_kill ()
diff --git a/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3 b/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
index aec544d..b924273 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_kill_other_threads_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_kill_other_threads_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_kill_other_threads_np \- terminate all other threads in process
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void pthread_kill_other_threads_np(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 In the NPTL threading implementation,
 .BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
index 0f9cda3..54cdc51 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_mutex_consistent 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_mutex_consistent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_mutex_consistent \- make a robust mutex consistent
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_mutex_consistent ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.12.
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 Before the addition of
 .BR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
 to POSIX,
 glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard function if
 .B _GNU_SOURCE
 was defined:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent_np(const pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 This GNU-specific API, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
 is nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
 since glibc 2.34 it has been marked as deprecated.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d9abf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutex_init 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutex_init,
+pthread_mutex_lock,
+pthread_mutex_trylock,
+pthread_mutex_unlock,
+pthread_mutex_destroy
+\-
+operations on mutexes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " fastmutex " = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;"
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " recmutex " = PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " errchkmutex " = PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ", const pthread_mutexattr_t *" mutexattr ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A mutex is a MUTual EXclusion device,
+and is useful for
+protecting shared data structures from concurrent modifications,
+and implementing critical sections and monitors.
+.P
+A mutex has two possible states:
+unlocked (not owned by any thread),
+and locked (owned by one thread).
+A mutex can never be owned by two different threads simultaneously.
+A thread attempting to lock a mutex
+that is already locked by another thread
+is suspended until the owning thread unlocks the mutex first.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP initializes the mutex object pointed to by \fImutex\fP
+according to the mutex attributes specified in \fImutexattr\fP.
+If \fImutexattr\fP is \fBNULL\fP,
+default attributes are used instead.
+.P
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports only one mutex attributes,
+the \fImutex kind\fP,
+which is either ``fast'',
+``recursive'',
+or ``error checking''.
+The kind of a mutex determines
+whether it can be locked again by a thread that already owns it.
+The default kind is ``fast''.
+See \fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3) for more information on mutex attributes.
+.P
+Variables of type \fBpthread_mutex_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
+using the constants
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER\fP
+(for fast mutexes),
+\fBPTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
+(for recursive mutexes),
+and \fBPTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
+(for error checking mutexes).
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP locks the given mutex.
+If the mutex is currently unlocked,
+it becomes locked and owned by the calling thread,
+and \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately.
+If the mutex is already locked by another thread,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP suspends the calling thread
+until the mutex is unlocked.
+.P
+If the mutex is already locked by the calling thread,
+the behavior of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP depends on the kind of the mutex.
+If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
+the calling thread is suspended until the mutex is unlocked,
+thus effectively causing the calling thread to deadlock.
+If the mutex is of the ``error checking'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately with the error code \fBEDEADLK\fP.
+If the mutex is of the ``recursive'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP succeeds and returns immediately,
+recording the number of times the calling thread has locked the mutex.
+An equal number of \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP operations
+must be performed before the mutex returns to the unlocked state.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP behaves identically to \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
+except that it does not block the calling thread
+if the mutex is already locked by another thread
+(or by the calling thread in the case of a ``fast'' mutex).
+Instead,
+\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP returns immediately
+with the error code \fBEBUSY\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP unlocks the given mutex.
+The mutex is assumed to be locked and owned by the calling thread
+on entrance to \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
+If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP always returns it to the unlocked state.
+If it is of the ``recursive'' kind,
+it decrements the locking count of the mutex
+(number of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP operations
+performed on it by the calling thread),
+and only when this count reaches zero is the mutex actually unlocked.
+.P
+On ``error checking'' and ``recursive'' mutexes,
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP actually checks at run-time
+that the mutex is locked on entrance,
+and that it was locked by the same thread
+that is now calling \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
+If these conditions are not met,
+an error code is returned and the mutex remains unchanged.
+``Fast'' mutexes perform no such checks,
+thus allowing a locked mutex to be
+unlocked by a thread other than its owner.
+This is non-portable behavior and must not be relied upon.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP destroys a mutex object,
+freeing the resources it might hold.
+The mutex must be unlocked on entrance.
+In the LinuxThreads implementation,
+no resources are associated with mutex objects,
+thus \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP actually does nothing
+except checking that the mutex is unlocked.
+.
+.
+.SH CANCELLATION
+None of the mutex functions is a cancelation point,
+not even \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
+in spite of the fact that it can suspend a thread for arbitrary durations.
+This way,
+the status of mutexes at cancelation points is predictable,
+allowing cancelation handlers
+to unlock precisely those mutexes that need to be unlocked
+before the thread stops executing.
+Consequently,
+threads using deferred cancelation
+should never hold a mutex for extended periods of time.
+.
+.
+.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
+The mutex functions are not async-signal safe.
+What this means is that they should not be called from a signal handler.
+In particular,
+calling \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP or \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
+from a signal handler
+may deadlock the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP always returns 0.
+The other mutex functions
+return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+The \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.TP
+\fBEDEADLK\fP
+The mutex is already locked by the calling thread
+(``error checking'' mutexes only).
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP function returns
+the following error codes on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+The mutex could not be acquired because it was currently locked.
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.TP
+\fBEPERM\fP
+The calling thread does not own the mutex
+(``error checking'' mutexes only).
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+The mutex is currently locked.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_cancel\fP(3).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+A shared global variable \fIx\fP can be protected by a mutex as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+int x;
+pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+All accesses and modifications to \fIx\fP
+should be bracketed by calls to
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP and \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
+as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+/* operate on x */
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
index b2abac1..47fe8dd 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_getpshared 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_getpshared 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_mutexattr_getpshared, pthread_mutexattr_setpshared \- get/set
 process-shared mutex attribute
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(
 .BI "                      const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                      int *restrict " pshared );
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ These functions get and set the process-shared attribute
 in a mutex attributes object.
 This attribute must be appropriately set to ensure correct,
 efficient operation of a mutex created using this attributes object.
-.PP
+.P
 The process-shared attribute can have one of the following values:
 .TP
 .B PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
@@ -36,21 +36,21 @@ This is the default value for the process-shared mutex attribute.
 Mutexes created with this attributes object can be shared between
 any threads that have access to the memory containing the object,
 including threads in different processes.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_getpshared ()
 places the value of the process-shared attribute of
 the mutex attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 in the location pointed to by
 .IR pshared .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_setpshared ()
 sets the value of the process-shared attribute of
 the mutex attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 to the value specified in
 .BR pshared .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I attr
 does not refer to an initialized mutex attributes object,
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
index 55d2530..4b09f5b 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_init 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread_mutexattr_destroy \- initialize and
 destroy a mutex attributes object
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_init(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_destroy(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
 .fi
@@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ The
 function initializes the mutex attributes object pointed to by
 .I attr
 with default values for all attributes defined by the implementation.
-.PP
+.P
 The results of initializing an already initialized mutex attributes
 object are undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_destroy ()
 function destroys a mutex attribute object (making it uninitialized).
 Once a mutex attributes object has been destroyed, it can be reinitialized with
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_init ().
-.PP
+.P
 The results of destroying an uninitialized mutex attributes
 object are undefined.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca6a64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np,
+pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np
+\-
+deprecated mutex creation attributes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ", int " kind ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ", int *" kind ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are deprecated,
+use \fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3)
+and \fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3)
+instead.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_getkind_np\fP always returns 0.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP
+returns 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+On error,
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP returns the following error code:
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+\fIkind\fP is neither
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP\fP
+nor
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP\fP
+nor
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP\fP.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3).
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
index 3612e15..802b400 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_setrobust 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_setrobust 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
 \- get and set the robustness attribute of a mutex attributes object
@@ -13,18 +13,18 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                                int *" robustness ");"
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                                int " robustness ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (),
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ():
 .nf
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ the mutex attributes object referred to by
 .I attr
 to the value specified in
 .IR *robustness .
-.PP
+.P
 The robustness attribute specifies the behavior of the mutex when
 the owning thread dies without unlocking the mutex.
 The following values are valid for
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ further
 .BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
 operations on this mutex will still return
 .BR EOWNERDEAD .
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the
 .I attr
 argument of
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ otherwise the behavior is undefined.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return 0.
 On error, they return a positive error number.
-.PP
+.P
 In the glibc implementation,
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
 always return zero.
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.12.
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 Before the addition of
 .BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
 and
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ to POSIX,
 glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard functions if
 .B _GNU_SOURCE
 was defined:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ was defined:
 .BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                                   int " robustness ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 Correspondingly, the constants
 .B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED_NP
 and
 .B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST_NP
 were also defined.
-.PP
+.P
 These GNU-specific APIs, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
 are nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
 since glibc 2.34 these APIs are marked as deprecated.
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ The main thread subsequently acquires the mutex
 successfully and gets the error
 .BR EOWNERDEAD ,
 after which it makes the mutex consistent.
-.PP
+.P
 The following shell session shows what we see when running this program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out\fP
diff --git a/man3/pthread_once.3 b/man3/pthread_once.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..852dffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3/pthread_once.3
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_once 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_once
+\-
+once-only initialization
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_once_t " once_control " = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_once(pthread_once_t *" once_control ", void (*" init_routine ") (void));"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The purpose of \fBpthread_once\fP is
+to ensure that a piece of initialization code is executed at most once.
+The \fIonce_control\fP argument points to a static or extern variable
+statically initialized to \fBPTHREAD_ONCE_INIT\fP.
+.P
+The first time \fBpthread_once\fP is called
+with a given \fIonce_control\fP argument,
+it calls \fIinit_routine\fP with no argument
+and changes the value of the \fIonce_control\fP variable
+to record that initialization has been performed.
+Subsequent calls to \fBpthread_once\fP
+with the same \fBonce_control\fP argument
+do nothing.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_once\fP always returns 0.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+None.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
index d068119..f2998ca 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np, pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np \- set/get
 the read-write lock kind of the thread read-write lock attribute object
@@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np(pthread_rwlockattr_t *" attr ,
 .BI "                       int " pref );
 .B int pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np(
 .BI "                       const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict " attr ,
 .BI "                       int *restrict " pref );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (),
 .BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ():
 .nf
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ read locks thus avoiding deadlocks.
 Setting the lock kind to this
 avoids writer starvation as long as any read locking is not done in a
 recursive fashion.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ()
 function returns the value of the lock kind attribute of the
diff --git a/man3/pthread_self.3 b/man3/pthread_self.3
index 6c2d58e..7d703dd 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_self.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_self.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_self 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_self 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_self \- obtain ID of the calling thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B pthread_t pthread_self(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_self ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -59,15 +58,15 @@ can't portably be compared using the C equality operator (\fB==\fP);
 use
 .BR pthread_equal (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 Thread identifiers should be considered opaque:
 any attempt to use a thread ID other than in pthreads calls
 is nonportable and can lead to unspecified results.
-.PP
+.P
 Thread IDs are guaranteed to be unique only within a process.
 A thread ID may be reused after a terminated thread has been joined,
 or a detached thread has terminated.
-.PP
+.P
 The thread ID returned by
 .BR pthread_self ()
 is not the same thing as the kernel thread ID returned by a call to
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
index 112317d..cf91c59 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setaffinity_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setaffinity_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setaffinity_np, pthread_getaffinity_np \- set/get
 CPU affinity of a thread
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
 .BI "                           const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
 .BI "int pthread_getaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
@@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ If the call is successful,
 and the thread is not currently running on one of the CPUs in
 .IR cpuset ,
 then it is migrated to one of those CPUs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
 function returns the CPU affinity mask of the thread
 .I thread
 in the buffer pointed to by
 .IR cpuset .
-.PP
+.P
 For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
 .BR sched_setaffinity (2).
 For a description of a set of macros
 that can be used to manipulate and inspect CPU sets, see
 .BR CPU_SET (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I cpusetsize
 is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
@@ -109,13 +109,12 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.3.4.
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.3.3 only,
 versions of these functions were provided that did not have a
 .I cpusetsize
@@ -135,13 +134,13 @@ runs if the "cpuset" mechanism described in
 is being used.
 These restrictions on the actual set of CPUs on which the thread
 will run are silently imposed by the kernel.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are implemented on top of the
 .BR sched_setaffinity (2)
 and
 .BR sched_getaffinity (2)
 system calls.
-.PP
+.P
 A new thread created by
 .BR pthread_create (3)
 inherits a copy of its creator's CPU affinity mask.
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ to set its CPU affinity mask to include CPUs 0 to 7
 and then calls
 .BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
 to check the resulting CPU affinity mask of the thread.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_setaffinity_np.c)
 .EX
 #define _GNU_SOURCE
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3 b/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
index 5fd0d27..40b0a6e 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setcancelstate 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setcancelstate 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype \-
 set cancelability state and type
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setcancelstate(int " state ", int *" oldstate );
 .BI "int pthread_setcanceltype(int " type ", int *" oldtype );
 .fi
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ will respond to a cancelation request.
 The thread is not cancelable.
 If a cancelation request is received,
 it is blocked until cancelability is enabled.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
 sets the cancelability type of the calling thread to the value
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The thread can be canceled at any time.
 (Typically,
 it will be canceled immediately upon receiving a cancelation request,
 but the system doesn't guarantee this.)
-.PP
+.P
 The set-and-get operation performed by each of these functions
 is atomic with respect to other threads in the process
 calling the same function.
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ can fail with the following error:
 .B EINVAL
 Invalid value for
 .IR state .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
 can fail with the following error:
@@ -124,7 +124,6 @@ T}	Async-cancel safety	T{
 AC-Safe
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH NOTES
 For details of what happens when a thread is canceled, see
 .BR \%pthread_cancel (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Briefly disabling cancelability is useful
 if a thread performs some critical action
 that must not be interrupted by a cancelation request.
@@ -159,7 +158,7 @@ Furthermore, some internal data structures
 family of functions) may be left in an inconsistent state
 if cancelation occurs in the middle of the function call.
 Consequently, clean-up handlers cease to be useful.
-.PP
+.P
 Functions that can be safely asynchronously canceled are called
 .IR "async-cancel-safe functions" .
 POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require only that
@@ -170,7 +169,7 @@ and
 be async-cancel-safe.
 In general, other library functions
 can't be safely called from an asynchronously cancelable thread.
-.PP
+.P
 One of the few circumstances in which asynchronous cancelability is useful
 is for cancelation of a thread that is in a pure compute-bound loop.
 .SS Portability notes
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3 b/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
index 642208f..0c2ffd0 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setconcurrency 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setconcurrency 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setconcurrency, pthread_getconcurrency \- set/get
 the concurrency level
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setconcurrency(int " new_level );
 .BI "int pthread_getconcurrency(" void );
 .fi
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ The implementation takes this only as a hint:
 POSIX.1 does not specify the level of concurrency that
 should be provided as a result of calling
 .BR pthread_setconcurrency ().
-.PP
+.P
 Specifying
 .I new_level
 as 0 instructs the implementation to manage the concurrency level
 as it deems appropriate.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
 returns the current value of the concurrency level for this process.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ On success,
 .BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
 returns 0;
 on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
 always succeeds, returning the concurrency level set by a previous call to
 .BR pthread_setconcurrency (),
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ can fail with the following error:
 .B EINVAL
 .I new_level
 is negative.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an
 .B EAGAIN
 error ("the value specified by
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -83,14 +82,14 @@ glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH NOTES
 The default concurrency level is 0.
-.PP
+.P
 Concurrency levels are meaningful only for M:N threading implementations,
 where at any moment a subset of a process's set of user-level threads
 may be bound to a smaller number of kernel-scheduling entities.
 Setting the concurrency level allows the application to
 give the system a hint as to the number of kernel-scheduling entities
 that should be provided for efficient execution of the application.
-.PP
+.P
 Both LinuxThreads and NPTL are 1:1 threading implementations,
 so setting the concurrency level has no meaning.
 In other words,
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setname_np.3 b/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
index 5d9a711..4ff9f06 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setname_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setname_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setname_np, pthread_getname_np \- set/get the name of a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setname_np(pthread_t " thread ", const char *" name );
 .BI "int pthread_getname_np(pthread_t " thread ", char " name [. size "], \
 size_t " size );
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The
 argument specifies the thread whose name is to be changed;
 .I name
 specifies the new name.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_getname_np ()
 function can be used to retrieve the name of the thread.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ function can fail with the following error:
 The length of the string specified pointed to by
 .I name
 exceeds the allowed limit.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_getname_np ()
 function can fail with the following error:
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The buffer specified by
 and
 .I size
 is too small to hold the thread name.
-.PP
+.P
 If either of these functions fails to open
 .IR /proc/self/task/ tid /comm ,
 then the call may fail with one of the errors described in
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getname_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
@@ -117,9 +116,9 @@ The program below demonstrates the use of
 .BR pthread_setname_np ()
 and
 .BR pthread_getname_np ().
-.PP
+.P
 The following shell session shows a sample run of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out"
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
index 62a5832..5fdb307 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setschedparam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setschedparam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setschedparam, pthread_getschedparam \- set/get
 scheduling policy and parameters of a thread
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int " policy ,
 .BI "                          const struct sched_param *" param );
 .BI "int pthread_getschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int *restrict " policy ,
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The
 .BR pthread_setschedparam ()
 function sets the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
 .IR thread .
-.PP
+.P
 .I policy
 specifies the new scheduling policy for
 .IR thread .
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ and their semantics, are described in
 .\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
 .\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
 .\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
-.PP
+.P
 The structure pointed to by
 .I param
 specifies the new scheduling parameters for
 .IR thread .
 Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct sched_param {
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ struct sched_param {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
 For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
 in each scheduling policy, see
 .BR sched (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_getschedparam ()
 function returns the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Both of these functions can fail with the following error:
 No thread with the ID
 .I thread
 could be found.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_setschedparam ()
 may additionally fail with the following errors:
 .TP
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ does not make sense for the
 .B EPERM
 The caller does not have appropriate privileges
 to set the specified scheduling policy and parameters.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an
 .B ENOTSUP
 ("attempt was made to set the policy or scheduling parameters
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_getschedparam ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ and
 .BR pthread_getschedparam (),
 as well as the use of a number of other scheduling-related
 pthreads functions.
-.PP
+.P
 In the following run, the main thread sets its scheduling policy to
 .B SCHED_FIFO
 with a priority of 10,
@@ -168,7 +167,7 @@ meaning that threads created using this attributes object should
 take their scheduling attributes from the thread attributes object.
 The program then creates a thread using the thread attributes object,
 and that thread displays its scheduling policy and priority.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fBsu\fP      # Need privilege to set real\-time scheduling policies
@@ -185,17 +184,17 @@ Scheduler attributes of new thread
     policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
 were taken from the values specified in the thread attributes object.
-.PP
+.P
 The next run is the same as the previous,
 except that the inherit scheduler attribute is set to
 .BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED ,
 meaning that threads created using the thread attributes object should
 ignore the scheduling attributes specified in the attributes object
 and instead take their scheduling attributes from the creating thread.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 # \fB./a.out \-mf10 \-ar20 \-i i\fP
@@ -210,11 +209,11 @@ Scheduler attributes of new thread
     policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
 were taken from the creating thread,
 rather than the thread attributes object.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that if we had omitted the
 .I \-i\~i
 option, the output would have been the same, since
@@ -235,6 +234,7 @@ is the default for the inherit scheduler attribute.
 #define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
         do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
 \&
+[[noreturn]]
 static void
 usage(char *prog_name, char *msg)
 {
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ get_policy(char p, int *policy)
 }
 \&
 static void
-display_sched_attr(int policy, struct sched_param *param)
+display_sched_attr(int policy, const struct sched_param *param)
 {
     printf("    policy=%s, priority=%d\en",
            (policy == SCHED_FIFO)  ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3 b/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
index 64bcb57..acc752d 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_setschedprio 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_setschedprio 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_setschedprio \- set scheduling priority of a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_setschedprio(pthread_t " thread ", int " prio );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ to set the specified priority.
 No thread with the ID
 .I thread
 could be found.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 also documents an
 .B ENOTSUP
 ("attempt was made to set the priority
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_setschedprio ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_sigmask.3 b/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
index 724f1e9..fb923a8 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_sigmask 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_sigmask 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_sigmask \- examine and change mask of blocked signals
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_sigmask(int " how ", const sigset_t *" set \
 ", sigset_t *" oldset );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_sigmask ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ function is just like
 with the difference that its use in multithreaded programs
 is explicitly specified by POSIX.1.
 Other differences are noted in this page.
-.PP
+.P
 For a description of the arguments and operation of this function, see
 .BR sigprocmask (2).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -60,14 +60,13 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_sigmask ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH NOTES
 A new thread inherits a copy of its creator's signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc
 .BR pthread_sigmask ()
 function silently ignores attempts to block the two real-time signals that
@@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ The program below blocks some signals in the main thread,
 and then creates a dedicated thread to fetch those signals via
 .BR sigwait (3).
 The following shell session demonstrates its use:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out &"
diff --git a/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3 b/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
index 5873696..62a1b18 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_sigqueue 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_sigqueue 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_sigqueue(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig ,
 .BI "                     const union sigval " value );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_sigqueue ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ function performs a similar task to
 but, rather than sending a signal to a process,
 it sends a signal to a thread in the same process as the
 calling thread.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I thread
 argument is the ID of a thread in the same process as the caller.
@@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_sigqueue ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The glibc implementation of
 .BR pthread_sigqueue ()
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_init.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
index 87ad2e8..57ccb88 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_spin_init 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_spin_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_spin_init, pthread_spin_destroy \- initialize or destroy a spin lock
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_spin_init(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ", int " pshared ");"
 .BI "int pthread_spin_destroy(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_spin_init (),
 .BR pthread_spin_destroy ():
 .nf
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ instead of spin locks.
 Spin locks are primarily useful in conjunction with real-time
 scheduling policies.
 See NOTES.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_spin_init ()
 function allocates any resources required for the use of
@@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ The spin lock may be operated on by any thread in any process that
 has access to the memory containing the lock
 (i.e., the lock may be in a shared memory object that is
 shared among multiple processes).
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR pthread_spin_init ()
 on a spin lock that has already been initialized results
 in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_spin_destroy ()
 function destroys a previously initialized spin lock,
@@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ freeing any resources that were allocated for that lock.
 Destroying a spin lock that has not been previously been initialized
 or destroying a spin lock while another thread holds the lock
 results in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 Once a spin lock has been destroyed,
 performing any operation on the lock other than
 once more initializing it with
 .BR pthread_spin_init ()
 results in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 The result of performing operations such as
 .BR pthread_spin_lock (3),
 .BR pthread_spin_unlock (3),
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.2.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Support for process-shared spin locks is a POSIX option.
 The option is supported in the glibc implementation.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -124,10 +124,10 @@ The problem is that if a thread operating under such a policy
 is scheduled off the CPU while it holds a spin lock,
 then other threads will waste time spinning on the lock
 until the lock holder is once more rescheduled and releases the lock.
-.PP
+.P
 If threads create a deadlock situation while employing spin locks,
 those threads will spin forever consuming CPU time.
-.PP
+.P
 User-space spin locks are
 .I not
 applicable as a general locking solution.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
index 4c9bcf1..65e4d45 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_spin_lock 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_spin_lock 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_spin_lock, pthread_spin_trylock, pthread_spin_unlock \-
 lock and unlock a spin lock
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_spin_lock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
 .BI "int pthread_spin_trylock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
 .BI "int pthread_spin_unlock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_spin_lock (),
 .BR pthread_spin_trylock ():
 .nf
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ the calling thread acquires the lock immediately.
 If the spin lock is currently locked by another thread,
 the calling thread spins, testing the lock until it becomes available,
 at which point the calling thread acquires the lock.
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR pthread_spin_lock ()
 on a lock that is already held by the caller
 or a lock that has not been initialized with
 .BR pthread_spin_init (3)
 results in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
 function is like
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ except that if the spin lock referred to by
 is currently locked,
 then, instead of spinning, the call returns immediately with the error
 .BR EBUSY .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
 function unlocks the spin lock referred to
 .IR lock .
 If any threads are spinning on the lock,
 one of those threads will then acquire the lock.
-.PP
+.P
 Calling
 .BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
 on a lock that is not held by the caller results in undefined behavior.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ may fail with the following errors:
 .B EDEADLOCK
 .\" Not detected in glibc
 The system detected a deadlock condition.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
 fails with the following errors:
 .TP
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH CAVEATS
 Applying any of the functions described on this page to
 an uninitialized spin lock results in undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 Carefully read NOTES in
 .BR pthread_spin_init (3).
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/pthread_testcancel.3 b/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
index 9188ede..796c7a3 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_testcancel 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_testcancel 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_testcancel \- request delivery of any pending cancelation request
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void pthread_testcancel(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Calling
 creates a cancelation point within the calling thread,
 so that a thread that is otherwise executing code that contains
 no cancelation points will respond to a cancelation request.
-.PP
+.P
 If cancelability is disabled (using
 .BR pthread_setcancelstate (3)),
 or no cancelation request is pending,
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_testcancel ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3 b/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
index 1a0643d..59d622e 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_tryjoin_np 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_tryjoin_np 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_tryjoin_np, pthread_timedjoin_np \- try to join with a
 terminated thread
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int pthread_tryjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
 .BI "int pthread_timedjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval ,
 .BI "                         const struct timespec *" abstime );
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 These functions operate in the same way as
 .BR pthread_join (3),
 except for the differences described on this page.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_tryjoin_np ()
 function performs a nonblocking join with the thread
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ If
 has not yet terminated, then instead of blocking, as is done by
 .BR pthread_join (3),
 the call returns an error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
 function performs a join-with-timeout.
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ can in addition fail with the following error:
 .B EBUSY
 .I thread
 had not yet terminated at the time of the call.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
 can in addition fail with the following errors:
 .TP
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ is greater than 1e9).
 The call timed out before
 .I thread
 terminated.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
 never returns the error
 .BR EINTR .
@@ -107,7 +107,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU;
 hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
@@ -127,7 +126,7 @@ Consequently, the timeout is unaffected by discontinuous changes to the
 clock.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following code waits to join for up to 5 seconds:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct timespec ts;
diff --git a/man3/pthread_yield.3 b/man3/pthread_yield.3
index 95bb580..34d2bad 100644
--- a/man3/pthread_yield.3
+++ b/man3/pthread_yield.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH pthread_yield 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH pthread_yield 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 pthread_yield \- yield the processor
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ POSIX threads library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <pthread.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]] int pthread_yield(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .BR Note :
 This function is deprecated; see below.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR pthread_yield ()
 causes the calling thread to relinquish the CPU.
 The thread is placed at the end of the run queue for its static
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ T{
 .BR pthread_yield ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux, this function is implemented as a call to
 .BR sched_yield (2).
diff --git a/man3/ptsname.3 b/man3/ptsname.3
index b57f057..e7887e9 100644
--- a/man3/ptsname.3
+++ b/man3/ptsname.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2004-12-17, mtk, added description of ptsname_r() + ERRORS
 .\"
-.TH ptsname 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ptsname 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ptsname, ptsname_r \- get the name of the slave pseudoterminal
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *ptsname(int " fd );
 .BI "int ptsname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ptsname ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     glibc 2.23 and earlier:
         _XOPEN_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ptsname_r ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The
 function returns the name of the slave pseudoterminal device
 corresponding to the master referred to by the file descriptor
 .IR fd .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ptsname_r ()
 function is the reentrant equivalent of
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ returns a pointer to a string in static storage which will be
 overwritten by subsequent calls.
 This pointer must not be freed.
 On failure, NULL is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR ptsname_r ()
 returns 0.
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ T{
 .BR ptsname_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 A version of
 .BR ptsname_r ()
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ Avoid using this function in portable programs.
 .TP
 .BR ptsname ():
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ptsname_r ()
 is a Linux extension, that is proposed for inclusion
 .\" FIXME . for later review when Issue 8 is one day released
@@ -134,7 +133,7 @@ in the next major revision of POSIX.1 (Issue 8).
 .BR ptsname ():
 POSIX.1-2001.
 glibc 2.1.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ptsname ()
 is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
 .BR pts (4)).
diff --git a/man3/putenv.3 b/man3/putenv.3
index da15b2e..c63d5e4 100644
--- a/man3/putenv.3
+++ b/man3/putenv.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified Mon Oct 11 11:11:11 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" Modified Wed Nov 10 00:02:26 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" Modified Sun May 20 22:17:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH putenv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH putenv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 putenv \- change or add an environment variable
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int putenv(char *" string );
 .\" Not: const char *
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR putenv ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -77,17 +77,16 @@ T{
 .BR putenv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, SVr2, 4.3BSD-Reno.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR putenv ()
 function is not required to be reentrant, and the
 one in glibc 2.0 is not, but the glibc 2.1 version is.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" Description for libc4, libc5, glibc:
 .\" If the argument \fIstring\fP is of the form \fIname\fP,
 .\" and does not contain an \[aq]=\[aq] character, then the variable \fIname\fP
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ one in glibc 2.0 is not, but the glibc 2.1 version is.
 .\" then it will be freed.
 .\" In no case will the old storage associated
 .\" to the environment variable itself be freed.
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.1.2, the glibc implementation conforms to SUSv2:
 the pointer \fIstring\fP given to
 .BR putenv ()
@@ -116,23 +115,23 @@ However, from glibc 2.0 to glibc 2.1.1, it differs:
 a copy of the string is used.
 On the one hand this causes a memory leak, and on the other hand
 it violates SUSv2.
-.PP
+.P
 The 4.3BSD-Reno version, like glibc 2.0, uses a copy;
 this is fixed in all modern BSDs.
-.PP
+.P
 SUSv2 removes the \fIconst\fP from the prototype, and so does glibc 2.1.3.
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU C library implementation provides a nonstandard extension.
 If
 .I string
 does not include an equal sign:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 putenv("NAME");
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 then the named variable is removed from the caller's environment.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR clearenv (3),
diff --git a/man3/putgrent.3 b/man3/putgrent.3
index e1b955c..1de2084 100644
--- a/man3/putgrent.3
+++ b/man3/putgrent.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH putgrent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH putgrent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 putgrent \- write a group database entry to a file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int putgrent(const struct group *restrict " grp \
 ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ The function writes the content of the provided
 into the
 .IR stream .
 The list of group members must be NULL-terminated or NULL-initialized.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I struct group
 is defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct group {
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR putgrent ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/putpwent.3 b/man3/putpwent.3
index d1755f8..645e8be 100644
--- a/man3/putpwent.3
+++ b/man3/putpwent.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:43:46 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH putpwent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH putpwent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 putpwent \- write a password file entry
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int putpwent(const struct passwd *restrict " p \
 ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR putpwent ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ The
 .BR putpwent ()
 function writes a password entry from the
 structure \fIp\fP in the file associated with \fIstream\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct passwd {
@@ -82,7 +82,6 @@ T{
 .BR putpwent ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/puts.3 b/man3/puts.3
index a113df5..dd50c52 100644
--- a/man3/puts.3
+++ b/man3/puts.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:42:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH puts 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH puts 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 fputc, fputs, putc, putchar, puts \- output of characters and strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fputc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int putc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int putchar(int " c );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fputs(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .BI "int puts(const char *" s );
 .fi
@@ -29,37 +29,37 @@ cast to an
 .IR "unsigned char" ,
 to
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR putc ()
 is equivalent to
 .BR fputc ()
 except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
 .I stream
 more than once.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "putchar(" c )
 is equivalent to
 .BI "putc(" c ", " stdout ) \fR.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fputs ()
 writes the string
 .I s
 to
 .IR stream ,
 without its terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR puts ()
 writes the string
 .I s
 and a trailing newline
 to
 .IR stdout .
-.PP
+.P
 Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
 calls to other output functions from the
 .I stdio
 library for the same output stream.
-.PP
+.P
 For nonlocking counterparts, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ cast to an
 or
 .B EOF
 on error.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR puts ()
 and
 .BR fputs ()
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ T{
 .BR puts ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/putwchar.3 b/man3/putwchar.3
index e544681..af64cba 100644
--- a/man3/putwchar.3
+++ b/man3/putwchar.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH putwchar 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH putwchar 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 putwchar \- write a wide character to standard output
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t putwchar(wchar_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ and returns
 .BR WEOF .
 Otherwise, it returns
 .IR wc .
-.PP
+.P
 For a nonlocking counterpart, see
 .BR unlocked_stdio (3).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ T{
 .BR putwchar ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 It is reasonable to expect that
 .BR putwchar ()
 will actually write
diff --git a/man3/qecvt.3 b/man3/qecvt.3
index aa19f81..a9aeed8 100644
--- a/man3/qecvt.3
+++ b/man3/qecvt.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
 .\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
 .\"
-.TH qecvt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH qecvt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 qecvt, qfcvt, qgcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *qecvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *qfcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
 .BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *qgcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR qecvt (),
 .BR qfcvt (),
 .BR qgcvt ():
@@ -93,13 +93,12 @@ T{
 .BR qgcvt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 SVr4, SunOS, GNU.
 .\" Not supported by libc4 and libc5.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are obsolete.
 Instead,
 .BR snprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/qsort.3 b/man3/qsort.3
index 09737a2..6959a9a 100644
--- a/man3/qsort.3
+++ b/man3/qsort.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\"                  and Ben Bacarisse <software@bsb.me.uk>
 .\"     Document qsort_r()
 .\"
-.TH qsort 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH qsort 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 qsort, qsort_r \- sort an array
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void qsort(void " base [. size " * ." nmemb "], size_t " nmemb ", \
 size_t " size ,
 .BI "           int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ size_t " size ,
 const void [." size "], void *),"
 .BI "           void *" arg ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR qsort_r ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -52,17 +52,17 @@ function sorts an array with \fInmemb\fP elements of
 size \fIsize\fP.
 The \fIbase\fP argument points to the start of the
 array.
-.PP
+.P
 The contents of the array are sorted in ascending order according to a
 comparison function pointed to by \fIcompar\fP, which is called with two
 arguments that point to the objects being compared.
-.PP
+.P
 The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or
 greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively
 less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
 If two members compare as equal,
 their order in the sorted array is undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR qsort_r ()
 function is identical to
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ T{
 .BR qsort_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR qsort ()
@@ -115,10 +114,10 @@ as shown in the example below.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 For one example of use, see the example under
 .BR bsearch (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Another example is the following program,
 which sorts the strings given in its command-line arguments:
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (qsort.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/man3/raise.3 b/man3/raise.3
index 49d2d96..9fb5c72 100644
--- a/man3/raise.3
+++ b/man3/raise.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:40:56 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 1995 by Mike Battersby (mib@deakin.edu.au)
 .\"
-.TH raise 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH raise 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 raise \- send a signal to the caller
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int raise(int " sig );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ The
 .BR raise ()
 function sends a signal to the calling process or thread.
 In a single-threaded program it is equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 kill(getpid(), sig);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 In a multithreaded program it is equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 pthread_kill(pthread_self(), sig);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If the signal causes a handler to be called,
 .BR raise ()
 will return only after the signal handler has returned.
@@ -59,12 +59,11 @@ T{
 .BR raise ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.3.3,
 .BR raise ()
 is implemented by calling
diff --git a/man3/rand.3 b/man3/rand.3
index 6146ce9..681a5f7 100644
--- a/man3/rand.3
+++ b/man3/rand.3
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2003-11-15, aeb, added rand_r
 .\" 2010-09-13, mtk, added example program
 .\"
-.TH rand 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rand 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rand, rand_r, srand \- pseudo-random number generator
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int rand(void);
 .BI "void srand(unsigned int " seed );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int rand_r(unsigned int *" seedp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rand_r ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The
 function returns a pseudo-random integer in the range 0 to
 .B RAND_MAX
 inclusive (i.e., the mathematical range [0,\ \fBRAND_MAX\fR]).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR srand ()
 function sets its argument as the seed for a new
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ sequence of pseudo-random integers to be returned by
 These sequences are repeatable by calling
 .BR srand ()
 with the same seed value.
-.PP
+.P
 If no seed value is provided, the
 .BR rand ()
 function is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR rand ()
 is not reentrant, since it
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ In order to get reproducible behavior in a threaded
 application, this state must be made explicit;
 this can be done using the reentrant function
 .BR rand_r ().
-.PP
+.P
 Like
 .BR rand (),
 .BR rand_r ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is called with the same initial value for the integer pointed to by
 .IR seedp ,
 and that value is not modified between calls,
 then the same pseudo-random sequence will result.
-.PP
+.P
 The value pointed to by the
 .I seedp
 argument of
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ T{
 .BR srand ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The versions of
 .BR rand ()
@@ -175,7 +174,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001 gives the following example of an implementation of
 and
 .BR srand (),
 possibly useful when one needs the same sequence on two different machines.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 static unsigned long next = 1;
@@ -191,7 +190,7 @@ void mysrand(unsigned int seed) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The following program can be used to display the
 pseudo-random sequence produced by
 .BR rand ()
@@ -199,7 +198,7 @@ when given a particular seed.
 When the seed is
 .IR \-1 ,
 the program uses a random seed.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .\" SRC BEGIN (rand.c)
 .EX
diff --git a/man3/random.3 b/man3/random.3
index 9c69344..3d1c4dd 100644
--- a/man3/random.3
+++ b/man3/random.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:13:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Sun Aug 20 21:47:07 2000, aeb
 .\"
-.TH random 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH random 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 random, srandom, initstate, setstate \- random number generator
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,19 +20,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B long random(void);
 .BI "void srandom(unsigned int " seed );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *initstate(unsigned int " seed ", char " state [. n "], size_t " n );
 .BI "char *setstate(char *" state );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR random (),
 .BR srandom (),
 .BR initstate (),
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ return successive pseudo-random numbers in
 the range from 0 to 2\[ha]31\ \-\ 1.
 The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
 .IR "16\ *\ ((2\[ha]31)\ \-\ 1)" .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR srandom ()
 function sets its argument as the seed for a new
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ If no seed value is provided, the
 .BR random ()
 function
 is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR initstate ()
 function allows a state array \fIstate\fP to
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Using less than 8 bytes results in an error.
 \fIseed\fP is the seed for the
 initialization, which specifies a starting point for the random number
 sequence, and provides for restarting at the same point.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setstate ()
 function changes the state array used by the
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ function returns a value between 0 and
 The
 .BR srandom ()
 function returns no value.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR initstate ()
 function returns a pointer to the previous state array.
 On failure, it returns NULL, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR setstate ()
 returns a pointer to the previous state array.
@@ -152,7 +152,6 @@ T{
 .BR setstate ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -164,7 +163,7 @@ Random-number generation is a complex topic.
 William T.\& Vetterling; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2007, 3rd ed.)
 provides an excellent discussion of practical random-number generation
 issues in Chapter 7 (Random Numbers).
-.PP
+.P
 For a more theoretical discussion which also covers many practical issues
 in depth, see Chapter 3 (Random Numbers) in Donald E.\& Knuth's
 .IR "The Art of Computer Programming" ,
diff --git a/man3/random_r.3 b/man3/random_r.3
index c812c2f..f1647f8 100644
--- a/man3/random_r.3
+++ b/man3/random_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH random_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH random_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 random_r, srandom_r, initstate_r, setstate_r \- reentrant
 random number generator
@@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int random_r(struct random_data *restrict " buf ,
 .BI "             int32_t *restrict " result );
 .BI "int srandom_r(unsigned int " seed ", struct random_data *" buf );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int initstate_r(unsigned int " seed ", \
 char " statebuf "[restrict ." statelen ],
 .BI "             size_t " statelen ", struct random_data *restrict " buf );
 .BI "int setstate_r(char *restrict " statebuf ,
 .BI "             struct random_data *restrict " buf );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR random_r (),
 .BR srandom_r (),
 .BR initstate_r (),
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ of the functions described in
 .BR random (3).
 They are suitable for use in multithreaded programs where each thread
 needs to obtain an independent, reproducible sequence of random numbers.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR random_r ()
 function is like
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ which must have been previously initialized by
 .BR initstate_r ().
 The generated random number is returned in the argument
 .IR result .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR srandom_r ()
 function is like
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ whose state is maintained in the object pointed to by
 which must have been previously initialized by
 .BR initstate_r (),
 instead of the seed associated with the global state variable.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR initstate_r ()
 function is like
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ should typically be allocated as a static variable,
 or allocated on the heap using
 .BR malloc (3)
 or similar.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setstate_r ()
 function is like
@@ -155,7 +155,6 @@ T{
 .BR setstate_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buf
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .\" These functions appear to be on Tru64, but don't seem to be on
diff --git a/man3/rcmd.3 b/man3/rcmd.3
index 765e85a..012dc62 100644
--- a/man3/rcmd.3
+++ b/man3/rcmd.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH rcmd 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rcmd 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rcmd, rresvport, iruserok, ruserok, rcmd_af,
 rresvport_af, iruserok_af, ruserok_af \- routines for returning a
@@ -24,27 +24,27 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .BR "#include <netdb.h>    " "/* Or <unistd.h> on some systems */"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rcmd(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rresvport(int *" port );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iruserok(uint32_t " raddr ", int " superuser ,
 .BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
 .BI "int ruserok(const char *" rhost ", int " superuser ,
 .BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rcmd_af(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
 .BI "            sa_family_t " af );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rresvport_af(int *" port ", sa_family_t " af );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int iruserok_af(const void *restrict " raddr ", int " superuser ,
 .BI "            const char *restrict " ruser ", const char *restrict " luser ,
 .BI "            sa_family_t " af );
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser ,
 .BI "            sa_family_t " af );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
 .ad l
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rcmd (),
 .BR rcmd_af (),
 .BR rresvport (),
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is set to the standard name of the host
 and a connection is established to a server
 residing at the well-known Internet port
 .IR inport .
-.PP
+.P
 If the connection succeeds,
 a socket in the Internet domain of type
 .B SOCK_STREAM
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ command) will be made the same as the
 and no
 provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
 although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
-.PP
+.P
 The protocol is described in detail in
 .BR rshd (8).
 .SS rresvport()
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ If that lookup is not done, or is unsuccessful, the
 .I .rhosts
 in the local user's home directory is checked to see if the request for
 service is allowed.
-.PP
+.P
 If this file does not exist, is not a regular file, is owned by anyone
 other than the user or the superuser, is writable by anyone other
 than the owner, or is hardlinked anywhere, the check automatically fails.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ return \-1.
 If the local domain (as obtained from
 .BR gethostname (2))
 is the same as the remote domain, only the machine name need be specified.
-.PP
+.P
 If the IP address of the remote host is known,
 .BR iruserok ()
 should be used in preference to
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ The
 function
 returns a valid socket descriptor on success.
 It returns \-1 on error and prints a diagnostic message on the standard error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rresvport ()
 function
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ to indicate the error.
 The error code
 .B EAGAIN
 is overloaded to mean: "All network ports in use".
-.PP
+.P
 For information on the return from
 .BR ruserok ()
 and
@@ -272,7 +272,6 @@ T{
 .BR ruserok_af ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -285,7 +284,7 @@ BSD.
 .TQ
 .BR ruserok_af ()
 glibc 2.2.
-.PP
+.P
 Solaris, 4.2BSD.
 The "_af" variants are more recent additions,
 and are not present on as wide a range of systems.
diff --git a/man3/re_comp.3 b/man3/re_comp.3
index 3cb4450..038dc96 100644
--- a/man3/re_comp.3
+++ b/man3/re_comp.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Wed Jun 14 16:10:28 BST 1995 Wilf. (G.Wilford@@ee.surrey.ac.uk)
 .\"
-.TH re_comp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH re_comp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 re_comp, re_exec \- BSD regex functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Standard C library
 .B #define _REGEX_RE_COMP
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <regex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *re_comp(const char *" regex );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int re_exec(const char *" string );
 .fi
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ If
 is NULL,
 no operation is performed and the pattern buffer's contents are not
 altered.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR re_exec ()
 is used to assess whether the null-terminated string pointed to by
 .I string
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ matches the previously compiled
 returns NULL on successful compilation of
 .I regex
 otherwise it returns a pointer to an appropriate error message.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR re_exec ()
 returns 1 for a successful match, zero for failure.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -61,12 +61,11 @@ T{
 .BR re_exec ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are obsolete; the functions documented in
 .BR regcomp (3)
 should be used instead.
diff --git a/man3/readdir.3 b/man3/readdir.3
index 2e0ea09..9b61aaf 100644
--- a/man3/readdir.3
+++ b/man3/readdir.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>, mtk:
 .\"     Rework discussion of nonstandard structure fields.
 .\"
-.TH readdir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH readdir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 readdir \- read a directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct dirent *readdir(DIR *" dirp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ representing the next directory entry in the directory stream pointed
 to by \fIdirp\fP.
 It returns NULL on reaching the end of the directory stream or if
 an error occurred.
-.PP
+.P
 In the glibc implementation, the
 .I dirent
 structure is defined as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct dirent {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct dirent {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The only fields in the
 .I dirent
 structure that are mandated by POSIX.1 are
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ and
 .IR d_ino .
 The other fields are unstandardized, and not present on all systems;
 see NOTES below for some further details.
-.PP
+.P
 The fields of the
 .I dirent
 structure are as follows:
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ All applications must properly handle a return of
 .I d_name
 This field contains the null terminated filename.
 .IR "See NOTES" .
-.PP
+.P
 The data returned by
 .BR readdir ()
 may be overwritten by subsequent calls to
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ structure.
 (This structure may be statically allocated; do not attempt to
 .BR free (3)
 it.)
-.PP
+.P
 If the end of the directory stream is reached, NULL is returned and
 .I errno
 is not changed.
@@ -186,8 +186,7 @@ T{
 .BR readdir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:dirstream
 .TE
-.sp 1
-.PP
+.P
 In the current POSIX.1 specification (POSIX.1-2008),
 .BR readdir ()
 is not required to be thread-safe.
@@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ structure definition shown above is taken from the glibc headers,
 and shows the
 .I d_name
 field with a fixed size.
-.PP
+.P
 .IR Warning :
 applications should avoid any dependence on the size of the
 .I d_name
@@ -245,7 +244,7 @@ POSIX defines it as
 a character array of unspecified size, with at most
 .B NAME_MAX
 characters preceding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1 explicitly notes that this field should not be used as an lvalue.
 The standard also notes that the use of
 .I sizeof(d_name)
@@ -259,15 +258,15 @@ By implication, the use
 to capture the size of the record including the size of
 .I d_name
 is also incorrect.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that while the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 fpathconf(fd, _PC_NAME_MAX)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 returns the value 255 for most filesystems,
 on some filesystems (e.g., CIFS, Windows SMB servers),
 the null-terminated filename that is (correctly) returned in
@@ -285,7 +284,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
 .SH NOTES
 A directory stream is opened using
 .BR opendir (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The order in which filenames are read by successive calls to
 .BR readdir ()
 depends on the filesystem implementation;
diff --git a/man3/readdir_r.3 b/man3/readdir_r.3
index f853e51..f90a70b 100644
--- a/man3/readdir_r.3
+++ b/man3/readdir_r.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH readdir_r 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH readdir_r 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 readdir_r \- read a directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int readdir_r(DIR *restrict " dirp ,
 .BI "                             struct dirent *restrict " entry ,
 .BI "                             struct dirent **restrict " result );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR readdir_r ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 This function is deprecated; use
 .BR readdir (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR readdir_r ()
 function was invented as a reentrant version of
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ For details of the
 .I dirent
 structure, see
 .BR readdir (3).
-.PP
+.P
 A pointer to the returned buffer is placed in
 .IR *result ;
 if the end of the directory stream was encountered,
 then NULL is instead returned in
 .IR *result .
-.PP
+.P
 It is recommended that applications use
 .BR readdir (3)
 instead of
@@ -137,7 +137,6 @@ T{
 .BR readdir_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/realpath.3 b/man3/realpath.3
index 3f25e60..dc1ec7f 100644
--- a/man3/realpath.3
+++ b/man3/realpath.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Rewritten old page, 990824, aeb@cwi.nl
 .\" 2004-12-14, mtk, added discussion of resolved_path == NULL
 .\"
-.TH realpath 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH realpath 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 realpath \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <limits.h>
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *realpath(const char *restrict " path ,
 .BI "               char *restrict " resolved_path );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR realpath ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The resulting path will have no symbolic link,
 or
 .I "/../"
 components.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I resolved_path
 is specified as NULL, then
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ If there is no error,
 .BR realpath ()
 returns a pointer to the
 .IR resolved_path .
-.PP
+.P
 Otherwise, it returns NULL, the contents
 of the array
 .I resolved_path
@@ -130,7 +130,6 @@ T{
 .BR realpath ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .SS GNU extensions
 If the call fails with either
@@ -147,12 +146,12 @@ that is not readable or does not exist is returned in
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001, Solaris.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 says that the behavior if
 .I resolved_path
 is NULL is implementation-defined.
 POSIX.1-2008 specifies the behavior described in this page.
-.PP
+.P
 In 4.4BSD and Solaris, the limit on the pathname length is
 .B MAXPATHLEN
 (found in \fI<sys/param.h>\fP).
@@ -164,7 +163,7 @@ as found in \fI<limits.h>\fP or provided by the
 .BR pathconf (3)
 function.
 A typical source fragment would be
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #ifdef PATH_MAX
@@ -176,9 +175,9 @@ A typical source fragment would be
 #endif
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (But see the BUGS section.)
-.\".PP
+.\".P
 .\"     2012-05-05, According to Casper Dik, the statement about
 .\"     Solaris was not true at least as far back as 1997, and
 .\"     may never have been true.
@@ -217,7 +216,7 @@ The
 .I "resolved_path\ ==\ NULL"
 feature, not standardized in POSIX.1-2001,
 but standardized in POSIX.1-2008, allows this design problem to be avoided.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" The libc4 and libc5 implementation contained a buffer overflow
 .\" (fixed in libc-5.4.13).
 .\" Thus, set-user-ID programs like
diff --git a/man3/recno.3 b/man3/recno.3
index a4a38d2..afc4e72 100644
--- a/man3/recno.3
+++ b/man3/recno.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\"	@(#)recno.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
 .\"
-.TH recno 3 2022-12-04 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH recno 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .UC 7
 .SH NAME
 recno \- record number database access method
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
 Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
 .I libdb
 library instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The routine
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is the library interface to database files.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ One of the supported file formats is record number files.
 The general description of the database access methods is in
 .BR dbopen (3),
 this manual page describes only the recno-specific information.
-.PP
+.P
 The record number data structure is either variable or fixed-length
 records stored in a flat-file format, accessed by the logical record
 number.
@@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ one through four, and the deletion of record number one causes
 record number five to be renumbered to record number four, as well
 as the cursor, if positioned after record number one, to shift down
 one record.
-.PP
+.P
 The recno access-method-specific data structure provided to
 .BR dbopen (3)
 is defined in the
 .I <db.h>
 include file as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 typedef struct {
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } RECNOINFO;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The elements of this structure are defined as follows:
 .TP
 .I flags
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ is non-NULL, it specifies the name of the btree file,
 as if specified as the filename for a
 .BR dbopen (3)
 of a btree file.
-.PP
+.P
 The data part of the key/data pair used by the
 .I recno
 access method
@@ -169,12 +169,12 @@ the implementation.
 The
 .I size
 field of the key should be the size of that type.
-.PP
+.P
 Because there can be no metadata associated with the underlying
 recno access method files, any changes made to the default values
 (e.g., fixed record length or byte separator value) must be explicitly
 specified each time the file is opened.
-.PP
+.P
 In the interface specified by
 .BR dbopen (3),
 using the
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
 .BR dbopen (3),
 .BR hash (3),
 .BR mpool (3)
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "Document Processing in a Relational Database System" ,
 Michael Stonebraker, Heidi Stettner, Joseph Kalash, Antonin Guttman,
 Nadene Lynn, Memorandum No. UCB/ERL M82/32, May 1982.
diff --git a/man3/regex.3 b/man3/regex.3
index fe6a6b3..fb641ef 100644
--- a/man3/regex.3
+++ b/man3/regex.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified 8 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
 .\"
 .\" show the synopsis section nicely
-.TH regex 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH regex 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 regcomp, regexec, regerror, regfree \- POSIX regex functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <regex.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int regcomp(regex_t *restrict " preg ", const char *restrict " regex ,
 .BI "            int " cflags );
 .BI "int regexec(const regex_t *restrict " preg \
@@ -27,21 +27,21 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "            size_t " nmatch ", \
 regmatch_t " pmatch "[_Nullable restrict ." nmatch ],
 .BI "            int " eflags );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t regerror(int " errcode ", const regex_t *_Nullable restrict " preg ,
 .BI "            char " errbuf "[_Nullable restrict ." errbuf_size ],
 .BI "            size_t " errbuf_size );
 .BI "void regfree(regex_t *" preg );
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef struct {
 .B "    size_t    re_nsub;"
 .B } regex_t;
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef struct {
 .B "    regoff_t  rm_so;"
 .B "    regoff_t  rm_eo;"
 .B } regmatch_t;
-.PP
+.P
 .BR typedef " /* ... */  " regoff_t;
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ is used to compile a regular expression into a form that is suitable
 for subsequent
 .BR regexec ()
 searches.
-.PP
+.P
 On success, the pattern buffer at
 .I *preg
 is initialized.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ is initialized.
 is a null-terminated string.
 The locale must be the same when running
 .BR regexec ().
-.PP
+.P
 After
 .BR regcomp ()
 succeeds,
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ passed as
 to
 .BR regexec ()
 is sufficient to capture all matches.
-.PP
+.P
 .I cflags
 is the
 bitwise OR
@@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ unused elements of
 .I pmatch
 are filled with
 .BR \-1 s.
-.PP
+.P
 Each returned valid
 .RB (non- \-1 )
 match corresponds to the range
 .RI [ "string + rm_so" , " string + rm_eo" ).
-.PP
+.P
 .I regoff_t
 is a signed integer type
 capable of storing the largest value that can be stored in either an
@@ -225,14 +225,14 @@ is used to turn the error codes that can be returned by both
 and
 .BR regexec ()
 into error message strings.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I preg
 isn't a null pointer,
 .I errcode
 must be the latest error returned from an operation on
 .IR preg .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I errbuf_size
 isn't 0, up to
@@ -251,12 +251,12 @@ must have been initialized via
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 .BR regcomp ()
 returns zero for a successful compilation or an error code for failure.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR regexec ()
 returns zero for a successful match or
 .B REG_NOMATCH
 for failure.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR regerror ()
 returns the size of the buffer required to hold the string.
 .SH ERRORS
@@ -333,12 +333,11 @@ T{
 .BR regfree ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Prior to POSIX.1-2008,
 .I regoff_t
 was required to be
@@ -353,7 +352,7 @@ is only required to be initialized if
 .B REG_NOSUB
 wasn't specified, but all known implementations initialize it regardless.
 .\" glibc, musl, 4.4BSD, illumos
-.PP
+.P
 Both
 .I regex_t
 and
@@ -407,6 +406,6 @@ int main(void)
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR grep (1),
 .BR regex (7)
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc manual section,
 .I "Regular Expressions"
diff --git a/man3/remainder.3 b/man3/remainder.3
index df97879..774b355 100644
--- a/man3/remainder.3
+++ b/man3/remainder.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\"	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\" Modified 2003-11-18, 2004-10-05 aeb
 .\"
-.TH remainder 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH remainder 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 drem, dremf, dreml, remainder, remainderf, remainderl \- \
 floating-point remainder function
@@ -25,22 +25,22 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double remainder(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "float remainderf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "long double remainderl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.PP
+.P
 /* Obsolete synonyms */
 .BI "[[deprecated]] double drem(double " x ", double " y );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] float dremf(float " x ", float " y );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] long double dreml(long double " x ", long double " y );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR remainder ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR remainderf (),
 .BR remainderl ():
 .nf
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR drem (),
 .BR dremf (),
 .BR dreml ():
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ If the absolute value of
 is 0.5,
 .I n
 is chosen to be even.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are unaffected by the current rounding mode (see
 .BR fenv (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR drem ()
 function does precisely the same thing.
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ functions return the floating-point remainder,
 \fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP.
 If the return value is 0, it has the sign of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is an infinity,
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ and
 is not a NaN,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is zero,
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity and \fIy\fP is not a NaN
@@ -169,7 +169,6 @@ T{
 .BR remainderl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .\" IEC 60559.
 .TP
@@ -207,16 +206,16 @@ Tru64, glibc2.
 Before glibc 2.15,
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6779
 the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 remainder(nan(""), 0);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 returned a NaN, as expected, but wrongly caused a domain error.
 Since glibc 2.15, a silent NaN (i.e., no domain error) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.15,
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6783
 .I errno
diff --git a/man3/remove.3 b/man3/remove.3
index d814d71..48ca0a6 100644
--- a/man3/remove.3
+++ b/man3/remove.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH remove 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH remove 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 remove \- remove a file or directory
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int remove(const char *" pathname );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -29,18 +29,18 @@ It calls
 for files, and
 .BR rmdir (2)
 for directories.
-.PP
+.P
 If the removed name was the
 last link to a file and no processes have the file open, the file is
 deleted and the space it was using is made available for reuse.
-.PP
+.P
 If the name was the last link to a file,
 but any processes still have the file open,
 the file will remain in existence until the last file
 descriptor referring to it is closed.
-.PP
+.P
 If the name referred to a symbolic link, the link is removed.
-.PP
+.P
 If the name referred to a socket, FIFO, or device, the name is removed,
 but processes which have the object open may continue to use it.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ T{
 .BR remove ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/remquo.3 b/man3/remquo.3
index 4fd76ea..8dcfec0 100644
--- a/man3/remquo.3
+++ b/man3/remquo.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" based on glibc infopages
 .\" polished, aeb
 .\"
-.TH remquo 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH remquo 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 remquo, remquof, remquol \- remainder and part of quotient
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,17 +17,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double remquo(double " x ", double " y ", int *" quo );
 .BI "float remquof(float " x ", float " y ", int *" quo );
 .BI "long double remquol(long double " x ", long double " y ", int *" quo );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR remquo (),
 .BR remquof (),
 .BR remquol ():
@@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ A few bits of the quotient are stored via the
 .I quo
 pointer.
 The remainder is returned as the function result.
-.PP
+.P
 The value of the remainder is the same as that computed by the
 .BR remainder (3)
 function.
-.PP
+.P
 The value stored via the
 .I quo
 pointer has the sign of
 .I x\~/\~y
 and agrees with the quotient in at least the low order 3 bits.
-.PP
+.P
 For example, \fIremquo(29.0,\ 3.0)\fP returns \-1.0 and might store 2.
 Note that the actual quotient might not fit in an integer.
 .\" A possible application of this function might be the computation
@@ -66,13 +66,13 @@ Note that the actual quotient might not fit in an integer.
 On success, these functions return the same value as
 the analogous functions described in
 .BR remainder (3).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I y
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is an infinity,
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ and
 is not a NaN,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I y
 is zero,
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity or \fIy\fP is 0, \
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ and the other argument is not a NaN
 An invalid floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_INVALID )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions do not set
 .IR errno .
 .\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
@@ -127,7 +127,6 @@ T{
 .BR remquol ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/resolver.3 b/man3/resolver.3
index 416951f..f44c51b 100644
--- a/man3/resolver.3
+++ b/man3/resolver.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-25 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH resolver 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH resolver 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 res_ninit, res_nquery, res_nsearch, res_nquerydomain, res_nmkquery, res_nsend,
 res_nclose,
@@ -26,71 +26,71 @@ Resolver library
 .B #include <netinet/in.h>
 .B #include <arpa/nameser.h>
 .B #include <resolv.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B struct __res_state;
 .B typedef struct __res_state *res_state;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_ninit(res_state " statep );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void res_nclose(res_state " statep );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_nquery(res_state " statep ,
 .BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_nsearch(res_state " statep ,
 .BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_nquerydomain(res_state " statep ,
 .BI "           const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
 .BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
 .BI "           int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_nmkquery(res_state " statep ,
 .BI "           int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
 .BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
 int " datalen ,
 .BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int res_nsend(res_state " statep ,
 .BI "           const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int dn_comp(const char *" exp_dn ", unsigned char " comp_dn [. length ],
 .BI "           int " length ", unsigned char **" dnptrs ,
 .BI "           unsigned char **" lastdnptr );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int dn_expand(const unsigned char *" msg ,
 .BI "           const unsigned char *" eomorig ,
 .BI "           const unsigned char *" comp_dn ", char " exp_dn [. length ],
 .BI "           int " length );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]] extern struct __res_state _res;
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]] int res_init(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int res_query(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int res_search(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int res_querydomain(const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
 .BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
 .BI "           int " anslen );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int res_mkquery(int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
 .BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
 int " datalen ,
 .BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int res_send(const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
 .BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ int " datalen ,
 .B Note:
 This page is incomplete (various resolver functions provided by glibc
 are not described) and likely out of date.
-.PP
+.P
 The functions described below make queries to and interpret
 the responses from Internet domain name servers.
-.PP
+.P
 The API consists of a set of more modern, reentrant functions
 and an older set of nonreentrant functions that have been superseded.
 The traditional resolver interfaces such as
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ BIND 8.2 introduced a set of new interfaces
 and so on, which take a
 .I res_state
 as their first argument, so you can use a per-thread resolver state.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_ninit ()
 and
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ to free memory allocated by
 .BR res_ninit ()
 and subsequent calls to
 .BR res_nquery ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nquery ()
 and
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ fully qualified domain name \fIname\fP of specified \fItype\fP and
 \fIclass\fP.
 The reply is left in the buffer \fIanswer\fP of length
 \fIanslen\fP supplied by the caller.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nsearch ()
 and
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ and
 .B RES_DNSRCH
 (see description of
 \fI_res\fP options below).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nquerydomain ()
 and
@@ -178,10 +178,10 @@ and
 functions make a query using
 .BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ()
 on the concatenation of \fIname\fP and \fIdomain\fP.
-.PP
+.P
 The following functions are lower-level routines used by
 .BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ().
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nmkquery ()
 and
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ since it has not been supported by DNS servers for a very long time.
 .TP
 .B NS_NOTIFY_OP
 Notify secondary of SOA (Start of Authority) change.
-.PP
+.P
 \fInewrr\fP is currently unused.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nsend ()
 and
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ which is of length \fIanslen\fP.
 They will call
 .BR res_ninit ()/ res_init ()
 if it has not already been called.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dn_comp ()
 function compresses the domain name \fIexp_dn\fP
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ The limit of the array is specified by \fIlastdnptr\fP.
 If \fIdnptr\fP is NULL, domain names are not compressed.
 If \fIlastdnptr\fP is NULL, the list
 of labels is not updated.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dn_expand ()
 function expands the compressed domain name
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ function expands the compressed domain name
 The compressed name is contained
 in a query or reply message, and \fImsg\fP points to the beginning of
 the message.
-.PP
+.P
 The resolver routines use configuration and state information
 contained in a
 .I __res_state
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ and
 .BR res_init ()
 functions return 0 on success, or \-1 if an error
 occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR res_nquery (),
 .BR res_query (),
@@ -442,14 +442,14 @@ and
 .BR res_send ()
 functions return the length
 of the response, or \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR dn_comp ()
 and
 .BR dn_expand ()
 functions return the length
 of the compressed name, or \-1 if an error occurs.
-.PP
+.P
 In the case of an error return from
 .BR res_nquery (),
 .BR res_query (),
@@ -496,7 +496,6 @@ T{
 .BR dn_expand ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -507,6 +506,6 @@ None.
 .BR resolver (5),
 .BR hostname (7),
 .BR named (8)
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU C library source file
 .IR resolv/README .
diff --git a/man3/rewinddir.3 b/man3/rewinddir.3
index 61221ba..fbc8b1a 100644
--- a/man3/rewinddir.3
+++ b/man3/rewinddir.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:29:11 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH rewinddir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rewinddir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rewinddir \- reset directory stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/types.h>
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void rewinddir(DIR *" dirp );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ T{
 .BR rewinddir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/rexec.3 b/man3/rexec.3
index 7f94d27..ca680d3 100644
--- a/man3/rexec.3
+++ b/man3/rexec.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2013-06-21, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH rexec 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rexec 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rexec, rexec_af \- return stream to a remote command
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,19 +20,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int rexec(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
 .BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
 .BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
-.PP
+.P
 .B [[deprecated]]
 .BI "int rexec_af(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
 .BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
 .BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
 .BI "          sa_family_t " af  );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rexec (),
 .BR rexec_af ():
 .nf
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This interface is obsoleted by
 .BR rcmd (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rexec ()
 function
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ the environment and then the
 file in user's
 home directory are searched for appropriate information.
 If all this fails, the user is prompted for the information.
-.PP
+.P
 The port
 .I inport
 specifies which well-known DARPA Internet port to use for
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ the connection; the call
 will return a pointer to a structure that contains the necessary port.
 The protocol for connection is described in detail in
 .BR rexecd (8).
-.PP
+.P
 If the connection succeeds,
 a socket in the Internet domain of type
 .B SOCK_STREAM
@@ -138,7 +138,6 @@ T{
 .BR rexec_af ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -152,7 +151,7 @@ glibc 2.2.
 The
 .BR rexec ()
 function sends the unencrypted password across the network.
-.PP
+.P
 The underlying service is considered a big security hole and therefore
 not enabled on many sites; see
 .BR rexecd (8)
diff --git a/man3/rint.3 b/man3/rint.3
index 945f48b..812d6ae 100644
--- a/man3/rint.3
+++ b/man3/rint.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH rint 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rint 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 nearbyint, nearbyintf, nearbyintl, rint, rintf, rintl \- round
 to nearest integer
@@ -15,28 +15,28 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double nearbyint(double " x );
 .BI "float nearbyintf(float " x );
 .BI "long double nearbyintl(long double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double rint(double " x );
 .BI "float rintf(float " x );
 .BI "long double rintl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR nearbyint (),
 .BR nearbyintf (),
 .BR nearbyintl ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _ISOC99_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rint ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rintf (),
 .BR rintl ():
 .nf
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ exception.
 When the current rounding direction is to nearest, these
 functions round halfway cases to the even integer in accordance with
 IEEE-754.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR rint (),
 .BR rintf (),
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ checkable via
 when the result differs in value from the argument.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
@@ -111,7 +111,6 @@ T{
 .BR rintl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
 and the number of mantissa bits
 including the implicit bit
 is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.PP
+.P
 If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
 you probably want to use one of the functions described in
 .BR lrint (3)
diff --git a/man3/round.3 b/man3/round.3
index 591875f..4e27fd6 100644
--- a/man3/round.3
+++ b/man3/round.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH round 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH round 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 round, roundf, roundl \- round to nearest integer, away from zero
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double round(double " x );
 .BI "float roundf(float " x );
 .BI "long double roundl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR round (),
 .BR roundf (),
 .BR roundl ():
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ direction, see
 .BR fenv (3)),
 instead of to the nearest even integer like
 .BR rint (3).
-.PP
+.P
 For example,
 .I round(0.5)
 is 1.0, and
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ is 1.0, and
 is \-1.0.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR roundl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -97,7 +96,7 @@ the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
 and the number of mantissa bits
 including the implicit bit
 is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.PP
+.P
 If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
 you probably want to use one of the functions described in
 .BR lround (3)
diff --git a/man3/roundup.3 b/man3/roundup.3
index d21949e..bcde64a 100644
--- a/man3/roundup.3
+++ b/man3/roundup.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH roundup 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH roundup 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 roundup \- round up in steps
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/param.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI roundup( x ", " step );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ to the nearest multiple of
 .I step
 that is not less than
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 It is typically used for
 rounding up a pointer to align it or
 increasing a buffer to be allocated.
-.PP
+.P
 This API is not designed to be generic,
 and doesn't work in some cases
 that are not important for the typical use cases described above.
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ This macro returns the rounded value.
 None.
 .SH CAVEATS
 The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
-.PP
+.P
 .I x
 should be nonnegative,
 and
 .I step
 should be positive.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x + step
 would overflow or wrap around,
diff --git a/man3/rpc.3 b/man3/rpc.3
index 4923e8a..b5d238c 100644
--- a/man3/rpc.3
+++ b/man3/rpc.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
 .\"
-.TH rpc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rpc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rpc \- library routines for remote procedure calls
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,28 +22,28 @@ First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server.
 Upon receipt of the packet, the server calls a dispatch routine
 to perform the requested service, and then sends back a reply.
 Finally, the procedure call returns to the client.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
 .\" Routines that are used for Secure RPC (DES authentication) are described in
 .\" .BR rpc_secure (3).
 .\" Secure RPC can be used only if DES encryption is available.
-.PP
+.P
 To take use of these routines, include the header file
 .IR "<rpc/rpc.h>" .
-.PP
+.P
 The prototypes below make use of the following types:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS 4
 .EX
 .BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *, ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "typedef bool_t (*" resultproc_t ")(caddr_t " resp ,
 .BI "                               struct sockaddr_in *" raddr );
 .EE
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 See the header files for the declarations of the
 .IR AUTH ,
 .IR CLIENT ,
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ See the header files for the declarations of the
 and
 .I XDR
 types.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void auth_destroy(AUTH *" auth );
 .fi
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The use of
 .I auth
 is undefined after calling
 .BR auth_destroy ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B AUTH *authnone_create(void);
 .fi
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Create and return an RPC
 authentication handle that passes nonusable authentication
 information with each remote procedure call.
 This is the default authentication used by RPC.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "AUTH *authunix_create(char *" host ", uid_t " uid ", gid_t " gid ,
 .BI "                      int " len ", gid_t " aup_gids [. len ]);
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ and
 .I aup_gids
 refer to a counted array of groups to which the user belongs.
 It is easy to impersonate a user.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B AUTH *authunix_create_default(void);
 .fi
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ It is easy to impersonate a user.
 Calls
 .BR authunix_create ()
 with the appropriate parameters.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "int callrpc(char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
 .BI "            unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ uses UDP/IP as a transport; see
 .BR clntudp_create ()
 for restrictions.
 You do not have control of timeouts or authentication using this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_broadcast(unsigned long " prognum ,
 .BI "                     unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ waits for more replies; otherwise it returns with appropriate status.
 Warning: broadcast sockets are limited in size to the
 maximum transfer unit of the data link.
 For ethernet, this value is 1500 bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_call(CLIENT *" clnt ", unsigned long " procnum ,
 .BI "                    xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ is used to encode the procedure's parameters, and
 is used to decode the procedure's results;
 .I tout
 is the time allowed for results to come back.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "clnt_destroy(CLIENT *" clnt );
 .fi
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ is undefined after calling
 .BR clnt_destroy ().
 If the RPC library opened the associated socket, it will close it also.
 Otherwise, the socket remains open.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "CLIENT *clnt_create(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prog ,
 .BI "                    unsigned long " vers ", const char *" proto );
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Warning: using UDP has its shortcomings.
 Since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes of encoded data,
 this transport cannot be used for procedures that take
 large arguments or return huge results.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t clnt_control(CLIENT *" cl ", int " req ", char *" info );
 .fi
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ The following operations are valid for UDP only:
 The retry timeout is the time that "UDP RPC"
 waits for the server to reply before
 retransmitting the request.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "clnt_freeres(CLIENT * " clnt ", xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out );
 .fi
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ is the address of the results, and
 is the XDR routine describing the results.
 This routine returns one if the results were successfully freed,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void clnt_geterr(CLIENT *" clnt ", struct rpc_err *" errp );
 .fi
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ and zero otherwise.
 A macro that copies the error structure out of the client
 handle to the structure at address
 .IR errp .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void clnt_pcreateerror(const char *" s );
 .fi
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Used when a
 or
 .BR clntudp_create ()
 call fails.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void clnt_perrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
 .fi
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ to the condition indicated by
 .IR stat .
 Used after
 .BR callrpc ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "clnt_perror(CLIENT *" clnt ", const char *" s );
 .fi
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ The message is prepended with string
 and a colon.
 Used after
 .BR clnt_call ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "char *clnt_spcreateerror(const char *" s );
 .fi
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Like
 except that it returns a string instead of printing to the standard error.
 .IP
 Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "char *clnt_sperrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
 .fi
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ and
 .BR clnt_sperrno ()
 returns pointer to static data, but the
 result will not get overwritten on each call.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "char *clnt_sperror(CLIENT *" rpch ", const char *" s );
 .fi
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ except that (like
 it returns a string instead of printing to standard error.
 .IP
 Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "CLIENT *clntraw_create(unsigned long " prognum \
 ", unsigned long " versnum );
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ corresponding RPC server should live in the same address space; see
 This allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
 overheads, such as round trip times, without any kernel interference.
 This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "CLIENT *clnttcp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
 .BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ and
 .IR recvsz ;
 values of zero choose suitable defaults.
 This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "CLIENT *clntudp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
 .BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ The total time for the call to time out is specified by
 Warning: since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes
 of encoded data, this transport cannot be used for procedures
 that take large arguments or return huge results.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "CLIENT *clntudp_bufcreate(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
 .BI "            unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ The total time for the call to time out is specified by
 .IP
 This allows the user to specify the maximum packet
 size for sending and receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void get_myaddress(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
 .fi
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ without consulting the library routines that deal with
 .IR /etc/hosts .
 The port number is always set to
 .BR htons(PMAPPORT) .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "struct pmaplist *pmap_getmaps(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
 .fi
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ This routine can return NULL.
 The command
 .I rpcinfo\~\-p
 uses this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "unsigned short pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
 .BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ service.
 In the latter case, the global variable
 .I rpc_createerr
 contains the RPC status.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "enum clnt_stat pmap_rmtcall(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
 .BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ and
 This procedure should be used for a \[lq]ping\[rq] and nothing else.
 See also
 .BR clnt_broadcast ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t pmap_set(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
 .BI "                int " protocol ", unsigned short " port );
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ or
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
 Automatically done by
 .BR svc_register ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t pmap_unset(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
 .fi
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ on the machine's
 .B portmap
 service.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "int registerrpc(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
 .BI "                unsigned long " procnum ", char *(*" procname ")(char *),"
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ Warning: remote procedures registered in this form
 are accessed using the UDP/IP transport; see
 .BR svcudp_create ()
 for restrictions.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "struct rpc_createerr " rpc_createerr ;
 .fi
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ that does not succeed.
 Use the routine
 .BR clnt_pcreateerror ()
 to print the reason why.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svc_destroy(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ itself.
 Use of
 .I xprt
 is undefined after calling this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "fd_set " svc_fdset ;
 .fi
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ This variable is read-only (do not pass its address to
 yet it may change after calls to
 .BR svc_getreqset ()
 or any creation routines.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "int " svc_fds ;
 .fi
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Similar to
 but limited to 32 file descriptors.
 This interface is obsoleted by
 .BR svc_fdset .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "svc_freeargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
 .fi
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ system when it decoded the arguments to a service procedure using
 .BR svc_getargs ().
 This routine returns 1 if the results were successfully freed,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "svc_getargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
 .fi
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ is the address where the arguments will be placed;
 .I inproc
 is the XDR routine used to decode the arguments.
 This routine returns one if decoding succeeds, and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "struct sockaddr_in *svc_getcaller(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ This routine returns one if decoding succeeds, and zero otherwise.
 The approved way of getting the network address of the caller
 of a procedure associated with the RPC service transport handle,
 .IR xprt .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svc_getreqset(fd_set *" rdfds );
 .fi
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ is the resultant read file descriptor bit mask.
 The routine returns when all sockets associated with the value of
 .I rdfds
 have been serviced.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svc_getreq(int " rdfds );
 .fi
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ Similar to
 but limited to 32 file descriptors.
 This interface is obsoleted by
 .BR svc_getreqset ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t svc_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " prognum ,
 .BI "                    unsigned long " versnum ,
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ dispatch(struct svc_req *request, SVCXPRT *xprt);
 The
 .BR svc_register ()
 routine returns one if it succeeds, and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B "void svc_run(void);"
 .fi
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ when one arrives.
 This procedure is usually waiting for a
 .BR select (2)
 system call to return.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " outproc \
 ", char *" out );
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and
 .I out
 is the address of the results.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svc_unregister(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
 .fi
@@ -866,14 +866,14 @@ Remove all mapping of the double
 to dispatch routines, and of the triple
 .RI [ prognum , versnum , * ]
 to port number.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_auth(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", enum auth_stat " why );
 .fi
 .IP
 Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
 a remote procedure call due to an authentication error.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_decode(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -882,21 +882,21 @@ Called by a service dispatch routine that cannot successfully
 decode its parameters.
 See also
 .BR svc_getargs ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_noproc(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
 .IP
 Called by a service dispatch routine that does not implement
 the procedure number that the caller requests.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_noprog(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
 .IP
 Called when the desired program is not registered with the RPC package.
 Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_progvers(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " low_vers ,
 .BI "                     unsigned long " high_vers );
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
 Called when the desired version of a program is not registered
 with the RPC package.
 Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_systemerr(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Called by a service dispatch routine when it detects a system
 error not covered by any particular protocol.
 For example, if a service can no longer allocate storage,
 it may call this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void svcerr_weakauth(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
 a remote procedure call due to insufficient authentication parameters.
 The routine calls
 .BR "svcerr_auth(xprt, AUTH_TOOWEAK)" .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "SVCXPRT *svcfd_create(int " fd ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
 .BI "                      unsigned int " recvsize );
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ and
 .I recvsize
 indicate sizes for the send and receive buffers.
 If they are zero, a reasonable default is chosen.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B SVCXPRT *svcraw_create(void);
 .fi
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ so the corresponding RPC client should live in the same address space; see
 This routine allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
 overheads (such as round trip times), without any kernel interference.
 This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int " sock ", unsigned int " send_buf_size ,
 .BI "                       unsigned int " recv_buf_size );
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ This routine returns NULL if it fails.
 Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O,
 users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero
 choose suitable defaults.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_bufcreate(int " sock ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
 .BI "                          unsigned int " recosize );
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ This routine returns NULL if it fails.
 .IP
 This allows the user to specify the maximum packet size for sending and
 receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_create(int " sock );
 .fi
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ This call is equivalent to
 .I svcudp_bufcreate(sock,SZ,SZ)
 for some default size
 .IR SZ .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_accepted_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct accepted_reply *" ar );
 .fi
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ for some default size
 Used for encoding RPC reply messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_authunix_parms(XDR *" xdrs ", struct authunix_parms *" aupp );
 .fi
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ Used for describing UNIX credentials.
 This routine is useful for users
 who wish to generate these credentials without using the RPC
 authentication package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdr_callhdr(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" chdr );
 .fi
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ authentication package.
 Used for describing RPC call header messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_callmsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" cmsg );
 .fi
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
 Used for describing RPC call messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate RPC-style
 messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_opaque_auth(XDR *" xdrs ", struct opaque_auth *" ap );
 .fi
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ messages without using the RPC package.
 Used for describing RPC authentication information messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_pmap(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmap *" regs );
 .fi
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 these parameters without using the
 .B pmap
 interface.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_pmaplist(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmaplist **" rp );
 .fi
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 these parameters without using the
 .B pmap
 interface.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_rejected_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rejected_reply *" rr );
 .fi
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ interface.
 Used for describing RPC reply messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_replymsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" rmsg );
 .fi
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
 Used for describing RPC reply messages.
 This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
 RPC style messages without using the RPC package.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xprt_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ they should register themselves with the RPC service package.
 This routine modifies the global variable
 .IR svc_fds .
 Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xprt_unregister(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
 .fi
@@ -1181,12 +1181,11 @@ T{
 .BR xprt_unregister ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page in the set at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
 .\" .BR rpc_secure (3),
 .BR xdr (3)
-.PP
+.P
 The following manuals:
 .RS
 Remote Procedure Calls: Protocol Specification
@@ -1196,7 +1195,7 @@ Remote Procedure Call Programming Guide
 rpcgen Programming Guide
 .br
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .IR "RPC: Remote Procedure Call Protocol Specification" ,
 RFC\ 1050, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
 USC-ISI.
diff --git a/man3/rpmatch.3 b/man3/rpmatch.3
index ac3fa09..dac2474 100644
--- a/man3/rpmatch.3
+++ b/man3/rpmatch.3
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2006-05-19, mtk, various edits and example program
 .\"
-.TH rpmatch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rpmatch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rpmatch \- determine if the answer to a question is affirmative or negative
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rpmatch(const char *" response );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rpmatch ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR rpmatch ()
 handles a user response to yes or no questions, with
 support for internationalization.
-.PP
+.P
 .I response
 should be a null-terminated string containing a
 user-supplied response, perhaps obtained with
 .BR fgets (3)
 or
 .BR getline (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The user's language preference is taken into account per the
 environment variables
 .BR LANG ,
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ and
 if the program has called
 .BR setlocale (3)
 to effect their changes.
-.PP
+.P
 Regardless of the locale, responses matching
 .B \[ha][Yy]
 are always accepted as affirmative, and those matching
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ is unrecognized.
 A return value of \-1 may indicate either an invalid input, or some
 other error.
 It is incorrect to only test if the return value is nonzero.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR rpmatch ()
 can fail for any of the reasons that
 .BR regcomp (3)
@@ -119,7 +119,6 @@ T{
 .BR rpmatch ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -139,7 +138,7 @@ being the proper way to distinguish between binary answers.
 The following program displays the results when
 .BR rpmatch ()
 is applied to the string given in the program's command-line argument.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (rpmatch.c)
 .EX
 #define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
diff --git a/man3/rtime.3 b/man3/rtime.3
index a866d0b..4d1a4a0 100644
--- a/man3/rtime.3
+++ b/man3/rtime.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Slightly polished, aeb, 2003-04-06
 .\"
-.TH rtime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rtime 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rtime \- get time from a remote machine
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,20 +17,20 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <rpc/auth_des.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *" addrp ", struct rpc_timeval *" timep ,
 .BI "          struct rpc_timeval *" timeout );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This function uses the Time Server Protocol as described in
 RFC\ 868 to obtain the time from a remote machine.
-.PP
+.P
 The Time Server Protocol gives the time in seconds since
 00:00:00 UTC, 1 Jan 1900,
 and this function subtracts the appropriate constant in order to
 convert the result to seconds since the
 Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.PP
+.P
 When
 .I timeout
 is non-NULL, the udp/time socket (port 37) is used.
@@ -70,23 +70,22 @@ T{
 .BR rtime ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH NOTES
 Only IPv4 is supported.
-.PP
+.P
 Some
 .I in.timed
 versions support only TCP.
 Try the example program with
 .I use_tcp
 set to 1.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Libc5 uses the prototype
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .nf
 .\"    int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *);
 .\" .fi
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" and requires
 .\" .I <sys/time.h>
 .\" instead of
@@ -100,11 +99,11 @@ You may check
 that the time entry within
 .I /etc/inetd.conf
 is not commented out.
-.PP
+.P
 The program connects to a computer called "linux".
 Using "localhost" does not work.
 The result is the localtime of the computer "linux".
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (rtime.c)
 .EX
 #include <errno.h>
diff --git a/man3/rtnetlink.3 b/man3/rtnetlink.3
index 7033d4b..b0f9f43 100644
--- a/man3/rtnetlink.3
+++ b/man3/rtnetlink.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" $Id: rtnetlink.3,v 1.2 1999/05/18 10:35:10 freitag Exp $
 .\"
-.TH rtnetlink 3 2023-07-15 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH rtnetlink 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 rtnetlink \- macros to manipulate rtnetlink messages
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,18 +16,18 @@ Standard C library
 .B #include <linux/netlink.h>
 .B #include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "rtnetlink_socket = socket(AF_NETLINK, int " socket_type \
 ", NETLINK_ROUTE);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int RTA_OK(struct rtattr *" rta ", int " rtabuflen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *RTA_DATA(struct rtattr *" rta );
 .BI "unsigned int RTA_PAYLOAD(struct rtattr *" rta );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct rtattr *RTA_NEXT(struct rtattr *" rta \
 ", unsigned int " rtabuflen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned int RTA_LENGTH(unsigned int " length );
 .BI "unsigned int RTA_SPACE(unsigned int "length );
 .fi
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ messages consist of a
 .BR netlink (7)
 message header and appended attributes.
 The attributes should be manipulated only using the macros provided here.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_OK( rta ", " attrlen )
 returns true if
 .I rta
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ When not true then you must assume there are no more attributes in the
 message, even if
 .I attrlen
 is nonzero.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_DATA( rta )
 returns a pointer to the start of this attribute's data.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_PAYLOAD( rta )
 returns the length of this attribute's data.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_NEXT( rta ", " attrlen )
 gets the next attribute after
 .IR rta .
@@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ Calling this macro will update
 You should use
 .B RTA_OK
 to check the validity of the returned pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_LENGTH( len )
 returns the length which is required for
 .I len
 bytes of data plus the header.
-.PP
+.P
 .BI RTA_SPACE( len )
 returns the amount of space which will be needed in a message with
 .I len
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ This manual page is incomplete.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .\" FIXME . ? would be better to use libnetlink in the EXAMPLE code here
 Creating a rtnetlink message to set the MTU of a device:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
diff --git a/man3/scalb.3 b/man3/scalb.3
index 5513a27..f99fd2d 100644
--- a/man3/scalb.3
+++ b/man3/scalb.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH scalb 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH scalb 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 scalb, scalbf, scalbl \- multiply floating-point number
 by integral power of radix (OBSOLETE)
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] double scalb(double " x ", double " exp );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] float scalbf(float " x ", float " exp );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] long double scalbl(long double " x ", long double " exp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scalb ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scalbf (),
 .BR scalbl ():
 .nf
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ by
 to the power of
 .IR exp ,
 that is:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 The definition of
 .B FLT_RADIX
 can be obtained by including
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ On success, these functions return
 .B FLT_RADIX
 **
 .IR exp .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 or
 .I exp
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ and
 .I exp
 is not negative infinity,
 positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), and
 .I exp
 is not positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is zero, and
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ is zero, and
 is positive infinity,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is an infinity,
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ and
 is negative infinity,
 a domain error occurs, and
 a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with a sign the same as
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0, and \fIexp\fP is positive infinity, \
@@ -168,7 +168,6 @@ T{
 .BR scalbl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/scalbln.3 b/man3/scalbln.3
index 0651456..beeeff4 100644
--- a/man3/scalbln.3
+++ b/man3/scalbln.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH scalbln 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH scalbln 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 scalbn, scalbnf, scalbnl, scalbln, scalblnf, scalblnl \-
 multiply floating-point number by integral power of radix
@@ -15,21 +15,21 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double scalbln(double " x ", long " exp );
 .BI "float scalblnf(float " x ", long " exp );
 .BI "long double scalblnl(long double " x ", long " exp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double scalbn(double " x ", int " exp );
 .BI "float scalbnf(float " x ", int " exp );
 .BI "long double scalbnl(long double " x ", int " exp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scalbln (),
 .BR scalblnf (),
 .BR scalblnl ():
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scalbn (),
 .BR scalbnf (),
 .BR scalbnl ():
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ by
 to the power of
 .IR exp ,
 that is:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 The definition of
 .B FLT_RADIX
 can be obtained by including
@@ -72,20 +72,20 @@ On success, these functions return
 .B FLT_RADIX
 **
 .IR exp .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
 positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with a sign the same as
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error, overflow
@@ -142,7 +142,6 @@ T{
 .BR scalblnl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/scandir.3 b/man3/scandir.3
index 1abda05..eeab256 100644
--- a/man3/scandir.3
+++ b/man3/scandir.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH scandir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH scandir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 scandir, scandirat, alphasort, versionsort \- scan
 a directory for matching entries
@@ -31,43 +31,43 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int scandir(const char *restrict " dirp ,
 .BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
 .BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
 .BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
 .B "                          const struct dirent **));"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int alphasort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
 .BI "int versionsort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "          /* Definition of AT_* constants */"
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int scandirat(int " dirfd ", const char *restrict " dirp ,
 .BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
 .BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
 .BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
 .B "                          const struct dirent **));"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scandir (),
 .BR alphasort ():
 .nf
     /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR versionsort ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR scandirat ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ function \fIcompar\fP(), and collected in array \fInamelist\fP
 which is allocated via
 .BR malloc (3).
 If \fIfilter\fP is NULL, all entries are selected.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR alphasort ()
 and
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ The
 function operates in exactly the same way as
 .BR scandir (),
 except for the differences described here.
-.PP
+.P
 If the pathname given in
 .I dirp
 is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ referred to by the file descriptor
 the calling process, as is done by
 .BR scandir ()
 for a relative pathname).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dirp
 is relative and
@@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ then
 is interpreted relative to the current working
 directory of the calling process (like
 .BR scandir ()).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dirp
 is absolute, then
 .I dirfd
 is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 See
 .BR openat (2)
 for an explanation of the need for
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ selected.
 On error, \-1 is returned, with
 .I errno
 set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR alphasort ()
 and
@@ -201,7 +201,6 @@ T{
 .BR versionsort ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR alphasort ()
@@ -225,7 +224,7 @@ glibc 2.1.
 .TP
 .BR scandirat ()
 glibc 2.15.
-.\" .LP
+.\" .P
 .\" The functions
 .\" .BR scandir ()
 .\" and
@@ -246,7 +245,7 @@ calls
 .BR strcoll (3);
 earlier it used
 .BR strcmp (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.10, the two arguments of
 .BR alphasort ()
 and
diff --git a/man3/scanf.3 b/man3/scanf.3
index 7934509..3ac97c0 100644
--- a/man3/scanf.3
+++ b/man3/scanf.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH scanf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH scanf 3 2023-12-09 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 scanf, fscanf, vscanf, vfscanf \- input FILE format conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,23 +11,23 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int scanf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "int fscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <stdarg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int vscanf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
 .BI "int vfscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR vscanf (),
 .BR vfscanf ():
 .nf
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The
 .BR scanf ()
-family of functions scans input like
+family of functions scans formatted input like
 .BR sscanf (3),
 but read from a
 .IR FILE .
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ and parse them later with
 .BR sscanf (3)
 or more specialized functions such as
 .BR strtol (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR scanf ()
 function reads input from the standard input stream
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ and
 .BR fscanf ()
 reads input from the stream pointer
 .IR stream .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR vfscanf ()
 function is analogous to
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ On success, these functions return the number of input items
 successfully matched and assigned;
 this can be fewer than provided for,
 or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-.PP
+.P
 The value
 .B EOF
 is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
@@ -132,11 +132,27 @@ T{
 .BR vfscanf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+These functions make it difficult to
+distinguish newlines from other white space,
+This is especially problematic with line-buffered input,
+like the standard input stream.
+.P
+These functions can't report errors after the last
+non-suppressed conversion specification.
+.SH BUGS
+It is impossible to accurately know
+how many characters these functions have consumed from the input stream,
+since they only report the number of successful conversions.
+For example,
+if the input is "123\en\ a",
+.I scanf(\[dq]%d\ %d\[dq], &a, &b)
+will consume the digits, the newline, and the space, but not the letter a.
+This makes it difficult to recover from invalid input.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR fgets (3),
 .BR getline (3),
diff --git a/man3/sched_getcpu.3 b/man3/sched_getcpu.3
index eb34a11..ee7ff51 100644
--- a/man3/sched_getcpu.3
+++ b/man3/sched_getcpu.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sched_getcpu 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sched_getcpu 3 2024-01-01 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sched_getcpu \- determine CPU on which the calling thread is running
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sched.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B int sched_getcpu(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sched_getcpu ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.14:
@@ -60,28 +60,27 @@ T{
 .BR sched_getcpu ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.6.
 .SH NOTES
 The call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 cpu = sched_getcpu();
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 is equivalent to the following
 .BR getcpu (2)
 call:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 int c, s;
-s = getcpu(&c, NULL, NULL);
+s = getcpu(&c, NULL);
 cpu = (s == \-1) ? s : c;
 .EE
 .in
diff --git a/man3/seekdir.3 b/man3/seekdir.3
index 4a3fa51..500a636 100644
--- a/man3/seekdir.3
+++ b/man3/seekdir.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:25:21 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\"
-.TH seekdir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH seekdir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 seekdir \- set the position of the next readdir() call in the directory
 stream.
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void seekdir(DIR *" dirp ", long " loc );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR seekdir ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR seekdir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_close.3 b/man3/sem_close.3
index 88adb87..c68c502 100644
--- a/man3/sem_close.3
+++ b/man3/sem_close.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_close 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_close 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_close \- close a named semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_close(sem_t *" sem );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_close ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_destroy.3 b/man3/sem_destroy.3
index 524a318..f786906 100644
--- a/man3/sem_destroy.3
+++ b/man3/sem_destroy.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_destroy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_destroy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_destroy \- destroy an unnamed semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,24 +12,24 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_destroy(sem_t *" sem );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .BR sem_destroy ()
 destroys the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
 .IR sem .
-.PP
+.P
 Only a semaphore that has been initialized by
 .BR sem_init (3)
 should be destroyed using
 .BR sem_destroy ().
-.PP
+.P
 Destroying a semaphore that other processes or threads are
 currently blocked on (in
 .BR sem_wait (3))
 produces undefined behavior.
-.PP
+.P
 Using a semaphore that has been destroyed produces undefined results,
 until the semaphore has been reinitialized using
 .BR sem_init (3).
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_destroy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_getvalue.3 b/man3/sem_getvalue.3
index 6e529ba..925a9bd 100644
--- a/man3/sem_getvalue.3
+++ b/man3/sem_getvalue.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_getvalue 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_getvalue 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_getvalue \- get the value of a semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_getvalue(sem_t *restrict " sem ", int *restrict " sval );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ places the current value of the semaphore pointed to
 .I sem
 into the integer pointed to by
 .IR sval .
-.PP
+.P
 If one or more processes or threads are blocked
 waiting to lock the semaphore with
 .BR sem_wait (3),
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_getvalue ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_init.3 b/man3/sem_init.3
index 5f9c352..0cae896 100644
--- a/man3/sem_init.3
+++ b/man3/sem_init.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_init 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_init 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_init \- initialize an unnamed semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_init(sem_t *" sem ", int " pshared ", unsigned int " value );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ initializes the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
 The
 .I value
 argument specifies the initial value for the semaphore.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I pshared
 argument indicates whether this semaphore is to be shared
 between the threads of a process, or between processes.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I pshared
 has the value 0,
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ then the semaphore is shared between the threads of a process,
 and should be located at some address that is visible to all threads
 (e.g., a global variable, or a variable allocated dynamically on
 the heap).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I pshared
 is nonzero, then the semaphore is shared between processes,
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ can operate on the semaphore using
 .BR sem_post (3),
 .BR sem_wait (3),
 and so on.
-.PP
+.P
 Initializing a semaphore that has already been initialized
 results in undefined behavior.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -87,12 +87,11 @@ T{
 .BR sem_init ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Bizarrely, POSIX.1-2001 does not specify the value that should
 be returned by a successful call to
 .BR sem_init ().
diff --git a/man3/sem_open.3 b/man3/sem_open.3
index 0845be9..660daa9 100644
--- a/man3/sem_open.3
+++ b/man3/sem_open.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_open 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_open 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_open \- initialize and open a named semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
 .BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
 .BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ,
 .BI "                mode_t " mode ", unsigned int " value );
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ For details of the construction of
 .IR name ,
 see
 .BR sem_overview (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I oflag
 argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ are specified in
 then an error is returned if a semaphore with the given
 .I name
 already exists.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .B O_CREAT
 is specified in
@@ -162,7 +162,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_open ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_post.3 b/man3/sem_post.3
index 5406484..1c06a81 100644
--- a/man3/sem_post.3
+++ b/man3/sem_post.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_post 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_post 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_post \- unlock a semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_post(sem_t *" sem );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_post ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_unlink.3 b/man3/sem_unlink.3
index 434d145..dd8d402 100644
--- a/man3/sem_unlink.3
+++ b/man3/sem_unlink.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_unlink 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_unlink 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_unlink \- remove a named semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_unlink(const char *" name );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_unlink ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sem_wait.3 b/man3/sem_wait.3
index b1302ca..aa4793c 100644
--- a/man3/sem_wait.3
+++ b/man3/sem_wait.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sem_wait 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sem_wait 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sem_wait, sem_timedwait, sem_trywait \- lock a semaphore
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,18 +12,18 @@ POSIX threads library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <semaphore.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sem_wait(sem_t *" sem );
 .BI "int sem_trywait(sem_t *" sem );
 .BI "int sem_timedwait(sem_t *restrict " sem ,
 .BI "                  const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sem_timedwait ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ If the semaphore currently has the value zero,
 then the call blocks until either it becomes possible to perform
 the decrement (i.e., the semaphore value rises above zero),
 or a signal handler interrupts the call.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sem_trywait ()
 is the same as
 .BR sem_wait (),
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ then call returns an error
 set to
 .BR EAGAIN )
 instead of blocking.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sem_timedwait ()
 is the same as
 .BR sem_wait (),
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ argument points to a
 .BR timespec (3)
 structure that specifies an absolute timeout
 in seconds and nanoseconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.PP
+.P
 If the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
 and the semaphore could not be locked immediately,
 then
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ fails with a timeout error
 .RI ( errno
 set to
 .BR ETIMEDOUT ).
-.PP
+.P
 If the operation can be performed immediately, then
 .BR sem_timedwait ()
 never fails with a timeout error, regardless of the value of
@@ -127,7 +127,6 @@ T{
 .BR sem_timedwait ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ The second command-line argument specifies the length
 of the timeout, in seconds, for
 .BR sem_timedwait ().
 The following shows what happens on two different runs of the program:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 2 3"
diff --git a/man3/setaliasent.3 b/man3/setaliasent.3
index 45fb548..acdad17 100644
--- a/man3/setaliasent.3
+++ b/man3/setaliasent.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Polished a bit, added a little, aeb
 .\"
-.TH setaliasent 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setaliasent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setaliasent, endaliasent, getaliasent, getaliasent_r,
 getaliasbyname, getaliasbyname_r \- read an alias entry
@@ -15,16 +15,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <aliases.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B "void setaliasent(void);"
 .B "void endaliasent(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .B "struct aliasent *getaliasent(void);"
 .BI "int getaliasent_r(struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
 .BI "                     char " buffer "[restrict ." buflen "], \
 size_t " buflen ,
 .BI "                     struct aliasent **restrict " res );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct aliasent *getaliasbyname(const char *" name );
 .BI "int getaliasbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
 .BI "                     struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
@@ -38,48 +38,48 @@ is the aliases database, that contains mail aliases.
 (To find out which databases are supported, try
 .IR "getent \-\-help" .)
 Six functions are provided to access the aliases database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR getaliasent ()
 function returns a pointer to a structure containing
 the group information from the aliases database.
 The first time it is called it returns the first entry;
 thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setaliasent ()
 function rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the
 aliases database.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR endaliasent ()
 function closes the aliases database.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getaliasent_r ()
 is the reentrant version of the previous function.
 The requested structure
 is stored via the first argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
 arguments also.
 Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR getaliasbyname ()
 takes the name argument and searches the aliases database.
 The entry is returned as a pointer to a
 .IR "struct aliasent" .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR getaliasbyname_r ()
 is the reentrant version of the previous function.
 The requested structure
 is stored via the second argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
 arguments also.
 Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I "struct aliasent"
 is defined in
 .IR <aliases.h> :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct aliasent {
@@ -125,12 +125,11 @@ T{
 .BR getaliasbyname ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
 The NeXT system has similar routines:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #include <aliasdb.h>
@@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ alias_ent *alias_getbyname(char *name);
 The following example compiles with
 .IR "gcc example.c \-o example" .
 It will dump all names in the alias database.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (setaliasent.c)
 .EX
 #include <aliases.h>
diff --git a/man3/setbuf.3 b/man3/setbuf.3
index ad998c3..89865e2 100644
--- a/man3/setbuf.3
+++ b/man3/setbuf.3
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 .\" Correction,  2000-03-03, Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de>
 .\" Added return value for setvbuf, aeb,
 .\"
-.TH setbuf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setbuf 3 2024-02-26 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setbuf, setbuffer, setlinebuf, setvbuf \- stream buffering operations
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -27,21 +27,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int setvbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
 .BI "            int " mode ", size_t " size );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void setbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char *restrict " buf );
 .BI "void setbuffer(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
 .BI "            size_t "  size );
 .BI "void setlinebuf(FILE *" stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setbuffer (),
 .BR setlinebuf ():
 .nf
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The function
 may be used to force the block out early.
 (See
 .BR fclose (3).)
-.PP
+.P
 Normally all files are block buffered.
 If a stream refers to a terminal (as
 .I stdout
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ normally does), it is line buffered.
 The standard error stream
 .I stderr
 is always unbuffered by default.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setvbuf ()
 function may be used on any open stream to change its buffer.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ line buffered
 .B _IOFBF
 fully buffered
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 Except for unbuffered files, the
 .I buf
 argument should point to a buffer at least
@@ -104,17 +104,17 @@ The
 .BR setvbuf ()
 function may be used only after opening a stream and before any other
 operations have been performed on it.
-.PP
+.P
 The other three calls are, in effect, simply aliases for calls to
 .BR setvbuf ().
 The
 .BR setbuf ()
 function is exactly equivalent to the call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 setvbuf(stream, buf, buf ? _IOFBF : _IONBF, BUFSIZ);
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setbuffer ()
 function is the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ caller, rather than being determined by the default
 The
 .BR setlinebuf ()
 function is exactly equivalent to the call:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 setvbuf(stream, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
 .in
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ is invalid or the request cannot be honored).
 It may set
 .I errno
 on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 The other functions do not return a value.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
 For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
@@ -156,7 +156,6 @@ T{
 .BR setvbuf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR setbuf ()
@@ -194,15 +193,15 @@ in order to detect errors.
 .\" On 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD systems,
 .\" .BR setbuf ()
 .\" always uses a suboptimal buffer size and should be avoided.
-.\".PP
+.\".P
 You must make sure that the space that
 .I buf
 points to still exists by the time
 .I stream
 is closed, which also happens at program termination.
 For example, the following is invalid:
-.PP
-.\" [[invalid]] SRC BEGIN (setbuf.c)
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (setbuf.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
 \&
diff --git a/man3/setenv.3 b/man3/setenv.3
index 0fe6521..d51f0f8 100644
--- a/man3/setenv.3
+++ b/man3/setenv.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\"     Noted nonstandard behavior of setenv() if name contains '='
 .\" 2005-08-12, mtk, glibc 2.3.4 fixed the "name contains '='" bug
 .\"
-.TH setenv 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setenv 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setenv \- change or add an environment variable
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,16 +24,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int setenv(const char *" name ", const char *" value ", int " overwrite );
 .BI "int unsetenv(const char *" name );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setenv (),
 .BR unsetenv ():
 .nf
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ and
 .I value
 (by contrast with
 .BR putenv (3)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR unsetenv ()
 function deletes the variable
@@ -116,12 +116,11 @@ T{
 .BR unsetenv ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 Prior to glibc 2.2.2,
 .BR unsetenv ()
 was prototyped
diff --git a/man3/setjmp.3 b/man3/setjmp.3
index 5133f89..18771aa 100644
--- a/man3/setjmp.3
+++ b/man3/setjmp.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH setjmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setjmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setjmp, sigsetjmp, longjmp, siglongjmp  \- performing a nonlocal goto
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,22 +12,22 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <setjmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int setjmp(jmp_buf " env );
 .BI "int sigsetjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " savesigs );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void longjmp(jmp_buf " env ", int " val );
 .BI "[[noreturn]] void siglongjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " val );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR setjmp ():
 see NOTES.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigsetjmp ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ function dynamically establishes the target to which control
 will later be transferred, and
 .BR longjmp ()
 performs the transfer of execution.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setjmp ()
 function saves various information about the calling environment
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ for later use by
 In this case,
 .BR setjmp ()
 returns 0.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR longjmp ()
 function uses the information saved in
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ the values of some other registers and the process signal mask
 may be restored to their state at the time of the
 .BR setjmp ()
 call.
-.PP
+.P
 Following a successful
 .BR longjmp (),
 execution continues as if
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ and
 .BR siglongjmp ()
 also perform nonlocal gotos, but provide predictable handling of
 the process signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 If, and only if, the
 .I savesigs
 argument provided to
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ or
 the nonzero value specified in
 .I val
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR longjmp ()
 or
@@ -139,7 +139,6 @@ T{
 .BR siglongjmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR setjmp ()
@@ -162,7 +161,7 @@ POSIX.1-2001, C89.
 .TQ
 .BR siglongjmp ()
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX does not specify whether
 .BR setjmp ()
 will save the signal mask
@@ -239,7 +238,7 @@ and
 .IP \[bu]
 they are not declared as
 .IR volatile .
-.PP
+.P
 Analogous remarks apply for
 .BR siglongjmp ().
 .\"
@@ -263,13 +262,13 @@ call.
 call should employ a unique
 .I jmp_buf
 variable.)
-.PP
+.P
 Adding further difficulty, the
 .BR setjmp ()
 and
 .BR longjmp ()
 calls may not even be in the same source code module.
-.PP
+.P
 In summary, nonlocal gotos can make programs harder to understand
 and maintain, and an alternative should be used if possible.
 .\"
@@ -280,7 +279,7 @@ returns before
 .BR longjmp ()
 is called, the behavior is undefined.
 Some kind of subtle or unsubtle chaos is sure to result.
-.PP
+.P
 If, in a multithreaded program, a
 .BR longjmp ()
 call employs an
@@ -298,7 +297,7 @@ in a different thread, the behavior is undefined.
 .\"     (i.e., from a handler that was invoked in response to a signal that was
 .\"     generated while another signal was already in the process of being
 .\"     handled), the behavior is undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2008 Technical Corrigendum 2 adds
 .\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=516#c1195
 .BR longjmp ()
diff --git a/man3/setlocale.3 b/man3/setlocale.3
index d2b511e..50a36d8 100644
--- a/man3/setlocale.3
+++ b/man3/setlocale.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" Modified Tue Aug 24 17:11:01 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" Modified Tue Feb  6 03:31:55 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH setlocale 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setlocale 3 2024-02-25 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setlocale \- set the current locale
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <locale.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *setlocale(int " category ", const char *" locale );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The
 .BR setlocale ()
 function is used to set or query the program's current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I locale
 is not NULL,
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ LC_TIME	T{
 Formatting of date and time values
 T}
 .TE
-.PP
+.P
 The categories marked with an asterisk in the above table
 are GNU extensions.
 For further information on these locale categories, see
 .BR locale (7).
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I locale
 is a pointer to a character string containing the
@@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ required setting of
 Such a string is either a well-known constant like "C" or "da_DK"
 (see below), or an opaque string that was returned by another call of
 .BR setlocale ().
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I locale
 is an empty string,
-.BR """""" ,
+.BR \[dq]\[dq] ,
 each part of the locale that should be modified is set according to the
 environment variables.
 The details are implementation-dependent.
@@ -110,21 +110,21 @@ If its value is not a valid locale specification, the locale
 is unchanged, and
 .BR setlocale ()
 returns NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The locale
-.B """C"""
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
 or
-.B """POSIX"""
+.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
 is a portable locale;
 it exists on all conforming systems.
-.PP
+.P
 A locale name is typically of the form
 .IR language "[_" territory "][." codeset "][@" modifier "],"
 where
 .I language
-is an ISO 639 language code,
+is an ISO\~639 language code,
 .I territory
-is an ISO 3166 country code, and
+is an ISO\~3166 country code, and
 .I codeset
 is a character set or encoding identifier like
 .B "ISO\-8859\-1"
@@ -132,22 +132,22 @@ or
 .BR "UTF\-8" .
 For a list of all supported locales, try "locale \-a" (see
 .BR locale (1)).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I locale
 is NULL, the current locale is only queried, not modified.
-.PP
+.P
 On startup of the main program, the portable
-.B """C"""
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
 locale is selected as default.
 A program may be made portable to all locales by calling:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 after program initialization, and then:
 .IP \[bu] 3
 using the values returned from a
@@ -191,7 +191,6 @@ T{
 .BR setlocale ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:locale env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SS Categories
diff --git a/man3/setlogmask.3 b/man3/setlogmask.3
index 223b864..57fa9de 100644
--- a/man3/setlogmask.3
+++ b/man3/setlogmask.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH setlogmask 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setlogmask 3 2023-11-01 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setlogmask \- set log priority mask
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <syslog.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int setlogmask(int " mask );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -24,13 +24,17 @@ Logging is enabled for the priorities that have the corresponding
 bit set in
 .IR mask .
 The initial mask is such that logging is enabled for all priorities.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setlogmask ()
 function sets this logmask for the calling process,
 and returns the previous mask.
-If the mask argument is 0, the current logmask is not modified.
-.PP
+If the
+.I mask
+argument is
+.BR 0 ,
+the current logmask is not modified.
+.P
 The eight priorities are
 .BR LOG_EMERG ,
 .BR LOG_ALERT ,
@@ -70,13 +74,12 @@ T{
 .BR setlogmask ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:LogMask
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
 .\" Note that the description in POSIX.1-2001 is flawed.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR LOG_UPTO ()
 will be included in the next release of the POSIX specification (Issue 8).
 .\" FIXME . https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1033
diff --git a/man3/setnetgrent.3 b/man3/setnetgrent.3
index 8cc779f..ec6e6d6 100644
--- a/man3/setnetgrent.3
+++ b/man3/setnetgrent.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"  based on glibc infopages
 .\" polished - aeb
 .\"
-.TH setnetgrent 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH setnetgrent 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 setnetgrent, endnetgrent, getnetgrent, getnetgrent_r, innetgr \-
 handle network group entries
@@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <netdb.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int setnetgrent(const char *" netgroup );
 .B "void endnetgrent(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getnetgrent(char **restrict " host ,
 .BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain );
 .BI "int getnetgrent_r(char **restrict " host ,
 .BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain ,
 .BI "            char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int innetgr(const char *" netgroup ", const char *" host ,
 .BI "            const char *" user ", const char *" domain );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR \%setnetgrent (),
 .BR \%endnetgrent (),
 .BR \%getnetgrent (),
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The functions described here allow access to the netgroup databases.
 The file
 .I /etc/nsswitch.conf
 defines what database is searched.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR setnetgrent ()
 call defines the netgroup that will be searched by subsequent
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ To avoid this problem you can use the GNU function
 that stores the strings in the supplied buffer.
 To free all allocated buffers use
 .BR endnetgrent ().
-.PP
+.P
 In most cases you want to check only if the triplet
 .RI ( hostname ", " username ", " domainname )
 is a member of a netgroup.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
 race:netgrentbuf locale
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I netgrent
 in
diff --git a/man3/shm_open.3 b/man3/shm_open.3
index c5756c4..6d07292 100644
--- a/man3/shm_open.3
+++ b/man3/shm_open.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH shm_open 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH shm_open 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 shm_open, shm_unlink \- create/open or unlink POSIX shared memory objects
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Real-time library
 .B #include <sys/mman.h>
 .BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
 .BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int shm_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode );
 .BI "int shm_unlink(const char *" name );
 .fi
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ The
 function performs the converse operation,
 removing an object previously created by
 .BR shm_open ().
-.PP
+.P
 The operation of
 .BR shm_open ()
 is analogous to that of
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ followed by one or more characters, none of which are slashes.
 .\" case the subdirectory must exist under /dev/shm, and allow the
 .\" required permissions if a user wants to create a shared memory
 .\" object in that subdirectory.
-.PP
+.P
 .I oflag
 is a bit mask created by ORing together exactly one of
 .B O_RDONLY
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ does not exist, are performed atomically.
 .TP
 .B O_TRUNC
 If the shared memory object already exists, truncate it to zero bytes.
-.PP
+.P
 Definitions of these flag values can be obtained by including
 .IR <fcntl.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 On successful completion
 .BR shm_open ()
 returns a new file descriptor referring to the shared memory object.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The
 flag (see
 .BR fcntl (2))
 is set for the file descriptor.
-.PP
+.P
 The file descriptor is normally used in subsequent calls
 to
 .BR ftruncate (2)
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ to
 After a call to
 .BR mmap (2)
 the file descriptor may be closed without affecting the memory mapping.
-.PP
+.P
 The operation
 of
 .BR shm_unlink ()
@@ -235,7 +235,6 @@ T{
 .BR shm_unlink ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX leaves the behavior of the combination of
 .B O_RDONLY
@@ -244,7 +243,7 @@ and
 unspecified.
 On Linux, this will successfully truncate an existing
 shared memory object\[em]this may not be so on other UNIX systems.
-.PP
+.P
 The POSIX shared memory object implementation on Linux makes use
 of a dedicated
 .BR tmpfs (5)
@@ -255,7 +254,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.2.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 says that the group ownership of a newly created shared
 memory object is set to either the calling process's effective group ID
 or "a system default group ID".
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ of a string that is placed into the shared memory by the "send" program.
 Once the data has been modified, the "send" program then prints
 the contents of the modified shared memory.
 An example execution of the two programs is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./pshm_ucase_bounce /myshm &\fP
@@ -280,14 +279,14 @@ $ \fB./pshm_ucase_send /myshm hello\fP
 HELLO
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Further detail about these programs is provided below.
 .\"
 .SS Program source: pshm_ucase.h
 The following header file is included by both programs below.
 Its primary purpose is to define a structure that will be imposed
 on the memory object that is shared between the two programs.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase.h)
 .EX
@@ -325,12 +324,12 @@ match the size of the
 structure defined in the header file.
 It then maps the object into the process's address space,
 and initializes two POSIX semaphores inside the object to 0.
-.PP
+.P
 After the "send" program has posted the first of the semaphores,
 the "bounce" program upper cases the data that has been placed
 in the memory by the "send" program and then posts the second semaphore
 to tell the "send" program that it may now access the shared memory.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_bounce.c)
 .EX
@@ -413,7 +412,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 The "send" program takes two command-line arguments:
 the pathname of a shared memory object previously created by the "bounce"
 program and a string that is to be copied into that object.
-.PP
+.P
 The program opens the shared memory object
 and maps the object into its address space.
 It then copies the data specified in its second argument
@@ -423,7 +422,7 @@ which tells the "bounce" program that it can now access that data.
 After the "bounce" program posts the second semaphore,
 the "send" program prints the contents of the shared memory
 on standard output.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_send.c)
 .EX
diff --git a/man3/siginterrupt.3 b/man3/siginterrupt.3
index 3f4c246..be7f093 100644
--- a/man3/siginterrupt.3
+++ b/man3/siginterrupt.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:51 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Sun Apr 14 16:20:34 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH siginterrupt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH siginterrupt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 siginterrupt \- allow signals to interrupt system calls
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int siginterrupt(int " sig ", int " flag );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR siginterrupt ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ If the \fIflag\fP
 argument is false (0), then system calls will be restarted if interrupted
 by the specified signal \fIsig\fP.
 This is the default behavior in Linux.
-.PP
+.P
 If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and no data has been transferred,
 then a system call interrupted by the signal \fIsig\fP will return \-1
 and \fIerrno\fP will be set to
 .BR EINTR .
-.PP
+.P
 If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and data transfer has started,
 then the system call will be interrupted and will return the actual
 amount of data transferred.
@@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe const:sigintr
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/signbit.3 b/man3/signbit.3
index 5dddad6..ad7a1f4 100644
--- a/man3/signbit.3
+++ b/man3/signbit.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
 .\"
-.TH signbit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH signbit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 signbit \- test sign of a real floating-point number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <math.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI  "int signbit(" x ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR signbit ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ is a generic macro which can work on all real floating-point types.
 It returns a nonzero value if the value of
 .I x
 has its sign bit set.
-.PP
+.P
 This is not the same as
 .IR "x < 0.0" ,
 because IEEE 754 floating point allows zero to be signed.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ The comparison
 is false, but
 .I signbit(\-0.0)
 will return a nonzero value.
-.PP
+.P
 NaNs and infinities have a sign bit.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 The
@@ -68,12 +68,11 @@ T{
 .BR signbit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
 recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/significand.3 b/man3/significand.3
index 794955a..dbd6f7b 100644
--- a/man3/significand.3
+++ b/man3/significand.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
 .\"
-.TH significand 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH significand 3 2024-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 significand, significandf, significandl \-
 get mantissa of floating-point number
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double significand(double " x );
 .BI "float significandf(float " x );
 .BI "long double significandl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR significand (),
 .BR significandf (),
 .BR significandl ():
@@ -36,15 +36,16 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions return the mantissa of
 .I x
-scaled to the range [1,2).
+scaled to the range
+.RB [ 1 ,\~ FLT_RADIX ).
 They are equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 scalb(x, (double) \-ilogb(x))
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This function exists mainly for use in certain standardized tests
 for IEEE 754 conformance.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -63,7 +64,6 @@ T{
 .BR significandl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .TP
diff --git a/man3/sigpause.3 b/man3/sigpause.3
index 492d9fa..062f069 100644
--- a/man3/sigpause.3
+++ b/man3/sigpause.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sigpause 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sigpause 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigpause \- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sigmask ");  /* BSD (but see NOTES) */"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sig ");      /* POSIX.1 / SysV / UNIX 95 */"
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Don't use this function.
 Use
 .BR sigsuspend (2)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR sigpause ()
 is designed to wait for some signal.
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ T{
 .BR sigpause ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
 .\" marking in glibc manual is more detailed:
 .\"
@@ -63,7 +62,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux, this routine is a system call only on the Sparc (sparc64)
 architecture.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" Libc4 and libc5 know only about the BSD version.
 .\"
 glibc uses the BSD version if the
@@ -84,7 +83,7 @@ _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
 .\" || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
 .IP \[bu]
 glibc 2.25 and earlier: _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.PP
+.P
 Since glibc 2.19, only the System V version is exposed by
 .IR <signal.h> ;
 applications that formerly used the BSD
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
 Obsoleted in POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 The classical BSD version of this function appeared in 4.2BSD.
 It sets the process's signal mask to
 .IR sigmask .
diff --git a/man3/sigqueue.3 b/man3/sigqueue.3
index 98238a4..99ea60f 100644
--- a/man3/sigqueue.3
+++ b/man3/sigqueue.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" added note on self-signaling, aeb, 2002-06-07
 .\" added note on CAP_KILL, mtk, 2004-06-16
 .\"
-.TH sigqueue 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sigqueue 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a process
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sigqueue(pid_t " pid ", int " sig ", const union sigval " value );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigqueue ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
@@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ As with
 .BR kill (2),
 the null signal (0) can be used to check if a process with a given
 PID exists.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I value
 argument is used to specify an accompanying item of data (either an integer
 or a pointer value) to be sent with the signal, and has the following type:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 union sigval {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ union sigval {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the
 .B SA_SIGINFO
 flag to
@@ -111,7 +111,6 @@ T{
 .BR sigqueue ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .SS C library/kernel differences
 On Linux,
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ Inside the glibc
 wrapper, this argument,
 .IR uinfo ,
 is initialized as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 uinfo.si_signo = sig;      /* Argument supplied to sigqueue() */
diff --git a/man3/sigset.3 b/man3/sigset.3
index f7fad4d..2d393d6 100644
--- a/man3/sigset.3
+++ b/man3/sigset.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sigset 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sigset 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigset, sighold, sigrelse, sigignore \- System V signal API
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,21 +12,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t sigset(int " sig ", sighandler_t " disp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sighold(int " sig );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigrelse(int " sig );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigignore(int " sig );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigset (),
 .BR sighold (),
 .BR sigrelse (),
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
 .RB ( sigaction (2),
 .BR sigprocmask (2),
 etc.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigset ()
 function modifies the disposition of the signal
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ Add
 to the process's signal mask, but leave the disposition of
 .I sig
 unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I disp
 specifies the address of a signal handler, then
 .I sig
 is added to the process's signal mask during execution of the handler.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I disp
 was specified as a value other than
@@ -81,25 +81,25 @@ was specified as a value other than
 then
 .I sig
 is removed from the process's signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The dispositions for
 .B SIGKILL
 and
 .B SIGSTOP
 cannot be changed.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sighold ()
 function adds
 .I sig
 to the calling process's signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigrelse ()
 function removes
 .I sig
 from the calling process's signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigignore ()
 function sets the disposition of
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ returns \-1, with
 .I errno
 set to indicate the error.
 (But see BUGS below.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sighold (),
 .BR sigrelse (),
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@ see the ERRORS under
 .BR sigaction (2)
 and
 .BR sigprocmask (2).
-.PP
+.P
 For
 .BR sighold ()
 and
 .BR sigrelse ()
 see the ERRORS under
 .BR sigprocmask (2).
-.PP
+.P
 For
 .BR sigignore (),
 see the errors under
@@ -167,7 +167,6 @@ T{
 .BR sigignore ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .TP
@@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ function provides reliable signal handling semantics (as when calling
 with
 .I sa_mask
 equal to 0).
-.PP
+.P
 On System V, the
 .BR signal ()
 function provides unreliable semantics (as when calling
@@ -212,7 +211,7 @@ unspecified.
 See
 .BR signal (2)
 for further details.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to wait for a signal,
 BSD and System V both provided a function named
 .BR sigpause (3),
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ if
 .I disp
 was specified as a value other than
 .BR SIG_HOLD .
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.5,
 .BR sigset ()
 does not correctly return the previous disposition of the signal
diff --git a/man3/sigsetops.3 b/man3/sigsetops.3
index 4172dbc..7fc1140 100644
--- a/man3/sigsetops.3
+++ b/man3/sigsetops.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" 2007-10-26 mdw   added wording that a sigset_t must be initialized
 .\"                  prior to use
 .\"
-.TH SIGSETOPS 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH SIGSETOPS 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigemptyset, sigfillset, sigaddset, sigdelset, sigismember \- POSIX
 signal set operations
@@ -19,21 +19,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sigemptyset(sigset_t *" set );
 .BI "int sigfillset(sigset_t *" set );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sigaddset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
 .BI "int sigdelset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sigismember(const sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigemptyset (),
 .BR sigfillset (),
 .BR sigaddset (),
@@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions allow the manipulation of POSIX signal sets.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigemptyset ()
 initializes the signal set given by
 .I set
 to empty, with all signals excluded from the set.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigfillset ()
 initializes
 .I set
 to full, including all signals.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigaddset ()
 and
 .BR sigdelset ()
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ add and delete respectively signal
 .I signum
 from
 .IR set .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigismember ()
 tests whether
 .I signum
 is a member of
 .IR set .
-.PP
+.P
 Objects of type
 .I sigset_t
 must be initialized by a call to either
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The results are undefined if this is not done.
 and
 .BR sigdelset ()
 return 0 on success and \-1 on error.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigismember ()
 returns 1 if
 .I signum
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ is a member of
 0 if
 .I signum
 is not a member, and \-1 on error.
-.PP
+.P
 On error, these functions set
 .I errno
 to indicate the error.
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ T{
 .BR sigandset ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .SS GNU
 If the
@@ -140,7 +139,7 @@ If the
 feature test macro is defined, then \fI<signal.h>\fP
 exposes three other functions for manipulating signal
 sets:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *" set );
 .BI "int sigorset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
@@ -148,12 +147,12 @@ sets:
 .BI "int sigandset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
 .BI "              const sigset_t *" right );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigisemptyset ()
 returns 1 if
 .I set
 contains no signals, and 0 otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigorset ()
 places the union of the sets
 .I left
@@ -169,7 +168,7 @@ and
 in
 .IR dest .
 Both functions return 0 on success, and \-1 on failure.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are nonstandard (a few other systems provide similar
 functions) and their use should be avoided in portable applications.
 .SH STANDARDS
diff --git a/man3/sigvec.3 b/man3/sigvec.3
index c4529a8..d5ae4b0 100644
--- a/man3/sigvec.3
+++ b/man3/sigvec.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sigvec 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sigvec 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigvec, sigblock, sigsetmask, siggetmask, sigmask \- BSD signal API
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,22 +12,22 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigvec(int " sig ", const struct sigvec *" vec ,
 .BI "                          struct sigvec *" ovec );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigmask(int " signum );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigblock(int " mask );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int sigsetmask(int " mask );
 .B [[deprecated]] int siggetmask(void);
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
 .RB ( sigaction (2),
 .BR sigprocmask (2),
 etc.).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigvec ()
 function sets and/or gets the disposition of the signal
@@ -67,17 +67,17 @@ without changing it, specify NULL for
 .IR vec ,
 and a non-null pointer for
 .IR ovec .
-.PP
+.P
 The dispositions for
 .B SIGKILL
 and
 .B SIGSTOP
 cannot be changed.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I sigvec
 structure has the following form:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct sigvec {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ struct sigvec {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I sv_handler
 field specifies the disposition of the signal, and is either:
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ the address of a signal handler function;
 meaning the default disposition applies for the signal; or
 .BR SIG_IGN ,
 meaning that the signal is ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I sv_handler
 specifies the address of a signal handler, then
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Attempts to block
 or
 .B SIGSTOP
 are silently ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I sv_handler
 specifies the address of a signal handler, then the
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Handle the signal on the alternate signal stack
 .BR sigstack ()
 function; the POSIX replacement is
 .BR sigaltstack (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigmask ()
 macro constructs and returns a "signal mask" for
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ For example, we can initialize the
 field given to
 .BR sigvec ()
 using code such as the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 vec.sv_mask = sigmask(SIGQUIT) | sigmask(SIGABRT);
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ vec.sv_mask = sigmask(SIGQUIT) | sigmask(SIGABRT);
                handler execution */
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigblock ()
 function adds the signals in
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Attempts to block
 or
 .B SIGSTOP
 are silently ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigsetmask ()
 function sets the process's signal mask to the value given in
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ function sets the process's signal mask to the value given in
 (like POSIX
 .IR sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK) ),
 and returns the process's previous signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR siggetmask ()
 function returns the process's current signal mask.
@@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ The
 function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1 and sets
 .I errno
 to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigblock ()
 and
 .BR sigsetmask ()
 functions return the previous signal mask.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigmask ()
 macro returns the signal mask for
@@ -227,7 +227,6 @@ T{
 .BR siggetmask ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -263,7 +262,7 @@ unspecified.
 See
 .BR signal (2)
 for further details.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to wait for a signal,
 BSD and System V both provided a function named
 .BR sigpause (3),
diff --git a/man3/sigwait.3 b/man3/sigwait.3
index 38250ec..2ac7d0e 100644
--- a/man3/sigwait.3
+++ b/man3/sigwait.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sigwait 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sigwait 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sigwait \- wait for a signal
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sigwait(const sigset_t *restrict " set ", int *restrict " sig );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigwait ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.26:
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The function accepts the signal
 (removes it from the pending list of signals),
 and returns the signal number in
 .IR sig .
-.PP
+.P
 The operation of
 .BR sigwait ()
 is the same as
@@ -78,12 +78,11 @@ T{
 .BR sigwait ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 .BR sigwait ()
 is implemented using
 .BR sigtimedwait (2).
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation of
 .BR sigwait ()
 silently ignores attempts to wait for the two real-time signals that
diff --git a/man3/sin.3 b/man3/sin.3
index 8ef99de..1038af0 100644
--- a/man3/sin.3
+++ b/man3/sin.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH sin 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sin, sinf, sinl \- sine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double sin(double " x );
 .BI "float sinf(float " x );
 .BI "long double sinl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sinf (),
 .BR sinl ():
 .nf
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ given in radians.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the sine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
@@ -95,12 +95,11 @@ T{
 .BR sinl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/sincos.3 b/man3/sincos.3
index 79b920d..1093c3b 100644
--- a/man3/sincos.3
+++ b/man3/sincos.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH sincos 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sincos 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sincos, sincosf, sincosl \- calculate sin and cos simultaneously
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Math library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void sincos(double " x ", double *" sin ", double *" cos );
 .BI "void sincosf(float " x ", float *" sin ", float *" cos );
 .BI "void sincosl(long double " x ", long double *" sin ", long double *" cos );
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Using this function can be more efficient than two separate calls to
 .BR sin (3)
 and
 .BR cos (3).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN,
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ a NaN is returned in
 .I *sin
 and
 .IR *cos .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
@@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ T{
 .BR sincosl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -94,7 +93,7 @@ To see the performance advantage of
 it may be necessary to disable
 .BR gcc (1)
 built-in optimizations, using flags such as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 cc \-O \-lm \-fno\-builtin prog.c
diff --git a/man3/sinh.3 b/man3/sinh.3
index bc9d17e..c9027d6 100644
--- a/man3/sinh.3
+++ b/man3/sinh.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH sinh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sinh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sinh, sinhf, sinhl \- hyperbolic sine function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double sinh(double " x );
 .BI "float sinhf(float " x );
 .BI "long double sinhl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sinhf (),
 .BR sinhl ():
 .nf
@@ -46,27 +46,27 @@ These functions return the hyperbolic sine of
 .IR x ,
 which
 is defined mathematically as:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     sinh(x) = (exp(x) \- exp(\-x)) / 2
 .fi
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the hyperbolic sine of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
 positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Range error: result overflow
@@ -111,12 +111,11 @@ T{
 .BR sinhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/sleep.3 b/man3/sleep.3
index cf87069..ae70958 100644
--- a/man3/sleep.3
+++ b/man3/sleep.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:16:02 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH sleep 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sleep 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sleep \- sleep for a specified number of seconds
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned int sleep(unsigned int " "seconds" );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ T{
 .BR sleep ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:SIGCHLD/linux
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On Linux,
 .BR sleep ()
@@ -49,7 +48,7 @@ is implemented via
 See the
 .BR nanosleep (2)
 man page for a discussion of the clock used.
-.PP
+.P
 On some systems,
 .BR sleep ()
 may be implemented using
diff --git a/man3/slist.3 b/man3/slist.3
index 98ce859..396b9cb 100644
--- a/man3/slist.3
+++ b/man3/slist.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH SLIST 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH SLIST 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 SLIST_EMPTY,
 SLIST_ENTRY,
@@ -31,45 +31,45 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B SLIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.PP
+.P
 .B SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
 .BI "SLIST_HEAD SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(SLIST_HEAD " head );
 .BI "void SLIST_INIT(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int SLIST_EMPTY(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_FIRST(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
 .BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "SLIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
 .\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void SLIST_REMOVE(SLIST_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "void SLIST_SWAP(SLIST_HEAD *" head1 ", SLIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
 .\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These macros define and operate on doubly linked lists.
-.PP
+.P
 In the macro definitions,
 .I TYPE
 is the name of a user-defined structure,
@@ -96,44 +96,44 @@ or at the head of the list.
 An
 .I SLIST_HEAD
 structure is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I struct HEADNAME
 is the structure to be defined, and
 .I struct TYPE
 is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
 A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 struct HEADNAME *headp;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The names
 .I head
 and
 .I headp
 are user selectable.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_ENTRY ()
 declares a structure that connects the elements in
 the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 evaluates to an initializer for the list
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_INIT ()
 initializes the list referenced by
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
 evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
 .SS Insertion
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the head of the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
@@ -150,17 +150,17 @@ after the element
 .SS Traversal
 .BR SLIST_FIRST ()
 returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_NEXT ()
 returns the next element in the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
 traverses the list referenced by
 .I head
 in the forward direction,
 assigning each element in turn to
 .IR var .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
 .\" traversal.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 removes the element
 .I elm
 from the list.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD ()
 removes the element
 .I elm
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ For optimum efficiency,
 elements being removed from the head of the list
 should explicitly use this macro instead of the generic
 .BR SLIST_REMOVE ().
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER ()
 .\" removes the element after
 .\" .I elm
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ should explicitly use this macro instead of the generic
 .BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
 returns nonzero if the list is empty,
 and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_FIRST (),
 and
 .BR SLIST_NEXT ()
 return a pointer to the first or next
 .I TYPE
 structure, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
 .IR head .
diff --git a/man3/sockatmark.3 b/man3/sockatmark.3
index ca03910..7d07791 100644
--- a/man3/sockatmark.3
+++ b/man3/sockatmark.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sockatmark 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sockatmark 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sockatmark \- determine whether socket is at out-of-band mark
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sockatmark(int " sockfd );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sockatmark ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ T{
 .BR sockatmark ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -80,14 +79,14 @@ returns 1, then the out-of-band data can be read using the
 .B MSG_OOB
 flag of
 .BR recv (2).
-.PP
+.P
 Out-of-band data is supported only on some stream socket protocols.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sockatmark ()
 can safely be called from a handler for the
 .B SIGURG
 signal.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sockatmark ()
 is implemented using the
 .B SIOCATMARK
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ The following code can be used after receipt of a
 .B SIGURG
 signal to read (and discard) all data up to the mark,
 and then read the byte of data at the mark:
-.PP
+.P
 .EX
     char buf[BUF_LEN];
     char oobdata;
diff --git a/man3/sqrt.3 b/man3/sqrt.3
index fac38c0..6c6e469 100644
--- a/man3/sqrt.3
+++ b/man3/sqrt.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 .\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH sqrt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sqrt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sqrt, sqrtf, sqrtl \- square root function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double sqrt(double " x );
 .BI "float sqrtf(float " x );
 .BI "long double sqrtl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sqrtf (),
 .BR sqrtl ():
 .nf
@@ -45,19 +45,19 @@ These functions return the nonnegative square root of
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the square root of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is less than \-0,
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-0
@@ -94,12 +94,11 @@ T{
 .BR sqrtl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/sscanf.3 b/man3/sscanf.3
index 223f4f5..7e0198c 100644
--- a/man3/sscanf.3
+++ b/man3/sscanf.3
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 .\"     Add ERRORS section.
 .\"     Document the 'a' and 'm' modifiers for dynamic string allocation.
 .\"
-.TH sscanf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sscanf 3 2023-12-09 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sscanf, vsscanf \- input string format conversion
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int sscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
 .BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <stdarg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int vsscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
 .BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR vsscanf ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The
 .BR sscanf ()
-family of functions scans input according to
+family of functions scans formatted input according to
 .I format
 as described below.
 This format may contain
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Each
 .I pointer
 argument must be of a type that is appropriate for the value returned
 by the corresponding conversion specification.
-.PP
+.P
 If the number of conversion specifications in
 .I format
 exceeds the number of
@@ -78,17 +78,17 @@ If the number of
 arguments exceeds the number of conversion specifications, then the excess
 .I pointer
 arguments are evaluated, but are otherwise ignored.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sscanf ()
 These functions
 read their input from the string pointed to by
 .IR str .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR vsscanf ()
 function is analogous to
 .BR vsprintf (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I format
 string consists of a sequence of
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ A "failure" can be either of the following:
 meaning that input characters were unavailable, or
 .IR "matching failure" ,
 meaning that the input was inappropriate (see below).
-.PP
+.P
 A directive is one of the following:
 .TP
 \[bu]
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ argument.
 If the next item of input does not match the conversion specification,
 the conversion fails\[em]this is a
 .IR "matching failure" .
-.PP
+.P
 Each
 .I conversion specification
 in
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ rather than a pointer to an
 A
 .I "conversion specifier"
 that specifies the type of input conversion to be performed.
-.PP
+.P
 The conversion specifications in
 .I format
 are of two forms, either beginning with \[aq]%\[aq] or beginning with
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ As for
 but the next pointer is a pointer to a
 .IR size_t .
 This modifier was introduced in C99.
-.PP
+.P
 The following
 .I "conversion specifiers"
 are available:
@@ -359,7 +359,6 @@ No conversion is done (but initial white space characters are discarded),
 and assignment does not occur.
 .TP
 .B d
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an optionally signed decimal integer;
 the next pointer must be a pointer to
 .IR int .
@@ -374,7 +373,6 @@ the next pointer must be a pointer to
 .\" is silently ignored, causing old programs to fail mysteriously.)
 .TP
 .B i
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an optionally signed integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
 .IR int .
 The integer is read in base 16 if it begins with
@@ -387,18 +385,15 @@ and in base 10 otherwise.
 Only characters that correspond to the base are used.
 .TP
 .B o
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an unsigned octal integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
 .IR "unsigned int" .
 .TP
 .B u
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an unsigned decimal integer; the next pointer must be a
 pointer to
 .IR "unsigned int" .
 .TP
 .B x
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an unsigned hexadecimal integer
 (that may optionally begin with a prefix of
 .I 0x
@@ -409,33 +404,27 @@ be a pointer to
 .IR "unsigned int" .
 .TP
 .B X
-.IR Deprecated .
 Equivalent to
 .BR x .
 .TP
 .B f
-.IR Deprecated .
 Matches an optionally signed floating-point number; the next pointer must
 be a pointer to
 .IR float .
 .TP
 .B e
-.IR Deprecated .
 Equivalent to
 .BR f .
 .TP
 .B g
-.IR Deprecated .
 Equivalent to
 .BR f .
 .TP
 .B E
-.IR Deprecated .
 Equivalent to
 .BR f .
 .TP
 .B a
-.IR Deprecated .
 (C99) Equivalent to
 .BR f .
 .TP
@@ -522,7 +511,7 @@ On success, these functions return the number of input items
 successfully matched and assigned;
 this can be fewer than provided for,
 or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-.PP
+.P
 The value
 .B EOF
 is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
@@ -554,12 +543,11 @@ T{
 .BR vsscanf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .B q
 specifier is the 4.4BSD notation for
@@ -569,7 +557,7 @@ while
 or the usage of
 .B L
 in integer conversions is the GNU notation.
-.PP
+.P
 The Linux version of these functions is based on the
 .I GNU
 .I libio
@@ -592,14 +580,14 @@ Thus, one could write the following to have
 allocate a buffer for a string,
 with a pointer to that buffer being returned in
 .IR *buf :
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *buf;
 sscanf(str, "%as", &buf);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The use of the letter
 .B a
 for this purpose was problematic, since
@@ -610,7 +598,7 @@ is also specified by the ISO C standard as a synonym for
 POSIX.1-2008 instead specifies the
 .B m
 modifier for assignment allocation (as documented in DESCRIPTION, above).
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the
 .B a
 modifier is not available if the program is compiled with
@@ -622,13 +610,13 @@ or
 is also specified), in which case the
 .B a
 is interpreted as a specifier for floating-point numbers (see above).
-.PP
+.P
 Support for the
 .B m
 modifier was added to glibc 2.7,
 and new programs should use that modifier instead of
 .BR a .
-.PP
+.P
 As well as being standardized by POSIX, the
 .B m
 modifier has the following further advantages over
@@ -662,8 +650,8 @@ Instead,
 programs should use functions such as
 .BR strtol (3)
 to parse numeric input.
-This manual page deprecates use of the numeric conversion specifiers
-until they are fixed by ISO C.
+Alternatively,
+mitigate it by specifying a maximum field width.
 .SS Nonstandard modifiers
 These functions are fully C99 conformant, but provide the
 additional modifiers
@@ -677,7 +665,7 @@ and
 modifiers.
 The latter may be considered to be a bug, as it changes the
 behavior of modifiers defined in C99.
-.PP
+.P
 Some combinations of the type modifiers and conversion
 specifiers defined by C99 do not make sense
 (e.g.,
@@ -693,7 +681,7 @@ in combination with
 \fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, and \fBX\fP
 conversions or
 .BR ll .
-.PP
+.P
 The usage of
 .B q
 is not the same as on 4.4BSD,
@@ -709,7 +697,7 @@ or
 The caller must
 .BR free (3)
 the returned string, as in the following example:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *p;
@@ -727,7 +715,7 @@ if (n == 1) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 As shown in the above example, it is necessary to call
 .BR free (3)
 only if the
diff --git a/man3/stailq.3 b/man3/stailq.3
index 2fca240..367b2bf 100644
--- a/man3/stailq.3
+++ b/man3/stailq.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH STAILQ 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH STAILQ 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 .\"SIMPLEQ_CONCAT,
 SIMPLEQ_EMPTY,
@@ -54,43 +54,43 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B STAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.PP
+.P
 .B STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
 .BI "STAILQ_HEAD STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(STAILQ_HEAD " head );
 .BI "void STAILQ_INIT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int STAILQ_EMPTY(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_FIRST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
 .\" .BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_LAST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
 .\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ", TYPE,"
 .BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void STAILQ_CONCAT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 );
 .\" .BI "void STAILQ_SWAP(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
 .\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Standard C library
 Identical macros prefixed with SIMPLEQ instead of STAILQ exist; see NOTES.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These macros define and operate on singly linked tail queues.
-.PP
+.P
 In the macro definitions,
 .I TYPE
 is the name of a user-defined structure,
@@ -126,43 +126,43 @@ at the head of the tail queue, or at the end of the tail queue.
 A
 .I STAILQ_HEAD
 structure is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I struct HEADNAME
 is the structure to be defined, and
 .I struct TYPE
 is the type of the elements to be linked into the tail queue.
 A pointer to the head of the tail queue can later be declared as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 struct HEADNAME *headp;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The names
 .I head
 and
 .I headp
 are user selectable.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_ENTRY ()
 declares a structure that connects the elements in the tail queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 evaluates to an initializer for the tail queue
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_INIT ()
 initializes the tail queue referenced by
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
 evaluates to true if there are no items on the tail queue.
 .SS Insertion
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ evaluates to true if there are no items on the tail queue.
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the head of the tail queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the end of the tail queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
@@ -184,21 +184,21 @@ after the element
 .SS Traversal
 .BR STAILQ_FIRST ()
 returns the first item on the tail queue or NULL if the tail queue is empty.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_LAST ()
 .\" returns the last item on the tail queue.
 .\" If the tail queue is empty the return value is NULL .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
 returns the next item on the tail queue, or NULL this item is the last.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
 traverses the tail queue referenced by
 .I head
 in the forward direction,
 assigning each element in turn to
 .IR var .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" instead of the first element in the STAILQ referenced by
 .\" .IR head .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
 .\" traverses the tail queue referenced by
 .\" .I head
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
 .\" traversal.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 removes the element
 .I elm
 from the tail queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD ()
 removes the element at the head of the tail queue.
 For optimum efficiency,
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ elements being removed from the head of the tail queue should
 use this macro explicitly rather than the generic
 .BR STAILQ_REMOVE ()
 macro.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER ()
 .\" removes the element after
 .\" .I elm
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ concatenates the tail queue headed by
 onto the end of the one headed by
 .I head1
 removing all entries from the former.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR STAILQ_SWAP ()
 .\" swaps the contents of
 .\" .I head1
@@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ removing all entries from the former.
 .BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
 returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
 and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_FIRST (),
 and
 .BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
 return a pointer to the first or next
 .I TYPE
 structure, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
 .IR head .
diff --git a/man3/static_assert.3 b/man3/static_assert.3
index 86c6673..a81306d 100644
--- a/man3/static_assert.3
+++ b/man3/static_assert.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH static_assert 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH static_assert 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 static_assert, _Static_assert \- fail compilation if assertion is false
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <assert.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression ", const char *" msg );
-.PP
+.P
 /* Since C23: */
 .BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression );
 .fi
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ This macro is similar to
 but it works at compile time,
 generating a compilation error (with an optional message)
 when the input is false (i.e., compares equal to zero).
-.PP
+.P
 If the input is nonzero,
 no code is emitted.
-.PP
+.P
 .I msg
 must be a string literal.
 Since C23, this argument is optional.
-.PP
+.P
 There's a keyword,
 .BR \%_Static_assert (),
 that behaves identically,
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ a macro
 can be written in terms of
 .BR \%static_assert ().
 The following program uses the macro to get the size of an array safely.
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .\" SRC BEGIN (must_be.c)
 .EX
diff --git a/man3/statvfs.3 b/man3/statvfs.3
index 9b1978b..7d5d962 100644
--- a/man3/statvfs.3
+++ b/man3/statvfs.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified 2004-06-23 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
 .\"
-.TH statvfs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH statvfs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 statvfs, fstatvfs \- get filesystem statistics
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/statvfs.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int statvfs(const char *restrict " path \
 ", struct statvfs *restrict " buf );
 .BI "int fstatvfs(int " fd ", struct statvfs *" buf );
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ is the pathname of any file within the mounted filesystem.
 is a pointer to a
 .I statvfs
 structure defined approximately as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct statvfs {
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ struct statvfs {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Here the types
 .I fsblkcnt_t
 and
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ are defined in
 .IR <sys/types.h> .
 Both used to be
 .IR "unsigned long" .
-.PP
+.P
 The field
 .I f_flag
 is a bit mask indicating various options that were employed
@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ Writes are synched to the filesystem immediately (see the description of
 .B O_SYNC
 in
 .BR open (2)).
-.PP
+.P
 It is unspecified whether all members of the returned struct
 have meaningful values on all filesystems.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR fstatvfs ()
 returns the same information about an open file referenced by descriptor
 .IR fd .
@@ -188,7 +188,6 @@ T{
 .BR fstatvfs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Only the
 .B ST_NOSUID
@@ -205,9 +204,9 @@ The Linux kernel has system calls
 and
 .BR fstatfs (2)
 to support this library call.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementations of
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 pathconf(path, _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN);
@@ -215,7 +214,7 @@ pathconf(path, _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN);
 pathconf(path, _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 respectively use the
 .IR f_frsize ,
 .IR f_frsize ,
@@ -225,7 +224,7 @@ fields returned by a call to
 .BR statvfs ()
 with the argument
 .IR path .
-.PP
+.P
 Under Linux,
 .I f_favail
 is always the same as
@@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ since no filesystems with an inode root reservation exist.
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.13,
 .\" glibc commit 3cdaa6adb113a088fdfb87aa6d7747557eccc58d
 .BR statvfs ()
diff --git a/man3/stdarg.3 b/man3/stdarg.3
index f3762f7..ce04704 100644
--- a/man3/stdarg.3
+++ b/man3/stdarg.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:11:11 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
 .\" Additions, 2001-10-14, aeb
 .\"
-.TH stdarg 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH stdarg 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stdarg, va_start, va_arg, va_end, va_copy \- variable argument lists
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdarg.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void va_start(va_list " ap ", " last );
 .IB type " va_arg(va_list " ap ", " type );
 .BI "void va_end(va_list " ap );
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ declares a type
 .I va_list
 and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments whose
 number and types are not known to the called function.
-.PP
+.P
 The called function must declare an object of type
 .I va_list
 which is used by the macros
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ for subsequent use by
 and
 .BR va_end (),
 and must be called first.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I last
 is the name of the last argument before the variable argument list, that is,
 the last argument of which the calling function knows the type.
-.PP
+.P
 Because the address of this argument may be used in the
 .BR va_start ()
 macro, it should not be declared as a register variable,
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The argument
 is a type name specified so that the type of a pointer to an object that
 has the specified type can be obtained simply by adding a * to
 .IR type .
-.PP
+.P
 The first use of the
 .BR va_arg ()
 macro after that of the
@@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ macro after that of the
 macro returns the argument after
 .IR last .
 Successive invocations return the values of the remaining arguments.
-.PP
+.P
 If there is no next argument, or if
 .I type
 is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument (as promoted
 according to the default argument promotions), random errors will occur.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I ap
 is passed to a function that uses
@@ -144,30 +144,30 @@ argument, followed by the same number of
 .BR va_arg ()
 invocations that was used to reach the current state of
 .IR src .
-.PP
+.P
 .\" Proposal from clive@demon.net, 1997-02-28
 An obvious implementation would have a
 .I va_list
 be a pointer to the stack frame of the variadic function.
 In such a setup (by far the most common) there seems
 nothing against an assignment
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 va_list aq = ap;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Unfortunately, there are also systems that make it an
 array of pointers (of length 1), and there one needs
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 va_list aq;
 *aq = *ap;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Finally, on systems where arguments are passed in registers,
 it may be necessary for
 .BR va_start ()
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ can free the allocated memory again.
 To accommodate this situation, C99 adds a macro
 .BR va_copy (),
 so that the above assignment can be replaced by
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 va_list aq;
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ va_copy(aq, ap);
 va_end(aq);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Each invocation of
 .BR va_copy ()
 must be matched by a corresponding invocation of
@@ -222,7 +222,6 @@ T{
 .BR va_arg ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ap
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -257,7 +256,7 @@ The function
 .I foo
 takes a string of format characters and prints out the argument associated
 with each format character based on the type.
-.PP
+.P
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
diff --git a/man3/stdin.3 b/man3/stdin.3
index afe1fa5..42ed937 100644
--- a/man3/stdin.3
+++ b/man3/stdin.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" 2005-06-16 mtk, mentioned freopen()
 .\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
 .\"
-.TH stdin 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH stdin 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stdin, stdout, stderr \- standard I/O streams
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern FILE *" stdin ;
 .BI "extern FILE *" stdout ;
 .BI "extern FILE *" stderr ;
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ but might instead refer to files or other devices, depending on what
 the parent process chose to set up.
 (See also the "Redirection" section of
 .BR sh (1).)
-.PP
+.P
 The input stream is referred to as "standard input"; the output stream is
 referred to as "standard output"; and the error stream is referred to
 as "standard error".
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ used to refer to these files, namely
 .IR stdout ,
 and
 .IR stderr .
-.PP
+.P
 Each of these symbols is a
 .BR stdio (3)
 macro of type pointer to
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ and can be used with functions like
 .BR fprintf (3)
 or
 .BR fread (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Since
 .IR FILE s
 are a buffering wrapper around UNIX file descriptors, the
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ interface, that is, the functions like
 .BR read (2)
 and
 .BR lseek (2).
-.PP
+.P
 On program startup, the integer file descriptors
 associated with the streams
 .IR stdin ,
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ are defined with these values in
 .BR freopen (3)
 to one of these streams can change the file descriptor number
 associated with the stream.)
-.PP
+.P
 Note that mixing use of
 .IR FILE s
 and raw file descriptors can produce
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ This means for example, that after an
 .BR exec (3),
 the child inherits all open file descriptors, but all old streams
 have become inaccessible.
-.PP
+.P
 Since the symbols
 .IR stdin ,
 .IR stdout ,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ The standard streams are closed by a call to
 and by normal program termination.
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 The standards also stipulate that these three
 streams shall be open at program startup.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/stdio.3 b/man3/stdio.3
index 3a5a447..73dfca2 100644
--- a/man3/stdio.3
+++ b/man3/stdio.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 16:07:22 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
 .\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
 .\"
-.TH stdio 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH stdio 3 2023-12-29 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stdio \- standard input/output library functions
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "FILE *" stdin ;
 .BI "FILE *" stdout ;
 .BI "FILE *" stderr ;
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the
 physical I/O characteristics are concealed.
 The functions and macros are
 listed below; more information is available from the individual man pages.
-.PP
+.P
 A stream is associated with an external file (which may be a physical
 device) by
 .I opening
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ function; all output takes place as if all characters were written by
 successive calls to the
 .BR fputc (3)
 function.
-.PP
+.P
 A file is disassociated from a stream by
 .I closing
 the file.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ the file.
 The value of a pointer to a
 .I FILE
 object is indeterminate after a file is closed (garbage).
-.PP
+.P
 A file may be subsequently reopened, by the same or another program
 execution, and its contents reclaimed or modified (if it can be
 repositioned at the start).
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Other methods of program termination,
 such as
 .BR abort (3)
 do not bother about closing files properly.
-.PP
+.P
 At program startup, three text streams are predefined and need not be
 opened explicitly:
 .I standard input
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and
 When opened, the standard error stream is not fully buffered; the standard
 input and output streams are fully buffered if and only if the streams do
 not refer to an interactive device.
-.PP
+.P
 Output streams that refer to terminal devices are always line buffered by
 default; pending output to such streams is written automatically whenever
 an input stream that refers to a terminal device is read.
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ output terminal, it is necessary to
 .BR fflush (3)
 the standard output before going off and computing so that the output will
 appear.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I stdio
 library is a part of the library
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ SYNOPSIS
 sections of the following manual pages indicate which include files are to
 be used, what the compiler declaration for the function looks like and
 which external variables are of interest.
-.PP
+.P
 The following are defined as macros; these names may not be reused without
 first removing their current definitions with
 .BR #undef :
@@ -192,9 +192,15 @@ T}
 \fBfileno\fP(3)	T{
 return the integer descriptor of the argument stream
 T}
+\fBfmemopen\fP(3)	T{
+open memory as stream
+T}
 \fBfopen\fP(3)	T{
 stream open functions
 T}
+\fBfopencookie\fP(3)	T{
+open a custom stream
+T}
 \fBfprintf\fP(3)	T{
 formatted output conversion
 T}
@@ -243,6 +249,12 @@ T}
 \fBmktemp\fP(3)	T{
 make temporary filename (unique)
 T}
+\fBopen_memstream\fP(3)	T{
+open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+T}
+\fBopen_wmemstream\fP(3)	T{
+open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+T}
 \fBperror\fP(3)	T{
 system error messages
 T}
diff --git a/man3/stdio_ext.3 b/man3/stdio_ext.3
index c154620..a98ffc5 100644
--- a/man3/stdio_ext.3
+++ b/man3/stdio_ext.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH stdio_ext 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH stdio_ext 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 __fbufsize, __flbf, __fpending, __fpurge, __freadable,
 __freading, __fsetlocking, __fwritable, __fwriting, _flushlbf \-
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <stdio_ext.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t __fbufsize(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "size_t __fpending(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int __flbf(FILE *" stream );
@@ -32,46 +32,46 @@ Solaris introduced routines to allow portable access to the
 internals of the
 .I FILE
 structure, and glibc also implemented these.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fbufsize ()
 function returns the size of the buffer currently used
 by the given stream.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fpending ()
 function returns the number of bytes in the output buffer.
 For wide-oriented streams the unit is wide characters.
 This function is undefined on buffers in reading mode,
 or opened read-only.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __flbf ()
 function returns a nonzero value if the stream is line-buffered,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __freadable ()
 function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows reading,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fwritable ()
 function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows writing,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __freading ()
 function returns a nonzero value if the stream is read-only, or
 if the last operation on the stream was a read operation,
 and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fwriting ()
 function returns a nonzero value if the stream is write-only (or
 append-only), or if the last operation on the stream was a write
 operation, and zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fsetlocking ()
 function can be used to select the desired type of locking on the stream.
@@ -95,13 +95,13 @@ will not do locking until the state is reset to
 .B FSETLOCKING_QUERY
 Don't change the type of locking.
 (Only return it.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR _flushlbf ()
 function flushes all line-buffered streams.
 (Presumably so that
 output to a terminal is forced out, say before reading keyboard input.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR __fpurge ()
 function discards the contents of the stream's buffer.
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ T{
 .BR _flushlbf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR flockfile (3),
 .BR fpurge (3)
diff --git a/man3/stpecpy.3 b/man3/stpecpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/stpecpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
diff --git a/man3/stpecpyx.3 b/man3/stpecpyx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/stpecpyx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
diff --git a/man3/stpncpy.3 b/man3/stpncpy.3
index 617eb9b..c4b5db4 100644
--- a/man3/stpncpy.3
+++ b/man3/stpncpy.3
@@ -3,32 +3,32 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH stpncpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH stpncpy 3 2024-02-12 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stpncpy, strncpy
-\- zero a fixed-width buffer and
-copy a string into a character sequence with truncation
-and zero the rest of it
+\-
+fill a fixed-size buffer with non-null bytes from a string,
+padding with null bytes as needed
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
-.BI "char *strncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." sz "], \
+.P
+.BI "char *strncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
 const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "               size_t " sz );
-.BI "char *stpncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." sz "], \
+.BI "              size_t " dsize );
+.BI "char *stpncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
 const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "               size_t " sz );
+.BI "              size_t " dsize );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR stpncpy ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -37,32 +37,36 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions copy the string pointed to by
+These functions copy non-null bytes from the string pointed to by
 .I src
-into a null-padded character sequence at the fixed-width buffer pointed to by
+into the array pointed to by
 .IR dst .
+If the source has too few non-null bytes to fill the destination,
+the functions pad the destination with trailing null bytes.
 If the destination buffer,
 limited by its size,
 isn't large enough to hold the copy,
 the resulting character sequence is truncated.
 For the difference between the two functions, see RETURN VALUE.
-.PP
+.P
 An implementation of these functions might be:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *
-strncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t sz)
+strncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
 {
-    stpncpy(dst, src, sz);
+    stpncpy(dst, src, dsize);
     return dst;
 }
 \&
 char *
-stpncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t sz)
+stpncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
 {
-    bzero(dst, sz);
-    return mempcpy(dst, src, strnlen(src, sz));
+    size_t  dlen;
+\&
+    dlen = strnlen(src, dsize);
+    return memset(mempcpy(dst, src, dlen), 0, dsize \- dlen);
 }
 .EE
 .in
@@ -90,7 +94,6 @@ T{
 .BR strncpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strncpy ()
@@ -98,7 +101,7 @@ C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .TP
 .BR stpncpy ()
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH STANDARDS
+.SH HISTORY
 .TP
 .BR strncpy ()
 C89, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
@@ -111,13 +114,23 @@ The name of these functions is confusing.
 These functions produce a null-padded character sequence,
 not a string (see
 .BR string_copying (7)).
-.PP
+For example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strncpy(buf, "1", 5);       // { \[aq]1\[aq],   0,   0,   0,   0 }
+strncpy(buf, "1234", 5);    // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq],   0 }
+strncpy(buf, "12345", 5);   // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
+strncpy(buf, "123456", 5);  // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
+.EE
+.in
+.P
 It's impossible to distinguish truncation by the result of the call,
 from a character sequence that just fits the destination buffer;
 truncation should be detected by
 comparing the length of the input string
 with the size of the destination buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 If you're going to use this function in chained calls,
 it would be useful to develop a similar function that accepts
 a pointer to the end (one after the last element) of the destination buffer
@@ -139,20 +152,22 @@ main(void)
     size_t  len;
 \&
     if (sizeof(buf2) < strlen("Hello world!"))
-        warnx("strncpy: truncating character sequence");
+        errx("strncpy: truncating character sequence");
     strncpy(buf2, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf2));
     len = strnlen(buf2, sizeof(buf2));
 \&
     printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    printf("%.*s\en", (int) len, buf2);  // "Hello world!"
+    fwrite(buf2, 1, len, stdout);
+    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
 \&
     if (sizeof(buf1) < strlen("Hello world!"))
-        warnx("stpncpy: truncating character sequence");
+        errx("stpncpy: truncating character sequence");
     p = stpncpy(buf1, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf1));
     len = p \- buf1;
 \&
     printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    printf("%.*s\en", (int) len, buf1);  // "Hello world!"
+    fwrite(buf1, 1, len, stdout);
+    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
 \&
     exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
 }
diff --git a/man3/strcasecmp.3 b/man3/strcasecmp.3
index f19a5da..3154740 100644
--- a/man3/strcasecmp.3
+++ b/man3/strcasecmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:12:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strcasecmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strcasecmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strcasecmp, strncasecmp \- compare two strings ignoring case
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <strings.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strcasecmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
 .BI "int strncasecmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
 is found,
 respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than
 .IR s2 .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strncasecmp ()
 function is similar, except that it compares
@@ -73,12 +73,11 @@ T{
 .BR strncasecmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strcasecmp ()
 and
@@ -92,9 +91,9 @@ header file also declares these functions, if the
 (or, in glibc 2.19 and earlier,
 .BR _BSD_SOURCE )
 feature test macro is defined.
-.PP
+.P
 The POSIX.1-2008 standard says of these functions:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 When the
 .B LC_CTYPE
diff --git a/man3/strchr.3 b/man3/strchr.3
index 91bd8aa..bff3bd4 100644
--- a/man3/strchr.3
+++ b/man3/strchr.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" 2006-05-19, Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
 .\"	Document strchrnul(3).
 .\"
-.TH strchr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strchr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strchr, strrchr, strchrnul \- locate character in string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
 .BI "char *strrchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strchrnul(const char *" s ", int " c );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ of the character
 .I c
 in the string
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strrchr ()
 function returns a pointer to the last occurrence
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ of the character
 .I c
 in the string
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strchrnul ()
 function is like
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ then it returns a pointer to the null byte
 at the end of
 .IR s ,
 rather than NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 Here "character" means "byte"; these functions do not work with
 wide or multibyte characters.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ so that if
 .I c
 is specified as \[aq]\e0\[aq],
 these functions return a pointer to the terminator.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strchrnul ()
 function returns a pointer to the matched character,
@@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ T{
 .BR strchrnul ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strchr ()
diff --git a/man3/strcmp.3 b/man3/strcmp.3
index 57b378e..78fdf68 100644
--- a/man3/strcmp.3
+++ b/man3/strcmp.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:08:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2001-08-31, aeb
 .\"
-.TH strcmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strcmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strcmp, strncmp \- compare two strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strcmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
 .BI "int strncmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and
 The locale is not taken into account (for a locale-aware comparison, see
 .BR strcoll (3)).
 The comparison is done using unsigned characters.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strcmp ()
 returns an integer indicating the result of the comparison, as follows:
 .IP \[bu] 3
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ a positive value if
 .I s1
 is greater than
 .IR s2 .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strncmp ()
 function is similar, except it compares
@@ -91,18 +91,17 @@ T{
 .BR strncmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 POSIX.1 specifies only that:
 .RS
-.PP
+.P
 The sign of a nonzero return value shall be determined by the sign
 of the difference between the values of the first pair of bytes
 (both interpreted as type
 .IR "unsigned char" )
 that differ in the strings being compared.
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc, as in most other implementations,
 the return value is the arithmetic result of subtracting
 the last compared byte in
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ The program below can be used to demonstrate the operation of
 (when given three arguments).
 First, some examples using
 .BR strcmp ():
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./string_comp ABC ABC\fP
@@ -137,16 +136,16 @@ $ .\fB/string_comp $\[aq]\e201\[aq] A\fP   # 0201 \- 0101 = 0100 (or 64 decimal)
 <str1> is greater than <str2> (64)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The last example uses
 .BR bash (1)-specific
 syntax to produce a string containing an 8-bit ASCII code;
 the result demonstrates that the string comparison uses unsigned
 characters.
-.PP
+.P
 And then some examples using
 .BR strncmp ():
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./string_comp ABC AB 3\fP
diff --git a/man3/strcoll.3 b/man3/strcoll.3
index e8146b7..71918ea 100644
--- a/man3/strcoll.3
+++ b/man3/strcoll.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strcoll 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strcoll 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strcoll \- compare two strings using the current locale
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strcoll(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ T{
 .BR strcoll ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strcpy.3 b/man3/strcpy.3
index 63ed127..fd0c335 100644
--- a/man3/strcpy.3
+++ b/man3/strcpy.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH strcpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strcpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stpcpy, strcpy, strcat \- copy or catenate a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *stpcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
 .BI "char *strcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
 .BI "char *strcat(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR stpcpy ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ after the string pointed to by
 The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
 that is,
 .IR "strlen(dst) + strlen(src) + 1" .
-.PP
+.P
 An implementation of these functions might be:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ T{
 .BR strcat ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR stpcpy ()
@@ -137,19 +136,19 @@ The strings
 and
 .I dst
 may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 If the destination buffer is not large enough,
 the behavior is undefined.
 See
 .B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
 in
 .BR feature_test_macros (7).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strcat ()
 can be very inefficient.
 Read about
 .UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
-Shlemiel the painter
+Shlemiel the painter
 .UE .
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .\" SRC BEGIN (strcpy.c)
diff --git a/man3/strdup.3 b/man3/strdup.3
index e787219..75b678e 100644
--- a/man3/strdup.3
+++ b/man3/strdup.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:34 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Wed Oct 17 01:12:26 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH strdup 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strdup 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strdup, strndup, strdupa, strndupa \- duplicate a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strdup(const char *" s );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strndup(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
 .BI "char *strdupa(const char *" s );
 .BI "char *strndupa(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strdup ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strndup ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     Before glibc 2.10:
         _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strdupa (),
 .BR strndupa ():
 .nf
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ obtained with
 .BR malloc (3),
 and can be freed with
 .BR free (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strndup ()
 function is similar, but copies at most
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is longer than
 only
 .I n
 bytes are copied, and a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is added.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strdupa ()
 and
 .BR strndupa ()
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ T{
 .BR strndupa ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strdup ()
diff --git a/man3/strerror.3 b/man3/strerror.3
index 5ed507e..89f4e9b 100644
--- a/man3/strerror.3
+++ b/man3/strerror.3
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 .\" 2005-12-13, mtk, Substantial rewrite of strerror_r() description
 .\"         Addition of extra material on portability and standards.
 .\"
-.TH strerror 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strerror 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strerror, strerrorname_np, strerrordesc_np, strerror_r, strerror_l \-
 return string describing error number
@@ -27,31 +27,31 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strerror(int " errnum );
 .BI "const char *strerrorname_np(int " errnum );
 .BI "const char *strerrordesc_np(int " errnum );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
                /* XSI-compliant */
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
                /* GNU-specific */
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strerror_l(int " errnum ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strerrorname_np (),
 .BR strerrordesc_np ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strerror_r ():
 .nf
     The XSI-compliant version is provided if:
@@ -72,15 +72,16 @@ part of the current locale to select the appropriate language.
 is
 .BR EINVAL ,
 the returned description will be "Invalid argument".)
-This string must not be modified by the application, but may be
-modified by a subsequent call to
+This string must not be modified by the application,
+and the returned pointer will be invalidated on a subsequent call to
 .BR strerror ()
 or
-.BR strerror_l ().
+.BR strerror_l (),
+or if the thread that obtained the string exits.
 No other library function, including
 .BR perror (3),
 will modify this string.
-.PP
+.P
 Like
 .BR strerror (),
 the
@@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ code passed in the argument
 .IR errnum ,
 with the difference that the returned string is not translated
 according to the current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strerrorname_np ()
 function returns a pointer to a string containing the name of the error
@@ -99,14 +100,18 @@ code passed in the argument
 For example, given
 .B EPERM
 as an argument, this function returns a pointer to the string "EPERM".
+Given
+.B 0
+as an argument,
+this function returns a pointer to the string "0".
 .\"
 .SS strerror_r()
-The
 .BR strerror_r ()
-function is similar to
+is like
 .BR strerror (),
-but is
-thread safe.
+but might use the supplied buffer
+.I buf
+instead of allocating one internally.
 This function is available in two versions:
 an XSI-compliant version specified in POSIX.1-2001
 (available since glibc 2.3.4, but not POSIX-compliant until glibc 2.13),
@@ -121,7 +126,7 @@ is defined by default with the value
 200112L, so that the XSI-compliant version of
 .BR strerror_r ()
 is provided by default.
-.PP
+.P
 The XSI-compliant
 .BR strerror_r ()
 is preferred for portable applications.
@@ -129,7 +134,7 @@ It returns the error string in the user-supplied buffer
 .I buf
 of length
 .IR buflen .
-.PP
+.P
 The GNU-specific
 .BR strerror_r ()
 returns a pointer to a string containing the error message.
@@ -174,7 +179,7 @@ and the GNU-specific
 functions return
 the appropriate error description string,
 or an "Unknown error nnn" message if the error number is unknown.
-.PP
+.P
 On success,
 .BR strerrorname_np ()
 and
@@ -183,7 +188,7 @@ return the appropriate error description string.
 If
 .I errnum
 is an invalid error number, these functions return NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The XSI-compliant
 .BR strerror_r ()
 function returns 0 on success.
@@ -192,7 +197,7 @@ a (positive) error number is returned (since glibc 2.13),
 or \-1 is returned and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error (before glibc 2.13).
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require that a successful call to
 .BR strerror ()
 or
@@ -231,7 +236,7 @@ T{
 T}	Thread safety	T{
 .na
 .nh
-MT-Unsafe race:strerror
+MT-Safe
 T}
 T{
 .na
@@ -246,7 +251,10 @@ T{
 .BR strerror_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
+Before glibc 2.32,
+.BR strerror ()
+is not MT-Safe.
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strerror ()
@@ -265,7 +273,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .TQ
 .BR strerrordesc_np ()
 GNU.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 permits
 .BR strerror ()
 to set
@@ -302,13 +310,6 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 .BR strerrordesc_np ()
 glibc 2.32.
 .SH NOTES
-The GNU C Library uses a buffer of 1024 characters for
-.BR strerror ().
-This buffer size therefore should be sufficient to avoid an
-.B ERANGE
-error when calling
-.BR strerror_r ().
-.PP
 .BR strerrorname_np ()
 and
 .BR strerrordesc_np ()
@@ -319,4 +320,5 @@ are thread-safe and async-signal-safe.
 .BR error (3),
 .BR perror (3),
 .BR strsignal (3),
-.BR locale (7)
+.BR locale (7),
+.BR signal-safety (7)
diff --git a/man3/strfmon.3 b/man3/strfmon.3
index a8e34f5..687da22 100644
--- a/man3/strfmon.3
+++ b/man3/strfmon.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH strfmon 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strfmon 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strfmon, strfmon_l \- convert monetary value to a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <monetary.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "ssize_t strfmon(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "ssize_t strfmon_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ", \
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ result in the character array
 .I s
 of size
 .IR max .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strfmon_l ()
 function performs the same task,
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ is the special locale object
 (see
 .BR duplocale (3))
 or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.PP
+.P
 Ordinary characters in
 .I format
 are copied to
@@ -83,20 +83,20 @@ Omit the currency symbol.
 .B \-
 Left justify all fields.
 The default is right justification.
-.PP
+.P
 Next, there may be a field width: a decimal digit string specifying
 a minimum field width in bytes.
 The default is 0.
 A result smaller than this width is padded with spaces
 (on the left, unless the left-justify flag was given).
-.PP
+.P
 Next, there may be a left precision of the form "#" followed by
 a decimal digit string.
 If the number of digits left of the
 radix character is smaller than this, the representation is
 padded on the left with the numeric fill character.
 Grouping characters are not counted in this field width.
-.PP
+.P
 Next, there may be a right precision of the form "." followed by
 a decimal digit string.
 The amount being formatted is rounded to
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ If the right precision is 0, no radix character is printed.
 .BR LC_MONETARY ,
 and may differ from that specified by
 .BR LC_NUMERIC .)
-.PP
+.P
 Finally, the conversion specification must be ended with a
 conversion character.
 The three conversion characters are
@@ -161,29 +161,28 @@ T{
 .BR strfmon_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The call
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 strfmon(buf, sizeof(buf), "[%\[ha]=*#6n] [%=*#6i]",
         1234.567, 1234.567);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 outputs
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 [€ **1234,57] [EUR **1 234,57]
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 in the
 .I nl_NL
 locale.
@@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ The
 and
 .I en_GB
 locales yield
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 [ **1234,57 €] [ **1.234,57 EUR]
diff --git a/man3/strfromd.3 b/man3/strfromd.3
index 6bcc113..9243191 100644
--- a/man3/strfromd.3
+++ b/man3/strfromd.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"   ISO/IEC TS 18661-1 technical specification.
 .\"   snprintf and other man.3 pages.
 .\"
-.TH strfromd 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strfromd 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strfromd, strfromf, strfroml \- convert a floating-point value into
 a string
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strfromd(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
 .BI "             const char *restrict " format ", double " fp ");"
 .BI "int strfromf(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
@@ -28,12 +28,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "int strfroml(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
 .BI "             const char *restrict " format ", long double " fp ");"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strfromd (),
 .BR strfromf (),
 .BR strfroml ():
@@ -52,26 +52,26 @@ At most
 .I n
 characters are stored into
 .IR str .
-.PP
+.P
 The terminating null byte ('\e0') is written if and only if
 .I n
 is sufficiently large, otherwise the written string is truncated at
 .I n
 characters.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strfromd (),
 .BR strfromf (),
 and
 .BR strfroml ()
 functions are equivalent to
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 snprintf(str, n, format, fp);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 except for the
 .I format
 string.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Finally, the format string should have one of the conversion specifiers
 .BR g ,
 or
 .BR G .
-.PP
+.P
 The conversion specifier is applied based on the floating-point type
 indicated by the function suffix.
 Therefore, unlike
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ the format string does not have a length modifier character.
 See
 .BR snprintf (3)
 for a detailed description of these conversion specifiers.
-.PP
+.P
 The implementation conforms to the C99 standard on conversion of NaN and
 infinity values:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 If
 .I fp
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ If
 .BR E ,
 .BR G )
 is the conversion specifier, the conversion is to "NAN" or "\-NAN".
-.PP
+.P
 Likewise if
 .I fp
 is infinity, it is converted to [\-]inf or [\-]INF.
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 A malformed
 .I format
 string results in undefined behavior.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
 and the
 .B POSIX Safety Concepts
 section in GNU C Library manual.
-.PP
+.P
 .TS
 allbox;
 lbx lb lb
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 \^	Async-signal safety	AS-Unsafe heap
 \^	Async-cancel safety	AC-Unsafe mem
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 Note: these attributes are preliminary.
 .SH STANDARDS
 ISO/IEC TS 18661-1.
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ category of the current locale.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 To convert the value 12.1 as a float type to a string using decimal
 notation, resulting in "12.100000":
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
@@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ char s[ssize];
 strfromf(s, ssize, "%f", 12.1);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 To convert the value 12.3456 as a float type to a string using
 decimal notation with two digits of precision, resulting in "12.35":
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
@@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ char s[ssize];
 strfromf(s, ssize, "%.2f", 12.3456);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 To convert the value 12.345e19 as a double type to a string using
 scientific notation with zero digits of precision, resulting in "1E+20":
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 #define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
diff --git a/man3/strfry.3 b/man3/strfry.3
index 74a342b..9871249 100644
--- a/man3/strfry.3
+++ b/man3/strfry.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:39:43 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strfry 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strfry 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strfry \- randomize a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strfry(char *" string );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ T{
 .BR strfry ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 GNU.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/strftime.3 b/man3/strftime.3
index 412ba06..191c0f4 100644
--- a/man3/strftime.3
+++ b/man3/strftime.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" 2005-11-22 mtk, added glibc Notes covering optional 'flag' and
 .\"           'width' components of conversion specifications.
 .\"
-.TH strftime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strftime 3 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strftime \- format date and time
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strftime(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
 .BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strftime_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
 .BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
 .BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ See also
 .BR ctime (3).
 .\" FIXME . POSIX says: Local timezone information is used as though
 .\" strftime() called tzset().  But this doesn't appear to be the case
-.PP
+.P
 The format specification is a null-terminated string and may contain
 special character sequences called
 .IR "conversion specifications",
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ some other character known as a
 .IR "conversion specifier character".
 All other character sequences are
 .IR "ordinary character sequences".
-.PP
+.P
 The characters of ordinary character sequences (including the null byte)
 are copied verbatim from
 .I format
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ Modifier: use alternative ("era-based") format, see below. (SU)
 .B %F
 Equivalent to
 .B %Y\-%m\-%d
-(the ISO\ 8601 date format). (C99)
+(the ISO\~8601 date format). (C99)
 .TP
 .B %G
-The ISO\ 8601 week-based year (see NOTES) with century as a decimal number.
+The ISO\~8601 week-based year (see NOTES) with century as a decimal number.
 The 4-digit year corresponding to the ISO week number (see
 .BR %V ).
 This has the same format and value as
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ and
 .IR tm_wday .)
 .TP
 .B %V
-The ISO\ 8601 week number (see NOTES) of the current year as a decimal number,
+The ISO\~8601 week number (see NOTES) of the current year as a decimal number,
 range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at least
 4 days in the new year.
 See also
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ format. (TZ)
 .TP
 .B %%
 A literal \[aq]%\[aq] character.
-.PP
+.P
 Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the
 conversion specifier character by the
 .B E
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ as an argument to a
 One example of such alternative forms is the Japanese era calendar scheme in the
 .B ja_JP
 glibc locale.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strftime_l ()
 is equivalent to
 .BR strftime (),
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ returns 0, and the contents of the array are undefined.
 .\" would return
 .\" .I max
 .\" if the array was too small.)
-.PP
+.P
 Note that the return value 0 does not necessarily indicate an error.
 For example, in many locales
 .B %p
@@ -537,7 +537,6 @@ T{
 .BR strftime_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strftime ()
@@ -555,7 +554,7 @@ SVr4, C89.
 .TP
 .BR strftime_l ()
 POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 There are strict inclusions between the set of conversions
 given in ANSI C (unmarked), those given in the Single UNIX Specification
 (marked SU), those given in Olson's timezone package (marked TZ),
@@ -571,7 +570,7 @@ as well.
 The
 .B %F
 conversion is in C99 and POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 In SUSv2, the
 .B %S
 specifier allowed a range of 00 to 61,
@@ -579,13 +578,13 @@ to allow for the theoretical possibility of a minute that
 included a double leap second
 (there never has been such a minute).
 .SH NOTES
-.SS ISO 8601 week dates
+.SS ISO\~8601 week dates
 .BR %G ,
 .BR %g ,
 and
 .B %V
 yield values calculated from the week-based year defined by the
-ISO\ 8601 standard.
+ISO\~8601 standard.
 In this system, weeks start on a Monday, and are numbered from 01,
 for the first week, up to 52 or 53, for the last week.
 Week 1 is the first week where four or more days fall within the
@@ -594,16 +593,16 @@ the first week of the year that contains a Thursday;
 or, the week that has 4 January in it).
 When three or fewer days of the first calendar week of the new year fall
 within that year,
-then the ISO 8601 week-based system counts those days as part of week 52
+then the ISO\~8601 week-based system counts those days as part of week 52
 or 53 of the preceding year.
 For example, 1 January 2010 is a Friday,
 meaning that just three days of that calendar week fall in 2010.
-Thus, the ISO\ 8601 week-based system considers these days to be part of
+Thus, the ISO\~8601 week-based system considers these days to be part of
 week 53
 .RB ( %V )
 of the year 2009
 .RB ( %G );
-week 01 of ISO\ 8601 year 2010 starts on Monday, 4 January 2010.
+week 01 of ISO\~8601 year 2010 starts on Monday, 4 January 2010.
 Similarly, the first two days of January 2011 are considered to be part
 of week 52 of the year 2010.
 .SS glibc notes
@@ -622,7 +621,7 @@ may be specified.
 or
 .B O
 modifiers, if present.)
-.PP
+.P
 The following flag characters are permitted:
 .TP
 .B _
@@ -645,7 +644,7 @@ Swap the case of the result string.
 (This flag works only with certain conversion specifier characters,
 and of these, it is only really useful with
 .BR %Z .)
-.PP
+.P
 An optional decimal width specifier may follow the (possibly absent) flag.
 If the natural size of the field is smaller than this width,
 then the result string is padded (on the left) to the specified width.
@@ -667,7 +666,7 @@ specify any
 .I errno
 settings for
 .BR strftime ().
-.PP
+.P
 Some buggy versions of
 .BR gcc (1)
 complain about the use of
@@ -682,7 +681,7 @@ to circumvent this
 problem.
 A relatively clean one is to add an
 intermediate function
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 size_t
@@ -693,7 +692,7 @@ my_strftime(char *s, size_t max, const char *fmt,
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Nowadays,
 .BR gcc (1)
 provides the
@@ -703,16 +702,16 @@ so that the above workaround is no longer required.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .B RFC\~2822-compliant date format
 (with an English locale for %a and %b)
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 "%a,\ %d\ %b\ %Y\ %T\ %z"
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 .B RFC\~822-compliant date format
 (with an English locale for %a and %b)
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 "%a,\ %d\ %b\ %y\ %T\ %z"
@@ -721,11 +720,11 @@ so that the above workaround is no longer required.
 .SS Example program
 The program below can be used to experiment with
 .BR strftime ().
-.PP
+.P
 Some examples of the result string produced by the glibc implementation of
 .BR strftime ()
 are as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%m\[aq]"
diff --git a/man3/string.3 b/man3/string.3
index dc1c415..e7fb777 100644
--- a/man3/string.3
+++ b/man3/string.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:54:31 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH string 3 2023-01-22 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH string 3 2023-11-14 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 stpcpy, strcasecmp, strcat, strchr, strcmp, strcoll, strcpy, strcspn,
 strdup, strfry, strlen, strncat, strncmp, strncpy, strncasecmp, strpbrk,
@@ -179,21 +179,14 @@ to the current locale and copies the first
 .I n
 bytes to
 .IR dest .
-.SS Obsolete functions
 .TP
 .nf
 .BI "char *strncpy(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
 const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "       size_t " n );
 .fi
-Copy at most
-.I n
-bytes from string
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest ,
-returning a pointer to the start of
-.IR dest .
+Fill a fixed-size buffer with leading non-null bytes from a source array,
+padding with null bytes as needed.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The string functions perform operations on null-terminated
 strings.
diff --git a/man3/strlen.3 b/man3/strlen.3
index c5820ba..9b0ec8e 100644
--- a/man3/strlen.3
+++ b/man3/strlen.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:02:26 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strlen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strlen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strlen \- calculate the length of a string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strlen(const char *" s );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ T{
 .BR strlen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strncat.3 b/man3/strncat.3
index f53c930..74848c9 100644
--- a/man3/strncat.3
+++ b/man3/strncat.3
@@ -3,43 +3,45 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH strncat 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strncat 3 2023-12-05 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
-strncat \- concatenate a null-padded character sequence into a string
+strncat
+\-
+append non-null bytes from a source array to a string,
+and null-terminate the result
 .SH LIBRARY
 Standard C library
 .RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
-.BI "char *strncat(char *restrict " dst ", const char " src "[restrict ." sz ],
-.BI "               size_t " sz );
+.P
+.BI "char *strncat(char *restrict " dst ", const char " src "[restrict ." ssize ],
+.BI "              size_t " ssize );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-This function catenates the input character sequence
-contained in a null-padded fixed-width buffer,
-into a string at the buffer pointed to by
+This function appends at most
+.I ssize
+non-null bytes from the array pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+followed by a null character,
+to the end of the string pointed to by
 .IR dst .
-The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
-that is,
-.IR "strlen(dst) + strnlen(src, sz) + 1" .
-.PP
+.I dst
+must point to a string contained in a buffer that is large enough,
+that is, the buffer size must be at least
+.IR "strlen(dst) + strnlen(src, ssize) + 1" .
+.P
 An implementation of this function might be:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char *
-strncat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t sz)
+strncat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t ssize)
 {
-    int   len;
-    char  *p;
-\&
-    len = strnlen(src, sz);
-    p = dst + strlen(dst);
-    p = mempcpy(p, src, len);
-    *p = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
+    #define strnul(s)  (s + strlen(s))
 \&
+    stpcpy(mempcpy(strnul(dst), src, strnlen(src, ssize)), "");
     return dst;
 }
 .EE
@@ -62,17 +64,17 @@ T{
 .BR strncat ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
 .SH CAVEATS
-The name of this function is confusing.
-This function has no relation to
+The name of this function is confusing;
+it has no relation to
 .BR strncpy (3).
-.PP
-If the destination buffer is not large enough,
+.P
+If the destination buffer does not already contain a string,
+or is not large enough,
 the behavior is undefined.
 See
 .B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
@@ -82,7 +84,7 @@ in
 This function can be very inefficient.
 Read about
 .UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
-Shlemiel the painter
+Shlemiel the painter
 .UE .
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .\" SRC BEGIN (strncat.c)
@@ -97,9 +99,9 @@ Shlemiel the painter
 int
 main(void)
 {
-    size_t  maxsize;
+    size_t  n;
 \&
-    // Null-padded fixed-width character sequences
+    // Null-padded fixed-size character sequences
     char    pre[4] = "pre.";
     char    new_post[50] = ".foo.bar";
 \&
@@ -108,9 +110,8 @@ main(void)
     char    src[] = "some_long_body.post";
     char    *dest;
 \&
-    maxsize = nitems(pre) + strlen(src) \- strlen(post) +
-              nitems(new_post) + 1;
-    dest = malloc(sizeof(*dest) * maxsize);
+    n = nitems(pre) + strlen(src) \- strlen(post) + nitems(new_post) + 1;
+    dest = malloc(sizeof(*dest) * n);
     if (dest == NULL)
         err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
 \&
@@ -128,4 +129,4 @@ main(void)
 .in
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR string (3),
-.BR string_copying (3)
+.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man3/strnlen.3 b/man3/strnlen.3
index eeaf3c6..78e5c51 100644
--- a/man3/strnlen.3
+++ b/man3/strnlen.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" References consulted:
 .\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
 .\"
-.TH strnlen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strnlen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strnlen(const char " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strnlen ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR strnlen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strpbrk.3 b/man3/strpbrk.3
index abdf5af..c8d71a8 100644
--- a/man3/strpbrk.3
+++ b/man3/strpbrk.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:01:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strpbrk 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strpbrk 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strpbrk \- search a string for any of a set of bytes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strpbrk(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ T{
 .BR strpbrk ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strptime.3 b/man3/strptime.3
index 6dd0590..9ccccfd 100644
--- a/man3/strptime.3
+++ b/man3/strptime.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Modified, aeb, 2001-08-31
 .\" Modified, wharms 2001-11-12, remark on white space and example
 .\"
-.TH strptime 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strptime 3 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strptime \- convert a string representation of time to a time tm structure
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strptime(const char *restrict " s ", const char *restrict " format ,
 .BI "               struct tm *restrict " tm );
 .fi
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ structure pointed to by
 .IR tm ,
 using the format specified by
 .IR format .
-.PP
+.P
 The broken-down time structure
 .I tm
 is described in
 .BR tm (3type).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I format
 argument
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ except for whitespace, which matches zero or more
 whitespace characters in the input string.
 There should be white\%space or other alphanumeric characters
 between any two field descriptors.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strptime ()
 function processes the input string from left
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Each of the three possible input elements (whitespace,
 literal, or format) are handled one after the other.
 If the input cannot be matched to the format string, the function stops.
 The remainder of the format and input strings are not processed.
-.PP
+.P
 The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
 In case a text string (such as the name of a day of the week or a month name)
 is to be matched, the comparison is case insensitive.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Equivalent to
 to non-Americans, especially since
 .B %d/%m/%y
 is widely used in Europe.
-The ISO 8601 standard format is
+The ISO\~8601 standard format is
 .BR %Y\-%m\-%d .)
 .TP
 .B %H
@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ range 00\[en]68 refer to years in the twenty-first century (2000\[en]2068).
 .TP
 .B %Y
 The year, including century (for example, 1991).
-.PP
+.P
 Some field descriptors can be modified by the E or O modifier characters
 to indicate that an alternative format or specification should be used.
 If the
 alternative format or specification does not exist in the current locale, the
 unmodified field descriptor is used.
-.PP
+.P
 The E modifier specifies that the input string may contain
 alternative locale-dependent versions of the date and time representation:
 .TP
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ The offset from
 .TP
 .B %EY
 The full alternative year representation.
-.PP
+.P
 The O modifier specifies that the numerical input may be in an
 alternative locale-dependent format:
 .TP
@@ -275,7 +275,6 @@ T{
 .BR strptime ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -295,7 +294,7 @@ explicitly specified, except that it recomputes the
 and
 .I tm_yday
 field if any of the year, month, or day elements changed.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" This function is available since libc 4.6.8.
 .\" Linux libc4 and libc5 includes define the prototype unconditionally;
 .\" glibc2 includes provide a prototype only when
@@ -303,12 +302,12 @@ field if any of the year, month, or day elements changed.
 .\" or
 .\" .B _GNU_SOURCE
 .\" are defined.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" Before libc 5.4.13 whitespace
 .\" (and the \[aq]n\[aq] and \[aq]t\[aq] specifications) was not handled,
 .\" no \[aq]E\[aq] and \[aq]O\[aq] locale modifier characters were accepted,
 .\" and the \[aq]C\[aq] specification was a synonym for the \[aq]c\[aq] specification.
-.PP
+.P
 The \[aq]y\[aq] (year in century) specification is taken to specify a year
 .\" in the 20th century by libc4 and libc5.
 .\" It is taken to be a year
@@ -330,7 +329,7 @@ This leads to
 .B %F
 Equivalent to
 .BR %Y\-%m\-%d ,
-the ISO 8601 date format.
+the ISO\~8601 date format.
 .TP
 .B %g
 The year corresponding to the ISO week number, but without the century
@@ -344,18 +343,18 @@ The year corresponding to the ISO week number.
 The day of the week as a decimal number (1\[en]7, where Monday = 1).
 .TP
 .B %V
-The ISO 8601:1988 week number as a decimal number (1\[en]53).
+The ISO\~8601:1988 week number as a decimal number (1\[en]53).
 If the week (starting on Monday) containing 1 January has four or more days
 in the new year, then it is considered week 1.
 Otherwise, it is the last week
 of the previous year, and the next week is week 1.
 .TP
 .B %z
-An RFC-822/ISO 8601 standard timezone specification.
+An RFC-822/ISO\~8601 standard timezone specification.
 .TP
 .B %Z
 The timezone name.
-.PP
+.P
 Similarly, because of GNU extensions to
 .BR strftime (3),
 .B %k
@@ -375,7 +374,7 @@ Finally
 .B %s
 The number of seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
 Leap seconds are not counted unless leap second support is available.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation does not require whitespace between
 two field descriptors.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -383,7 +382,7 @@ The following example demonstrates the use of
 .BR strptime ()
 and
 .BR strftime (3).
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (strptime.c)
 .EX
 #define _XOPEN_SOURCE
diff --git a/man3/strsep.3 b/man3/strsep.3
index bf86fcf..aac29b9 100644
--- a/man3/strsep.3
+++ b/man3/strsep.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified Mon Jan 20 12:04:18 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\" Modified Tue Jan 23 20:23:07 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 .\"
-.TH strsep 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strsep 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strsep \- extract token from string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strsep(char **restrict " stringp ", const char *restrict " delim );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strsep ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -79,12 +79,11 @@ T{
 .BR strsep ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.4BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strsep ()
 function was introduced as a replacement for
@@ -106,7 +105,7 @@ The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
 The program below is a port of the one found in
 .BR strtok (3),
 which, however, doesn't discard multiple delimiters or empty tokens:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
diff --git a/man3/strsignal.3 b/man3/strsignal.3
index 3aaacec..0d359d6 100644
--- a/man3/strsignal.3
+++ b/man3/strsignal.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:59:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strsignal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strsignal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strsignal, sigabbrev_np, sigdescr_np, sys_siglist \-
 return string describing signal
@@ -19,25 +19,25 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strsignal(int " sig );
 .BI "const char *sigdescr_np(int " sig );
 .BI "const char *sigabbrev_np(int " sig );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] extern const char *const " sys_siglist [];
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR sigabbrev_np (),
 .BR sigdescr_np ():
 .nf
     _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strsignal ():
 .nf
     From glibc 2.10 to glibc 2.31:
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     Before glibc 2.10:
         _GNU_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .IR sys_siglist :
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The string returned by
 is localized according to the
 .B LC_MESSAGES
 category in the current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigdescr_np ()
 function returns a string describing the signal
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ number passed in the argument
 Unlike
 .BR strsignal ()
 this string is not influenced by the current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigabbrev_np ()
 function returns the abbreviated name of the signal,
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function returns the abbreviated name of the signal,
 For example, given the value
 .BR SIGINT ,
 it returns the string "INT".
-.PP
+.P
 The (deprecated) array
 .I sys_siglist
 holds the signal description strings
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ function returns the appropriate description
 string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid.
 On some systems (but not on Linux), NULL may instead be
 returned for an invalid signal number.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR sigdescr_np ()
 and
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ T{
 .BR sigabbrev_np ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strsignal ()
diff --git a/man3/strspn.3 b/man3/strspn.3
index 53e546d..b1398cf 100644
--- a/man3/strspn.3
+++ b/man3/strspn.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:57:50 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strspn 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strspn 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strspn, strcspn \- get length of a prefix substring
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strspn(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
 .BI "size_t strcspn(const char *" s ", const char *" reject );
 .fi
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ segment of
 .I s
 which consists entirely of bytes in
 .IR accept .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strcspn ()
 function calculates the length of the initial
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ the initial segment of
 which consist only of bytes
 from
 .IR accept .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strcspn ()
 function returns the number of bytes in
@@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ T{
 .BR strcspn ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strstr.3 b/man3/strstr.3
index d07c0f4..ef455cf 100644
--- a/man3/strstr.3
+++ b/man3/strstr.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Added history, aeb, 980113.
 .\" 2005-05-05 mtk: added strcasestr()
 .\"
-.TH strstr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strstr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strstr, strcasestr \- locate a substring
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strstr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strcasestr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ function finds the first occurrence of the substring
 in the string
 .IR haystack .
 The terminating null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) are not compared.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strcasestr ()
 function is like
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ but ignores the case of both arguments.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return a pointer to the beginning of the
 located substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I needle
 is the empty string,
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ T{
 .BR strcasestr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR strstr ()
diff --git a/man3/strtod.3 b/man3/strtod.3
index 23e7578..5c650b1 100644
--- a/man3/strtod.3
+++ b/man3/strtod.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\"   (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de)
 .\" Added strof, strtold, aeb, 2001-06-07
 .\"
-.TH strtod 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strtod 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strtod, strtof, strtold \- convert ASCII string to floating-point number
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,18 +24,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double strtod(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
 .BI "float strtof(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
 .BI "long double strtold(const char *restrict " nptr \
 ", char **restrict " endptr );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strtof (),
 .BR strtold ():
 .nf
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ to
 and
 .I long double
 representation, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 The expected form of the (initial portion of the) string is
 optional leading white space as recognized by
 .BR isspace (3),
 an optional plus (\[aq]+\[aq]) or minus sign (\[aq]\-\[aq]) and then either
 (i) a decimal number, or (ii) a hexadecimal number,
 or (iii) an infinity, or (iv) a NAN (not-a-number).
-.PP
+.P
 A
 .I "decimal number"
 consists of a nonempty sequence of decimal digits
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ usually \[aq].\[aq]), optionally followed by a decimal exponent.
 A decimal exponent consists of an \[aq]E\[aq] or \[aq]e\[aq], followed by an
 optional plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
 decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 10.
-.PP
+.P
 A
 .I "hexadecimal number"
 consists of a "0x" or "0X" followed by a nonempty sequence of
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ consists of a \[aq]P\[aq] or \[aq]p\[aq], followed by an optional
 plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
 decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 2.
 At least one of radix character and binary exponent must be present.
-.PP
+.P
 An
 .I infinity
 is either "INF" or "INFINITY", disregarding case.
-.PP
+.P
 A
 .I NAN
 is "NAN" (disregarding case) optionally followed by a string,
@@ -97,21 +97,21 @@ specifies in an implementation-dependent
 way the type of NAN (see NOTES).
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the converted value, if any.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I endptr
 is not NULL,
 a pointer to the character after the last character used in the conversion
 is stored in the location referenced by
 .IR endptr .
-.PP
+.P
 If no conversion is performed, zero is returned and (unless
 .I endptr
 is null) the value of
 .I nptr
 is stored in the location referenced by
 .IR endptr .
-.PP
+.P
 If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus
 .BR HUGE_VAL ,
 .BR HUGE_VALF ,
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ and
 .B ERANGE
 is stored in
 .IR errno .
-.PP
+.P
 If the correct value would cause underflow,
 a value with magnitude no larger than
 .BR DBL_MIN ,
@@ -153,7 +153,6 @@ T{
 .BR strtold ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 In the glibc implementation, the
 .I n-char-sequence
diff --git a/man3/strtoimax.3 b/man3/strtoimax.3
index 88ce973..1e73661 100644
--- a/man3/strtoimax.3
+++ b/man3/strtoimax.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH strtoimax 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strtoimax 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strtoimax, strtoumax \- convert string to integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <inttypes.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "intmax_t strtoimax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
 .BI "                   int " base );
 .BI "uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@ T{
 .BR strtoumax ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/strtok.3 b/man3/strtok.3
index 6f01530..8454776 100644
--- a/man3/strtok.3
+++ b/man3/strtok.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\" 2005-11-17, mtk: Substantial parts rewritten
 .\" 2013-05-19, mtk: added much further detail on the operation of strtok()
 .\"
-.TH strtok 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strtok 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strtok, strtok_r \- extract tokens from strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *strtok(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim );
 .BI "char *strtok_r(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim ,
 .BI "               char **restrict " saveptr );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strtok_r ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ specified in
 In each subsequent call that should parse the same string,
 .I str
 must be NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I delim
 argument specifies a set of bytes that
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The caller may specify different strings in
 .I delim
 in successive
 calls that parse the same string.
-.PP
+.P
 Each call to
 .BR strtok ()
 returns a pointer to a
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This string does not include the delimiting byte.
 If no more tokens are found,
 .BR strtok ()
 returns NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 A sequence of calls to
 .BR strtok ()
 that operate on the same string maintains a pointer
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ returns NULL.
 will thus cause
 .BR strtok ()
 to return NULL on the first call.)
-.PP
+.P
 The end of each token is found by scanning forward until either
 the next delimiter byte is found or until the
 terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is encountered.
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ when searching for the next token.
 In this case,
 .BR strtok ()
 returns a pointer to the start of the found token.
-.PP
+.P
 From the above description,
 it follows that a sequence of two or more contiguous delimiter bytes in
 the parsed string is considered to be a single delimiter, and that
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ successive calls to
 that specify the delimiter string "\fI;,\fP"
 would return the strings "\fIaaa\fP" and "\fIbbb\fP",
 and then a null pointer.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strtok_r ()
 function is a reentrant version of
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ variable that is used internally by
 .BR strtok_r ()
 in order to maintain context between successive calls that parse the
 same string.
-.PP
+.P
 On the first call to
 .BR strtok_r (),
 .I str
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ should be NULL, and
 .I saveptr
 (and the buffer that it points to)
 should be unchanged since the previous call.
-.PP
+.P
 Different strings may be parsed concurrently using sequences of calls to
 .BR strtok_r ()
 that specify different
@@ -170,7 +170,6 @@ T{
 .BR strtok_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 On some implementations,
 .\" Tru64, according to its manual page
@@ -218,9 +217,9 @@ The second argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
 to be used to separate that string into "major" tokens.
 The third argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
 to be used to separate the "major" tokens into subtokens.
-.PP
+.P
 An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 }
 .EE
 .\" SRC END
-.PP
+.P
 Another example program using
 .BR strtok ()
 can be found in
diff --git a/man3/strtol.3 b/man3/strtol.3
index fe5555a..b6609b2 100644
--- a/man3/strtol.3
+++ b/man3/strtol.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:53:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Added correction due to nsd@bbc.com (Nick Duffek) - aeb, 950610
-.TH strtol 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strtol 3 2023-12-19 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strtol, strtoll, strtoq \- convert a string to a long integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long strtol(const char *restrict " nptr ,
 .BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
 .BI "long long strtoll(const char *restrict " nptr ,
 .BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strtoll ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ in
 to a long integer value according to the given
 .IR base ,
 which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
-.PP
+.P
 The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
 determined by
 .BR isspace (3))
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ zero
 .I base
 is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
 is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
-.PP
+.P
 The remainder of the string is converted to a
 .I long
 value
@@ -67,10 +67,13 @@ valid digit in the given base.
 (In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
 either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
 forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I endptr
 is not NULL,
+and the
+.I base
+is supported,
 .BR strtol ()
 stores the address of the
 first invalid character in
@@ -88,7 +91,7 @@ In particular, if
 is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
 .I **endptr
 is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strtoll ()
 function works just like the
@@ -124,6 +127,9 @@ instead of
 and
 .BR LONG_MAX ).
 .SH ERRORS
+This function does not modify
+.I errno
+on success.
 .TP
 .B EINVAL
 (not in C99)
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ contains an unsupported value.
 .TP
 .B ERANGE
 The resulting value was out of range.
-.PP
+.P
 The implementation may also set
 .I errno
 to
@@ -156,7 +162,6 @@ T{
 .BR strtoq ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -182,28 +187,43 @@ on both success and failure, the calling program should set
 .I errno
 to 0 before the call,
 and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
-.I errno
-has a nonzero value after the call.
-.PP
+.I errno == ERANGE
+after the call.
+.P
 According to POSIX.1,
 in locales other than "C" and "POSIX",
 these functions may accept other,
 implementation-defined numeric strings.
-.PP
+.P
 BSD also has
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "quad_t strtoq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 with completely analogous definition.
 Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
 may be equivalent to
 .BR strtoll ()
 or to
 .BR strtol ().
+.SH CAVEATS
+If the
+.I base
+needs to be tested,
+it should be tested in a call where the string is known to succeed.
+Otherwise, it's impossible to portably differentiate the errors.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+errno = 0;
+strtol("0", NULL, base);
+if (errno == EINVAL)
+    goto unsupported_base;
+.EE
+.in
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The program shown below demonstrates the use of
 .BR strtol ().
@@ -218,7 +238,7 @@ a function that performs no error checking and
 has a simpler interface than
 .BR strtol ().)
 Some examples of the results produced by this program are the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RB "$" " ./a.out 123"
@@ -241,7 +261,6 @@ strtol: Numerical result out of range
 .\" SRC BEGIN (strtol.c)
 .EX
 #include <errno.h>
-#include <limits.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 \&
@@ -261,11 +280,18 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
     base = (argc > 2) ? atoi(argv[2]) : 0;
 \&
     errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
+    strtol("0", NULL, base);
+    if (errno == EINVAL) {
+        perror("strtol");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
     val = strtol(str, &endptr, base);
 \&
     /* Check for various possible errors. */
 \&
-    if (errno != 0) {
+    if (errno == ERANGE) {
         perror("strtol");
         exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
     }
diff --git a/man3/strtoul.3 b/man3/strtoul.3
index a9a8d60..99b5a47 100644
--- a/man3/strtoul.3
+++ b/man3/strtoul.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Fixed typo, aeb, 950823
 .\" 2002-02-22, joey, mihtjel: Added strtoull()
 .\"
-.TH strtoul 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strtoul 3 2023-12-19 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strtoul, strtoull, strtouq \- convert a string to an unsigned long integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,18 +20,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "unsigned long strtoul(const char *restrict " nptr ,
 .BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
 .BI "unsigned long long strtoull(const char *restrict " nptr ,
 .BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR strtoull ():
 .nf
     _ISOC99_SOURCE
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ given
 .IR base ,
 which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be
 the special value 0.
-.PP
+.P
 The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
 determined by
 .BR isspace (3))
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ zero
 .I base
 is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
 is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
-.PP
+.P
 The remainder of the string is converted to an
 .I "unsigned long"
 value in the obvious manner,
@@ -73,10 +73,13 @@ valid digit in the given base.
 (In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
 either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
 forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I endptr
 is not NULL,
+and the
+.I base
+is supported,
 .BR strtoul ()
 stores the address of the
 first invalid character in
@@ -94,7 +97,7 @@ In particular, if
 is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
 .I **endptr
 is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR strtoull ()
 function works just like the
@@ -124,6 +127,9 @@ Precisely the same holds for
 instead of
 .BR ULONG_MAX ).
 .SH ERRORS
+This function does not modify
+.I errno
+on success.
 .TP
 .B EINVAL
 (not in C99)
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ contains an unsupported value.
 .TP
 .B ERANGE
 The resulting value was out of range.
-.PP
+.P
 The implementation may also set
 .I errno
 to
@@ -156,7 +162,6 @@ T{
 .BR strtouq ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -180,26 +185,26 @@ to 0 before the call,
 and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
 .I errno
 has a nonzero value after the call.
-.PP
+.P
 In locales other than the "C" locale, other strings may be accepted.
 (For example, the thousands separator of the current locale may be
 supported.)
-.PP
+.P
 BSD also has
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BI "u_quad_t strtouq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 with completely analogous definition.
 Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
 may be equivalent to
 .BR strtoull ()
 or to
 .BR strtoul ().
-.PP
+.P
 Negative values are considered valid input and are
 silently converted to the equivalent
 .I "unsigned long"
diff --git a/man3/strverscmp.3 b/man3/strverscmp.3
index e33a569..ad3ebeb 100644
--- a/man3/strverscmp.3
+++ b/man3/strverscmp.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH strverscmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strverscmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strverscmp \- compare two version strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int strverscmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ which is implemented using
 .BR versionsort (3),
 which again uses
 .BR strverscmp ().
-.PP
+.P
 Thus, the task of
 .BR strverscmp ()
 is to compare two strings and find the "right" order, while
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ the locale category
 .BR LC_COLLATE ,
 so is meant mostly for situations
 where the strings are expected to be in ASCII.
-.PP
+.P
 What this function does is the following.
 If both strings are equal, return 0.
 Otherwise, find the position
@@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ T{
 .BR strverscmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
 .\" which has:
 .\"
@@ -105,7 +104,7 @@ It uses
 .BR strverscmp ()
 to compare the two strings given as its command-line arguments.
 An example of its use is the following:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 $ \fB./a.out jan1 jan10\fP
diff --git a/man3/strxfrm.3 b/man3/strxfrm.3
index 03ff0a8..a646af0 100644
--- a/man3/strxfrm.3
+++ b/man3/strxfrm.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:28 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strxfrm 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH strxfrm 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 strxfrm \- string transformation
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <string.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t strxfrm(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
 const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "               size_t " n );
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR strxfrm ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/swab.3 b/man3/swab.3
index 046c0f8..73c840f 100644
--- a/man3/swab.3
+++ b/man3/swab.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:52:15 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2001-12-15, aeb
-.TH swab 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH swab 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 swab \- swap adjacent bytes
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void swab(const void " from "[restrict ." n "], void " to "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "          ssize_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ exchanging
 adjacent even and odd bytes.
 This function is used to exchange data
 between machines that have different low/high byte ordering.
-.PP
+.P
 This function does nothing when
 .I n
 is negative.
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ T{
 .BR swab ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/sysconf.3 b/man3/sysconf.3
index a4d14d3..29ce6bd 100644
--- a/man3/sysconf.3
+++ b/man3/sysconf.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:51:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified Tue Aug 17 11:42:20 1999 by Ariel Scolnicov (ariels@compugen.co.il)
-.TH sysconf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sysconf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sysconf \- get configuration information at run time
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,20 +14,20 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long sysconf(int " "name" );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 POSIX allows an application to test at compile or run time
 whether certain options are supported, or what the value is
 of certain configurable constants or limits.
-.PP
+.P
 At compile time this is done by including
 .I <unistd.h>
 and/or
 .I <limits.h>
 and testing the value of certain macros.
-.PP
+.P
 At run time, one can ask for numerical values using the present function
 .BR sysconf ().
 One can ask for numerical values that may depend
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ and
 .BR pathconf (3).
 One can ask for string values using
 .BR confstr (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The values obtained from these functions are system configuration constants.
 They do not change during the lifetime of a process.
 .\" except that sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) may change answer after a call
 .\" to setrlimit( ) which changes the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit
-.PP
+.P
 For options, typically, there is a constant
 .B _POSIX_FOO
 that may be defined in
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ argument will be
 .BR _SC_FOO .
 For a list of options, see
 .BR posixoptions (7).
-.PP
+.P
 For variables or limits, typically, there is a constant
 .BR _FOO ,
 maybe defined in
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ We give the name of the variable, the name of the
 .BR sysconf ()
 argument used to inquire about its value,
 and a short description.
-.PP
+.P
 First, the POSIX.1 compatible values.
 .\" [for the moment: only the things that are unconditionally present]
 .\" .TP
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ is supported.
 .BR POSIX2_SW_DEV " - " _SC_2_SW_DEV
 indicates whether the POSIX.2 software development utilities option is
 supported.
-.PP
+.P
 These values also exist, but may not be standard.
 .TP
 .BR "" " - " _SC_PHYS_PAGES
@@ -366,7 +366,6 @@ T{
 .BR sysconf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -377,7 +376,7 @@ It is difficult to use
 because it is not specified how much of the argument space for
 .BR exec (3)
 is consumed by the user's environment variables.
-.PP
+.P
 Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
 memory.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/syslog.3 b/man3/syslog.3
index e8c9dc4..7b3c663 100644
--- a/man3/syslog.3
+++ b/man3/syslog.3
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 .\" Modified 13 Dec 2001, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
 .\" Modified 3 Jan 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
 .\"
-.TH syslog 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH syslog 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 closelog, openlog, syslog, vsyslog \- send messages to the system logger
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -24,19 +24,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <syslog.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void openlog(const char *" ident ", int " option ", int " facility );
 .BI "void syslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", ...);"
 .B "void closelog(void);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void vsyslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", va_list " ap );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR vsyslog ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SS openlog()
 .BR openlog ()
 opens a connection to the system logger for a program.
-.PP
+.P
 The string pointed to by
 .I ident
 is prepended to every message, and is typically set to the program name.
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ is NULL, the program name is used.
 (POSIX.1-2008 does not specify the behavior when
 .I ident
 is NULL.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I option
 argument specifies flags which control the operation of
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The values that may be specified for
 and
 .I facility
 are described below.
-.PP
+.P
 The use of
 .BR openlog ()
 is optional; it will automatically be called by
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ will default to NULL.
 .BR syslog ()
 generates a log message, which will be distributed by
 .BR syslogd (8).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I priority
 argument is formed by ORing together a
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ is used, or, if there was no preceding
 call, a default of
 .B LOG_USER
 is employed.
-.PP
+.P
 The remaining arguments are a
 .IR format ,
 as in
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ will be replaced by
 the error message string
 .IR strerror ( errno ).
 The format string need not include a terminating newline character.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR vsyslog ()
 performs the same task as
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ informational message
 .TP
 .B LOG_DEBUG
 debug-level message
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR setlogmask (3)
 can be used to restrict logging to specified levels only.
@@ -279,7 +279,6 @@ T{
 .BR vsyslog ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR syslog ()
@@ -310,7 +309,7 @@ None.
 .\" .I <varargs.h>
 .\" mechanism, which is not compatible with
 .\" .IR <stdarg.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 specifies only the
 .B LOG_USER
 and
@@ -324,7 +323,7 @@ and
 the other
 .I facility
 values appear on most UNIX systems.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .B LOG_PERROR
 value for
@@ -343,10 +342,10 @@ is changed,
 may start prepending the changed string, and if the string
 it points to ceases to exist, the results are undefined.
 Most portable is to use a string constant.
-.PP
+.P
 Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format,
 use the following instead:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 syslog(priority, "%s", string);
diff --git a/man3/system.3 b/man3/system.3
index 8615623..08ffb07 100644
--- a/man3/system.3
+++ b/man3/system.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Modified 14 May 2001, 23 Sep 2001 by aeb
 .\" 2004-12-20, mtk
 .\"
-.TH system 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH system 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 system \- execute a shell command
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int system(const char *" "command" );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ to create a child process that executed the shell command specified in
 using
 .BR execl (3)
 as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 execl("/bin/sh", "sh", "\-c", command, (char *) NULL);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 .BR system ()
 returns after the command has been completed.
-.PP
+.P
 During execution of the command,
 .B SIGCHLD
 will be blocked, and
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ will be ignored, in the process that calls
 (These signals will be handled according to their defaults inside
 the child process that executes
 .IR command .)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I command
 is NULL, then
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ used to execute
 .IR command .
 (The termination status of a shell is the termination status of
 the last command it executes.)
-.PP
+.P
 In the last two cases,
 the return value is a "wait status" that can be examined using
 the macros described in
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ the macros described in
 .BR WIFEXITED (),
 .BR WEXITSTATUS (),
 and so on).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR system ()
 does not affect the wait status of any other children.
 .SH ERRORS
@@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ T{
 .BR system ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ The main cost of
 is inefficiency:
 additional system calls are required to create the process that
 runs the shell and to execute the shell.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B _XOPEN_SOURCE
 feature test macro is defined
@@ -149,7 +148,7 @@ then the macros described in
 .RB ( WEXITSTATUS (),
 etc.) are made available when including
 .IR <stdlib.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 As mentioned,
 .BR system ()
 ignores
@@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ This may make programs that call it
 from a loop uninterruptible, unless they take care themselves
 to check the exit status of the child.
 For example:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 while (something) {
@@ -172,13 +171,13 @@ while (something) {
 }
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 According to POSIX.1, it is unspecified whether handlers registered using
 .BR pthread_atfork (3)
 are called during the execution of
 .BR system ().
 In the glibc implementation, such handlers are not called.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.1.3, the check for the availability of
 .I /bin/sh
 was not actually performed if
@@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ a shell, that shell may not be available or executable if
 the calling program has previously called
 .BR chroot (2)
 (which is not specified by POSIX.1-2001).
-.PP
+.P
 It is possible for the shell command to terminate with a status of 127,
 which yields a
 .BR system ()
@@ -219,7 +218,7 @@ or
 (which also use the
 .B PATH
 environment variable to search for an executable).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR system ()
 will not, in fact, work properly from programs with set-user-ID or
 set-group-ID privileges on systems on which
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ is bash version 2: as a security measure, bash 2 drops privileges on startup.
 .BR dash (1),
 which does not do this when invoked as
 .BR sh .)
-.PP
+.P
 Any user input that is employed as part of
 .I command
 should be
@@ -253,7 +252,7 @@ option to
 .BR sh (1).)
 To work around this problem,
 prepend the command with a space as in the following call:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
     system(" \-unfortunate\-command\-name");
diff --git a/man3/sysv_signal.3 b/man3/sysv_signal.3
index 84d77fe..0c0c161 100644
--- a/man3/sysv_signal.3
+++ b/man3/sysv_signal.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH sysv_signal 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH sysv_signal 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 sysv_signal \- signal handling with System V semantics
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <signal.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "sighandler_t sysv_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The
 .BR sysv_signal ()
 function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
 .BR signal (2).
-.PP
+.P
 However
 .BR sysv_signal ()
 provides the System V unreliable signal semantics, that is:
@@ -56,14 +56,13 @@ T{
 .BR sysv_signal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 Use of
 .BR sysv_signal ()
 should be avoided; use
 .BR sigaction (2)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 On older Linux systems,
 .BR sysv_signal ()
 and
@@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ But on newer systems,
 provides reliable signal semantics; see
 .BR signal (2)
 for details.
-.PP
+.P
 The use of
 .I sighandler_t
 is a GNU extension;
diff --git a/man3/tailq.3 b/man3/tailq.3
index 15f9203..5e24501 100644
--- a/man3/tailq.3
+++ b/man3/tailq.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
 .\"
 .\"
-.TH TAILQ 3 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH TAILQ 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 TAILQ_CONCAT,
 TAILQ_EMPTY,
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B TAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.PP
+.P
 .B TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
 .BI "TAILQ_HEAD TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(TAILQ_HEAD " head );
 .BI "void TAILQ_INIT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int TAILQ_EMPTY(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
 .BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_FIRST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
 .BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_LAST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME);"
 .BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME,"
 .\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
 .\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@ Standard C library
 .\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
 .\" .BI "                                HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
 .\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void TAILQ_REMOVE(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
 .BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void TAILQ_CONCAT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
 .BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
 .\" .BI "void TAILQ_SWAP(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ", TYPE,"
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Standard C library
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These macros define and operate on doubly linked tail queues.
-.PP
+.P
 In the macro definitions,
 .I TYPE
 is the name of a user defined structure,
@@ -123,42 +123,42 @@ or at the end of the queue.
 A
 .I TAILQ_HEAD
 structure is declared as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I struct HEADNAME
 is the structure to be defined, and
 .I struct TYPE
 is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
 A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4
 .EX
 struct HEADNAME *headp;
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 (The names
 .I head
 and
 .I headp
 are user selectable.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_ENTRY ()
 declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 evaluates to an initializer for the queue
 .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_INIT ()
 initializes the queue referenced by
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
 evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
 .IR head .
@@ -167,18 +167,18 @@ evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the head of the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 at the end of the queue.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
 before the element
 .IR listelm .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
 inserts the new element
 .I elm
@@ -187,17 +187,17 @@ after the element
 .SS Traversal
 .BR TAILQ_FIRST ()
 returns the first item on the queue, or NULL if the queue is empty.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_LAST ()
 returns the last item on the queue.
 If the queue is empty the return value is NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_PREV ()
 returns the previous item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the first.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_NEXT ()
 returns the next item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the last.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
 traverses the queue referenced by
 .I head
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .I var
 is set to NULL if the loop completes normally,
 or if there were no elements.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
@@ -219,14 +219,14 @@ or if there were no elements.
 .\" .I var
 .\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
 .\" .IR head .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
 traverses the queue referenced by
 .I head
 in the reverse direction,
 assigning each element in turn to
 .IR var .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" instead of the last element in the TAILQ referenced by
 .\" .IR head .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
 .\" and
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
 .\" traversal.
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ assigning each element in turn to
 .\" .I var
 .\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
 .\" .IR head .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE ()
 .\" behaves identically to
 .\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ from the queue.
 .\" .I head1
 .\" and
 .\" .IR head2 .
-.\" .PP
+.\" .P
 .BR TAILQ_CONCAT ()
 concatenates the queue headed by
 .I head2
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ removing all entries from the former.
 .BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
 returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
 and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_FIRST (),
 .BR TAILQ_LAST (),
 .BR TAILQ_PREV (),
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ and
 return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
 .I TYPE
 structure, respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
 returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
 .IR head .
diff --git a/man3/tan.3 b/man3/tan.3
index b0b185e..169a6ef 100644
--- a/man3/tan.3
+++ b/man3/tan.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH tan 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tan 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tan, tanf, tanl \- tangent function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double tan(double " x );
 .BI "float tanf(float " x );
 .BI "long double tanl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tanf (),
 .BR tanl ():
 .nf
@@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ given in radians.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the tangent of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity or negative infinity,
 a domain error occurs,
 and a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the correct result would overflow,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
@@ -120,12 +120,11 @@ T{
 .BR tanl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/tanh.3 b/man3/tanh.3
index dc4d8fc..09d3e03 100644
--- a/man3/tanh.3
+++ b/man3/tanh.3
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
 .\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
 .\"
-.TH tanh 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tanh 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tanh, tanhf, tanhl \- hyperbolic tangent function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double tanh(double " x );
 .BI "float tanhf(float " x );
 .BI "long double tanhl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tanhf (),
 .BR tanhl ():
 .nf
@@ -45,22 +45,22 @@ These functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
 .IR x ,
 which
 is defined mathematically as:
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     tanh(x) = sinh(x) / cosh(x)
 .fi
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity (negative infinity),
@@ -87,12 +87,11 @@ T{
 .BR tanhl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The variant returning
 .I double
 also conforms to
diff --git a/man3/tcgetpgrp.3 b/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
index 494ed43..d80baed 100644
--- a/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
+++ b/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH tcgetpgrp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tcgetpgrp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tcgetpgrp, tcsetpgrp \- get and set terminal foreground process group
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "pid_t tcgetpgrp(int " fd );
 .BI "int tcsetpgrp(int " fd ", pid_t " pgrp );
 .fi
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ terminal associated to
 .IR fd ,
 which must be the controlling terminal of the calling process.
 .\" The process itself may be a background process.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR tcsetpgrp ()
 makes the process group with process group ID
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Moreover,
 .I pgrp
 must be a (nonempty) process group belonging to
 the same session as the calling process.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .BR tcsetpgrp ()
 is called by a member of a background process group in its session,
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ does not refer to the controlling terminal of the calling process,
 \-1 is returned, and
 .I errno
 is set to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 When successful,
 .BR tcsetpgrp ()
 returns 0.
@@ -106,7 +106,6 @@ T{
 .BR tcsetpgrp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 These functions are implemented via the
 .B TIOCGPGRP
@@ -117,7 +116,7 @@ ioctls.
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 The ioctls appeared in 4.2BSD.
 The functions are POSIX inventions.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/tcgetsid.3 b/man3/tcgetsid.3
index 4fb349c..f727dfd 100644
--- a/man3/tcgetsid.3
+++ b/man3/tcgetsid.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH tcgetsid 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tcgetsid 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tcgetsid \- get session ID
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500" "        /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B "#include <termios.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "pid_t tcgetsid(int " fd );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -58,13 +58,12 @@ T{
 .BR tcgetsid ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 glibc 2.1.
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is implemented via the
 .B TIOCGSID
 .BR ioctl (2),
diff --git a/man3/telldir.3 b/man3/telldir.3
index 6bbd158..dbc5d9c 100644
--- a/man3/telldir.3
+++ b/man3/telldir.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:48:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH telldir 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH telldir 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 telldir \- return current location in directory stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <dirent.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long telldir(DIR *" dirp );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR telldir ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -63,12 +63,11 @@ T{
 .BR telldir ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 Up to glibc 2.1.1, the return type of
 .BR telldir ()
 was
@@ -76,7 +75,7 @@ was
 POSIX.1-2001 specifies
 .IR long ,
 and this is the type used since glibc 2.1.2.
-.PP
+.P
 In early filesystems, the value returned by
 .BR telldir ()
 was a simple file offset within a directory.
diff --git a/man3/tempnam.3 b/man3/tempnam.3
index fd68643..e1b7380 100644
--- a/man3/tempnam.3
+++ b/man3/tempnam.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH tempnam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tempnam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tempnam \- create a name for a temporary file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *tempnam(const char *" dir ", const char *" pfx );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tempnam ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Use
 or
 .BR tmpfile (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR tempnam ()
 function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in case
 is a non-NULL string of at most five bytes.
 The directory prefix part of the pathname generated is required to
 be "appropriate" (often that at least implies writable).
-.PP
+.P
 Attempts to find an appropriate directory go through the following
 steps:
 .TP 3
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ is used when appropriate.
 .TP
 d)
 Finally an implementation-defined directory may be used.
-.PP
+.P
 The string returned by
 .BR tempnam ()
 is allocated using
@@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ T{
 .BR tempnam ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ Or better yet, use
 .BR mkstemp (3)
 or
 .BR tmpfile (3).
-.PP
+.P
 SUSv2 does not mention the use of
 .BR TMPDIR ;
 glibc will use it only
@@ -138,12 +137,12 @@ when the program is not set-user-ID.
 On SVr4, the directory used under \fBd)\fP is
 .I /tmp
 (and this is what glibc does).
-.PP
+.P
 Because it dynamically allocates memory used to return the pathname,
 .BR tempnam ()
 is reentrant, and thus thread safe, unlike
 .BR tmpnam (3).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR tempnam ()
 function generates a different string each time it is called,
@@ -156,11 +155,11 @@ If it is called more than
 .B TMP_MAX
 times,
 the behavior is implementation defined.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tempnam ()
 uses at most the first five bytes from
 .IR pfx .
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc implementation of
 .BR tempnam ()
 fails with the error
diff --git a/man3/termios.3 b/man3/termios.3
index 9e015d1..28a5411 100644
--- a/man3/termios.3
+++ b/man3/termios.3
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 .\"     Enhanced the discussion of "raw" mode for cfmakeraw().
 .\"     Document CMSPAR.
 .\"
-.TH termios 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH termios 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 termios, tcgetattr, tcsetattr, tcsendbreak, tcdrain, tcflush, tcflow,
 cfmakeraw, cfgetospeed, cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfsetospeed, cfsetspeed \-
@@ -31,31 +31,31 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <termios.h>
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int tcgetattr(int " fd ", struct termios *" termios_p );
 .BI "int tcsetattr(int " fd ", int " optional_actions ,
 .BI "              const struct termios *" termios_p );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int tcsendbreak(int " fd ", int " duration );
 .BI "int tcdrain(int " fd );
 .BI "int tcflush(int " fd ", int " queue_selector );
 .BI "int tcflow(int " fd ", int " action );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void cfmakeraw(struct termios *" termios_p );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "speed_t cfgetispeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
 .BI "speed_t cfgetospeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int cfsetispeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
 .BI "int cfsetospeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
 .BI "int cfsetspeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfsetspeed (),
 .BR cfmakeraw ():
 .nf
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ provided to control asynchronous communications ports.
 Many of the functions described here have a \fItermios_p\fP argument
 that is a pointer to a \fItermios\fP structure.
 This structure contains at least the following members:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 tcflag_t c_iflag;      /* input modes */
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ tcflag_t c_lflag;      /* local modes */
 cc_t     c_cc[NCCS];   /* special characters */
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The values that may be assigned to these fields are described below.
 In the case of the first four bit-mask fields,
 the definitions of some of the associated flags that may be set are
 exposed only if a specific feature test macro (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7))
 is defined, as noted in brackets ("[]").
-.PP
+.P
 In the descriptions below, "not in POSIX" means that the
 value is not specified in POSIX.1-2001,
 and "XSI" means that the value is specified in POSIX.1-2001
 as part of the XSI extension.
-.PP
+.P
 \fIc_iflag\fP flag constants:
 .TP
 .B IGNBRK
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Linux does not implement this bit, and acts as if it is always set.
 .BR IUTF8 " (since Linux 2.6.4)"
 (not in POSIX) Input is UTF8;
 this allows character-erase to be correctly performed in cooked mode.
-.PP
+.P
 .I c_oflag
 flag constants:
 .TP
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ or
 .B _SVID_SOURCE
 or
 .BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.PP
+.P
 \fIc_cflag\fP flag constants:
 .TP
 .B CBAUD
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ or
 .B _BSD_SOURCE
 or
 .BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.PP
+.P
 \fIc_lflag\fP flag constants:
 .TP
 .B ISIG
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Enable implementation-defined input processing.
 This flag, as well as \fBICANON\fP must be enabled for the
 special characters EOL2, LNEXT, REPRINT, WERASE to be interpreted,
 and for the \fBIUCLC\fP flag to be effective.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIc_cc\fP array defines the terminal special characters.
 The symbolic indices (initial values) and meaning are:
 .TP
@@ -634,13 +634,13 @@ Recognized when
 and
 .B IEXTEN
 are set, and then not passed as input.
-.PP
+.P
 An individual terminal special character can be disabled by setting
 the value of the corresponding
 .I c_cc
 element to
 .BR _POSIX_VDISABLE .
-.PP
+.P
 The above symbolic subscript values are all different, except that
 .BR VTIME ,
 .B VMIN
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ stores them in the \fItermios\fP structure referenced by
 This function may be invoked from a background process;
 however, the terminal attributes may be subsequently changed by a
 foreground process.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tcsetattr ()
 sets the parameters associated with the terminal (unless support is
 required from the underlying hardware that is not available) from the
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ unset).
 By default,
 .B ICANON
 is set.
-.PP
+.P
 In canonical mode:
 .IP \[bu] 3
 Input is made available line by line.
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ processing) continues, but any input data after 4095 characters up to
 (but not including) any terminating newline is discarded.
 This ensures that the terminal can always receive
 more input until at least one line can be read.
-.PP
+.P
 In noncanonical mode input is available immediately (without
 the user having to type a line-delimiter character),
 no input processing is performed,
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ becomes available, at least one byte will be read.
 If data is already available at the time of the call to
 .BR read (2),
 the call behaves as though the data was received immediately after the call.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX
 .\" POSIX.1-2008 XBD 11.1.7
 does not specify whether the setting of the
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ input is available character by character,
 echoing is disabled, and all special processing of
 terminal input and output characters is disabled.
 The terminal attributes are set as follows:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 termios_p\->c_iflag &= \[ti](IGNBRK | BRKINT | PARMRK | ISTRIP
@@ -854,16 +854,16 @@ If \fIduration\fP is zero, it transmits zero-valued bits
 for at least 0.25 seconds, and not more than 0.5 seconds.
 If \fIduration\fP is not zero, it sends zero-valued bits for some
 implementation-defined length of time.
-.PP
+.P
 If the terminal is not using asynchronous serial data transmission,
 .BR tcsendbreak ()
 returns without taking any action.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tcdrain ()
 waits until all output written to the object referred to by
 .I fd
 has been transmitted.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tcflush ()
 discards data written to the object referred to by
 .I fd
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ flushes data written but not transmitted.
 .B TCIOFLUSH
 flushes both data received but not read, and data written but not
 transmitted.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tcflow ()
 suspends transmission or reception of data on the object referred to by
 .IR fd ,
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ transmitting data to the system.
 .B TCION
 transmits a START character, which starts the terminal device
 transmitting data to the system.
-.PP
+.P
 The default on open of a terminal file is that neither its input nor its
 output is suspended.
 .SS Line speed
@@ -910,19 +910,19 @@ The new values do not take effect
 until
 .BR tcsetattr ()
 is successfully called.
-.PP
+.P
 Setting the speed to \fBB0\fP instructs the modem to "hang up".
 The actual bit rate corresponding to \fBB38400\fP may be altered with
 .BR setserial (8).
-.PP
+.P
 The input and output baud rates are stored in the \fItermios\fP
 structure.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfgetospeed ()
 returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure
 pointed to by
 .IR termios_p .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfsetospeed ()
 sets the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure pointed
 to by \fItermios_p\fP to \fIspeed\fP, which must be one of these constants:
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ to by \fItermios_p\fP to \fIspeed\fP, which must be one of these constants:
 .TQ
 .B B2000000
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 These constants are additionally supported on the SPARC architecture:
 .RS
 .TP
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ These constants are additionally supported on the SPARC architecture:
 .TQ
 .B B614400
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 These constants are additionally supported on non-SPARC architectures:
 .RS
 .TP
@@ -1006,12 +1006,12 @@ These constants are additionally supported on non-SPARC architectures:
 .TQ
 .B B4000000
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 Due to differences between architectures, portable applications should check
 if a particular
 .BI B nnn
 constant is defined prior to using it.
-.PP
+.P
 The zero baud rate,
 .BR B0 ,
 is used to terminate the connection.
@@ -1025,19 +1025,19 @@ for the speeds beyond those defined in POSIX.1 (57600 and above).
 Thus,
 .BR B57600 " & " CBAUDEX
 is nonzero.
-.PP
+.P
 Setting the baud rate to a value other than those defined by
 .BI B nnn
 constants is possible via the
 .B TCSETS2
 ioctl; see
 .BR ioctl_tty (2).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfgetispeed ()
 returns the input baud rate stored in the
 .I termios
 structure.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfsetispeed ()
 sets the input baud rate stored in the
 .I termios
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ If the input baud rate is set to the literal constant
 .BR B0 ),
 the input baud rate will be
 equal to the output baud rate.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfsetspeed ()
 is a 4.4BSD extension.
 It takes the same arguments as
@@ -1064,10 +1064,10 @@ and sets both input and output speed.
 returns the input baud rate stored in the
 \fItermios\fP
 structure.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR cfgetospeed ()
 returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure.
-.PP
+.P
 All other functions return:
 .TP
 .B 0
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ on success.
 on failure and set
 .I errno
 to indicate the error.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that
 .BR tcsetattr ()
 returns success if \fIany\fP of the requested changes could be
@@ -1111,7 +1111,6 @@ T{
 .BR cfsetspeed ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .\" FIXME: The markings are different from that in the glibc manual.
 .\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
 .\"
@@ -1186,7 +1185,7 @@ one finds the two constants
 .B EXTB
 ("External A" and "External B").
 Many systems extend the list with much higher baud rates.
-.PP
+.P
 The effect of a nonzero \fIduration\fP with
 .BR tcsendbreak ()
 varies.
diff --git a/man3/tgamma.3 b/man3/tgamma.3
index d2c5969..e62069c 100644
--- a/man3/tgamma.3
+++ b/man3/tgamma.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2004-11-15, fixed error noted by Fabian Kreutz
 .\"	 <kreutz@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
 .\"
-.TH tgamma 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tgamma 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tgamma, tgammaf, tgammal \- true gamma function
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,17 +18,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double tgamma(double " x );
 .BI "float tgammaf(float " x );
 .BI "long double tgammal(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tgamma (),
 .BR tgammaf (),
 .BR tgammal ():
@@ -38,53 +38,53 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions calculate the Gamma function of
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 The Gamma function is defined by
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 Gamma(x) = integral from 0 to infinity of t\[ha](x\-1) e\[ha]\-t dt
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 It is defined for every real number except for nonpositive integers.
 For nonnegative integral
 .I m
 one has
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 Gamma(m+1) = m!
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 and, more generally, for all
 .IR x :
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 Gamma(x+1) = x * Gamma(x)
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 Furthermore, the following is valid for all values of
 .I x
 outside the poles:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS
 Gamma(x) * Gamma(1 \- x) = PI / sin(PI * x)
 .RE
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 On success, these functions return Gamma(x).
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a negative integer, or is negative infinity,
 a domain error occurs,
 and a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .BR HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return 0, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is \-0 or +0,
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is a negative integer, or negative infinity
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ is set to
 An overflow floating-point exception
 .RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
 is raised.
-.PP
+.P
 glibc also gives the following error which is not specified
 in C99 or POSIX.1-2001.
 .TP
@@ -172,7 +172,6 @@ T{
 .BR tgammal ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -194,7 +193,7 @@ to
 when
 .I x
 is negative infinity.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.19,
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6810
 the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
@@ -202,7 +201,7 @@ the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
 to
 .B ERANGE
 on an underflow range error.
-.PP
+.P
 .\"
 In glibc versions 2.3.3 and earlier,
 an argument of +0 or \-0 incorrectly produced a domain error
diff --git a/man3/timegm.3 b/man3/timegm.3
index 659fc8a..ab21d77 100644
--- a/man3/timegm.3
+++ b/man3/timegm.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH timegm 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH timegm 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 timegm, timelocal \- inverses of gmtime and localtime
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,16 +12,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] time_t timelocal(struct tm *" tm );
 .BI "time_t timegm(struct tm *" tm );
-.PP
+.P
 .fi
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timelocal (),
 .BR timegm ():
 .nf
@@ -75,12 +75,11 @@ T{
 .BR timegm ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 BSD.
 .SH HISTORY
 GNU, BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR timelocal ()
 function is equivalent to the POSIX standard function
diff --git a/man3/timeradd.3 b/man3/timeradd.3
index d64f5b4..aba49a3 100644
--- a/man3/timeradd.3
+++ b/man3/timeradd.3
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-07-31, mtk, Created
 .\"
-.TH timeradd 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH timeradd 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 timeradd, timersub, timercmp, timerclear, timerisset \- timeval operations
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,23 +13,23 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <sys/time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void timeradd(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
 .BI "              struct timeval *" res );
 .BI "void timersub(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
 .BI "              struct timeval *" res );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void timerclear(struct timeval *" tvp );
 .BI "int timerisset(struct timeval *" tvp );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int timercmp(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ", " CMP );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The macros are provided to operate on
 structures, defined in
 .I <sys/time.h>
 as:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 struct timeval {
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ struct timeval {
 };
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timeradd ()
 adds the time values in
 .I a
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ pointed to by
 The result is normalized such that
 .I res\->tv_usec
 has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timersub ()
 subtracts the time value in
 .I b
@@ -78,21 +78,21 @@ pointed to by
 The result is normalized such that
 .I res\->tv_usec
 has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timerclear ()
 zeros out the
 .I timeval
 structure pointed to by
 .IR tvp ,
 so that it represents the Epoch: 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timerisset ()
 returns true (nonzero) if either field of the
 .I timeval
 structure pointed to by
 .I tvp
 contains a nonzero value.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR timercmp ()
 compares the timer values in
 .I a
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ and
 .I ==
 do not work;
 portable applications can instead use
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 !timercmp(..., <)
diff --git a/man3/tmpfile.3 b/man3/tmpfile.3
index 41999f5..d45202b 100644
--- a/man3/tmpfile.3
+++ b/man3/tmpfile.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"     386BSD man pages
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2001-11-17, aeb
-.TH tmpfile 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tmpfile 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tmpfile \- create a temporary file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B FILE *tmpfile(void);
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ T{
 .BR tmpfile ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The standard does not specify the directory that
 .BR tmpfile ()
diff --git a/man3/tmpnam.3 b/man3/tmpnam.3
index 5798faa..157c9a7 100644
--- a/man3/tmpnam.3
+++ b/man3/tmpnam.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2003-11-15, aeb, added tmpnam_r
 .\"
-.TH tmpnam 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tmpnam 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tmpnam, tmpnam_r \- create a name for a temporary file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam(char *" s );
 .BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam_r(char *" s );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tmpnam_r ()
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.19:
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ avoid using these functions; use
 or
 .BR tmpfile (3)
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR tmpnam ()
 function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ pointed to by
 and the value
 .I s
 is returned in case of success.
-.PP
+.P
 The created pathname has a directory prefix
 .IR P_tmpdir .
 (Both
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ are defined in
 just like the
 .B TMP_MAX
 mentioned below.)
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR tmpnam_r ()
 function performs the same task as
@@ -104,7 +104,6 @@ T{
 .BR tmpnam_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR tmpnam ()
@@ -131,7 +130,7 @@ If it is called more than
 .B TMP_MAX
 times,
 the behavior is implementation defined.
-.PP
+.P
 Although these functions generate names that are difficult to guess,
 it is nevertheless possible that between the time that
 the pathname is returned and the time that the program opens it,
@@ -147,7 +146,7 @@ Or better yet, use
 .BR mkstemp (3)
 or
 .BR tmpfile (3).
-.PP
+.P
 Portable applications that use threads cannot call
 .BR tmpnam ()
 with a NULL argument if either
diff --git a/man3/toascii.3 b/man3/toascii.3
index 4e64cb0..20b91cd 100644
--- a/man3/toascii.3
+++ b/man3/toascii.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Added BUGS section, aeb, 950919
 .\"
-.TH toascii 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH toascii 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 toascii \- convert character to ASCII
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] int toascii(int " c );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR toascii ():
 .nf
     _XOPEN_SOURCE
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR toascii ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/toupper.3 b/man3/toupper.3
index 0eaa693..84500c2 100644
--- a/man3/toupper.3
+++ b/man3/toupper.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:45:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
 .\" Modified 2000-02-13 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.TH toupper 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH toupper 3 2024-02-25 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 toupper, tolower, toupper_l, tolower_l \- convert uppercase or lowercase
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int toupper(int " "c" );
 .BI "int tolower(int " "c" );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int toupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .BI "int tolower_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR toupper_l (),
 .BR tolower_l ():
 .nf
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 These functions convert lowercase letters to uppercase, and vice versa.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I c
 is a lowercase letter,
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The
 function performs the same task,
 but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
 .IR locale .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I c
 is an uppercase letter,
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The
 function performs the same task,
 but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
 .IR locale .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I c
 is neither an
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ value nor
 .BR EOF ,
 the behavior of these functions
 is undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 The behavior of
 .BR toupper_l ()
 and
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ T{
 .BR tolower_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR toupper ()
@@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ is of type
 it must be cast to
 .IR "unsigned char" ,
 as in the following example:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 char c;
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ char c;
 res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This is necessary because
 .I char
 may be the equivalent
@@ -163,13 +162,13 @@ converting to
 .IR int ,
 yielding a value that is outside the range of
 .IR "unsigned char" .
-.PP
+.P
 The details of what constitutes an uppercase or lowercase letter depend
 on the locale.
 For example, the default
-.B """C"""
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
 locale does not know about umlauts, so no conversion is done for them.
-.PP
+.P
 In some non-English locales, there are lowercase letters with no
 corresponding uppercase equivalent;
 .\" FIXME One day the statement about "sharp s" needs to be reworked,
diff --git a/man3/towctrans.3 b/man3/towctrans.3
index bf507fa..7e30c87 100644
--- a/man3/towctrans.3
+++ b/man3/towctrans.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH towctrans 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH towctrans 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 towctrans \- wide-character transliteration
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t towctrans(wint_t " wc ", wctrans_t " desc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ is
 .BR WEOF ,
 .B WEOF
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 .I desc
 must be a transliteration descriptor returned by
 the
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ T{
 .BR towctrans ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/towlower.3 b/man3/towlower.3
index 9748303..3a5f203 100644
--- a/man3/towlower.3
+++ b/man3/towlower.3
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH towlower 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH towlower 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 towlower, towlower_l \- convert a wide character to lowercase
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t towlower(wint_t " wc );
 .BI "wint_t towlower_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR towlower_l ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ it returns the lowercase equivalent of
 In all other cases,
 .I wc
 is returned unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR towlower_l ()
 function performs the same task,
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ is the special locale object
 (see
 .BR duplocale (3))
 or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I wc
 must be representable as a
@@ -101,7 +101,6 @@ T{
 .BR towlower_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR towlower ()
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ POSIX.1-2008.
 The behavior of these functions depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the locale.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
 because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/towupper.3 b/man3/towupper.3
index 0a9c1dd..fe3d609 100644
--- a/man3/towupper.3
+++ b/man3/towupper.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH towupper 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH towupper 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 towupper, towupper_l \- convert a wide character to uppercase
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t towupper(wint_t " wc );
 .BI "wint_t towupper_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR towupper_l ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ it returns the uppercase equivalent of
 In all other cases,
 .I wc
 is returned unchanged.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR towupper_l ()
 function performs the same task,
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ is the special locale object
 (see
 .BR duplocale (3))
 or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.PP
+.P
 The argument
 .I wc
 must be representable as a
@@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ T{
 .BR towupper_l ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR towupper ()
@@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ glibc 2.3.
 The behavior of these functions depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the locale.
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
 because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/trunc.3 b/man3/trunc.3
index 4670f03..1c90c81 100644
--- a/man3/trunc.3
+++ b/man3/trunc.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH trunc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH trunc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 trunc, truncf, truncl \- round to integer, toward zero
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double trunc(double " x );
 .BI "float truncf(float " x );
 .BI "long double truncl(long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR trunc (),
 .BR truncf (),
 .BR truncl ():
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ to the nearest integer value that is not larger in magnitude than
 .IR x .
 .SH RETURN VALUE
 These functions return the rounded integer value, in floating format.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is integral, infinite, or NaN,
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ T{
 .BR truncl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/tsearch.3 b/man3/tsearch.3
index ff20302..1343cbe 100644
--- a/man3/tsearch.3
+++ b/man3/tsearch.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH tsearch 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tsearch 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tsearch, tfind, tdelete, twalk, twalk_r, tdestroy \- manage a binary search tree
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void *tsearch(const void *" key ", void **" rootp ,
 .BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
 .BI "void *tfind(const void *" key ", void *const *" rootp ,
@@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ Standard C library
 .BI "void twalk(const void *" root ,
 .BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
 .BI "                               int " depth ));
-.PP
+.P
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <search.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void twalk_r(const void *" root ,
 .BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
 .BI "                               void *" closure ),
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ pointers to two items.
 It should return an integer which is negative,
 zero, or positive, depending on whether the first item is less than,
 equal to, or greater than the second.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tsearch ()
 searches the tree for an item.
 .I key
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ If the item is not found, then
 .BR tsearch ()
 adds it, and returns a
 pointer to the corresponding tree node.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tfind ()
 is like
 .BR tsearch (),
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ except that if the item is not
 found, then
 .BR tfind ()
 returns NULL.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tdelete ()
 deletes an item from the tree.
 Its arguments are the same as for
 .BR tsearch ().
-.PP
+.P
 .BR twalk ()
 performs depth-first, left-to-right traversal of a binary
 tree.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ if this is the single visit to a leaf node.
 .IR <search.h> .)
 The third argument is the depth of the node;
 the root node has depth zero.
-.PP
+.P
 (More commonly,
 .BR preorder ,
 .BR postorder ,
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ and after visiting the children.
 Thus, the choice of name
 .B post\%order
 is rather confusing.)
-.PP
+.P
 .BR twalk_r ()
 is similar to
 .BR twalk (),
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ unchanged.
 This pointer can be used to pass information to and from
 the callback function in a thread-safe fashion, without resorting
 to global variables.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tdestroy ()
 removes the whole tree pointed to by
 .IR root ,
@@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ returns a pointer to the node, or
 NULL if no match is found.
 If there are multiple items that match the key,
 the item whose node is returned is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tdelete ()
 returns a pointer to the parent of the node deleted, or
 NULL if the item was not found.
 If the deleted node was the root node,
 .BR tdelete ()
 returns a dangling pointer that must not be accessed.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tsearch (),
 .BR tfind (),
 and
@@ -223,7 +223,6 @@ T{
 .BR tdestroy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR tsearch ()
@@ -256,12 +255,12 @@ glibc 2.30.
 .BR twalk ()
 takes a pointer to the root, while the other functions
 take a pointer to a variable which points to the root.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tdelete ()
 frees the memory required for the node in the tree.
 The user is responsible for freeing the memory for the corresponding
 data.
-.PP
+.P
 The example program depends on the fact that
 .BR twalk ()
 makes no
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ implementation, but is not in the System V documentation.
 The following program inserts twelve random numbers into a binary
 tree, where duplicate numbers are collapsed, then prints the numbers
 in order.
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (tsearch.c)
 .EX
 #define _GNU_SOURCE     /* Expose declaration of tdestroy() */
diff --git a/man3/ttyname.3 b/man3/ttyname.3
index cfdbb22..ca12a14 100644
--- a/man3/ttyname.3
+++ b/man3/ttyname.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2001-12-13, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
 .\" Added ttyname_r, aeb, 2002-07-20
 .\"
-.TH ttyname 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ttyname 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ttyname, ttyname_r \- return name of a terminal
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <unistd.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *ttyname(int " fd );
 .BI "int ttyname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
 .fi
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR ttyname_r ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/ttyslot.3 b/man3/ttyslot.3
index d50af49..f4eaa7f 100644
--- a/man3/ttyslot.3
+++ b/man3/ttyslot.3
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 .\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
 .\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
 .\"
-.TH ttyslot 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ttyslot 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ttyslot \- find the slot of the current user's terminal in some file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .BR "#include <unistd.h>" "       /* See NOTES */"
-.PP
+.P
 .B "int ttyslot(void);"
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ttyslot ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 The legacy function
 .BR ttyslot ()
 returns the index of the current user's entry in some file.
-.PP
+.P
 Now "What file?" you ask.
 Well, let's first look at some history.
 .SS Ancient history
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]\-\[aq] was: start trying
 Thus a typical line was "18\-".
 A hang on some line was solved by changing the \[aq]1\[aq] to a \[aq]0\[aq],
 signaling init, changing back again, and signaling init again.
-.PP
+.P
 In UNIX\ V7 the format was changed: here the second character
 was the argument to
 .BR getty (8)
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]0\[aq] was: cycle through
 300-1200-150-110 baud; \[aq]4\[aq] was for the on-line console DECwriter)
 while the rest of the line contained the name of the tty.
 Thus a typical line was "14console".
-.PP
+.P
 Later systems have more elaborate syntax.
 System V-like systems have
 .I /etc/inittab
@@ -119,7 +119,6 @@ T{
 .BR ttyslot ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The utmp file is found in various places on various systems, such as
 .IR /etc/utmp ,
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ None.
 .SH HISTORY
 SUSv1; marked as LEGACY in SUSv2; removed in POSIX.1-2001.
 SUSv2 requires \-1 on error.
-.PP
+.P
 The glibc2 implementation of this function reads the file
 .BR _PATH_TTYS ,
 defined in
@@ -139,7 +138,7 @@ as "/etc/ttys".
 It returns 0 on error.
 Since Linux systems do not usually have "/etc/ttys", it will
 always return 0.
-.PP
+.P
 On BSD-like systems and Linux, the declaration of
 .BR ttyslot ()
 is provided by
@@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ Since glibc 2.24,
 .I <stdlib.h>
 also provides the declaration with the following
 feature test macro definitions:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
@@ -158,7 +157,7 @@ feature test macro definitions:
     && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 Minix also has
 .IR fttyslot ( fd ).
 .\" .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/tzset.3 b/man3/tzset.3
index 4027bb3..3c97684 100644
--- a/man3/tzset.3
+++ b/man3/tzset.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2001-11-13, aeb
 .\" Modified 2004-12-01 mtk and Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
 .\"
-.TH tzset 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH tzset 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 tzset, tzname, timezone, daylight \- initialize time conversion information
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,29 +20,29 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <time.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .B void tzset(void);
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "extern char *" tzname [2];
 .BI "extern long " timezone ;
 .BI "extern int " daylight ;
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR tzset ():
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .IR tzname :
 .nf
     _POSIX_C_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .IR timezone ,
 .IR daylight :
 .nf
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ In a System-V-like environment, it will also set the variables \fItimezone\fP
 (seconds West of UTC) and \fIdaylight\fP (to 0 if this timezone does not
 have any daylight saving time rules, or to nonzero if there is a time,
 past, present, or future when daylight saving time applies).
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B TZ
 variable does not appear in the environment, the system timezone is used.
@@ -72,25 +72,25 @@ format to
 .IR /etc/localtime .
 A timezone database of these files may be located in the system
 timezone directory (see the \fBFILES\fP section below).
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .B TZ
 variable does appear in the environment, but its value is empty,
 or its value cannot be interpreted using any of the formats specified
 below, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
-.PP
+.P
 The value of
 .B TZ
 can be one of two formats.
 The first format is a string of characters that directly represent the
 timezone to be used:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .IR "std offset" [ dst [ offset ][, start [ /time ], end [ /time ]]]
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 There are no spaces in the specification.
 The \fIstd\fP string specifies an abbreviation for the timezone and must be
 three or more alphabetic characters.
@@ -104,18 +104,18 @@ The \fIoffset\fP is positive
 if the local timezone is west of the Prime Meridian and negative if it is
 east.
 The hour must be between 0 and 24, and the minutes and seconds 00 and 59:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .RI [ + | \- ] hh [ :mm [ :ss ]]
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIdst\fP string and \fIoffset\fP specify the name and offset for the
 corresponding daylight saving timezone.
 If the offset is omitted,
 it defaults to one hour ahead of standard time.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fIstart\fP field specifies when daylight saving time goes into
 effect and the \fIend\fP field specifies when the change is made back to
 standard time.
@@ -138,32 +138,32 @@ Week 1 is
 the first week in which day \fId\fP occurs and week 5 is the last week
 in which day \fId\fP occurs.
 Day 0 is a Sunday.
-.PP
+.P
 The \fItime\fP fields specify when, in the local time currently in effect,
 the change to the other time occurs.
 If omitted, the default is 02:00:00.
-.PP
+.P
 Here is an example for New Zealand,
 where the standard time (NZST) is 12 hours ahead of UTC,
 and daylight saving time (NZDT), 13 hours ahead of UTC,
 runs from the first Sunday in October to the third Sunday in March,
 and the changeovers happen at the default time of 02:00:00:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 TZ="NZST\-12:00:00NZDT\-13:00:00,M10.1.0,M3.3.0"
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 The second format specifies that the timezone information should be read
 from a file:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 :[filespec]
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 If the file specification \fIfilespec\fP is omitted, or its value cannot
 be interpreted, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
 If \fIfilespec\fP is given, it specifies another
@@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ If \fIfilespec\fP does not begin with a \[aq]/\[aq], the file specification is
 relative to the system timezone directory.
 If the colon is omitted each
 of the above \fBTZ\fP formats will be tried.
-.PP
+.P
 Here's an example, once more for New Zealand:
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 TZ=":Pacific/Auckland"
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ It is in the
 format.
 By default, the zoneinfo Makefile hard links it to the
 .IR America/New_York " tzfile."
-.PP
+.P
 Above are the current standard file locations, but they are
 configurable when glibc is compiled.
 .SH ATTRIBUTES
@@ -223,12 +223,11 @@ T{
 .BR tzset ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.PP
+.P
 4.3BSD had a function
 .BI "char *timezone(" zone ", " dst )
 that returned the
diff --git a/man3/ualarm.3 b/man3/ualarm.3
index 55ca2d7..0d4275c 100644
--- a/man3/ualarm.3
+++ b/man3/ualarm.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH ualarm 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ualarm 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ualarm \- schedule signal after given number of microseconds
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "useconds_t ualarm(useconds_t " usecs ", useconds_t " interval );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR ualarm ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ microseconds.
 The delay may be lengthened slightly by any system activity
 or by the time spent processing the call or by the
 granularity of system timers.
-.PP
+.P
 Unless caught or ignored, the
 .B SIGALRM
 signal will terminate the process.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I interval
 argument is nonzero, further
@@ -80,23 +80,22 @@ T{
 .BR ualarm ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
 POSIX.1-2001 marks it as obsolete.
 Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 4.3BSD, SUSv2, and POSIX do not define any errors.
-.PP
+.P
 POSIX.1-2001 does not specify what happens if the
 .I usecs
 argument is 0.
 .\" This case is not documented in HP-US, Solar, FreeBSD, NetBSD, or OpenBSD!
 On Linux (and probably most other systems),
 the effect is to cancel any pending alarm.
-.PP
+.P
 The type
 .I useconds_t
 is an unsigned integer type capable of holding integers
@@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ were instead typed as
 Programs will be more portable if they never mention
 .I useconds_t
 explicitly.
-.PP
+.P
 The interaction of this function with
 other timer functions such as
 .BR alarm (2),
@@ -123,7 +122,7 @@ other timer functions such as
 .BR timer_settime (2),
 .BR usleep (3)
 is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 This function is obsolete.
 Use
 .BR setitimer (2)
diff --git a/man3/ulimit.3 b/man3/ulimit.3
index 8cd8f6d..f003482 100644
--- a/man3/ulimit.3
+++ b/man3/ulimit.3
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" Moved to man3, aeb, 980612
 .\"
-.TH ulimit 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ulimit 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ulimit \- get and set user limits
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <ulimit.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "[[deprecated]] long ulimit(int " cmd ", long " newlimit );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ For the shell command
 .BR ulimit ,
 see
 .BR bash (1).
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR ulimit ()
 call will get or set some limit for the calling process.
@@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ T{
 .BR ulimit ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/undocumented.3 b/man3/undocumented.3
index 8ee3484..b67b9f0 100644
--- a/man3/undocumented.3
+++ b/man3/undocumented.3
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .\" 2004-10-31, aeb, changed maintainer address, updated list
 .\" 2015-04-20, william@tuffbizz.com, updated list
 .\"
-.TH undocumented 3 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH undocumented 3 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 undocumented \- undocumented library functions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
diff --git a/man3/ungetwc.3 b/man3/ungetwc.3
index 04d5563..2b16322 100644
--- a/man3/ungetwc.3
+++ b/man3/ungetwc.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH ungetwc 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH ungetwc 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 ungetwc \- push back a wide character onto a FILE stream
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t ungetwc(wint_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ function.
 It pushes back a wide character onto
 .I stream
 and returns it.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I wc
 is
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ to
 .B EILSEQ
 and returns
 .BR WEOF .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I wc
 is a valid wide character, it is pushed back onto the stream
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ The file-position indicator is decremented by one or more.
 The end-of-file
 indicator is cleared.
 The backing storage of the file is not affected.
-.PP
+.P
 Note:
 .I wc
 need not be the last wide-character read from the stream;
 it can be any other valid wide character.
-.PP
+.P
 If the implementation supports multiple push-back operations in a row, the
 pushed-back wide characters will be read in reverse order; however, only one
 level of push-back is guaranteed.
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ T{
 .BR ungetwc ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/unlocked_stdio.3 b/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
index a74e6b2..627bfbc 100644
--- a/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
+++ b/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH unlocked_stdio 3 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH unlocked_stdio 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked,
 putchar_unlocked \- nonlocking stdio functions
@@ -13,53 +13,53 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int getc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .B "int getchar_unlocked(void);"
 .BI "int putc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int putchar_unlocked(int " c );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void clearerr_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int feof_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int ferror_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int fileno_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int fflush_unlocked(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int fgetc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .BI "int fputc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t fread_unlocked(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
 .BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
 .BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
 .BI "size_t fwrite_unlocked(const void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
 .BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
 .BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "char *fgets_unlocked(char " s "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
 ", FILE *restrict " stream );
 .BI "int fputs_unlocked(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t getwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
 .B "wint_t getwchar_unlocked(void);"
 .BI "wint_t fgetwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wint_t fputwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "wint_t putwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
 .BI "wint_t putwchar_unlocked(wchar_t " wc );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *fgetws_unlocked(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n ,
 .BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
 .BI "int fputws_unlocked(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ,
 .BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR \%getc_unlocked (),
 .BR \%getchar_unlocked (),
 .BR \%putc_unlocked (),
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* glibc <= 2.23: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR \%clearerr_unlocked (),
 .BR \%feof_unlocked (),
 .BR \%ferror_unlocked (),
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
     /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR \%fgets_unlocked (),
 .BR \%fputs_unlocked (),
 .BR \%getwc_unlocked (),
@@ -163,7 +163,6 @@ T{
 .BR fileno_unlocked ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR getc_unlocked ()
diff --git a/man3/unlockpt.3 b/man3/unlockpt.3
index 1ed2ad9..8760870 100644
--- a/man3/unlockpt.3
+++ b/man3/unlockpt.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
 .\" %%%LICENSE_END
 .\"
-.TH unlockpt 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH unlockpt 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 unlockpt \- unlock a pseudoterminal master/slave pair
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #define _XOPEN_SOURCE
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int unlockpt(int " fd );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR unlockpt ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.24:
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The
 function unlocks the slave pseudoterminal device
 corresponding to the master pseudoterminal referred to by the file descriptor
 .IR fd .
-.PP
+.P
 .BR unlockpt ()
 should be called before opening the slave side of a pseudoterminal.
 .SH RETURN VALUE
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ T{
 .BR unlockpt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/updwtmp.3 b/man3/updwtmp.3
index 99113e8..6548393 100644
--- a/man3/updwtmp.3
+++ b/man3/updwtmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
 .\" 2008-07-02, mtk, document updwtmpx()
 .\"
-.TH updwtmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH updwtmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 updwtmp, logwtmp \- append an entry to the wtmp file
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ System utilities library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <utmp.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void updwtmp(const char *" wtmp_file ", const struct utmp *" ut );
 .BI "void logwtmp(const char *" line ", const char *" name \
 ", const char *" host );
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ System utilities library
 appends the utmp structure
 .I ut
 to the wtmp file.
-.PP
+.P
 .BR logwtmp ()
 constructs a utmp structure using
 .IR line ", " name ", " host ,
@@ -54,12 +54,11 @@ T{
 .BR logwtmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:ALRM timer
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 For consistency with the other "utmpx" functions (see
 .BR getutxent (3)),
 glibc provides (since glibc 2.1):
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 .BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE          " "/* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
@@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ glibc provides (since glibc 2.1):
 .BI "void updwtmpx (const char *" wtmpx_file ", const struct utmpx *" utx );
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 This function performs the same task as
 .BR updwtmp (),
 but differs in that it takes a
diff --git a/man3/uselocale.3 b/man3/uselocale.3
index 19995c3..6e97649 100644
--- a/man3/uselocale.3
+++ b/man3/uselocale.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
 .\"
-.TH uselocale 3 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH uselocale 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 uselocale \- set/get the locale for the calling thread
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <locale.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "locale_t uselocale(locale_t " newloc );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR uselocale ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ After a successful call to
 any calls by this thread to functions that depend on the locale
 will operate as though the locale has been set to
 .IR newloc .
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .I newloc
 argument can have one of the following values:
diff --git a/man3/usleep.3 b/man3/usleep.3
index a05472d..cb3ee05 100644
--- a/man3/usleep.3
+++ b/man3/usleep.3
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2001-04-01 by aeb
 .\" Modified 2003-07-23 by aeb
 .\"
-.TH usleep 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH usleep 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 usleep \- suspend execution for microsecond intervals
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int usleep(useconds_t " usec );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR usleep ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.12:
@@ -77,7 +77,6 @@ T{
 .BR usleep ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 None.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -86,14 +85,14 @@ POSIX.1-2001 declares it obsolete, suggesting
 .BR nanosleep (2)
 instead.
 Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.PP
+.P
 On the original BSD implementation,
 and before glibc 2.2.2, the return type of this function is
 .IR void .
 The POSIX version returns
 .IR int ,
 and this is also the prototype used since glibc 2.2.2.
-.PP
+.P
 Only the
 .B EINVAL
 error return is documented by SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001.
diff --git a/man3/ustpcpy.3 b/man3/ustpcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/ustpcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
diff --git a/man3/ustr2stp.3 b/man3/ustr2stp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/ustr2stp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
diff --git a/man3/wcpcpy.3 b/man3/wcpcpy.3
index dfdc079..ea83da8 100644
--- a/man3/wcpcpy.3
+++ b/man3/wcpcpy.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcpcpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcpcpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcpcpy \- copy a wide-character string, returning a pointer to its end
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
 ", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcpcpy ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
 including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 to the array pointed to by
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there
 is room for at least
 .I wcslen(src)+1
@@ -72,7 +72,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcpcpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/wcpncpy.3 b/man3/wcpncpy.3
index 40538d0..dcb3911 100644
--- a/man3/wcpncpy.3
+++ b/man3/wcpncpy.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcpncpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcpncpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcpncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters,
 returning a pointer to its end
@@ -18,17 +18,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 size_t " n );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcpncpy ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ the string pointed to by
 .I dest
 will
 not be L\[aq]\e0\[aq] terminated.
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I n
 wide
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcpncpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH SEE ALSO
diff --git a/man3/wcrtomb.3 b/man3/wcrtomb.3
index 2732832..9957bd0 100644
--- a/man3/wcrtomb.3
+++ b/man3/wcrtomb.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcrtomb 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcrtomb 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcrtomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcrtomb(char *restrict " s ", wchar_t " wc \
 ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ returns the length of said multibyte representation,
 that is, the number of bytes
 written at
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 A different case is when
 .I s
 is not NULL,
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ it into the initial state),
 and returns the length of the shift sequence plus
 one, that is, the number of bytes written at
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 A third case is when
 .I s
 is NULL.
@@ -77,17 +77,17 @@ In this case,
 .I wc
 is ignored,
 and the function effectively returns
-.PP
+.P
 .in +4n
 .EX
 wcrtomb(buf, L\[aq]\e0\[aq], ps)
 .EE
 .in
-.PP
+.P
 where
 .I buf
 is an internal anonymous buffer.
-.PP
+.P
 In all of the above cases, if
 .I ps
 is NULL, a static anonymous
@@ -124,7 +124,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcrtomb ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:wcrtomb/!ps
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -136,7 +135,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 Passing NULL as
 .I ps
 is not multithread safe.
diff --git a/man3/wcscasecmp.3 b/man3/wcscasecmp.3
index 252228c..121fa45 100644
--- a/man3/wcscasecmp.3
+++ b/man3/wcscasecmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcscasecmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcscasecmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcscasecmp \- compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcscasecmp ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcscasecmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcscat.3 b/man3/wcscat.3
index 6f3e539..36c8fc9 100644
--- a/man3/wcscat.3
+++ b/man3/wcscat.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcscat 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcscat 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcscat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
 ", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
 .fi
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
 including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 to the end of the wide-character string pointed to by
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .IR wcslen(dest) + wcslen(src) +1
 wide characters at
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcscat ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcschr.3 b/man3/wcschr.3
index e4c1d76..e8f017e 100644
--- a/man3/wcschr.3
+++ b/man3/wcschr.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcschr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcschr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcschr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcschr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcscmp.3 b/man3/wcscmp.3
index 264bb09..04d1eb5 100644
--- a/man3/wcscmp.3
+++ b/man3/wcscmp.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcscmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcscmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcscmp \- compare two wide-character strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcscmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcscmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcscpy.3 b/man3/wcscpy.3
index 76882b5..cdb33a0 100644
--- a/man3/wcscpy.3
+++ b/man3/wcscpy.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcscpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcscpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcscpy \- copy a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
 ", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
 .fi
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
 including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 to the array pointed to by
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is
 room for at least
 .I wcslen(src)+1
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcscpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcscspn.3 b/man3/wcscspn.3
index 20fe000..d427a4c 100644
--- a/man3/wcscspn.3
+++ b/man3/wcscspn.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcscspn 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcscspn 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcscspn \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" reject );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcscspn ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsdup.3 b/man3/wcsdup.3
index 8e7c71b..58dc92c 100644
--- a/man3/wcsdup.3
+++ b/man3/wcsdup.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcsdup 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsdup 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsdup \- duplicate a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *" s );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcsdup ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ function.
 It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial
 contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 Memory for the new wide-character string is
 obtained with
 .BR malloc (3),
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsdup ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcslen.3 b/man3/wcslen.3
index e716484..223c274 100644
--- a/man3/wcslen.3
+++ b/man3/wcslen.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcslen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcslen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcslen \- determine the length of a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *" s );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcslen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsncasecmp.3 b/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
index ad233b4..b4d0ea6 100644
--- a/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
+++ b/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcsncasecmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsncasecmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsncasecmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], s\
 ize_t " n );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcsncasecmp ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsncasecmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsncat.3 b/man3/wcsncat.3
index 73ff7e8..131b8b6 100644
--- a/man3/wcsncat.3
+++ b/man3/wcsncat.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsncat 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsncat 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsncat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcsncat(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 size_t " n );
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ to the end of the wide-character string pointed
 to by
 .IR dest ,
 and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .IR wcslen(dest) + n +1
 wide characters at
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsncat ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsncmp.3 b/man3/wcsncmp.3
index 8e53bf2..bbf490d 100644
--- a/man3/wcsncmp.3
+++ b/man3/wcsncmp.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsncmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsncmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsncmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcsncmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsncmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsncpy.3 b/man3/wcsncpy.3
index ee04677..82bdbef 100644
--- a/man3/wcsncpy.3
+++ b/man3/wcsncpy.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsncpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsncpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcsncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 size_t " n );
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ to
 the string pointed to by
 .I dest
 will not be terminated by a null wide character.
-.PP
+.P
 The strings may not overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I n
 wide
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsncpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsnlen.3 b/man3/wcsnlen.3
index 8e2426d..3f846e4 100644
--- a/man3/wcsnlen.3
+++ b/man3/wcsnlen.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcsnlen 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsnlen 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcsnlen ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -82,7 +82,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsnlen ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsnrtombs.3 b/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
index 21ad0fa..787d56f 100644
--- a/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
+++ b/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcsnrtombs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsnrtombs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsnrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcsnrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
 const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
 .BI "                  size_t " nwc ", size_t " len ", \
 mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wcsnrtombs ():
 .nf
     Since glibc 2.10:
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ starting at
 .IR *src ,
 is limited to
 .IR nwc .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is not NULL,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ of bytes written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is
 returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ is ignored,
 and the conversion proceeds as above,
 except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that
 no destination length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In both of the above cases,
 if
 .I ps
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ is NULL, a static anonymous
 state known only to the
 .BR wcsnrtombs ()
 function is used instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I len
 bytes
@@ -170,7 +170,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:wcsnrtombs/!ps
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 Passing NULL as
 .I ps
 is not multithread safe.
diff --git a/man3/wcspbrk.3 b/man3/wcspbrk.3
index 539d881..ec76fd6 100644
--- a/man3/wcspbrk.3
+++ b/man3/wcspbrk.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcspbrk 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcspbrk 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcspbrk \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcspbrk ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsrchr.3 b/man3/wcsrchr.3
index beae570..59b2476 100644
--- a/man3/wcsrchr.3
+++ b/man3/wcsrchr.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsrchr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsrchr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsrchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsrchr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsrtombs.3 b/man3/wcsrtombs.3
index 99304e4..49a581f 100644
--- a/man3/wcsrtombs.3
+++ b/man3/wcsrtombs.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsrtombs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsrtombs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcsrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
 const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
 .BI "                 size_t " len ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ of bytes written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ is ignored,
 and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes
 are not written out to memory, and that
 no length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In both of the above cases,
 if
 .I ps
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ is NULL, a static anonymous
 state known only to the
 .BR wcsrtombs ()
 function is used instead.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I len
 bytes
@@ -141,7 +141,6 @@ T}	Thread safety	T{
 MT-Unsafe race:wcsrtombs/!ps
 T}
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 Passing NULL as
 .I ps
 is not multithread safe.
diff --git a/man3/wcsspn.3 b/man3/wcsspn.3
index aa9e265..b7b571a 100644
--- a/man3/wcsspn.3
+++ b/man3/wcsspn.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsspn 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsspn 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsspn \- get length of a prefix wide-character substring
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsspn ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcsstr.3 b/man3/wcsstr.3
index 75b3d3b..ae3746a 100644
--- a/man3/wcsstr.3
+++ b/man3/wcsstr.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcsstr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcsstr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcsstr \- locate a substring in a wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *" haystack ", const wchar_t *" needle );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ It returns NULL if
 does not occur
 as a substring in
 .IR haystack .
-.PP
+.P
 Note the special case:
 If
 .I needle
@@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcsstr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcstoimax.3 b/man3/wcstoimax.3
index e3e5ed1..82dea8e 100644
--- a/man3/wcstoimax.3
+++ b/man3/wcstoimax.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH wcstoimax 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcstoimax 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcstoimax, wcstoumax \- convert wide-character string to integer
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stddef.h>
 .B #include <inttypes.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "intmax_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
 .BI "                   wchar_t **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
 .BI "uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
@@ -44,7 +44,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcstoumax ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcstok.3 b/man3/wcstok.3
index b63789c..26f18db 100644
--- a/man3/wcstok.3
+++ b/man3/wcstok.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcstok 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcstok 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcstok \- split wide-character string into tokens
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *restrict " wcs \
 ", const wchar_t *restrict " delim ,
 .BI "                wchar_t **restrict " ptr );
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ to split a wide-character string
 into tokens, where a token is
 defined as a substring not containing any wide-characters from
 .IR delim .
-.PP
+.P
 The search starts at
 .IR wcs ,
 if
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcstok ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ wide-character string is destructively modified during
 the operation.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The following code loops over the tokens contained in a wide-character string.
-.PP
+.P
 .EX
 wchar_t *wcs = ...;
 wchar_t *token;
diff --git a/man3/wcstombs.3 b/man3/wcstombs.3
index a813615..85a6ae2 100644
--- a/man3/wcstombs.3
+++ b/man3/wcstombs.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wcstombs 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcstombs 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcstombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "size_t wcstombs(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
 const wchar_t *restrict " src ,
 .BI "                size_t " n );
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ In this case, the conversion ends in the initial shift state.
 The number of bytes written to
 .IR dest ,
 excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I n
 bytes
 at
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I dest
 is NULL,
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ is NULL,
 is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
 above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory,
 and no length limit exists.
-.PP
+.P
 In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
 .I n
 is greater than or equal to
@@ -102,7 +102,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcstombs ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The function
 .BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcswidth.3 b/man3/wcswidth.3
index a85254a..2f5c148 100644
--- a/man3/wcswidth.3
+++ b/man3/wcswidth.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcswidth 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcswidth 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcswidth \- determine columns needed for a fixed-size wide-character string
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcswidth(const wchar_t *" s ", size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ T{
 .BR wcswidth ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wctob.3 b/man3/wctob.3
index c8a669d..ff38a40 100644
--- a/man3/wctob.3
+++ b/man3/wctob.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wctob 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wctob 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wctob \- try to represent a wide character as a single byte
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wctob(wint_t " c );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ starting in the initial state, consists of a single
 byte.
 If so, it is returned as an
 .IR "unsigned char" .
-.PP
+.P
 Never use this function.
 It cannot help you in writing internationalized
 programs.
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ T{
 .BR wctob ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 This function should never be used.
 Internationalized programs must never
 distinguish single-byte and multibyte characters.
diff --git a/man3/wctomb.3 b/man3/wctomb.3
index 70ddb28..9606dc8 100644
--- a/man3/wctomb.3
+++ b/man3/wctomb.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wctomb 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wctomb 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wctomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <stdlib.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wctomb(char *" s ", wchar_t " wc );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ and returns the length of said multibyte representation,
 that is, the number of
 bytes written at
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is
 room for at least
 .B MB_CUR_MAX
 bytes at
 .IR s .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I s
 is NULL, the
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ If
 can not be
 represented as a multibyte sequence (according
 to the current locale), \-1 is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I s
 is NULL, the
@@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ T{
 .BR wctomb ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 The function
 .BR wcrtomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/wctrans.3 b/man3/wctrans.3
index ae17629..f7832ee 100644
--- a/man3/wctrans.3
+++ b/man3/wctrans.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wctrans 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wctrans 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wctrans \- wide-character translation mapping
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wctrans_t wctrans(const char *" name );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ values can be passed to the
 .BR towctrans (3)
 function to actually perform
 the wide-character mapping.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR wctrans ()
 function returns a mapping, given by its name.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ valid names depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the current locale, but the
 following names are valid in all locales.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     "tolower" \- realizes the \fBtolower\fP(3) mapping
     "toupper" \- realizes the \fBtoupper\fP(3) mapping
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ T{
 .BR wctrans ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wctype.3 b/man3/wctype.3
index 21de442..48257b7 100644
--- a/man3/wctype.3
+++ b/man3/wctype.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wctype 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wctype 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wctype \- wide-character classification
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wctype.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wctype_t wctype(const char *" name );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ can be passed to the
 function
 to actually test whether a given
 wide character has the property.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR wctype ()
 function returns a property, given by its name.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ valid names depends on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the current locale, but the
 following names are valid in all locales.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
     "alnum" \- realizes the \fBisalnum\fP(3) classification function
     "alpha" \- realizes the \fBisalpha\fP(3) classification function
@@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ T{
 .BR wctype ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wcwidth.3 b/man3/wcwidth.3
index 127b3ed..6942179 100644
--- a/man3/wcwidth.3
+++ b/man3/wcwidth.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wcwidth 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wcwidth 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wcwidth \- determine columns needed for a wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wcwidth(wchar_t " c );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -55,14 +55,13 @@ T{
 .BR wcwidth ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
 POSIX.1-2001.
-.PP
+.P
 Note that before glibc 2.2.5, glibc used the prototype
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "int wcwidth(wint_t " c );
 .fi
diff --git a/man3/wmemchr.3 b/man3/wmemchr.3
index 15cc1cf..059e2c0 100644
--- a/man3/wmemchr.3
+++ b/man3/wmemchr.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wmemchr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wmemchr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wmemchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character array
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t " s [. n "], wchar_t " c ", size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmemchr ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wmemcmp.3 b/man3/wmemcmp.3
index ebc9cef..c3d9ebd 100644
--- a/man3/wmemcmp.3
+++ b/man3/wmemcmp.3
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"
-.TH wmemcmp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wmemcmp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wmemcmp \- compare two arrays of wide-characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wmemcmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmemcmp ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wmemcpy.3 b/man3/wmemcpy.3
index 155a3d5..781502e 100644
--- a/man3/wmemcpy.3
+++ b/man3/wmemcpy.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wmemcpy 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wmemcpy 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wmemcpy \- copy an array of wide-characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
 .BI "                 size_t " n );
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ wide characters from the array starting at
 .I src
 to the array starting at
 .IR dest .
-.PP
+.P
 The arrays may not overlap; use
 .BR wmemmove (3)
 to copy between overlapping
 arrays.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I n
 wide
@@ -64,7 +64,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmemcpy ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wmemmove.3 b/man3/wmemmove.3
index ff518ad..2d01143 100644
--- a/man3/wmemmove.3
+++ b/man3/wmemmove.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wmemmove 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wmemmove 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wmemmove \- copy an array of wide-characters
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t " dest [. n "], const wchar_t " src [. n "], \
 size_t " n );
 .fi
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ to the array starting at
 .IR dest .
 The arrays may
 overlap.
-.PP
+.P
 The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
 .I n
 wide
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmemmove ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wmemset.3 b/man3/wmemset.3
index 4ef4cf9..3331d42 100644
--- a/man3/wmemset.3
+++ b/man3/wmemset.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wmemset 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wmemset 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wmemset \- fill an array of wide-characters with a constant wide character
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t " wcs [. n "], wchar_t " wc ", size_t " n );
 .fi
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ T{
 .BR wmemset ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
diff --git a/man3/wordexp.3 b/man3/wordexp.3
index 554c266..b078707 100644
--- a/man3/wordexp.3
+++ b/man3/wordexp.3
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 .\"
-.TH wordexp 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wordexp 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wordexp, wordfree \- perform word expansion like a posix-shell
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <wordexp.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wordexp(const char *restrict " s ", wordexp_t *restrict " p \
 ", int " flags );
 .BI "void wordfree(wordexp_t *" p );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR wordexp (),
 .BR wordfree ():
 .nf
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ is sometimes (depending on
 see below) used to indicate the number of initial elements in the
 .I we_wordv
 array that should be filled with NULLs.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR wordfree ()
 frees the allocated memory again.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parameters.
 In particular, there must not be any unescaped
 newline or |, &, ;, <, >, (, ), {, } characters
 outside a command substitution or parameter substitution context.
-.PP
+.P
 If the argument
 .I s
 contains a word that starts with an unquoted comment character #,
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ variable substitution (replacing $FOO by the value of the environment
 variable FOO), command substitution (replacing $(command) or \`command\`
 by the output of command), arithmetic expansion, field splitting,
 wildcard expansion, quote removal.
-.PP
+.P
 The result of expansion of special parameters
 ($@, $*, $#, $?, $\-, $$, $!, $0) is unspecified.
-.PP
+.P
 Field splitting is done using the environment variable $IFS.
 If it is not set, the field separators are space, tab, and newline.
 .SS The output array
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ T{
 .BR wordfree ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
+.P
 In the above table,
 .I utent
 in
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ glibc 2.1.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 The output of the following example program
 is approximately that of "ls [a-c]*.c".
-.PP
+.P
 .\" SRC BEGIN (wordexp.c)
 .EX
 #include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/man3/wprintf.3 b/man3/wprintf.3
index 95854a3..4140496 100644
--- a/man3/wprintf.3
+++ b/man3/wprintf.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
 .\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
 .\"
-.TH wprintf 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH wprintf 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 wprintf, fwprintf, swprintf, vwprintf, vfwprintf, vswprintf \- formatted
 wide-character output conversion
@@ -20,25 +20,25 @@ Standard C library
 .nf
 .B #include <stdio.h>
 .B #include <wchar.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int wprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "int fwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
 .BI "int swprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
 .BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int vwprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
 .BI "int vfwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
 .BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
 .BI "int vswprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
 .BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 All functions shown above:
 .\" .BR wprintf (),
 .\" .BR fwprintf (),
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ the wide-character equivalent of the
 family of functions.
 It performs formatted output of wide
 characters.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR wprintf ()
 and
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ perform wide-character output to
 must not be byte oriented; see
 .BR fwide (3)
 for more information.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR fwprintf ()
 and
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ perform wide-character output to
 must not be byte oriented; see
 .BR fwide (3)
 for more information.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR swprintf ()
 and
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ room for at least
 wide
 characters at
 .IR wcs .
-.PP
+.P
 These functions are like
 the
 .BR printf (3),
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ take a
 .I maxlen
 argument, but these functions do not return \-1 upon
 buffer overflow on Linux.)
-.PP
+.P
 The treatment of the conversion characters
 .B c
 and
@@ -222,7 +222,6 @@ T{
 .BR vswprintf ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 C11, POSIX.1-2008.
 .SH HISTORY
@@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ on the
 .B LC_CTYPE
 category of the
 current locale.
-.PP
+.P
 If the
 .I format
 string contains non-ASCII wide characters, the program
diff --git a/man3/xcrypt.3 b/man3/xcrypt.3
index 1a60327..320523f 100644
--- a/man3/xcrypt.3
+++ b/man3/xcrypt.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"  3. xencrypt() a hexstring
 .\"  to bad to be true :(
 .\"
-.TH XCRYPT 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH XCRYPT 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 xencrypt, xdecrypt, passwd2des \- RFS password encryption
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Standard C library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B "#include <rpc/des_crypt.h>"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "void passwd2des(char " *passwd ", char *" key ");"
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "int xencrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
 .BI "int xdecrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
 .fi
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Standard C library
 .BR WARNING :
 Do not use these functions in new code.
 They do not achieve any type of acceptable cryptographic security guarantees.
-.PP
+.P
 The function
 .BR passwd2des ()
 takes a character string
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Both other functions described here use this function to turn their
 argument
 .I passwd
 into a DES key.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR xencrypt ()
 function takes the ASCII character string
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ and outputs the result again in
 as a hex string
 .\" (over the alphabet 0123456789abcdef)
 of the same length.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR xdecrypt ()
 function performs the converse operation.
@@ -87,7 +87,6 @@ T{
 .BR xdecrypt ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH VERSIONS
 These functions are available since glibc 2.1.
 .SH BUGS
diff --git a/man3/xdr.3 b/man3/xdr.3
index a3f9a02..b067348 100644
--- a/man3/xdr.3
+++ b/man3/xdr.3
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .\"
 .\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
 .\"
-.TH xdr 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH xdr 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 xdr \- library routines for external data representation
 .SH LIBRARY
@@ -20,24 +20,24 @@ These routines allow C programmers to describe
 arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion.
 Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these
 routines.
-.PP
+.P
 The prototypes below are declared in
 .I <rpc/xdr.h>
 and make use of the following types:
-.PP
+.P
 .RS 4
 .EX
 .BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *,...);"
 .EE
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 For the declaration of the
 .I XDR
 type, see
 .IR <rpc/xdr.h> .
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_array(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" arrp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
 .BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize ", unsigned int " elsize ,
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ is an XDR filter that translates between
 the array elements' C form, and their external
 representation.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_bool(XDR *" xdrs ", bool_t *" bp );
 .fi
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ and their external representations.
 When encoding data, this
 filter produces values of either one or zero.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_bytes(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
 .BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize );
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ string is located at address
 strings cannot be longer than
 .IR maxsize .
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_char(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp );
 .fi
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ consider
 .BR xdr_opaque (),
 or
 .BR xdr_string ().
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdr_destroy(XDR *" xdrs );
 .fi
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Using
 after invoking
 .BR xdr_destroy ()
 is undefined.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_double(XDR *" xdrs ", double *" dp );
 .fi
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I double
 precision numbers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_enum(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" ep );
 .fi
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .IR enum s
 (actually integers) and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_float(XDR *" xdrs ", float *" fp );
 .fi
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .IR float s
 and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdr_free(xdrproc_t " proc ", char *" objp );
 .fi
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Note: the pointer passed to this routine is
 freed, but what it points to
 .I is
 freed (recursively).
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "unsigned int xdr_getpos(XDR *" xdrs );
 .fi
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ which indicates the position of the XDR byte stream.
 A desirable feature of XDR
 streams is that simple arithmetic works with this number,
 although the XDR stream instances need not guarantee this.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "long *xdr_inline(XDR *" xdrs ", int " len );
 .fi
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ may return NULL (0)
 if it cannot allocate a contiguous piece of a buffer.
 Therefore the behavior may vary among stream instances;
 it exists for the sake of efficiency.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_int(XDR *" xdrs ", int *" ip );
 .fi
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ it exists for the sake of efficiency.
 A filter primitive that translates between C integers
 and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_long(XDR *" xdrs ", long *" lp );
 .fi
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I long
 integers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdrmem_create(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" addr ", unsigned int " size ,
 .BI "                   enum xdr_op " op );
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ determines the direction of the XDR stream (either
 .BR XDR_DECODE ,
 or
 .BR XDR_FREE ).
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_opaque(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp ", unsigned int " cnt );
 .fi
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is the address of the opaque object, and
 .I cnt
 is its size in bytes.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_pointer(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" objpp ,
 .BI "                   unsigned int " objsize ", xdrproc_t " xdrobj );
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Thus,
 can represent
 recursive data structures, such as binary trees or
 linked lists.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdrrec_create(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
 .BI "                   unsigned int " recvsize ", char *" handle ,
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ record boundary information.
 Also, XDR streams created with different
 .B xdr*_create
 APIs are not compatible for the same reason.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdrrec_endofrecord(XDR *" xdrs ", int " sendnow );
 .fi
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ and the output buffer is optionally written out if
 .I sendnow
 is nonzero.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdrrec_eof(XDR *" xdrs );
 .fi
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ This routine can be invoked only on streams created by
 After consuming the rest of the current record in the stream,
 this routine returns one if the stream has no more input,
 zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdrrec_skiprecord(XDR *" xdrs );
 .fi
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ streams created by
 It tells the XDR implementation that the rest of the current record
 in the stream's input buffer should be discarded.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_reference(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" pp ", unsigned int " size ,
 .BI "                     xdrproc_t " proc );
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Warning: this routine does not understand null pointers.
 Use
 .BR xdr_pointer ()
 instead.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "xdr_setpos(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " pos );
 .fi
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ and zero otherwise.
 Warning: it is difficult to reposition some types of XDR
 streams, so this routine may fail with one
 type of stream and succeed with another.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_short(XDR *" xdrs ", short *" sp );
 .fi
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I short
 integers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "void xdrstdio_create(XDR *" xdrs ", FILE *" file ", enum xdr_op " op );
 .fi
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ on the
 .I file
 stream, but never
 .BR fclose (3).
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_string(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int " maxsize );
 .fi
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Note:
 .I sp
 is the address of the string's pointer.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_u_char(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned char *" ucp );
 .fi
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between
 .I unsigned
 C characters and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_u_int(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int *" up );
 .fi
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I unsigned
 integers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_u_long(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned long *" ulp );
 .fi
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I "unsigned long"
 integers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_u_short(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned short *" usp );
 .fi
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ A filter primitive that translates between C
 .I "unsigned short"
 integers and their external representations.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_union(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" dscmp ", char *" unp ,
 .BI "                 const struct xdr_discrim *" choices ,
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ array, then the
 .I defaultarm
 procedure is called (if it is not NULL).
 Returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_vector(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" arrp ", unsigned int " size ,
 .BI "                  unsigned int " elsize ", xdrproc_t " elproc );
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ is an XDR filter that translates between
 the array elements' C form, and their external
 representation.
 This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .B bool_t xdr_void(void);
 .fi
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
 This routine always returns one.
 It may be passed to RPC routines that require a function argument,
 where nothing is to be done.
-.PP
+.P
 .nf
 .BI "bool_t xdr_wrapstring(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp );
 .fi
@@ -594,10 +594,9 @@ T{
 .BR xdr_wrapstring ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR rpc (3)
-.PP
+.P
 The following manuals:
 .RS
 eXternal Data Representation Standard: Protocol Specification
diff --git a/man3/y0.3 b/man3/y0.3
index 16c2032..e8cfc91 100644
--- a/man3/y0.3
+++ b/man3/y0.3
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 .\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
 .\" 2008-07-24, mtk, created this page, based on material from j0.3.
 .\"
-.TH y0 3 2023-07-20 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01"
+.TH y0 3 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.7"
 .SH NAME
 y0, y0f, y0l, y1, y1f, y1l, yn, ynf, ynl \-
 Bessel functions of the second kind
@@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ Math library
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 .B #include <math.h>
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "double y0(double " x );
 .BI "double y1(double " x );
 .BI "double yn(int " n ", double " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "float y0f(float " x );
 .BI "float y1f(float " x );
 .BI "float ynf(int " n ", float " x );
-.PP
+.P
 .BI "long double y0l(long double " x );
 .BI "long double y1l(long double " x );
 .BI "long double ynl(int " n ", long double " x );
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .RS -4
 Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
 .BR feature_test_macros (7)):
 .RE
-.PP
+.P
 .BR y0 (),
 .BR y1 (),
 .BR yn ():
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
         || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
         || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
 .fi
-.PP
+.P
 .BR y0f (),
 .BR y0l (),
 .BR y1f (),
@@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ returns the Bessel function of
 .I x
 of the second kind of order
 .IR n .
-.PP
+.P
 The value of
 .I x
 must be positive.
-.PP
+.P
 The
 .BR y0f (),
 .BR y1f (),
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ values.
 On success, these functions return the appropriate
 Bessel value of the second kind for
 .IR x .
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is negative,
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ or
 .RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
 (POSIX.1-2001 also allows a NaN return for this case.)
-.PP
+.P
 If
 .I x
 is 0.0,
@@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ and the functions return
 or
 .RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
 respectively.
-.PP
+.P
 If the result underflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return 0.0
-.PP
+.P
 If the result overflows,
 a range error occurs,
 and the functions return
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ See
 .BR math_error (7)
 for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
 when calling these functions.
-.PP
+.P
 The following errors can occur:
 .TP
 Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
@@ -224,7 +224,6 @@ T{
 .BR ynl ()
 T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
 .TE
-.sp 1
 .SH STANDARDS
 .TP
 .BR y0 ()
@@ -260,13 +259,13 @@ instead of
 and no
 .B FE_DIVBYZERO
 exception was raised.
-.PP
+.P
 Before glibc 2.17,
 .\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6808
 did not set
 .I errno
 for "range error: result underflow".
-.PP
+.P
 In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
 .\" Actually, 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
 .\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
diff --git a/man3/zustr2stp.3 b/man3/zustr2stp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/zustr2stp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
diff --git a/man3/zustr2ustp.3 b/man3/zustr2ustp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb8507..0000000
--- a/man3/zustr2ustp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/string_copying.7
author	Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>	2024-04-15 19:41:07 +0000
committer	Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>	2024-04-15 19:41:07 +0000
commit	3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5 (patch)
tree	3ee7a3ec64525911fa865bb984c86d997d855527 /man3
parent	Adding debian version 6.05.01-1. (diff)
download	manpages-3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5.tar.xz manpages-3af6d22bb3850ab2bac67287e3a3d3b0e32868e5.zip